UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
[ü] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Quarterly Period Ended September 30, 2012
or
[   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from          to
Commission file number:
1-6523
Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter:
Bank of America Corporation
State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization:
Delaware
IRS Employer Identification Number:
56-0906609
Address of Principal Executive Offices:
Bank of America Corporate Center
100 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(704) 386-5681
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report:
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ü     No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes ü     No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one).
Large accelerated filer ü
 
Accelerated filer
 
Non-accelerated filer
(do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
Yes     No ü
On October 31, 2012, there were 10,778,078,165 shares of Bank of America Corporation Common Stock outstanding.
 
 
 
 
 

                

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation
 
September 30, 2012
 
Form 10-Q
 
 
 
INDEX
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

1

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


2

Table of Contents

Item 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This report on Form 10-Q, the documents that it incorporates by reference and the documents into which it may be incorporated by reference may contain, and from time to time Bank of America Corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, the Corporation) and its management may make certain statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “targets,” “intends,” “plans,” “goal” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “may,” “might,” “should,” “would” and “could.” The forward-looking statements made represent the current expectations, plans or forecasts of the Corporation regarding the Corporation's future results and revenues, and future business and economic conditions more generally, including statements concerning: the achievement of cost savings in certain noninterest expense categories as the Corporation continues to streamline workflows, simplify processes and align expenses with its overall strategic plan and operating principles; with regard to Phase 1 of Project New BAC, the Corporation expects to realize more than $1 billion of cost savings in 2012 and $5 billion of annualized cost savings by the fourth quarter of 2013 with the full impact realized in 2014; the Corporation expects that Phase 2 of Project New BAC will result in an additional $3 billion of annualized cost savings by mid-2015; that during the fourth quarter of 2012 and the second quarter of 2013 the Corporation will redeem $5.1 billion liquidation amount of trust preferred securities issued by various unconsolidated trusts, that redemption of these trust preferred securities will result in a pre-tax charge of approximately $100 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, and pre-tax net interest income savings of approximately $50 million for the fourth quarter of 2012 and approximately $300 million for 2013; that the Corporation may conduct additional redemptions, tender offers, exercises and other transactions in the future depending on prevailing market conditions, liquidity, regulatory and other factors; the expectation that the Corporation would record a charge to income tax expense of approximately $400 million if the income tax rate were reduced to 22 percent by 2014 as suggested in U.K. Treasury announcements and assuming no change in the deferred tax asset balance; the resolution of representations and warranties repurchase and other claims; that there will likely be additional requests for loan files in the future leading to repurchase claims; the final resolution of the BNY Mellon Settlement, including that ongoing costs incurred in connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement will be in line with current expectations; the final resolution of the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement; the estimates of liability and range of possible loss for various representations and warranties claims; the possibility that future representations and warranties losses may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for those exposures; the expectation that unresolved repurchase claims will continue to increase, including those from Fannie Mae and private-label securitization trustees and sponsors; the Corporation's expected response to repurchase requests for which it concludes that a valid basis for repurchase does not exist and the possibility of future settlement actions; that the expiration and mutual non-renewal of certain contractual delivery commitments and variances with Fannie Mae will not have a material impact on our CRES business, as the Corporation expects to rely on other sources of liquidity to actively extend mortgage credit to customers including continuing to deliver such products into Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities pools; that there continues to be a backlog of foreclosure inventory in judicial states; the ability to resolve mortgage insurance rescission notices with the mortgage insurance companies before the expiration of the appeal period prescribed by the Fannie Mae announcement; the disposition and resolution of servicing matters; beliefs and expectations concerning the servicing National Mortgage Settlement, including expectations about the amounts of credits to be generated by various programs, the effects on annual interest income and the fair value of loans in the programs and whether loans modified under programs will be accounted for as troubled debt restructurings, and the likelihood that the Corporation will fail to meet commitments and be required to make additional cash payments, whether material or not; the impacts of foreclosure delays; that implementation of uniform servicing standards will incrementally increase costs associated with the servicing process, but it will not result in material delays or dislocation in the performance of mortgage servicing obligations, including the completion of foreclosures; the Corporation's belief that default-related servicing costs peaked during the third quarter of 2012 and the expectation that they will decline in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the decline accelerating in 2013; the expectation that the Corporation will comply with the final Basel 3 rules when issued and effective; that, if the Corporation's analytical models for capital measurement under Basel 3 are not approved by the U.S. regulatory agencies, it would likely lead to an increase in the Corporation's risk-weighted assets, which in some cases could be significant; that the Market Risk Amendment and the Basel 3 Advanced Approach, if adopted as proposed, are expected to substantially increase the Corporation's capital requirements; the intention to build capital through retaining earnings, actively managing the Corporation's portfolios and implementing other capital-related initiatives, including focusing on reducing both higher risk-weighted assets and assets proposed to be deducted from capital under Basel 3; the expectations that the Corporation will be required to submit its 2013 capital plan in early January 2013, that it will be required to use stress scenario assumptions provided by the Federal Reserve in the fourth quarter, and that results will be received from the Federal Reserve in the first half of 2013; the Corporation's belief that it can quickly obtain cash for certain securities, even in stressed market conditions, through repurchase agreements or outright sales; the Corporation's liquidity risk management strategies; that funding trading activities in broker/dealer subsidiaries is more cost efficient and less sensitive to changes in credit ratings than unsecured financing; that VaR model results will be supplemented if risks associated with positions that are illiquid and/or unobservable are material; the cost and availability of unsecured funding; the Corporation's belief that a portion of structured liability obligations will remain outstanding beyond the earliest put or redemption date; the Corporation's anticipation that debt levels will continue to decline, both from maturities and liability management, through 2013; that, of the loans in the pay option portfolio at September 30, 2012 that have not already experienced a payment reset, one percent are expected to reset during the remainder of 2012 and 22 percent thereafter, and that eight percent are expected to prepay and 69 percent are expected to default prior to being reset, most of which were severely delinquent as of September 30, 2012; that the

3

Table of Contents

sale of the GWIM international wealth management business is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation's balance sheet, results of operations or capital ratios, and the expected timing of the closings of the transaction; effects of the ongoing debt crisis in Europe, including the expectation of continued volatility as long as challenges remain, the expectation that the Corporation will continue to support client activities in the region and that exposures may vary over time as the Corporation monitors the situation and manages its risk profile; that, absent unexpected deterioration in the economy, the Corporation expects that reductions in the allowance for loan and lease losses, excluding the valuation allowance for PCI loans, will continue in the near term, though at a slower pace than in 2011; and other matters relating to the Corporation and the securities that it may offer from time to time. The foregoing is not an exclusive list of all forward-looking statements the Corporation makes. These statements are not guarantees of future results or performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict and are often beyond the Corporation's control. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, any of these forward-looking statements.

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and should consider the following uncertainties and risks, as well as the risks and uncertainties more fully discussed elsewhere in this report, under Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in any of the Corporation's subsequent Securities and Exchange Commission filings: the Corporation's resolution of differences with Fannie Mae regarding representations and warranties repurchase claims, including with respect to mortgage insurance rescissions, and foreclosure delays; the Corporation's ability to resolve representations and warranties claims made by monolines and private-label and other investors, including as a result of any adverse court rulings, and the chance that the Corporation could face related servicing, securities, fraud, indemnity or other claims from one or more of the monolines or private-label and other investors; if future representations and warranties losses occur in excess of the Corporation's recorded liability and estimated range of possible loss for its representations and warranties exposures; uncertainties about the financial stability of several countries in the EU, the increasing risk that those countries may default on their sovereign debt or exit the EU and related stresses on financial markets, the Euro and the EU and the Corporation's exposures to such risks, including direct, indirect and operational; the uncertainty regarding the timing and final substance of any capital or liquidity standards, including the final Basel 3 requirements and their implementation for U.S. banks through rulemaking by the Federal Reserve, including anticipated requirements to hold higher levels of regulatory capital, liquidity and meet higher regulatory capital ratios as a result of final Basel 3 or other capital or liquidity standards; the negative impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act on the Corporation's businesses and earnings, including as a result of additional regulatory interpretation and rulemaking and the success of the Corporation's actions to mitigate such impacts; the Corporation's satisfaction of its borrower assistance programs under the National Mortgage Settlement with federal agencies and state Attorneys General; adverse changes to the Corporation's credit ratings from the major credit rating agencies; estimates of the fair value of certain of the Corporation's assets and liabilities; unexpected claims, damages and fines resulting from pending or future litigation and regulatory proceedings; the Corporation's ability to fully realize the cost savings and other anticipated benefits from Project New BAC, including in accordance with currently anticipated timeframes; and other similar matters.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements referred to in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) are incorporated by reference into the MD&A. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. Throughout the MD&A, the Corporation uses certain acronyms and abbreviations which are defined in the Glossary.

The Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 as supplemented by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2012 to reflect reclassified business segment information is referred to herein as the 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


4

Table of Contents

Executive Summary
 
Business Overview

The Corporation is a Delaware corporation, a bank holding company and a financial holding company. When used in this report, “the Corporation” may refer to the Corporation individually, the Corporation and its subsidiaries, or certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries or affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located in Charlotte, North Carolina. Through our banking and various nonbanking subsidiaries throughout the U.S. and in international markets, we provide a diversified range of banking and nonbanking financial services and products through five business segments: Consumer & Business Banking (CBB), Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES), Global Banking, Global Markets and Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation changed its basis of presentation from six to the above five segments. For more information on this realignment, see Business Segment Operations on page 32. At September 30, 2012, the Corporation had approximately $2.2 trillion in assets and approximately 272,600 full-time equivalent employees.

As of September 30, 2012, we operated in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and more than 40 countries. Our retail banking footprint covers approximately 80 percent of the U.S. population and we serve more than 55 million consumer and small business relationships with approximately 5,500 banking centers, 16,300 ATMs, nationwide call centers, and leading online and mobile banking platforms. We offer industry-leading support to more than three million small business owners. We are a global leader in corporate and investment banking and trading across a broad range of asset classes serving corporations, governments, institutions and individuals around the world.


5

Table of Contents

Table 1 provides selected consolidated financial data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 1
Selected Financial Data
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Income statement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis) (1)
$
20,657

 
$
28,702

 
$
65,344

 
$
69,280

Net income (loss)
340

 
6,232

 
3,456

 
(545
)
Net income, excluding goodwill impairment charge (2)
340

 
6,232

 
3,456

 
2,058

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share (3)
0.00

 
0.56

 
0.22

 
(0.15
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share, excluding goodwill impairment charge (2)
0.00

 
0.56

 
0.22

 
0.11

Dividends paid per common share
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.03

 
0.03

Performance ratios
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Return on average assets
0.06
%
 
1.07
%
 
0.21
%
 
n/m

Return on average assets, excluding goodwill impairment charge (2)
0.06

 
1.07

 
0.21

 
0.12
%
Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (1)
0.84

 
17.03

 
2.89

 
n/m

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, excluding goodwill impairment charge (1, 2)
0.84

 
17.03

 
2.89

 
1.83

Efficiency ratio (FTE basis) (1)
84.93

 
61.37

 
82.23

 
87.69

Efficiency ratio (FTE basis), excluding goodwill impairment charge (1, 2)
84.93

 
61.37

 
82.23

 
83.93

Asset quality
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses at period end
 
 
 
 
$
26,233

 
$
35,082

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at period end (4)
 
 
 
 
2.96
%
 
3.81
%
Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties at period end (4)
 
 
 
 
$
24,925

 
$
29,059

Net charge-offs (5)
$
4,122

 
$
5,086

 
11,804

 
16,779

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (4, 5)
1.86
%
 
2.17
%
 
1.77
%
 
2.41
%
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding excluding purchased credit-impaired loans (4)
1.93

 
2.25

 
1.83

 
2.50

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized
net charge-offs (5)
1.60

 
1.74

 
1.66

 
1.56

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs excluding purchased credit-impaired loans
1.17

 
1.33

 
1.21

 
1.20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
$
893,035

 
$
926,200

Total assets
 
 
 
 
2,166,162

 
2,129,046

Total deposits
 
 
 
 
1,063,307

 
1,033,041

Total common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
219,838

 
211,704

Total shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
238,606

 
230,101

Capital ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common capital
 
 
 
 
11.41
%
 
9.86
%
Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
13.64

 
12.40

Total capital
 
 
 
 
17.16

 
16.75

Tier 1 leverage
 
 
 
 
7.84

 
7.53

(1) 
Fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis, return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and the efficiency ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For additional information on these measures and ratios, and a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.
(2) 
Net income, diluted earnings per common share, return on average assets, return on average tangible shareholders' equity and the efficiency ratio have been calculated excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment charge of $2.6 billion in the second quarter of 2011, and accordingly, these are non-GAAP measures. For additional information on these measures and for a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.
(3) 
Due to a net loss applicable to common shareholders for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the impact of antidilutive equity instruments was excluded from diluted earnings (loss) per share and average diluted common shares.
(4) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 106 and corresponding Table 45, and Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 118 and corresponding Table 54.
(5) 
Net charge-offs exclude $1.7 billion of write-offs in the Countrywide home equity purchased credit-impaired portfolio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. These write-offs decreased the purchased credit-impaired valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
n/m = not meaningful

6

Table of Contents

Third Quarter 2012 Economic and Business Environment

In the U.S., the slow pace of economic growth experienced in Spring 2012 continued through the third quarter. Consumer spending grew slowly, as household deleveraging continued, vehicle sales remained firm and store sales rebounded. Employment rose moderately despite considerable domestic and foreign uncertainty and the unemployment rate ended the quarter at 7.8 percent. Business spending on equipment and software, as well as structures, sustained further weakening. The housing market continued its recent improvement with a sixth consecutive quarterly rise in residential building activity and a rise in home prices. Equity markets partially reversed losses from the previous quarter and ended the third quarter just below their high for the year. Stock prices benefited from an easing in the Eurozone crisis, with the European Central Bank announcing its willingness to intervene in sovereign debt markets under specified conditions, and the announcement in mid-September of further monetary easing by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve). Nevertheless, financial market uncertainty was elevated by recession and political anxieties in Europe, and the scheduled year-end expiration of income tax cuts, extended unemployment insurance, the temporary payroll tax cut and the steadily approaching deadline for automatic federal spending reductions agreed to in last year's debt ceiling bill (referred to as the “fiscal cliff”) in the U.S. Consumer confidence ended the quarter slightly higher than a year earlier and business confidence reversed its early-year gains.

The Federal Reserve announced at its mid-September meeting that, while continuing its program of extending the average maturity of its portfolio by buying longer term U.S. Treasury securities and selling short-term holdings, it would commence a new program in which it would purchase $40 billion per month in agency mortgage-backed securities until substantial labor market improvement was achieved subject to maintaining the Federal Reserve's price stability objective. In addition, the Federal Reserve modified its forward guidance on interest rates, anticipating that exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate would likely be warranted at least through mid-2015. This monetary easing helped push down longer term U.S. Treasury and secondary market mortgage yields. Concerns regarding federal tax and spending policies also continued ahead of the anticipated fiscal cliff.

Recent Events

Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement

On September 28, 2012, the Corporation announced an agreement, subject to the execution of a written settlement agreement and court approval, to settle a class action lawsuit brought in 2009 on behalf of investors who purchased or held Bank of America securities at the time we announced plans to acquire Merrill Lynch (the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement).

Under the terms of the proposed Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement, we will pay a total of $2.4 billion and institute and/or continue certain corporate governance policies until January 1, 2015. The amount to be paid under the proposed Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement will be covered by litigation reserves at September 30, 2012. For additional information, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital and Liquidity Related Matters

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, we repurchased certain of our debt and trust preferred securities with an aggregate carrying value of $6.0 billion resulting in a pre-tax charge of $25 million.

On October 4, 2012, we announced that during the fourth quarter of 2012 and the second quarter of 2013, we will redeem $5.1 billion liquidation amount of trust preferred securities issued by various unconsolidated trusts. We expect that redemption of these trust preferred securities will result in a pre-tax charge of approximately $100 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, and pre-tax net interest income savings of approximately $50 million for the fourth quarter of 2012 and approximately $300 million for 2013.

We may conduct additional redemptions, tender offers, exercises and other transactions in the future depending on prevailing market conditions, liquidity, regulatory and other factors.

Weather Events

In the last few days in October, the mid-Atlantic and northeast regions of the U.S. experienced a major storm resulting in wide-spread flooding, power outages, transportation and telecommunication service interruptions and other impacts including but not limited to closures of the New York City based securities exchanges. Certain services have been restored and others will require longer periods of recovery time. Our operations in the affected areas have been impacted, including certain branch closures. We are continuing to support the needs of our clients and customers during this difficult time.


7

Table of Contents

Performance Overview

Summary results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are presented in Table 2. Certain selected items that affected pre-tax income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 were the following: provision for credit losses of $1.8 billion and $6.0 billion which included reserve reductions of $2.3 billion and $5.8 billion, net gains of $1.7 billion on repurchases of debt and trust preferred securities for the nine-month period, and $339 million and $1.5 billion of gains on sales of debt securities. These items were offset by negative fair value adjustments of $1.3 billion and $4.7 billion on structured liabilities related to improvement in our own credit spreads, debit valuation adjustment (DVA) losses on derivatives of $583 million and $2.2 billion, net of hedges, litigation expense of $1.6 billion and $3.3 billion, which included the incremental litigation reserves recorded during the third quarter of 2012 for the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement, and annual retirement-eligible incentive compensation costs of $892 million recorded in the first quarter of 2012. In addition, the representations and warranties provision increased $29 million to $307 million for the three-month period and decreased $14.3 billion to $984 million for the nine-month period as the prior-year nine-month period included $8.6 billion related to the agreement entered into with the Bank of New York Mellon (BNY Mellon Settlement) and $6.7 billion related to other non-government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, income tax expense included a $788 million charge to remeasure certain deferred tax assets due to decreases in the U.K. corporate tax rate compared to a similar charge of $782 million for the same periods in 2011.

Table 2
Summary Income Statement
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis) (1)
$
10,167

 
$
10,739

 
$
31,002

 
$
34,629

Noninterest income
10,490

 
17,963

 
34,342

 
34,651

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis) (1)
20,657

 
28,702

 
65,344

 
69,280

Provision for credit losses
1,774

 
3,407

 
5,965

 
10,476

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 
2,603

All other noninterest expense
17,544

 
17,613

 
53,733

 
58,149

Income (loss) before income taxes
1,339

 
7,682

 
5,646

 
(1,948
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis) (1)
999

 
1,450

 
2,190

 
(1,403
)
Net income (loss)
340

 
6,232

 
3,456

 
(545
)
Preferred stock dividends
373

 
343

 
1,063

 
954

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
(33
)
 
$
5,889

 
$
2,393

 
$
(1,499
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.00

 
$
0.58

 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.15
)
Diluted earnings (loss) (2)
0.00

 
0.56

 
0.22

 
(0.15
)
(1) 
FTE basis is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional information on this measure and for a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.
(2) 
Due to a net loss applicable to common shareholders for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the impact of antidilutive equity instruments was excluded from diluted earnings (loss) per share and average diluted common shares.


8

Table of Contents

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis decreased $572 million to $10.2 billion, and $3.6 billion to $31.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were primarily driven by lower consumer loan balances and yields. Lower trading-related net interest income also negatively impacted the results. These were partially offset by reductions in long-term debt balances and lower rates paid on deposits. The net interest yield on a FTE basis was 2.32 percent and 2.35 percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 2.32 percent and 2.50 percent for the same periods in 2011.

Noninterest income decreased $7.5 billion to $10.5 billion, and $309 million to $34.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The most significant contributors to the decreases were negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to positive fair value adjustments for the same periods in 2011, a decrease in equity investment income and net DVA losses. For the nine-month period, these were partially offset by a significantly lower representations and warranties provision and net gains on repurchases of certain debt and trust preferred securities in 2012. For additional information on the repurchases and exchanges, see Liquidity Risk on page 78.

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.6 billion to $1.8 billion, and $4.5 billion to $6.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The improvement was primarily in the home equity and residential mortgage loan portfolios due to improved portfolio trends and an improved home price outlook in our purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loan portfolios. The provision for credit losses was $2.3 billion and $5.8 billion lower than net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, resulting in a reduction in the allowance for credit losses. This compared to reductions of $1.7 billion and $6.3 billion in the allowance for credit losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. For more information on the provision for credit losses, see Provision for Credit Losses on page 129.

Noninterest expense was relatively unchanged for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and decreased $7.0 billion to $53.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decline for the nine-month period was driven by a decrease in other general operating expense primarily related to lower litigation expense and mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays, and a decrease in personnel expense. The decrease in noninterest expense for the nine-month period was also the result of a $2.6 billion non-cash, non-tax deductible goodwill impairment charge recorded during the second quarter of 2011 as well as $537 million of merger and restructuring charges recorded during the nine-month period in 2011.

Income tax expense on a FTE basis was $999 million on pre-tax income of $1.3 billion, and $2.2 billion on pre-tax income of $5.6 billion for three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to income tax expense of $1.5 billion on a pre-tax income of $7.7 billion and a benefit of $1.4 billion on a pre-tax loss of $1.9 billion for same periods in 2011. For more information, see Financial Highlights – Income Tax Expense on page 14.


9

Table of Contents

Segment Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Segment Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
Total Revenue (1)
 
Net Income (Loss)
 
Total Revenue (1)
 
Net Income (Loss)
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Consumer & Business Banking (CBB)
$
7,070

 
$
8,127

 
$
1,285

 
$
1,664

 
$
21,819

 
$
25,274

 
$
3,893

 
$
6,204

Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES)
3,096

 
2,822

 
(877
)
 
(1,121
)
 
8,291

 
(6,430
)
 
(2,786
)
 
(18,023
)
Global Banking
4,147

 
3,951

 
1,295

 
1,206

 
12,882

 
13,311

 
4,292

 
4,709

Global Markets
3,106

 
3,294

 
(359
)
 
(553
)
 
10,664

 
12,980

 
900

 
1,753

Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM)
4,278

 
4,238

 
542

 
362

 
12,954

 
13,229

 
1,639

 
1,424

All Other
(1,040
)
 
6,270

 
(1,546
)
 
4,674

 
(1,266
)
 
10,916

 
(4,482
)
 
3,388

Total FTE basis
20,657

 
28,702

 
340

 
6,232

 
65,344

 
69,280

 
3,456

 
(545
)
FTE adjustment
(229
)
 
(249
)
 

 

 
(670
)
 
(714
)
 

 

Total Consolidated
$
20,428

 
$
28,453

 
$
340

 
$
6,232

 
$
64,674

 
$
68,566

 
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
(1) 
Total revenue is net of interest expense and is on a FTE basis which for consolidated revenue is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on this measure and for a corresponding reconciliation to a GAAP financial measure, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.

The following discussion provides an overview of the results of our business segments and All Other for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. For additional information on these results, see Business Segment Operations on page 32.

CBB net income decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. Revenue decreased in both periods driven by the impact of the Durbin Amendment, lower average loan balances, the continued low rate environment and the net impact of charges related to our consumer protection products. Revenue for the nine-month period also decreased driven by the net impact of portfolio sales. The provision for credit losses decreased in the three-month period due to improvements in delinquencies and bankruptcies and increased in the nine-month period as portfolio trends began to stabilize during 2012. Noninterest expense declined due to lower Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in litigation expense in the nine-month period.

CRES net loss decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily driven by an increase in noninterest income and lower provision for credit losses. Noninterest income increased for the three-month period driven by improved mortgage servicing rights (MSR) results, net of hedges, and increases in production revenue. Noninterest income increased in the nine-month period primarily because the prior-year period included provisions recorded in connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement. The provision for credit losses decreased in both periods driven by improved portfolio trends in the home equity portfolio. Noninterest expense increased in the three-month period due to an increase in default-related servicing costs and litigation expense. This was partially offset by lower production expenses and a reduction in mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays. Noninterest expense decreased in the nine-month period due to the absence of a goodwill impairment charge, a decline in litigation expense and lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays, partially offset by higher default-related servicing costs.


10

Table of Contents

Global Banking net income increased in the three months ended and decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. Revenues for the three-month period increased primarily due to gains on fair value option loans compared to the same period in 2011. Revenues for the nine-month period decreased as a result of lower investment banking fees, lower net interest income as a result of spread compression and benefits from accretion on certain acquired portfolios in the year-ago period, partially offset by the impact of higher average loan and deposit balances and gains from certain legacy portfolios. The provision for credit losses increased in both periods primarily driven by stabilization in asset quality and core commercial loan growth in the portfolio. Noninterest expense decreased in both periods primarily due to lower personnel expense and operating costs.

Global Markets net loss decreased in the three months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. Excluding net DVA, net income increased primarily driven by higher sales and trading revenue, higher investment banking fees from an increase in capital markets underwriting activity and lower noninterest expense due to decreased personnel-related expenses and operational costs. Net income decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Excluding net DVA, net income increased primarily driven by higher sales and trading revenue as well as lower personnel-related expenses, brokerage, clearing and exchange fees, and operational costs.

GWIM net income increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily due to lower noninterest expense driven by lower FDIC expense, lower support and personnel costs, and other expense reductions. Revenue increased in the three-month period due to higher all other income driven by market origination revenue and higher net interest income, partially offset by lower investment and brokerage services revenue. Revenue decreased in the nine-month period due to lower investment and brokerage services revenue resulting from lower transactional activity and lower net interest income. In addition, the provision for credit losses declined for the three- and nine-month periods due to lower delinquencies and improving portfolio trends within the residential mortgage portfolio.

All Other decreased to a net loss in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to net income in the same periods in 2011 primarily due to negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 compared to positive fair value adjustments on structured liabilities for the same periods in 2011 and a decrease in equity investment income, partially offset by a reduction in the provision for credit losses and net gains resulting from the repurchase of certain debt and trust preferred securities in the nine-month period. In addition, for the three- and nine-month periods, the provision for credit losses decreased primarily due to continued improvement in credit quality in the residential mortgage portfolio and noninterest expense increased due to higher litigation expense related to the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement and other litigation.


11

Table of Contents

Financial Highlights
 
Net Interest Income

Net interest income on a FTE basis decreased $572 million to $10.2 billion, and $3.6 billion to $31.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were primarily driven by lower consumer loan balances and yields. Lower trading-related net interest income also negatively impacted the results. These were partially offset by ongoing reductions in long-term debt balances and lower rates paid on deposits. The net interest yield on a FTE basis was 2.32 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The net interest yield on a FTE basis decreased 15 basis points (bps) to 2.35 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 as the yield continued to be under pressure due to the aforementioned items and the low rate environment.

Noninterest Income
 
Table 4
Noninterest Income
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Card income
$
1,538

 
$
1,911

 
$
4,573

 
$
5,706

Service charges
1,934

 
2,068

 
5,780

 
6,112

Investment and brokerage services
2,781

 
3,022

 
8,504

 
9,132

Investment banking income
1,336

 
942

 
3,699

 
4,204

Equity investment income
238

 
1,446

 
1,371

 
4,133

Trading account profits
1,239

 
1,604

 
5,078

 
6,417

Mortgage banking income (loss)
2,019

 
1,617

 
5,290

 
(10,949
)
Insurance income (loss)
(138
)
 
190

 
(71
)
 
1,203

Gains on sales of debt securities
339

 
737

 
1,491

 
2,182

Other income (loss)
(790
)
 
4,511

 
(1,321
)
 
6,729

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings on AFS debt securities
(6
)
 
(85
)
 
(52
)
 
(218
)
Total noninterest income
$
10,490

 
$
17,963

 
$
34,342

 
$
34,651


Noninterest income decreased $7.5 billion to $10.5 billion, and $309 million to $34.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The following highlights the significant changes.

Card income decreased $373 million and $1.1 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily driven by the implementation of interchange fee rules under the Durbin Amendment, which became effective on October 1, 2011.

Investment and brokerage services income decreased $241 million to $2.8 billion, and $628 million to $8.5 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily driven by lower transactional volumes.

Investment banking income increased $394 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 driven by an increase in capital markets underwriting, partially offset by lower advisory fees. Investment banking income for the nine-month period decreased $505 million primarily driven by lower advisory and equity underwriting fees, and an overall decline in global fee pools.

Equity investment income decreased $1.2 billion and $2.8 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The three-month period a year ago included a $3.6 billion gain from the sale of a portion of our investment in China Construction Bank Corporation (CCB), partially offset by $2.2 billion of net losses related to equity and strategic investments other than CCB. The nine-month period in 2011 also included an $836 million CCB dividend, $500 million of additional impairment write-downs on our merchant services joint venture and a $377 million gain related to the sale of an equity investment.


12

Table of Contents

Trading account profits decreased $365 million and $1.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. Net DVA losses on derivatives were $583 million and $2.2 billion in the current-year periods compared to net DVA gains of $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion for the same periods in 2011. Excluding net DVA, trading account profits increased $1.9 billion and $2.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 as credit markets improved and volatility declined.

Mortgage banking income increased $402 million and $16.2 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase for the three-month period was primarily driven by an increase in servicing income. The nine-month increase was driven by a $14.3 billion decrease in the representations and warranties provision as the prior-year period included $15.3 billion in provision related to the agreement to resolve nearly all legacy Countrywide Financial Corporation (Countrywide)-issued first-lien non-GSE residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) repurchase exposures, other non-GSE exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures.

Insurance income decreased $328 million and $1.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The three- month decrease was driven by provision in the current-year period related to payment protection insurance in the U.K. and the nine-month decrease was also due to the impact of the sale of Balboa Insurance Company's lender-placed insurance business (Balboa) in the second quarter of 2011.

Other income decreased $5.3 billion and $8.1 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily driven by negative fair value adjustments on our structured liabilities of $1.3 billion and $4.7 billion compared to positive fair value adjustments of $4.5 billion and $4.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. The nine months ended September 30, 2012 also included $1.7 billion of gains related to debt repurchases and exchanges of trust preferred securities. The nine-month period in 2011 included a net gain of $752 million on the sale of Balboa.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.6 billion to $1.8 billion, and $4.5 billion to $6.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the provision for credit losses was $2.3 billion and $5.8 billion lower than net charge-offs, resulting in reductions in the allowance for credit losses compared to reductions of $1.7 billion and $6.3 billion in the allowance for credit losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. The reduction in the allowance for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $435 million of reserves on the loans forgiven as a part of the National Mortgage Settlement. For more information on the National Mortgage Settlement, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86. The provision for credit losses related to the PCI loan portfolios was a benefit of $166 million and an expense of $327 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012.

The provision for credit losses related to our consumer portfolio decreased $1.9 billion to $1.6 billion, and $5.2 billion to $6.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The improvement was primarily in the home equity and residential mortgage loan portfolios due to improved portfolio trends and an improved home price outlook in our PCI portfolios. This was partially offset by the impact of new regulatory guidance regarding the treatment of loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. The provision for credit losses related to our commercial portfolio, including the provision benefit for unfunded lending commitments, increased $256 million to $197 million, and $706 million to $11 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 due to stabilization in the credit quality of the core commercial portfolio.

Net charge-offs totaled $4.1 billion, or 1.86 percent, and $11.8 billion, or 1.77 percent of average loans and leases for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $5.1 billion, or 2.17 percent, and $16.8 billion, or 2.41 percent, for the same periods in 2011. Included in net charge-offs in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $478 million of charge-offs related to the impact of new regulatory guidance regarding the treatment of loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and $435 million of charge-offs related to loans forgiven as a part of the National Mortgage Settlement. The decrease in net charge-offs was primarily driven by fewer delinquent loans and lower bankruptcy filings across the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios, as well as lower net charge-offs in the consumer real estate and core commercial portfolios in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. For more information on the provision for credit losses, see Provision for Credit Losses on page 129.


13

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
 
Table 5
Noninterest Expense
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Personnel
 
$
8,431

 
$
8,865

 
$
27,348

 
$
28,204

Occupancy
 
1,160

 
1,183

 
3,419

 
3,617

Equipment
 
561

 
616

 
1,718

 
1,815

Marketing
 
479

 
556

 
1,393

 
1,680

Professional fees
 
873

 
937

 
2,578

 
2,349

Amortization of intangibles
 
315

 
377

 
955

 
1,144

Data processing
 
640

 
626

 
2,188

 
1,964

Telecommunications
 
410

 
405

 
1,227

 
1,167

Other general operating
 
4,675

 
3,872

 
12,907

 
15,672

Goodwill impairment
 

 

 

 
2,603

Merger and restructuring charges
 

 
176

 

 
537

Total noninterest expense
 
$
17,544

 
$
17,613

 
$
53,733

 
$
60,752


Noninterest expense was relatively unchanged for the three months ended September 30, 2012 as an increase in other general operating expense primarily related to costs associated with the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement and other litigation was offset by a decrease in personnel expense as the company continued to streamline processes and achieve cost savings. Noninterest expense decreased $7.0 billion to $53.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 with the decrease primarily driven by a $2.8 billion decrease in other general operating expense primarily related to lower litigation expense and mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays and an $856 million decrease in personnel expense as we continue to streamline processes and achieve cost savings. The nine months ended September 30, 2011 also included a $2.6 billion non-cash non-tax deductible goodwill impairment charge as well as $537 million of merger and restructuring charges.

In connection with Project New BAC, we expect to continue to achieve cost savings in certain noninterest expense categories as we continue to further streamline workflows, simplify processes and align expenses with our overall strategic plan and operating principles. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we continued implementation of Phase 1 initiatives, completed Phase 2 evaluations and began implementation of certain Phase 2 initiatives. With regard to Phase 1, we expect to realize more than $1 billion of cost savings in 2012 and $5 billion of annualized cost savings by the fourth quarter of 2013 with the full impact realized in 2014. We expect that Phase 2 will result in an additional $3 billion of annualized cost savings by mid-2015.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $770 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1.2 billion for the same period in 2011 and resulted in an effective tax rate of 69.4 percent compared to 16.2 percent in the year-ago quarter. Income tax expense was $1.5 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to an income tax benefit of $2.1 billion for the same period in 2011 and resulted in an effective tax rate of 30.5 percent compared to 79.5 percent in the year-ago period.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily driven by the $788 million impact of the U.K. corporate income tax rate reduction, as described in the next paragraph, partially offset by our recurring tax preference items and by tax benefits related to certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, including an increase in our accumulated earnings presumed to be permanently reinvested offshore. The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2011 was driven by a $619 million valuation allowance reduction, a $593 million benefit for the recognition of certain deferred tax related assets and recurring tax preference items, partially offset by the $782 million impact of the U.K. corporate income tax rate reduction that was enacted in July 2011. The effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 were primarily driven by the same factors described in the three-month discussion above and, for the prior-year period, included the impact of the $2.6 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge.


14

Table of Contents

On July 17, 2012, the U.K. 2012 Finance Bill was enacted, which reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rate by two percent to 23 percent. The first one percent reduction was effective on April 1, 2012 and the second reduction will be effective April 1, 2013. These reductions favorably affect income tax expense on future U.K. earnings, but also required us to remeasure our U.K. net deferred tax assets using the lower tax rates. If the corporate income tax rate is reduced to 22 percent by 2014 as suggested in U.K. Treasury announcements and assuming no change in the deferred tax asset balance, we would record a charge to income tax expense of approximately $400 million in the period of enactment.
Balance Sheet Overview
 
 
 
 
 
Table 6
Selected Balance Sheet Data
 
 
 
 
 
Average Balance
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
234,034

 
$
211,183

 
$
234,955

 
$
256,143

 
$
234,058

 
$
247,635

Trading account assets
211,090

 
169,319

 
177,075

 
180,438

 
177,846

 
195,931

Debt securities
345,847

 
311,416

 
340,773

 
344,327

 
336,939

 
338,512

Loans and leases
893,035

 
926,200

 
888,859

 
942,032

 
900,650

 
939,848

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(26,233
)
 
(33,783
)
 
(29,478
)
 
(36,429
)
 
(31,377
)
 
(38,632
)
All other assets
508,389

 
544,711

 
561,128

 
614,943

 
566,858

 
642,938

Total assets
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,129,046

 
$
2,173,312

 
$
2,301,454

 
$
2,184,974

 
$
2,326,232

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,063,307

 
$
1,033,041

 
$
1,049,697

 
$
1,051,320

 
$
1,037,610

 
$
1,036,905

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
273,900

 
214,864

 
287,142

 
261,830

 
274,395

 
281,476

Trading account liabilities
72,179

 
60,508

 
77,528

 
87,841

 
78,041

 
89,302

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
35,291

 
35,698

 
37,881

 
41,404

 
37,981

 
56,107

Long-term debt
286,534

 
372,265

 
291,684

 
420,273

 
329,320

 
431,902

All other liabilities
196,345

 
182,569

 
193,341

 
216,376

 
192,901

 
201,155

Total liabilities
1,927,556

 
1,898,945

 
1,937,273

 
2,079,044

 
1,950,248

 
2,096,847

Shareholders’ equity
238,606

 
230,101

 
236,039

 
222,410

 
234,726

 
229,385

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,129,046

 
$
2,173,312

 
$
2,301,454

 
$
2,184,974

 
$
2,326,232


Period-end balance sheet amounts may vary from average balance sheet amounts due to liquidity and balance sheet management activities, primarily involving our portfolios of highly liquid assets, that are designed to ensure the adequacy of capital while enhancing our ability to manage liquidity requirements for the Corporation and our customers, and to position the balance sheet in accordance with the Corporation’s risk appetite. The execution of these activities requires the use of balance sheet and capital-related limits including spot, average and risk-weighted asset limits, particularly within the market-making activities of our trading businesses. One of our key regulatory metrics, Tier 1 leverage ratio, is calculated based on adjusted quarterly average total assets.


15

Table of Contents

Assets

At September 30, 2012, total assets were approximately $2.2 trillion, an increase of $37.1 billion, or two percent, from December 31, 2011. This increase was driven by trading account assets due to increases in U.S. Treasuries, EMEA sovereign debt and hedges in leveraged credit trading; debt securities primarily driven by net purchases of agency mortgage-backed securities (MBS); and federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell to cover increases in client short positions, customer financing activities through the matched book and collateral requirements. These increases were partially offset by lower consumer loan balances due to continued run-off in targeted portfolios, lower card balances and asset sales, as well as lower cash and cash equivalents.

Average total assets decreased $128.1 billion and $141.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were driven by lower consumer loan balances as described above and the sale of strategic investments. The nine-month comparison to the same period in 2011 was also impacted by reduced trading account assets.

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

At September 30, 2012, total liabilities were approximately $1.9 trillion, an increase of $28.6 billion, or two percent, from December 31, 2011 primarily driven by an increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase due to funding of trading inventory resulting from customer demand and funding of higher trading account assets and securities, and an increase in deposits. Partially offsetting this increase were planned reductions in long-term debt.

Average total liabilities decreased $141.8 billion and $146.6 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were primarily driven by planned reductions in long-term debt, lower short-term borrowings due to the Corporation's reduced use of commercial paper and master notes, and lower trading account liabilities. The three-month comparison to the same period in 2011 was also impacted by an increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase due to funding trading inventory resulting from customer demand and funding of trading account assets and securities, and matched book activity.

At September 30, 2012, shareholders’ equity was $238.6 billion, an increase of $8.5 billion, or four percent, from December 31, 2011 due to earnings, an increase in unrealized gains on available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities in other comprehensive income (OCI), common stock issued under employee plans and exchanges of preferred and trust preferred securities, and a gain on curtailment of the Corporation's Qualified Pension Plans.

Average shareholders' equity increased $13.6 billion and $5.3 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 driven by earnings, common stock issued under employee plans, and the sale of preferred stock and related warrants to Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. in the third quarter of 2011. The nine-month increase was also impacted by exchanges of preferred and trust preferred securities and a gain on curtailment of the Corporation's Qualified Pension Plans. These increases were partially offset by lower unrealized gains on AFS debt securities in accumulated OCI in 2012.

16

Table of Contents

Table 7
 
 
 
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
2012 Quarters
 
2011 Quarters
(In millions, except per share information)
Third
 
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
Income statement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
9,938

 
$
9,548

 
$
10,846

 
$
10,701

 
$
10,490

Noninterest income
10,490

 
12,420

 
11,432

 
14,187

 
17,963

Total revenue, net of interest expense
20,428

 
21,968

 
22,278

 
24,888

 
28,453

Provision for credit losses
1,774

 
1,773

 
2,418

 
2,934

 
3,407

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 
581

 

Merger and restructuring charges

 

 

 
101

 
176

All other noninterest expense (1)
17,544

 
17,048

 
19,141

 
18,840

 
17,437

Income before income taxes
1,110

 
3,147

 
719

 
2,432

 
7,433

Income tax expense
770

 
684

 
66

 
441

 
1,201

Net income
340

 
2,463

 
653

 
1,991

 
6,232

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
(33
)
 
2,098

 
328

 
1,584

 
5,889

Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,776

 
10,776

 
10,651

 
10,281

 
10,116

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
10,776

 
11,556

 
10,762

 
11,125

 
10,464

Performance ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.06
%
 
0.45
%
 
0.12
%
 
0.36
%
 
1.07
%
Four quarter trailing return on average assets (2)
0.25

 
0.51

 
n/m

 
0.06

 
n/m

Return on average common shareholders’ equity
n/m

 
3.89

 
0.62

 
3.00

 
11.40

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (3)
n/m

 
5.95

 
0.95

 
4.72

 
18.30

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (3)
0.84

 
6.16

 
1.67

 
5.20

 
17.03

Total ending equity to total ending assets
11.02

 
10.92

 
10.66

 
10.81

 
10.37

Total average equity to total average assets
10.86

 
10.73

 
10.63

 
10.34

 
9.66

Dividend payout
n/m

 
5.60

 
34.97

 
6.60

 
1.73

Per common share data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings
$
0.00

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.03

 
$
0.15

 
$
0.58

Diluted earnings
0.00

 
0.19

 
0.03

 
0.15

 
0.56

Dividends paid
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.01

Book value
20.40

 
20.16

 
19.83

 
20.09

 
20.80

Tangible book value (3)
13.48

 
13.22

 
12.87

 
12.95

 
13.22

Market price per share of common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Closing
$
8.83

 
$
8.18

 
$
9.57

 
$
5.56

 
$
6.12

High closing
9.55

 
9.68

 
9.93

 
7.35

 
11.09

Low closing
7.04

 
6.83

 
5.80

 
4.99

 
6.06

Market capitalization
$
95,163

 
$
88,155

 
$
103,123

 
$
58,580

 
$
62,023

Average balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
888,859

 
$
899,498

 
$
913,722

 
$
932,898

 
$
942,032

Total assets
2,173,312

 
2,194,563

 
2,187,174

 
2,207,567

 
2,301,454

Total deposits
1,049,697

 
1,032,888

 
1,030,112

 
1,032,531

 
1,051,320

Long-term debt
291,684

 
333,173

 
363,518

 
389,557

 
420,273

Common shareholders’ equity
217,273

 
216,782

 
214,150

 
209,324

 
204,928

Total shareholders’ equity
236,039

 
235,558

 
232,566

 
228,235

 
222,410

Asset quality (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (5)
$
26,751

 
$
30,862

 
$
32,862

 
$
34,497

 
$
35,872

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
24,925

 
25,377

 
27,790

 
27,708

 
29,059

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (6)
2.96
%
 
3.43
%
 
3.61
%
 
3.68
%
 
3.81
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases (6)
111

 
127

 
126

 
135

 
133

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the PCI loan portfolio (6)
81

 
90

 
91

 
101

 
101

Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (7)
$
13,978

 
$
16,327

 
$
17,006

 
$
17,490

 
$
18,317

Allowance as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the amounts included in the allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (7)
52
%
 
59
%
 
60
%
 
65
%
 
63
%
Net charge-offs (8)
$
4,122

 
$
3,626

 
$
4,056

 
$
4,054

 
$
5,086

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (6, 8)
1.86
%
 
1.64
%
 
1.80
%
 
1.74
%
 
2.17
%
Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (6)
2.68

 
2.70

 
2.85

 
2.74

 
2.87

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of total loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
2.81

 
2.87

 
3.10

 
3.01

 
3.15

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs (8)
1.60

 
2.08

 
1.97

 
2.10

 
1.74

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs, excluding the PCI loan portfolio
1.17

 
1.46

 
1.43

 
1.57

 
1.33

Capital ratios (period end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-based capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common
11.41
%
 
11.24
%
 
10.78
%
 
9.86
%
 
8.65
%
Tier 1
13.64

 
13.80

 
13.37

 
12.40

 
11.48

Total
17.16

 
17.51

 
17.49

 
16.75

 
15.86

Tier 1 leverage
7.84

 
7.84

 
7.79

 
7.53

 
7.11

Tangible equity (3)
7.85

 
7.73

 
7.48

 
7.54

 
7.16

Tangible common equity (3)
6.95

 
6.83

 
6.58

 
6.64

 
6.25

(1) 
Excludes merger and restructuring charges and goodwill impairment charges.
(2) 
Calculated as total net income for four consecutive quarters divided by annualized average assets for four consecutive quarters.
(3) 
Tangible equity ratios and tangible book value per share of common stock are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For additional information on these ratios and for corresponding reconciliations to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19 and Table 9 on pages 20 through 21.
(4) 
For more information on the impact of the PCI loan portfolio on asset quality, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.
(5) 
Includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
(6) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 106 and corresponding Table 45, and Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 118 and corresponding Table 54.
(7) 
Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans primarily include amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB, PCI loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
(8) 
Net charge-offs exclude $1.7 billion of write-offs in the Countrywide home equity PCI portfolio for the three months ended September 30, 2012. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
n/m = not meaningful

17

Table of Contents

Table 8
 
 
 
Selected Year-to-Date Financial Data
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(In millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
Income statement
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
30,332

 
$
33,915

Noninterest income
34,342

 
34,651

Total revenue, net of interest expense
64,674

 
68,566

Provision for credit losses
5,965

 
10,476

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

Merger and restructuring charges

 
537

All other noninterest expense (1)
53,733

 
57,612

Income (loss) before income taxes
4,976

 
(2,662
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
1,520

 
(2,117
)
Net income (loss)
3,456

 
(545
)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
2,393

 
(1,499
)
Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,735

 
10,096

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
10,827

 
10,096

Performance ratios
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.21
%
 
n/m

Return on average common shareholders’ equity
1.48

 
n/m

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (2)
2.26

 
n/m

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (2)
2.89

 
n/m

Total ending equity to total ending assets
11.02

 
10.37
%
Total average equity to total average assets
10.74

 
9.86

Dividend payout
13.79

 
n/m

Per common share data
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.22

 
$
(0.15
)
Diluted earnings (loss)
0.22

 
(0.15
)
Dividends paid
0.03

 
0.03

Book value
20.40

 
20.80

Tangible book value (2)
13.48

 
13.22

Market price per share of common stock
 
 
 
Closing
$
8.83

 
$
6.12

High closing
9.93

 
15.25

Low closing
5.80

 
6.06

Market capitalization
$
95,163

 
$
62,023

Average balance sheet
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
900,650

 
$
939,848

Total assets
2,184,974

 
2,326,232

Total deposits
1,037,610

 
1,036,905

Long-term debt
329,320

 
431,902

Common shareholders’ equity
216,073

 
212,512

Total shareholders’ equity
234,726

 
229,385

Asset quality (3)
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (4)
$
26,751

 
$
35,872

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties (5)
24,925

 
29,059

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (5)
2.96
%
 
3.81
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases (5)
111

 
133

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the PCI loan portfolio (5)
81

 
101

Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (6)
$
13,978

 
$
18,317

Allowance as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding the amounts included in the allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans (6)
52
%
 
63
%
Net charge-offs (7)
$
11,804

 
$
16,779

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (5, 7)
1.77
%
 
2.41
%
Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (5)
2.68

 
2.87

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of total loans, leases and foreclosed properties (5)
2.81

 
3.15

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs (7)
1.66

 
1.56

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs, excluding the PCI loan portfolio
1.21

 
1.20

(1) 
Excludes merger and restructuring charges and goodwill impairment charges.
(2) 
Tangible equity ratios and tangible book value per share of common stock are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For additional information on these ratios and for corresponding reconciliations to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19 and Table 9 on pages 20 through 21.
(3) 
For more information on the impact of the PCI loan portfolio on asset quality, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.
(4) 
Includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
(5) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 106 and corresponding Table 45, and Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 118 and corresponding Table 54.
(6) 
Amounts included in allowance that are excluded from nonperforming loans primarily include amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB, PCI loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
(7) 
Net charge-offs exclude $1.7 billion of write-offs in the Countrywide home equity PCI portfolio for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
n/m = not meaningful

18

Table of Contents

Supplemental Financial Data

We view net interest income and related ratios and analyses on a FTE basis, which when presented on a consolidated basis, are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe managing the business with net interest income on a FTE basis provides a more accurate picture of the interest margin for comparative purposes. To derive the FTE basis, net interest income is adjusted to reflect tax-exempt income on an equivalent before-tax basis with a corresponding increase in income tax expense. For purposes of this calculation, we use the federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent. This measure ensures comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

Certain performance measures including the efficiency ratio and net interest yield utilize net interest income (and thus total revenue) on a FTE basis. The efficiency ratio measures the costs expended to generate a dollar of revenue, and net interest yield measures the bps we earn over the cost of funds.

We also evaluate our business based on certain ratios that utilize tangible equity, a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible equity represents an adjusted shareholders’ equity or common shareholders’ equity amount which has been reduced by goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. These measures are used to evaluate our use of equity. In addition, profitability, relationship and investment models all use return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (ROTE) as key measures to support our overall growth goals. These ratios are as follows:

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity measures our earnings contribution as a percentage of adjusted common shareholders’ equity. The tangible common equity ratio represents adjusted common shareholders’ equity divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities.

ROTE measures our earnings contribution as a percentage of adjusted average total shareholders’ equity. The tangible equity ratio represents adjusted total shareholders’ equity divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities.

Tangible book value per common share represents adjusted ending common shareholders’ equity divided by ending common shares outstanding.

The aforementioned supplemental data and performance measures are presented in Tables 7 and 8.

In addition, we evaluate our business segment results based on measures that utilize return on economic capital, a non-GAAP financial measure, including the following:

Return on average economic capital for the segments is calculated as net income, adjusted for cost of funds and earnings credits and certain expenses related to intangibles, divided by average economic capital.

Economic capital represents allocated equity less goodwill and a percentage of intangible assets (excluding MSRs).

19

Table of Contents

Certain of the information presented in Table 9 excludes the impact of a goodwill impairment charge of $581 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011 and certain of the information presented in Table 10 excludes the impact of a goodwill impairment charge of $2.6 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, these are non-GAAP financial measures. Tables 9, 10 and 11 provide reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures. We believe the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides additional clarity in assessing the results of the Corporation and our segments. Other companies may define or calculate these measures and ratios differently.

Table 9
Quarterly Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
2012 Quarters
 
2011 Quarters
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
Third
 
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
Fully taxable-equivalent basis data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
10,167

 
$
9,782

 
$
11,053

 
$
10,959

 
$
10,739

Total revenue, net of interest expense
20,657

 
22,202

 
22,485

 
25,146

 
28,702

Net interest yield
2.32
%
 
2.21
%
 
2.51
%
 
2.45
%
 
2.32
%
Efficiency ratio
84.93

 
76.79

 
85.13

 
77.64

 
61.37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance ratios, excluding goodwill impairment charge (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
0.21

 
 
Diluted earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.20

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
 
 
75.33
%
 
 
Return on average assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.46

 
 
Four quarter trailing return on average assets (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.20

 
 
Return on average common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.10

 
 
Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.46

 
 
Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.72

 
 
(1) 
Performance ratios are calculated excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment charge of $581 million recorded during the fourth quarter of 2011.
(2) 
Calculated as total net income for four consecutive quarters divided by annualized average assets for four consecutive quarters.


20

Table of Contents

Table 9
Quarterly Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
 
2012 Quarters
 
2011 Quarters
(Dollars in millions)
Third
 
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
Reconciliation of net interest income to net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
9,938

 
$
9,548

 
$
10,846

 
$
10,701

 
$
10,490

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
229

 
234

 
207

 
258

 
249

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
10,167

 
$
9,782

 
$
11,053

 
$
10,959

 
$
10,739

Reconciliation of total revenue, net of interest expense to total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
20,428

 
$
21,968

 
$
22,278

 
$
24,888

 
$
28,453

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
229

 
234

 
207

 
258

 
249

Total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
20,657

 
$
22,202

 
$
22,485

 
$
25,146

 
$
28,702

Reconciliation of total noninterest expense to total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total noninterest expense
$
17,544

 
$
17,048

 
$
19,141

 
$
19,522

 
$
17,613

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

 
(581
)
 

Total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charge
$
17,544

 
$
17,048

 
$
19,141

 
$
18,941

 
$
17,613

Reconciliation of income tax expense to income tax expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense
$
770

 
$
684

 
$
66

 
$
441

 
$
1,201

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
229

 
234

 
207

 
258

 
249

Income tax expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
999

 
$
918

 
$
273

 
$
699

 
$
1,450

Reconciliation of net income to net income, excluding goodwill impairment charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
340

 
$
2,463

 
$
653

 
$
1,991

 
$
6,232

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

 
581

 

Net income, excluding goodwill impairment charge
$
340

 
$
2,463

 
$
653

 
$
2,572

 
$
6,232

Reconciliation of net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders to net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
(33
)
 
$
2,098

 
$
328

 
$
1,584

 
$
5,889

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

 
581

 

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charge
$
(33
)
 
$
2,098

 
$
328

 
$
2,165

 
$
5,889

Reconciliation of average common shareholders’ equity to average tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
$
217,273

 
$
216,782

 
$
214,150

 
$
209,324

 
$
204,928

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,647
)
 
(71,070
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,194
)
 
(7,533
)
 
(7,869
)
 
(8,566
)
 
(9,005
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,556

 
2,626

 
2,700

 
2,775

 
2,852

Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
142,659

 
$
141,899

 
$
139,014

 
$
132,886

 
$
127,705

Reconciliation of average shareholders’ equity to average tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
236,039

 
$
235,558

 
$
232,566

 
$
228,235

 
$
222,410

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,647
)
 
(71,070
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,194
)
 
(7,533
)
 
(7,869
)
 
(8,566
)
 
(9,005
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,556

 
2,626

 
2,700

 
2,775

 
2,852

Tangible shareholders’ equity
$
161,425

 
$
160,675

 
$
157,430

 
$
151,797

 
$
145,187

Reconciliation of period-end common shareholders’ equity to period-end tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
$
219,838

 
$
217,213

 
$
213,711

 
$
211,704

 
$
210,772

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,832
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,030
)
 
(7,335
)
 
(7,696
)
 
(8,021
)
 
(8,764
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,494

 
2,559

 
2,628

 
2,702

 
2,777

Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
145,326

 
$
142,461

 
$
138,667

 
$
136,418

 
$
133,953

Reconciliation of period-end shareholders’ equity to period-end tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
238,606

 
$
235,975

 
$
232,499

 
$
230,101

 
$
230,252

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,832
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,030
)
 
(7,335
)
 
(7,696
)
 
(8,021
)
 
(8,764
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,494

 
2,559

 
2,628

 
2,702

 
2,777

Tangible shareholders’ equity
$
164,094

 
$
161,223

 
$
157,455

 
$
154,815

 
$
153,433

Reconciliation of period-end assets to period-end tangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,160,854

 
$
2,181,449

 
$
2,129,046

 
$
2,219,628

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
 
(70,832
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,030
)
 
(7,335
)
 
(7,696
)
 
(8,021
)
 
(8,764
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,494

 
2,559

 
2,628

 
2,702

 
2,777

Tangible assets
$
2,091,650

 
$
2,086,102

 
$
2,106,405

 
$
2,053,760

 
$
2,142,809



21

Table of Contents

Table 10
Year-to-Date Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
Fully taxable-equivalent basis data
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
31,002

 
$
34,629

Total revenue, net of interest expense
65,344

 
69,280

Net interest yield
2.35
%
 
2.50
%
Efficiency ratio
82.23

 
87.69

Performance ratios, excluding goodwill impairment charge (1)
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
Earnings
$
0.22

 
$
0.11

Diluted earnings
0.22

 
0.11

Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
82.23
%
 
83.93
%
Return on average assets
0.21

 
0.12

Return on average common shareholders’ equity
1.48

 
0.70

Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity
2.26

 
1.11

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity
2.89

 
1.83

Reconciliation of net interest income to net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
30,332

 
$
33,915

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
670

 
714

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
31,002

 
$
34,629

Reconciliation of total revenue, net of interest expense to total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
64,674

 
$
68,566

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
670

 
714

Total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
65,344

 
$
69,280

Reconciliation of total noninterest expense to total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charge
 
 
 
Total noninterest expense
$
53,733

 
$
60,752

Goodwill impairment charge

 
(2,603
)
Total noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charge
$
53,733

 
$
58,149

Reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) to income tax expense (benefit) on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
$
1,520

 
$
(2,117
)
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
670

 
714

Income tax expense (benefit) on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
2,190

 
$
(1,403
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net income, excluding goodwill impairment charge
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
Goodwill impairment charge

 
2,603

Net income, excluding goodwill impairment charge
$
3,456

 
$
2,058

Reconciliation of net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders to net income applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charge
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
2,393

 
$
(1,499
)
Goodwill impairment charge

 
2,603

Net income applicable to common shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment charge
$
2,393

 
$
1,104

Reconciliation of average common shareholders’ equity to average tangible common shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Common shareholders’ equity
$
216,073

 
$
212,512

Goodwill
(69,973
)
 
(72,903
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,531
)
 
(9,386
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,627

 
2,939

Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
141,196

 
$
133,162

Reconciliation of average shareholders’ equity to average tangible shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
$
234,726

 
$
229,385

Goodwill
(69,973
)
 
(72,903
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(7,531
)
 
(9,386
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
2,627

 
2,939

Tangible shareholders’ equity
$
159,849

 
$
150,035

(1) 
Performance ratios have been calculated excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment charge of $2.6 billion recorded during the second quarter of 2011.


22

Table of Contents

Table 11
Segment Supplemental Financial Data Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
1,285

 
$
1,664

 
$
3,893

 
$
6,204

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
3

 
6

 
10

 
15

Adjusted net income
$
1,288

 
$
1,670

 
$
3,903

 
$
6,219

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
53,982

 
$
52,381

 
$
53,462

 
$
52,875

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(30,447
)
 
(30,600
)
 
(30,485
)
 
(30,650
)
Average economic capital
$
23,535

 
$
21,781

 
$
22,977

 
$
22,225

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Real Estate Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net loss
$
(877
)
 
$
(1,121
)
 
$
(2,786
)
 
$
(18,023
)
Adjustment related to intangibles (1)

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

 
2,603

Adjusted net loss
$
(877
)
 
$
(1,121
)
 
$
(2,786
)
 
$
(15,420
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
13,332

 
$
14,240

 
$
14,077

 
$
16,688

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles (excluding MSRs)

 

 

 
(1,804
)
Average economic capital
$
13,332

 
$
14,240

 
$
14,077

 
$
14,884

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
1,295

 
$
1,206

 
$
4,292

 
$
4,709

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
1

 
2

 
3

 
5

Adjusted net income
$
1,296

 
$
1,208

 
$
4,295

 
$
4,714

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
46,223

 
$
47,682

 
$
45,967

 
$
47,820

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(24,852
)
 
(24,724
)
 
(24,856
)
 
(24,529
)
Average economic capital
$
21,371

 
$
22,958

 
$
21,111

 
$
23,291

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income (loss)
$
(359
)
 
$
(553
)
 
$
900

 
$
1,753

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
2

 
3

 
7

 
9

Adjusted net income (loss)
$
(357
)
 
$
(550
)
 
$
907

 
$
1,762

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
17,068

 
$
21,609

 
$
17,504

 
$
23,636

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(4,651
)
 
(4,655
)
 
(4,636
)
 
(4,616
)
Average economic capital
$
12,417

 
$
16,954

 
$
12,868

 
$
19,020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth and Investment Management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
542

 
$
362

 
$
1,639

 
$
1,424

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
6

 
7

 
18

 
23

Adjusted net income
$
548

 
$
369

 
$
1,657

 
$
1,447

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
18,871

 
$
17,826

 
$
18,027

 
$
17,772

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(10,600
)
 
(10,691
)
 
(10,620
)
 
(10,708
)
Average economic capital
$
8,271

 
$
7,135

 
$
7,407

 
$
7,064

(1) 
Represents cost of funds, earnings credit and certain expenses related to intangibles.


23

Table of Contents

Table 11
Segment Supplemental Financial Data Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
207

 
$
280

 
$
702

 
$
1,063

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)

 
1

 
1

 
2

Adjusted net income
$
207

 
$
281

 
$
703

 
$
1,065

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
25,047

 
$
23,819

 
$
24,078

 
$
23,692

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(17,920
)
 
(17,947
)
 
(17,926
)
 
(17,952
)
Average economic capital
$
7,127

 
$
5,872

 
$
6,152

 
$
5,740

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
994

 
$
1,267

 
$
2,962

 
$
4,783

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)
3

 
5

 
9

 
13

Adjusted net income
$
997

 
$
1,272

 
$
2,971

 
$
4,796

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
20,463

 
$
20,755

 
$
20,553

 
$
21,302

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(10,429
)
 
(10,561
)
 
(10,461
)
 
(10,603
)
Average economic capital
$
10,034

 
$
10,194

 
$
10,092

 
$
10,699

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
84

 
$
117

 
$
229

 
$
358

Adjustment related to intangibles (1)

 

 

 

Adjusted net income
$
84

 
$
117

 
$
229

 
$
358

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity
$
8,472

 
$
7,807

 
$
8,831

 
$
7,881

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(2,098
)
 
(2,092
)
 
(2,098
)
 
(2,095
)
Average economic capital
$
6,374

 
$
5,715

 
$
6,733

 
$
5,786

(1) 
For footnote see page 23.


24

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income

We manage net interest income on a FTE basis and excluding the impact of trading-related activities. As discussed in Global Markets on page 49, we evaluate our sales and trading results and strategies on a total market-based revenue approach by combining net interest income and noninterest income for Global Markets. An analysis of net interest income, average earning assets and net interest yield on earning assets, all of which adjust for the impact of trading-related net interest income from reported net interest income on a FTE basis, is shown below. We believe the use of this non-GAAP presentation in Table 12 provides additional clarity in assessing our results.

Table 12
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported (1)
$
10,167

 
$
10,739

 
$
31,002

 
$
34,629

Impact of trading-related net interest income (2)
(847
)
 
(929
)
 
(2,296
)
 
(2,824
)
Net interest income excluding trading-related net interest income (3)
$
9,320

 
$
9,810

 
$
28,706

 
$
31,805

Average earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported
$
1,750,275

 
$
1,841,135

 
$
1,763,600

 
$
1,851,736

Impact of trading-related earning assets (2)
(446,934
)
 
(445,431
)
 
(438,640
)
 
(456,102
)
Average earning assets excluding trading-related earning assets (3)
$
1,303,341

 
$
1,395,704

 
$
1,324,960

 
$
1,395,634

Net interest yield contribution (FTE basis) (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported (1)
2.32
%
 
2.32
%
 
2.35
%
 
2.50
%
Impact of trading-related activities (2)
0.53

 
0.48

 
0.54

 
0.54

Net interest yield on earning assets excluding trading-related activities (3)
2.85
%
 
2.80
%
 
2.89
%
 
3.04
%
(1) 
Net interest income and net interest yield include fees earned on overnight deposits placed with the Federal Reserve and, beginning in the third quarter of 2012, deposits, primarily overnight, placed with certain foreign central banks of $48 million and $147 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $38 million and $150 million for the same periods in 2011.
(2) 
Represents the impact of trading-related amounts included in Global Markets.
(3) 
Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
(4) 
Calculated on an annualized basis.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, net interest income excluding trading-related net interest income decreased $490 million to $9.3 billion, and $3.1 billion to $28.7 billion compared to the same periods in 2011. The declines were primarily driven by lower consumer loan balances and yields, partially offset by reductions in long-term debt balances and lower rates paid on deposits. The three-month comparison also reflects lower hedge ineffectiveness in the third quarter of 2012.

Average earning assets excluding trading-related earning assets for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 decreased $92.4 billion to $1,303.3 billion, and $70.7 billion to $1,325.0 billion compared to the same periods in 2011. The decreases were due to declines in consumer loans, securities purchased under agreement to resell, time deposits placed and loans held-for-sale (LHFS).

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, net interest yield on earning assets excluding trading-related activities increased five bps to 2.85 percent and decreased 15 bps to 2.89 percent compared to the same periods in the prior year. The three-month increase was primarily due to lower hedge ineffectiveness and the nine-month decrease was primarily due to the factors noted above for net interest income excluding trading-related net interest income. These impacts include a significant flattening of the yield curve driven by lower long-term rates compared to the same periods in the prior year.

25

Table of Contents

Table 13
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis
 
Third Quarter 2012
 
Second Quarter 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments (1)
$
15,849

 
$
58

 
1.47
%
 
$
27,476

 
$
64

 
0.94
%
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
234,955

 
353

 
0.60

 
234,148

 
360

 
0.62

Trading account assets
177,075

 
1,243

 
2.80

 
180,694

 
1,302

 
2.89

Debt securities (2)
340,773

 
2,036

 
2.39

 
342,244

 
1,907

 
2.23

Loans and leases (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (4)
250,505

 
2,317

 
3.70

 
255,349

 
2,462

 
3.86

Home equity
116,184

 
1,097

 
3.77

 
119,657

 
1,090

 
3.66

Discontinued real estate
10,956

 
95

 
3.45

 
11,144

 
94

 
3.36

U.S. credit card
93,292

 
2,353

 
10.04

 
95,018

 
2,356

 
9.97

Non-U.S. credit card
13,329

 
385

 
11.48

 
13,641

 
396

 
11.68

Direct/Indirect consumer (5)
82,635

 
704

 
3.39

 
84,198

 
733

 
3.50

Other consumer (6)
2,654

 
40

 
6.03

 
2,565

 
41

 
6.41

Total consumer
569,555

 
6,991

 
4.89

 
581,572

 
7,172

 
4.95

U.S. commercial
201,072

 
1,752

 
3.47

 
199,644

 
1,742

 
3.51

Commercial real estate (7)
36,929

 
329

 
3.54

 
37,627

 
323

 
3.46

Commercial lease financing
21,545

 
202

 
3.75

 
21,446

 
216

 
4.02

Non-U.S. commercial
59,758

 
401

 
2.67

 
59,209

 
369

 
2.50

Total commercial
319,304

 
2,684

 
3.35

 
317,926

 
2,650

 
3.35

Total loans and leases
888,859

 
9,675

 
4.34

 
899,498

 
9,822

 
4.38

Other earning assets
92,764

 
792

 
3.40

 
88,508

 
719

 
3.26

Total earning assets (8)
1,750,275

 
14,157

 
3.22

 
1,772,568

 
14,174

 
3.21

Cash and cash equivalents (1)
122,716

 
48

 
 
 
116,025

 
52

 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
300,321

 
 
 
 
 
305,970

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,173,312

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,194,563

 
 
 
 
(1) 
For this presentation, fees earned on overnight deposits placed with the Federal Reserve are included in the cash and cash equivalents line, consistent with the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet presentation of these deposits. In addition, beginning in the third quarter of 2012, fees earned on deposits, primarily overnight, placed with certain foreign central banks, which are included in the time deposits placed and other short-term investments line in prior periods, have been included in the cash and cash equivalents line. Net interest income and net interest yield are calculated excluding these fees.
(2) 
Yields on AFS debt securities are calculated based on fair value rather than the cost basis. The use of fair value does not have a material impact on net interest yield.
(3) 
Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these nonperforming loans is recognized on a cost recovery basis. PCI loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
(4) 
Includes non-U.S. residential mortgage loans of $92 million, $89 million and $86 million in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $88 million and $91 million in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively.
(5) 
Includes non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.8 billion, $7.8 billion and $7.5 billion in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $8.4 billion and $8.6 billion in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively.
(6) 
Includes consumer finance loans of $1.5 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively; other non-U.S. consumer loans of $997 million, $895 million and $903 million in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $959 million and $932 million in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively; and consumer overdrafts of $158 million, $108 million and $90 million in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $107 million in both the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively.
(7) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $35.4 billion, $36.0 billion and $37.4 billion in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $38.7 billion and $40.7 billion in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively; and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.5 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $1.9 billion and $2.2 billion in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively.
(8) 
Interest income includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest income on the underlying assets by $136 million, $366 million and $106 million in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $427 million and $1.0 billion in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest expense on the underlying liabilities by $454 million, $591 million and $658 million in the third, second and first quarters of 2012, and $763 million and $631 million in the fourth and third quarters of 2011, respectively. For further information on interest rate contracts, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities on page 139.


26

Table of Contents

Table 13
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
First Quarter 2012
 
Fourth Quarter 2011
 
Third Quarter 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments (1)
$
31,404

 
$
65

 
0.83
%
 
$
27,688

 
$
85

 
1.19
%
 
$
26,743

 
$
87

 
1.31
%
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
233,061

 
460

 
0.79

 
237,453

 
449

 
0.75

 
256,143

 
584

 
0.90

Trading account assets
175,778

 
1,399

 
3.19

 
161,848

 
1,354

 
3.33

 
180,438

 
1,543

 
3.40

Debt securities (2)
327,758

 
2,732

 
3.33

 
332,990

 
2,245

 
2.69

 
344,327

 
1,744

 
2.02

Loans and leases (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (4)
260,573

 
2,489

 
3.82

 
266,144

 
2,596

 
3.90

 
268,494

 
2,856

 
4.25

Home equity
122,933

 
1,164

 
3.80

 
126,251

 
1,207

 
3.80

 
129,125

 
1,238

 
3.81

Discontinued real estate
12,082

 
103

 
3.42

 
14,073

 
128

 
3.65

 
15,923

 
134

 
3.36

U.S. credit card
98,334

 
2,459

 
10.06

 
102,241

 
2,603

 
10.10

 
103,671

 
2,650

 
10.14

Non-U.S. credit card
14,151

 
408

 
11.60

 
15,981

 
420

 
10.41

 
25,434

 
697

 
10.88

Direct/Indirect consumer (5)
88,321

 
801

 
3.65

 
90,861

 
863

 
3.77

 
90,280

 
915

 
4.02

Other consumer (6)
2,617

 
40

 
6.24

 
2,751

 
41

 
6.14

 
2,795

 
43

 
6.07

Total consumer
599,011

 
7,464

 
5.00

 
618,302

 
7,858

 
5.06

 
635,722

 
8,533

 
5.34

U.S. commercial
195,111

 
1,756

 
3.62

 
196,778

 
1,798

 
3.63

 
191,439

 
1,809

 
3.75

Commercial real estate (7)
39,190

 
339

 
3.48

 
40,673

 
343

 
3.34

 
42,931

 
360

 
3.33

Commercial lease financing
21,679

 
272

 
5.01

 
21,278

 
204

 
3.84

 
21,342

 
240

 
4.51

Non-U.S. commercial
58,731

 
391

 
2.68

 
55,867

 
395

 
2.80

 
50,598

 
349

 
2.73

Total commercial
314,711

 
2,758

 
3.52

 
314,596

 
2,740

 
3.46

 
306,310

 
2,758

 
3.58

Total loans and leases
913,722

 
10,222

 
4.49

 
932,898

 
10,598

 
4.52

 
942,032

 
11,291

 
4.77

Other earning assets
86,382

 
743

 
3.46

 
91,109

 
904

 
3.95

 
91,452

 
814

 
3.54

Total earning assets (8)
1,768,105

 
15,621

 
3.55

 
1,783,986

 
15,635

 
3.49

 
1,841,135

 
16,063

 
3.47

Cash and cash equivalents (1)
112,512

 
47

 
 
 
94,287

 
36

 
 
 
102,573

 
38

 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
306,557

 
 
 
 
 
329,294

 
 
 
 
 
357,746

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,187,174

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,207,567

 
 

 
 
 
$
2,301,454

 
 
 
 
For footnotes see page 26.


27

Table of Contents

Table 13
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Third Quarter 2012
 
Second Quarter 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
41,581

 
$
11

 
0.10
%
 
$
42,394

 
$
14

 
0.13
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
465,679

 
173

 
0.15

 
460,788

 
188

 
0.16

Consumer CDs and IRAs
94,140

 
172

 
0.73

 
96,858

 
171

 
0.71

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
19,587

 
30

 
0.61

 
21,661

 
35

 
0.65

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
620,987

 
386

 
0.25

 
621,701

 
408

 
0.26

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
13,883

 
19

 
0.56

 
14,598

 
25

 
0.69

Governments and official institutions
1,019

 
1

 
0.31

 
895

 
1

 
0.37

Time, savings and other
52,175

 
78

 
0.59

 
52,584

 
85

 
0.65

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
67,077

 
98

 
0.58

 
68,077

 
111

 
0.65

Total interest-bearing deposits
688,064

 
484

 
0.28

 
689,778

 
519

 
0.30

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings
325,023

 
893

 
1.09

 
318,909

 
943

 
1.19

Trading account liabilities
77,528

 
418

 
2.14

 
84,728

 
448

 
2.13

Long-term debt
291,684

 
2,243

 
3.07

 
333,173

 
2,534

 
3.05

Total interest-bearing liabilities (8)
1,382,299

 
4,038

 
1.16

 
1,426,588

 
4,444

 
1.25

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
361,633

 
 
 
 
 
343,110

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
193,341

 
 
 
 
 
189,307

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
236,039

 
 
 
 
 
235,558

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,173,312

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,194,563

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
2.06
%
 
 
 
 
 
1.96
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.25

 
 
 
 
 
0.24

Net interest income/yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
$
10,119

 
2.31
%
 
 
 
$
9,730

 
2.20
%
For footnotes see page 26.


28

Table of Contents

Table 13
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
First Quarter 2012
 
Fourth Quarter 2011
 
Third Quarter 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
40,543

 
$
14

 
0.14
%
 
$
39,609

 
$
16

 
0.16
%
 
$
41,256

 
$
21

 
0.19
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
458,649

 
186

 
0.16

 
454,249

 
192

 
0.17

 
473,391

 
248

 
0.21

Consumer CDs and IRAs
100,044

 
194

 
0.78

 
103,488

 
220

 
0.84

 
108,359

 
244

 
0.89

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
22,586

 
36

 
0.64

 
22,413

 
34

 
0.60

 
18,547

 
5

 
0.12

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
621,822

 
430

 
0.28

 
619,759

 
462

 
0.30

 
641,553

 
518

 
0.32

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
18,170

 
28

 
0.62

 
20,454

 
29

 
0.55

 
21,037

 
34

 
0.65

Governments and official institutions
1,286

 
1

 
0.41

 
1,466

 
1

 
0.36

 
2,043

 
2

 
0.32

Time, savings and other
55,241

 
90

 
0.66

 
57,814

 
124

 
0.85

 
64,271

 
150

 
0.93

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
74,697

 
119

 
0.64

 
79,734

 
154

 
0.77

 
87,351

 
186

 
0.85

Total interest-bearing deposits
696,519

 
549

 
0.32

 
699,493

 
616

 
0.35

 
728,904

 
704

 
0.38

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings
293,056

 
881

 
1.21

 
284,766

 
921

 
1.28

 
303,234

 
1,152

 
1.51

Trading account liabilities
71,872

 
477

 
2.67

 
70,999

 
411

 
2.29

 
87,841

 
547

 
2.47

Long-term debt
363,518

 
2,708

 
2.99

 
389,557

 
2,764

 
2.80

 
420,273

 
2,959

 
2.82

Total interest-bearing liabilities (8)
1,424,965

 
4,615

 
1.30

 
1,444,815

 
4,712

 
1.29

 
1,540,252

 
5,362

 
1.39

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
333,593

 
 
 
 
 
333,038

 
 

 
 
 
322,416

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
196,050

 
 
 
 
 
201,479

 
 

 
 
 
216,376

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
232,566

 
 
 
 
 
228,235

 
 

 
 
 
222,410

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,187,174

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,207,567

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,301,454

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
2.25
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.20
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.08
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.25

 
 
 
 
 
0.24

 
 
 
 
 
0.23

Net interest income/yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
$
11,006

 
2.50
%
 
 
 
$
10,923

 
2.44
%
 
 
 
$
10,701

 
2.31
%
For footnotes see page 26.

29

Table of Contents

Table 14
Year-to-Date Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments (1)
$
24,877

 
$
187

 
1.01
%
 
$
28,428

 
$
281

 
1.33
%
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
234,058

 
1,173

 
0.67

 
247,635

 
1,698

 
0.92

Trading account assets
177,846

 
3,944

 
2.96

 
195,931

 
4,788

 
3.26

Debt securities (2)
336,939

 
6,675

 
2.64

 
338,512

 
7,357

 
2.90

Loans and leases (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (4)
255,458

 
7,268

 
3.79

 
265,345

 
8,500

 
4.27

Home equity
119,579

 
3,351

 
3.74

 
132,308

 
3,834

 
3.87

Discontinued real estate
11,392

 
292

 
3.41

 
14,951

 
373

 
3.32

U.S. credit card
95,540

 
7,168

 
10.02

 
106,569

 
8,205

 
10.29

Non-U.S. credit card
13,706

 
1,189

 
11.59

 
26,767

 
2,236

 
11.17

Direct/Indirect consumer (5)
85,042

 
2,238

 
3.52

 
89,927

 
2,853

 
4.24

Other consumer (6)
2,612

 
121

 
6.23

 
2,764

 
135

 
6.47

Total consumer
583,329

 
21,627

 
4.95

 
638,631

 
26,136

 
5.47

U.S. commercial
198,618

 
5,250

 
3.53

 
191,091

 
5,562

 
3.89

Commercial real estate (7)
37,912

 
991

 
3.49

 
45,664

 
1,179

 
3.45

Commercial lease financing
21,557

 
690

 
4.27

 
21,419

 
797

 
4.96

Non-U.S. commercial
59,234

 
1,161

 
2.62

 
43,043

 
987

 
3.07

Total commercial
317,321

 
8,092

 
3.41

 
301,217

 
8,525

 
3.78

Total loans and leases
900,650

 
29,719

 
4.41

 
939,848

 
34,661

 
4.93

Other earning assets
89,230

 
2,254

 
3.37

 
101,382

 
2,602

 
3.43

Total earning assets (8)
1,763,600

 
43,952

 
3.33

 
1,851,736

 
51,387

 
3.72

Cash and cash equivalents (1)
117,105

 
147

 
 
 
118,792

 
150

 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
304,269

 
 
 
 
 
355,704

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,184,974

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,326,232

 
 
 
 
(1) 
For this presentation, fees earned on overnight deposits placed with the Federal Reserve are included in the cash and cash equivalents line, consistent with the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet presentation of these deposits. In addition, beginning in the third quarter of 2012, fees earned on deposits, primarily overnight, placed with certain foreign central banks, which are included in the time deposits placed and other short-term investments line in prior periods, have been included in the cash and cash equivalents line. Net interest income and net interest yield are calculated excluding these fees.
(2) 
Yields on AFS debt securities are calculated based on fair value rather than the cost basis. The use of fair value does not have a material impact on net interest yield.
(3) 
Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these nonperforming loans is recognized on a cost recovery basis. PCI loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
(4) 
Includes non-U.S. residential mortgage loans of $89 million and $92 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(5) 
Includes non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.7 billion and $8.5 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(6) 
Includes consumer finance loans of $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $932 million and $851 million, and consumer overdrafts of $119 million and $88 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(7) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $36.3 billion and $43.3 billion, and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.7 billion and $2.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(8) 
Interest income includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest income on the underlying assets by $608 million and $2.2 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Interest expense includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest expense on the underlying liabilities by $1.7 billion and $1.9 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. For further information on interest rate contracts, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities on page 139.

30

Table of Contents

Table 14
Year-to-Date Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
41,506

 
$
39

 
0.12
%
 
$
40,618

 
$
84

 
0.28
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
461,720

 
547

 
0.16

 
476,002

 
868

 
0.24

Consumer CDs and IRAs
97,003

 
537

 
0.74

 
113,428

 
825

 
0.97

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
21,273

 
101

 
0.63

 
15,478

 
86

 
0.74

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
621,502

 
1,224

 
0.26

 
645,526

 
1,863

 
0.39

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
15,544

 
72

 
0.62

 
20,600

 
109

 
0.71

Governments and official institutions
1,067

 
3

 
0.37

 
2,159

 
6

 
0.35

Time, savings and other
53,328

 
253

 
0.63

 
63,212

 
408

 
0.86

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
69,939

 
328

 
0.63

 
85,971

 
523

 
0.81

Total interest-bearing deposits
691,441

 
1,552

 
0.30

 
731,497

 
2,386

 
0.44

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings
312,376

 
2,717

 
1.16

 
337,583

 
3,678

 
1.46

Trading account liabilities
78,041

 
1,343

 
2.30

 
89,302

 
1,801

 
2.70

Long-term debt
329,320

 
7,485

 
3.03

 
431,902

 
9,043

 
2.80

Total interest-bearing liabilities (8)
1,411,178

 
13,097

 
1.24

 
1,590,284

 
16,908

 
1.42

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
346,169

 
 
 
 
 
305,408

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
192,901

 
 
 
 
 
201,155

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
234,726

 
 
 
 
 
229,385

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,184,974

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,326,232

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
2.09
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.30
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.24

 
 
 
 
 
0.19

Net interest income/yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
$
30,855

 
2.33
%
 
 
 
$
34,479

 
2.49
%
For footnotes see page 30.


31

Table of Contents

Business Segment Operations
 
Segment Description and Basis of Presentation

We report the results of our operations through five business segments: CBB, CRES, Global Banking, Global Markets and GWIM, with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2012, we changed the basis of presentation from six segments to the above five segments. The former Deposits and Card Services segments, as well as Business Banking, which was included in the former Global Commercial Banking segment, are now reflected in CBB. The former Global Commercial Banking segment was combined with the Global Corporate and Investment Banking business, which was included in the former Global Banking & Markets (GBAM) segment, to form Global Banking. The remaining global markets business of GBAM is now reported as a separate Global Markets segment. In addition, certain management accounting methodologies and related allocations were refined. Prior period results have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

We prepare and evaluate segment results using certain non-GAAP financial measures. For additional information, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.

The management accounting and reporting process derives segment and business results by utilizing allocation methodologies for revenue and expense. The net income derived for the businesses is dependent upon revenue and cost allocations using an activity-based costing model, funds transfer pricing, and other methodologies and assumptions management believes are appropriate to reflect the results of the business.

Total revenue, net of interest expense, includes net interest income on a FTE basis and noninterest income. The adjustment of net interest income to a FTE basis results in a corresponding increase in income tax expense. The segment results also reflect certain revenue and expense methodologies that are utilized to determine net income. The net interest income of the businesses includes the results of a funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. For presentation purposes, in segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, we allocate assets to match liabilities. Net interest income of the business segments also includes an allocation of net interest income generated by certain of our asset and liability management (ALM) activities.

Our ALM activities include an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of various derivatives and cash instruments to manage fluctuations in earnings and capital that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings and capital. The majority of our ALM activities are allocated to the business segments and fluctuate based on performance. ALM activities include external product pricing decisions including deposit pricing strategies, the effects of our internal funds transfer pricing process and the net effects of other ALM activities.

Certain expenses not directly attributable to a specific business segment are allocated to the segments. The most significant of these expenses include data and item processing costs and certain centralized or shared functions. Data processing costs are allocated to the segments based on equipment usage. Item processing costs are allocated to the segments based on the volume of items processed for each segment. The costs of certain other centralized or shared functions are allocated based on methodologies that reflect utilization.

We allocate economic capital to the business segments and related businesses using a risk-adjusted methodology incorporating each segment’s credit, market, interest rate, strategic and operational risk components. See Managing Risk and Strategic Risk Management on page 70 for more information on the nature of these risks. A business segment's allocated equity includes this economic capital allocation and also includes the portion of goodwill and intangibles specifically assigned to the business segment. We benefit from the diversification of risk across these components which is reflected as a reduction to allocated equity for each segment. The risk-adjusted methodology is periodically refined and such refinements are reflected as changes to allocated equity in each segment.

For more information on selected financial information for the business segments and reconciliations to consolidated total revenue, net income (loss) and period-end total assets, see Note 19 – Business Segment Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



32

Table of Contents

Consumer & Business Banking
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
Deposits
 
Card
Services
 
Business
Banking
 
Total Consumer &
Business Banking
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change

Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
1,882

 
$
1,987

 
$
2,479

 
$
2,820

 
$
290

 
$
342

 
$
4,651

 
$
5,149

 
(10
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income

 

 
1,325

 
1,720

 

 

 
1,325

 
1,720

 
(23
)
Service charges
1,012

 
1,073

 

 

 
91

 
131

 
1,103

 
1,204

 
(8
)
All other income (loss)
63

 
60

 
(100
)
 
(42
)
 
28

 
36

 
(9
)
 
54

 
n/m

Total noninterest income
1,075

 
1,133

 
1,225

 
1,678

 
119

 
167

 
2,419

 
2,978

 
(19
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
2,957

 
3,120

 
3,704

 
4,498

 
409

 
509

 
7,070

 
8,127

 
(13
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
60

 
52

 
836

 
1,037

 
74

 
43

 
970

 
1,132

 
(14
)
Noninterest expense
2,568

 
2,623

 
1,290

 
1,444

 
203

 
280

 
4,061

 
4,347

 
(7
)
Income before income taxes
329

 
445

 
1,578

 
2,017

 
132

 
186

 
2,039

 
2,648

 
(23
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
122

 
165

 
584

 
750

 
48

 
69

 
754

 
984

 
(23
)
Net income
$
207

 
$
280

 
$
994

 
$
1,267

 
$
84

 
$
117

 
$
1,285

 
$
1,664

 
(23
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
1.71
%
 
1.87
%
 
8.95
%
 
8.97
%
 
2.57
%
 
3.06
%
 
3.74
%
 
4.25
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
3.29

 
4.67

 
19.33

 
24.22

 
3.89

 
5.93

 
9.47

 
12.60

 
 
Return on average economic capital
11.60

 
19.01

 
39.54

 
49.50

 
5.17

 
8.11

 
21.77

 
30.42

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
86.82

 
84.07

 
34.79

 
32.09

 
50.03

 
54.95

 
57.43

 
53.48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
n/m

 
n/m

 
$
109,707

 
$
123,547

 
$
23,375

 
$
27,258

 
$
133,881

 
$
151,492

 
(12
)
Total earning assets (1)
$
437,234

 
$
420,876

 
110,233

 
124,766

 
44,974

 
44,342

 
494,485

 
480,312

 
3

Total assets (1)
463,248

 
447,620

 
116,760

 
129,170

 
51,929

 
52,394

 
533,981

 
519,512

 
3

Total deposits
436,688

 
422,331

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
43,294

 
41,622

 
480,342

 
464,256

 
3

Allocated equity
25,047

 
23,819

 
20,463

 
20,755

 
8,472

 
7,807

 
53,982

 
52,381

 
3

Economic capital
7,127

 
5,872

 
10,034

 
10,194

 
6,374

 
5,715

 
23,535

 
21,781

 
8

(1)
For presentation purposes, in segments and businesses where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, we allocate assets to match liabilities. As a result, total earning assets and total assets of the businesses may not equal total CBB.
n/m = not meaningful

33

Table of Contents

 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
Deposits
 
Card
Services
 
Business
Banking
 
Total Consumer &
Business Banking
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change

Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
5,916

 
$
6,473

 
$
7,575

 
$
8,737

 
$
945

 
$
1,089

 
$
14,436

 
$
16,299

 
(11
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income

 

 
3,934

 
4,983

 

 

 
3,934

 
4,983

 
(21
)
Service charges
2,972

 
2,964

 

 

 
277

 
415

 
3,249

 
3,379

 
(4
)
All other income (loss)
194

 
177

 
(79
)
 
342

 
85

 
94

 
200

 
613

 
(67
)
Total noninterest income
3,166

 
3,141

 
3,855

 
5,325

 
362

 
509

 
7,383

 
8,975

 
(18
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
9,082

 
9,614

 
11,430

 
14,062

 
1,307

 
1,598

 
21,819

 
25,274

 
(14
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
151

 
116

 
2,566

 
1,934

 
261

 
143

 
2,978

 
2,193

 
36

Noninterest expense
7,819

 
7,821

 
4,171

 
4,584

 
682

 
886

 
12,672

 
13,291

 
(5
)
Income before income taxes
1,112

 
1,677

 
4,693

 
7,544

 
364

 
569

 
6,169

 
9,790

 
(37
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
410

 
614

 
1,731

 
2,761

 
135

 
211

 
2,276

 
3,586

 
(37
)
Net income
$
702

 
$
1,063

 
$
2,962

 
$
4,783

 
$
229

 
$
358

 
$
3,893

 
$
6,204

 
(37
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
1.83
%
 
2.05
%
 
8.90
%
 
9.06
%
 
2.76
%
 
3.43
%
 
3.93
%
 
4.52
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
3.89

 
6.00

 
19.25

 
30.02

 
3.47

 
6.08

 
9.73

 
15.69

 
 
Return on average economic capital
15.27

 
24.82

 
39.32

 
59.92

 
4.55

 
8.28

 
22.69

 
37.42

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
86.09

 
81.35

 
36.49

 
32.60

 
52.15

 
55.42

 
58.08

 
52.59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
n/m

 
n/m

 
$
112,689

 
$
127,755

 
$
23,998

 
$
27,423

 
$
137,431

 
$
155,829

 
(12
)
Total earning assets (1)
$
430,837

 
$
421,530

 
113,659

 
128,904

 
45,640

 
42,475

 
490,393

 
482,003

 
2

Total assets (1)
457,011

 
447,926

 
119,741

 
131,172

 
52,802

 
50,807

 
529,811

 
518,998

 
2

Total deposits
431,516

 
422,452

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
42,562

 
40,103

 
474,409

 
462,851

 
2

Allocated equity
24,078

 
23,692

 
20,553

 
21,302

 
8,831

 
7,881

 
53,462

 
52,875

 
1

Economic capital
6,152

 
5,740

 
10,092

 
10,699

 
6,733

 
5,786

 
22,977

 
22,225

 
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
n/m

 
n/m

 
$
109,358

 
$
120,668

 
$
23,150

 
$
25,006

 
$
133,308

 
$
146,378

 
(9
)
Total earning assets (1)
$
442,960

 
$
419,215

 
109,865

 
121,991

 
44,532

 
46,516

 
499,604

 
480,972

 
4

Total assets (1)
468,885

 
446,274

 
116,921

 
127,623

 
52,207

 
53,950

 
540,260

 
521,097

 
4

Total deposits
442,875

 
421,871

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
43,055

 
41,519

 
486,857

 
464,264

 
5

(1)
For presentation purposes, in segments and businesses where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, we allocate assets to match liabilities. As a result, total earning assets and total assets of the businesses may not equal total CBB.
n/m = not meaningful

CBB, which is comprised of Deposits, Card Services and Business Banking, offers a diversified range of credit, banking and investment products and services to consumers and businesses. Our customers and clients have access to a franchise network that stretches coast to coast through 32 states and the District of Columbia. The franchise network includes approximately 5,500 banking centers, 16,300 ATMs, nationwide call centers, and online and mobile platforms.

The Federal Reserve adopted a final rule with respect to the Durbin Amendment, which became effective October 1, 2011, that established the maximum allowable interchange fees a bank can receive for a debit card transaction. The interchange fee rules resulted in a reduction of debit card revenue of approximately $420 million in each of the first three quarters of 2012 when compared to the same periods in 2011. For more information on the Durbin Amendment and the final interchange rules, see Regulatory Matters on page 43 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


34

Table of Contents

CBB Results

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for CBB decreased $379 million to $1.3 billion primarily due to lower revenue, partially offset by lower noninterest expense and provision for credit losses. Net interest income decreased $498 million to $4.7 billion due to lower average loan balances primarily in Card Services as well as compressed deposit spreads due to the continued low rate environment. Noninterest income decreased $559 million to $2.4 billion primarily due to a decline in Card Services. The provision for credit losses decreased $162 million to $970 million due to improvements in delinquencies and bankruptcies primarily in Card Services. Noninterest expense decreased $286 million to $4.1 billion primarily due to lower FDIC and operating expenses.

The return on average economic capital decreased primarily due to lower net income.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for CBB decreased $2.3 billion to $3.9 billion primarily due to lower revenue and higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $1.9 billion to $14.4 billion and noninterest income decreased $1.6 billion to $7.4 billion. These changes were driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. The provision for credit losses increased $785 million to $3.0 billion with the increase largely in Card Services. Noninterest expense decreased $619 million to $12.7 billion primarily due to lower FDIC and operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in litigation expense.

The return on average economic capital decreased due to the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.

Deposits

Deposits includes the results of consumer deposit activities which consist of a comprehensive range of products provided to consumers and small businesses. Our deposit products include traditional savings accounts, money market savings accounts, CDs and IRAs, noninterest- and interest-bearing checking accounts, as well as investment accounts and products. Deposit products provide a relatively stable source of funding and liquidity for the Corporation. We earn net interest spread revenue from investing this liquidity in earning assets through client-facing lending and ALM activities. The revenue is allocated to the deposit products using our funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics.

Deposits also generates fees such as account service fees, non-sufficient funds fees, overdraft charges and ATM fees, as well as investment and brokerage fees from Merrill Edge accounts. Merrill Edge is an integrated investing and banking service targeted at clients with less than $250,000 in total assets. Merrill Edge provides team-based investment advice and guidance, brokerage services, a self-directed online investing platform and key banking capabilities including access to the Corporation’s network of banking centers and ATMs. Deposits includes the net impact of migrating customers and their related deposit balances between Deposits and GWIM as well as other client-managed businesses. For more information on the migration of customer balances to or from GWIM, see GWIM on page 52.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for Deposits decreased $73 million to $207 million primarily driven by lower revenue, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net interest income declined $105 million, or five percent, to $1.9 billion driven by compressed deposit spreads due to the continued low rate environment, partially offset by a customer shift to higher spread liquid products and continued pricing discipline. Noninterest income decreased $58 million, or five percent, to $1.1 billion primarily due to a decrease in service charges. Noninterest expense decreased $55 million, or two percent, to $2.6 billion as lower FDIC expense was partially offset by higher operating expense.

Average deposits increased $14.4 billion driven by a customer shift to more liquid products in a low rate environment as checking, traditional savings and money market savings grew $24.3 billion. Growth in liquid products was partially offset by a decline in average time deposits of $9.9 billion. As a result of the shift in the mix of deposits and our continued pricing discipline, rates paid on average deposits declined by five bps to 20 bps.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for Deposits decreased $361 million to $702 million primarily driven by lower net interest income. Net interest income declined $557 million, or nine percent, to $5.9 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion. Noninterest income of $3.2 billion and noninterest expense of $7.8 billion remained relatively unchanged. Average deposits increased $9.1 billion driven by the same factor as described in the three-month discussion.

35

Table of Contents

Key Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Total deposit spreads (excludes noninterest costs) (1)
 
1.75
%
 
2.09
%
 
1.86
%
 
2.14
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client brokerage assets (in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
$
75,852

 
$
61,918

Online banking active accounts (units in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
29,809

 
29,917

Mobile banking active accounts (units in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
11,097

 
8,531

Banking centers
 
 
 
 
 
5,540

 
5,715

ATMs
 
 
 
 
 
16,253

 
17,752

(1)
Total deposit spreads include the Deposits and Business Banking businesses.

Mobile banking customers increased 2.6 million from a year ago reflecting a change in our customers' banking preferences. The number of banking centers declined 175 and ATMs declined 1,499 as we continue to improve our cost-to-serve and optimize our consumer banking network.

Card Services

Card Services is one of the leading issuers of credit and debit cards to consumers and small businesses in the U.S. In addition to earning net interest spread revenue on its lending activities, Card Services generates interchange revenue from credit and debit card transactions as well as annual credit card fees and other miscellaneous fees.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for Card Services decreased $273 million to $994 million primarily driven by a decrease in revenue, partially offset by a decrease in the provision for credit losses and lower noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $341 million, or 12 percent, to $2.5 billion driven by lower average loan balances. Noninterest income decreased $453 million, or 27 percent, to $1.2 billion primarily due to lower interchange fees as a result of implementing the Durbin Amendment and the net impact of charges related to our consumer protection products. For information on the Durbin Amendment, see page 34.

The provision for credit losses decreased $201 million to $836 million due to improvements in delinquencies and bankruptcies. For more information, see Provision for Credit Losses on page 129. Noninterest expense decreased $154 million, or 11 percent, to $1.3 billion primarily due to lower operating expenses.

Average loans decreased $13.8 billion, or 11 percent, driven by the impact of portfolio sales, charge-offs and continued run-off of non-core portfolios.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for Card Services decreased $1.8 billion to $3.0 billion primarily driven by a decrease in revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $1.2 billion, or 13 percent, to $7.6 billion driven by lower average loan balances and yields. The net interest yield decreased 16 bps to 8.90 percent due to charge-offs and paydowns of higher interest rate products. Noninterest income decreased $1.5 billion, or 28 percent, to $3.9 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above as well as the net impact of portfolio sales.

The provision for credit losses increased $632 million, or 33 percent, to $2.6 billion as portfolio trends began to stabilize during 2012. Noninterest expense decreased $413 million, or nine percent, to $4.2 billion primarily due to lower operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in litigation expense.

Average loans decreased $15.1 billion, or 12 percent, driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion.


36

Table of Contents

Key Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross interest yield
 
10.04
%
 
10.14
%
 
10.02
%
 
10.29
%
Risk-adjusted margin
 
7.66

 
6.08

 
7.23

 
5.51

New accounts (in thousands)
 
857

 
851

 
2,421

 
2,238

Purchase volumes
 
$
48,189

 
$
48,547

 
$
141,872

 
$
141,457

Debit card purchase volumes
 
64,121

 
62,774

 
192,146

 
186,819


During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the U.S. credit card risk-adjusted margin increased 158 bps and 172 bps from the same periods in 2011, reflecting improvement in credit quality in the portfolio. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, U.S. credit card new accounts grew by 183,000 accounts to 2.4 million accounts compared to the same period in 2011. U.S. credit card purchase volumes remained relatively unchanged for the three- and nine-month periods resulting from the net impact of portfolio sales and higher consumer spending. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, debit card purchase volumes increased $1.3 billion to $64.1 billion, and $5.3 billion to $192.1 billion compared to the same periods in 2011, reflecting higher levels of consumer spending.

Business Banking

Business Banking provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients through our network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners. Our clients include U.S.-based companies generally with annual sales of $1 million to $50 million. Our lending products and services include commercial loans, lines of credit and real estate lending. Our capital management and treasury solutions include treasury management, foreign exchange and short-term investing options. Business Banking also includes the results of our merchant services joint venture.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for Business Banking decreased $33 million to $84 million primarily driven by lower revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $52 million, or 15 percent, to $290 million driven by lower average loan balances. Noninterest income decreased $48 million, or 29 percent, to $119 million primarily due to the transfer of certain processing activities to our merchant services joint venture. The provision for credit losses increased $31 million to $74 million due to an increase in projected losses. Noninterest expense decreased $77 million, or 28 percent, to $203 million driven by lower FDIC and merchant processing expenses.

Average loans decreased $3.9 billion, or 14 percent, primarily driven by the net transfer of certain loans to other businesses, higher prepayments and continued run-off of non-core portfolios. Average deposits increased $1.7 billion, or four percent, due to the current client preference for liquidity and the net transfer of certain deposits from other businesses.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income for Business Banking decreased $129 million to $229 million driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Average loans decreased $3.4 billion and average deposits increased $2.5 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.


37

Table of Contents

Consumer Real Estate Services
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
Home Loans
 
Legacy Assets
& Servicing
 
Total Consumer Real
Estate Services
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011

2012
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
336

$
446

 
$
393

$
476

 
$
729

$
922

 
(21
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage banking income
853

656

 
1,339

1,144

 
2,192

1,800

 
22

Insurance income
1

23

 


 
1

23

 
(96
)
All other income (loss)
(11
)
42

 
185

35

 
174

77

 
126

Total noninterest income
843

721

 
1,524

1,179

 
2,367

1,900

 
25

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
1,179

1,167

 
1,917

1,655

 
3,096

2,822

 
10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
(23
)
50

 
287

868

 
264

918

 
(71
)
Noninterest expense
783

1,068

 
3,441

2,758

 
4,224

3,826

 
10

Income (loss) before income taxes
419

49

 
(1,811
)
(1,971
)
 
(1,392
)
(1,922
)
 
(28
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
155

18

 
(670
)
(819
)
 
(515
)
(801
)
 
(36
)
Net income (loss)
$
264

$
31

 
$
(1,141
)
$
(1,152
)
 
$
(877
)
$
(1,121
)
 
(22
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.37
%
2.57
%
 
2.45
%
2.35
%
 
2.41
%
2.45
%
 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
66.41

91.52

 
n/m

n/m

 
n/m

n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
49,561

$
54,858

 
$
54,147

$
65,221

 
$
103,708

$
120,079

 
(14
)
Total earning assets
56,285

68,815

 
63,863

80,362

 
120,148

149,177

 
(19
)
Total assets
57,370

71,422

 
84,409

111,421

 
141,779

182,843

 
(22
)
Allocated equity
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
13,332

14,240

 
(6
)
Economic capital
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
13,332

14,240

 
(6
)
n/m = not meaningful
n/a = not applicable


38

Table of Contents

 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
Home Loans
 
Legacy Assets
& Servicing
 
Total Consumer Real
Estate Services
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
1,013

$
1,444

 
$
1,205

$
954

 
$
2,218

$
2,398

 
(8
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage banking income (loss)
2,394

1,873

 
3,440

(12,396
)
 
5,834

(10,523
)
 
n/m

Insurance income
8

753

 


 
8

753

 
(99
)
All other income (loss)
(22
)
871

 
253

71

 
231

942

 
(75
)
Total noninterest income (loss)
2,380

3,497

 
3,693

(12,325
)
 
6,073

(8,828
)
 
n/m

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
3,393

4,941

 
4,898

(11,371
)
 
8,291

(6,430
)
 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
(5
)
171

 
962

3,352

 
957

3,523

 
(73
)
Goodwill impairment


 

2,603

 

2,603

 
n/m

All other noninterest expense
2,430

3,837

 
9,248

10,782

 
11,678

14,619

 
(20
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
968

933

 
(5,312
)
(28,108
)
 
(4,344
)
(27,175
)
 
(84
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
357

346

 
(1,915
)
(9,498
)
 
(1,558
)
(9,152
)
 
(83
)
Net income (loss)
$
611

$
587

 
$
(3,397
)
$
(18,610
)
 
$
(2,786
)
$
(18,023
)
 
(85
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.37
%
2.65
%
 
2.35
%
1.46
%
 
2.36
%
2.00
%
 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
71.62

77.66

 
n/m

n/m

 
n/m

n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
50,598

$
54,785

 
$
56,453

$
65,987

 
$
107,051

$
120,772

 
(11
)
Total earning assets
57,206

72,765

 
68,498

87,214

 
125,704

159,979

 
(21
)
Total assets
58,202

73,705

 
92,984

122,931

 
151,186

196,636

 
(23
)
Allocated equity
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
14,077

16,688

 
(16
)
Economic capital
n/a

n/a

 
n/a

n/a

 
14,077

14,884

 
(5
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
48,865

$
52,371

 
$
51,025

$
59,988

 
$
99,890

$
112,359

 
(11
)
Total earning assets
56,137

58,819

 
58,088

73,562

 
114,225

132,381

 
(14
)
Total assets
57,335

59,647

 
82,031

104,065

 
139,366

163,712

 
(15
)
n/m = not meaningful
n/a = not applicable

CRES operations include Home Loans and Legacy Assets & Servicing. This alignment allows CRES management to lead the ongoing home loan business while also providing greater focus on legacy mortgage issues and servicing activities. Effective January 1, 2012, servicing activities previously recorded in Home Loans were moved to Legacy Assets & Servicing, and results of MSR activities, including net hedge results, and goodwill were moved from what was formerly referred to as Other within CRES to Legacy Assets & Servicing. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

CRES generates revenue by providing an extensive line of consumer real estate products and services to customers nationwide. CRES products offered by Home Loans include fixed- and adjustable-rate first-lien mortgage loans for home purchase and refinancing needs, home equity lines of credit (HELOCs) and home equity loans. First mortgage products are either sold into the secondary mortgage market to investors, while we retain MSRs and the Bank of America customer relationships, or are held on our balance sheet in All Other for ALM purposes. HELOC and home equity loans are retained on the CRES balance sheet in Home Loans and Legacy Assets & Servicing. CRES, through Legacy Assets & Servicing, services mortgage loans, including those loans it owns, loans owned by other business segments and All Other, and loans owned by outside investors.

The financial results of the on-balance sheet loans are reported in the business segment that owns the loans or All Other. CRES is not impacted by the Corporation’s first mortgage production retention decisions as CRES is compensated for loans held for ALM purposes on a management accounting basis, with a corresponding offset recorded in All Other, and is also compensated for servicing loans owned by other business segments and All Other.

CRES includes the impact of transferring customers and their related loan balances between GWIM and CRES based on client segmentation thresholds. For more information on the migration of customer balances, see GWIM on page 52.

39

Table of Contents

CRES Results

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

The net loss for CRES decreased $244 million to $877 million primarily driven by lower provision for credit losses and higher mortgage banking income, partially offset by higher Legacy Assets & Servicing expenses. Mortgage banking income increased $392 million due to more favorable MSR results, net of hedges, and higher production income. The provision for credit losses decreased $654 million due to improved portfolio trends in both the non-PCI and PCI home equity loan portfolios in Legacy Assets & Servicing. Noninterest expense increased $398 million primarily due to higher expenses in Legacy Assets & Servicing, partially offset by lower production expenses in Home Loans.

Average economic capital decreased six percent due to a reduction in credit risk driven by lower loan balances in the home equity portfolio.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

The net loss for CRES decreased $15.2 billion to $2.8 billion primarily driven by higher mortgage banking income due to a significantly lower representations and warranties provision, lower provision for credit losses and a decline in noninterest expense. Mortgage banking income increased $16.4 billion primarily due to a $14.3 billion decrease in representations and warranties expense in Legacy Assets & Servicing. The provision for credit losses decreased $2.6 billion due to improved portfolio trends in both the non-PCI and PCI home equity loan portfolios. Noninterest expense, excluding goodwill impairment, decreased $2.9 billion due to lower expenses in Legacy Assets & Servicing and lower production and insurance expenses in Home Loans.

Average economic capital decreased five percent primarily due to a reduction in operational risk driven by the sale of Balboa and a reduction in credit risk. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.

Home Loans

Home Loans products are available to our customers through our retail network of approximately 5,500 banking centers, mortgage loan officers in approximately 400 locations and a sales force offering our customers direct telephone and online access to our products. These products were also offered through our correspondent lending channel which we exited in the second half of 2011 and the reverse mortgage origination business which we exited in the first half of 2011. These strategic changes were made to allow greater focus on our direct-to-consumer channels, deepen relationships with existing customers and use mortgage products to acquire new relationships.

Home Loans includes ongoing loan production activities and the CRES home equity portfolio not originally selected for inclusion in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio. Home Loans also included insurance operations through June 30, 2011, when the ongoing insurance business was transferred to CBB following the sale of Balboa.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Home Loans net income increased $233 million to $264 million primarily driven by lower noninterest expense, higher mortgage banking income and lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower net interest income. Net interest income decreased $110 million primarily driven by lower LHFS balances due to our exit from the correspondent lending channel. Mortgage banking income increased $197 million driven by an increase in core loan production due to higher retail originations and margins. The provision for credit losses decreased $73 million driven by improved portfolio trends. Noninterest expense decreased $285 million primarily due to lower production expense driven largely by our exit from the correspondent lending channel and cost efficiencies in the retail channel.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Home Loans net income increased $24 million to $611 million primarily driven by decreases in noninterest expense and the provision for credit losses, offset by lower revenue. The $1.5 billion decline in revenue was the result of $745 million lower insurance income as a result of the Balboa sale and a $431 million decline in net interest income driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. In addition, a net $752 million gain on the sale of Balboa in 2011 contributed to the decline in revenue. These drivers were offset by an increase of $521 million in mortgage banking income as higher retail margins more than offset lower originations. The $176 million decline in the provision for credit losses and $1.4 billion decline in noninterest expense were driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Also contributing to the decline in noninterest expense was lower insurance expense as a result of the sale of Balboa.


40

Table of Contents

Legacy Assets & Servicing

Legacy Assets & Servicing is responsible for servicing the residential, home equity and discontinued real estate loan portfolios, including owned loans and loans serviced for others. Legacy Assets & Servicing is also responsible for managing mortgage-related legacy exposures, including exposures related to selected owned residential mortgage, home equity and discontinued real estate loan portfolios (collectively, the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio). For additional information, see Legacy Assets & Servicing Portfolio below.

Legacy Assets & Servicing results reflect the net cost of legacy exposures that are included in the results of CRES, including representations and warranties provision, litigation costs, financial results of the CRES home equity portfolio selected as part of the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio, the financial results of the servicing operations and the results of MSR activities, including net hedge results, together with any related assets or liabilities used as economic hedges. The financial results of the servicing operations reflect certain revenues and expenses on loans serviced for others, including owned loans serviced for Home Loans and All Other. Legacy Assets & Servicing is compensated for servicing such loans on a management accounting basis with a corresponding offset recorded in Home Loans and All Other.

Servicing activities include collecting cash for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers, and disbursing customer draws for lines of credit and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors and escrow payments to third parties along with responding to customer inquiries. Our home retention efforts, including single point of contact resources, are also part of our servicing activities, along with supervising foreclosures and property dispositions. In an effort to help our customers avoid foreclosure, Legacy Assets & Servicing evaluates various workout options prior to foreclosure sales which, combined with our temporary halt of foreclosures announced in October 2010, has resulted in elongated default timelines. Although we have resumed foreclosure proceedings in all states, there continues to be a backlog of foreclosure inventory in judicial states. For additional information on our servicing activities, including the impact of foreclosure delays, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 67 and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Other Mortgage-related Matters on page 40 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

The Legacy Assets & Servicing results were relatively unchanged at a net loss of $1.1 billion as a $345 million increase in noninterest income and a $581 million reduction in the provision for credit losses were largely offset by a $683 million increase in noninterest expense. Noninterest income increased due to higher mortgage banking income of $195 million and an increase of $150 million in other income due to gains on the sales of certain ancillary servicing business units. The provision for credit losses decreased due to improved portfolio trends in the non-PCI home equity portfolio and an improved home price outlook in the home equity PCI loan portfolio, partially offset by the impact of new regulatory guidance regarding the treatment of loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. For more information on the new regulatory guidance, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.

Noninterest expense increased $683 million primarily due to an increase of $768 million in default-related servicing expenses and a $134 million increase in litigation expense, partially offset by a $219 million decline in mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays. We believe default-related servicing costs peaked during the third quarter of 2012 and we expect them to decline in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the decline accelerating in 2013. However, unexpected foreclosure delays in 2013 could impact the rate of decline. Default-related servicing costs include costs related to resources needed for implementing new servicing standards mandated for the industry, including as part of the National Mortgage Settlement, other operational changes and operational costs due to delayed foreclosures.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

The Legacy Assets & Servicing net loss decreased $15.2 billion to $3.4 billion driven by a $15.8 billion increase in mortgage banking income, a $4.1 billion decrease in noninterest expense and a $2.4 billion decrease in the provision for credit losses. The increase in mortgage banking income was due to a decrease of $14.3 billion in representations and warranties expense as the provision of $15.3 billion in the year-ago period included $8.6 billion in provision and other expenses related to the BNY Mellon Settlement to resolve nearly all of the legacy Countrywide-issued first-lien non-GSE repurchase exposures, and $6.7 billion in provision related to other non-GSE, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. The provision for credit losses decreased due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Noninterest expense decreased $4.1 billion primarily due to a $2.6 billion goodwill impairment charge in 2011, a $2.2 billion decline in litigation expense and $1.4 billion lower mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays. These declines were partially offset by an increase of $2.1 billion in default-related servicing expenses due to resources needed to implement new servicing standards mandated for the industry, including as part of the National Mortgage Settlement, other operational changes and costs due to delayed foreclosures.


41

Table of Contents

Legacy Assets & Servicing Portfolio

The Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio includes owned residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and discontinued real estate loans that would not have been originated under our underwriting standards at December 31, 2010. The Countrywide PCI portfolio as well as certain loans that met a pre-defined delinquency status or probability of default threshold as of January 1, 2011 are also included in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio. The residential mortgage and discontinued real estate loans are held primarily on the balance sheet of All Other and the home equity loans are held in Legacy Assets & Servicing. Since determining the pool of owned loans to be included in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio as of January 1, 2011, the criteria have not changed for this portfolio. However, the criteria for inclusion of certain assets and liabilities in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio will continue to be evaluated over time.

The total owned loans in the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio decreased $18.2 billion to $136.7 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $154.9 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $51.0 billion of the September 30, 2012 balance was reflected on the balance sheet of Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES and the remainder held on the balance sheet of All Other. The decline was primarily related to paydowns and payoffs, but also reflects forgiveness of loans in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement, and charge-offs recorded on loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy under new regulatory guidance issued during the third quarter of 2012. For more information on the National Mortgage Settlement and the new regulatory guidance, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.

Mortgage Banking Income

CRES mortgage banking income is categorized into production and servicing income. Core production income is comprised of revenue from the fair value gains and losses recognized on our interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) and LHFS, the related secondary market execution, and costs related to representations and warranties in the sales transactions along with other obligations incurred in the sales of mortgage loans. Ongoing costs related to representations and warranties and other obligations that were incurred in the sales of mortgage loans in prior periods are also included in production income.

Servicing income includes income earned in connection with servicing activities and MSR valuation adjustments, net of economic hedge activities. The costs associated with our servicing activities are included in noninterest expense.

The table below summarizes the components of mortgage banking income.

Mortgage Banking Income
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Production income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core production revenue
$
942

 
$
803

 
$
2,756

 
$
2,295

Representations and warranties provision
(307
)
 
(278
)
 
(984
)
 
(15,328
)
Total production income (loss)
635

 
525

 
1,772

 
(13,033
)
Servicing income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing fees
1,088

 
1,538

 
3,622

 
4,700

Impact of customer payments (1)
(346
)
 
(664
)
 
(1,149
)
 
(2,009
)
Fair value changes of MSRs, net of economic hedge results (2)
560

 
360

 
948

 
(510
)
Other servicing-related revenue
255

 
41

 
641

 
329

Total net servicing income
1,557

 
1,275

 
4,062

 
2,510

Total CRES mortgage banking income (loss)
2,192

 
1,800

 
5,834

 
(10,523
)
Eliminations (3)
(173
)
 
(183
)
 
(544
)
 
(426
)
Total consolidated mortgage banking income (loss)
$
2,019

 
$
1,617

 
$
5,290

 
$
(10,949
)
(1) 
Represents the change in the market value of the MSR asset due to the impact of customer payments received during the period.
(2) 
Includes gains (losses) on sales of MSRs.
(3) 
Includes the effect of transfers of mortgage loans from CRES to the ALM portfolio in All Other.


42

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

CRES first mortgage loan originations declined $14.9 billion, or 49 percent, primarily as a result of our exit from the correspondent lending channel in 2011. Core production revenue increased $139 million to $942 million due to higher direct retail originations and margins. CRES retail first mortgage loan originations were $15.6 billion compared to $14.5 billion, excluding correspondent lending, reflecting a drop in estimated retail market share as the overall market for mortgages increased. Our decline in market share was primarily due to our decisions to price loan products in order to manage demand. The decline in mortgage originations was offset by the increase in margins on retail originations primarily as a result of these pricing strategies and a change in the mix of loan products. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, 83 percent of our first mortgage production volume was for refinance originations and 17 percent was for purchase originations compared to 53 percent and 47 percent in 2011.

Net servicing income increased $282 million to $1.6 billion primarily due to the reduced impact of customer payments driven by a lower MSR asset, and improved MSR results, net of hedges. The improved MSR results, net of hedges, were partially offset by lower servicing fees primarily due to a reduction in the size of the servicing portfolio and lower servicing fee rates.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

CRES first mortgage loan originations declined $79.3 billion, or 65 percent, primarily as a result of our exit from the correspondent lending channel in 2011 and a decline in retail production. Core production revenue increased $461 million to $2.8 billion due to higher direct retail margins. CRES retail first mortgage loan originations were $42.0 billion compared to $56.2 billion, excluding correspondent lending, reflecting a drop in estimated retail market share as the overall market for mortgages increased. Our decline in market share was primarily due to our decisions to price loan products in order to manage demand. The impact of our exit from the correspondent lending channel and the decline in retail originations were offset by higher retail margins primarily driven by our pricing strategies and a change in the mix of loan products. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, 83 percent of our first mortgage production volume was for refinance originations and 17 percent was for purchase originations compared to 59 percent and 41 percent in 2011. Since March 31, 2012, the estimated retail market share for CRES has increased primarily due to expanded fulfillment capacity.

The representations and warranties provision decreased $14.3 billion to $984 million as the provision of $15.3 billion in the year-ago period included $8.6 billion in provision and other expenses related to the BNY Mellon Settlement to resolve nearly all of the legacy Countrywide-issued first-lien non-GSE repurchase exposures, and $6.7 billion in provision related to other non-GSE, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures.

Net servicing income increased $1.6 billion to $4.1 billion primarily due to the factors described in the three-month discussion above. For additional information, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


43

Table of Contents

Key Statistics
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Loan production
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First mortgage
$
20,315

 
 
$
33,038

 
 
$
53,558

 
 
$
130,142

 
First mortgage (excluding correspondent lending)
20,315

 
 
17,131

 
 
53,558

 
 
65,159

 
Home equity
933

 
 
847

 
 
2,623

 
 
3,629

 
CRES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First mortgage
$
15,566

 
 
$
30,448

 
 
$
41,957

 
 
$
121,220

 
First mortgage (excluding correspondent lending)
15,566

 
 
14,541

 
 
41,957

 
 
56,237

 
Home equity
746

 
 
660

 
 
2,067

 
 
3,114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Mortgage servicing portfolio (in billions) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,476

 
 
$
1,763

 
Mortgage loans serviced for investors (in billions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,142

 
 
1,379

 
Mortgage servicing rights:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,087

 
 
7,378

 
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights (% of loans serviced for investors)
 
 
 
 
 
 
45

bps
 
54

bps
(1) 
In addition to loan production in CRES, the remaining first mortgage and home equity loan production is primarily in GWIM.
(2) 
Servicing of residential mortgage loans, HELOCs, home equity loans and discontinued real estate mortgage loans.

Retail first mortgage production for the total Corporation was $20.3 billion and $53.6 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $17.1 billion and $65.2 billion for the same periods in 2011, excluding correspondent lending. The increase of $3.2 billion for the three-month period was primarily driven by increased volume in the mortgage market. The decrease of $11.6 billion for the nine-month period was primarily driven by a strategic decision to price loan products in order to manage our fulfillment capacity.

Home equity production was $933 million and $2.6 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $847 million and $3.6 billion for the same periods in 2011 primarily due to our decision to exit the reverse mortgage origination business.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

At September 30, 2012, the consumer MSR balance was $5.1 billion, which represented 45 bps of the related unpaid principal balance compared to $7.4 billion or 54 bps of the related unpaid principal balance at December 31, 2011. The consumer MSR balance decreased $621 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012 primarily driven by lower mortgage rates, which resulted in higher forecasted prepayment speeds and the change in the MSR asset value due to customer payments received during the period. Fair value changes of MSRs, net of economic hedge results, were $560 million and $948 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the positive hedge results more than offset the market valuation decline. The hedges outperformed the MSRs due to significant upward price movements in the MBS market near the end of the third quarter. For more information, see Executive Summary – Third Quarter 2012 Economic and Business Environment on page 7. For additional information on our servicing activities, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 67. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


44

Table of Contents

Global Banking
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
2012

2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
2,264

 
$
2,323

 
(3
)%
$
6,847

 
$
7,181

 
(5
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges
796

 
828

 
(4
)
2,418

 
2,618

 
(8
)
Investment banking fees
662

 
616

 
7

1,945

 
2,431

 
(20
)
All other income
425

 
184

 
131

1,672

 
1,081

 
55

Total noninterest income
1,883

 
1,628

 
16

6,035

 
6,130

 
(2
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
4,147

 
3,951

 
5

12,882

 
13,311

 
(3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
68

 
(182
)
 
n/m

(283
)
 
(862
)
 
(67
)
Noninterest expense
2,023

 
2,217

 
(9
)
6,364

 
6,748

 
(6
)
Income before income taxes
2,056

 
1,916

 
7

6,801

 
7,425

 
(8
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
761

 
710

 
7

2,509

 
2,716

 
(8
)
Net income
$
1,295

 
$
1,206

 
7

$
4,292

 
$
4,709

 
(9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.92
%
 
3.06
%
 
 
3.02
%
 
3.34
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
11.15

 
10.03

 
 
12.47

 
13.17

 
 
Return on average economic capital
24.14

 
20.87

 
 
27.18

 
27.06

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
48.74

 
56.12

 
 
49.40

 
50.70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
267,390

 
$
268,174

 

$
270,747

 
$
261,766

 
3

Total earning assets
308,357

 
301,384

 
2

302,493

 
287,388

 
5

Total assets
355,670

 
348,087

 
2

348,461

 
333,995

 
4

Total deposits
252,226

 
246,395

 
2

243,028

 
236,151

 
3

Allocated equity
46,223

 
47,682

 
(3
)
45,967

 
47,820

 
(4
)
Economic capital
21,371

 
22,958

 
(7
)
21,111

 
23,291

 
(9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
$
272,052

 
$
278,177

 
(2
)
Total earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
308,370

 
301,662

 
2

Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
355,417

 
348,773

 
2

Total deposits
 
 
 
 
 
260,030

 
246,360

 
6

n/m = not meaningful

Global Banking, which includes Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking, and Investment Banking, provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients, underwriting and advisory services through our network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners. Our lending products and services include commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade finance, real estate lending, asset-based lending and indirect consumer loans. Our treasury solutions business includes treasury management, foreign exchange and short-term investing options. We also work with our clients to provide investment banking products such as debt and equity underwriting and distribution, and merger-related and other advisory services. Underwriting debt and equity issuances, fixed-income and equity research, and certain market-based activities are executed through our global broker/dealer affiliates which are our primary dealers in several countries. Within Global Banking, Global Commercial Banking clients generally include middle-market companies, commercial real estate firms, auto dealerships, federal and state governments, and municipalities. Global Corporate Banking includes large global corporations, financial institutions and leasing clients.


45

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income increased $89 million to $1.3 billion driven by an increase in revenue of $196 million, or five percent, primarily due to gains on the fair value option loan book and lower noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in the provision for credit losses.

The provision for credit losses was $68 million compared to a benefit of $182 million for the same period in 2011 primarily driven by stabilization in asset quality and core commercial loan growth in the portfolio.

Noninterest expense decreased $194 million, or nine percent, to $2.0 billion primarily due to lower personnel expenses and operational costs.

Average loans and leases were relatively unchanged as managed reductions in the commercial real estate portfolio and run-off of a liquidating auto loan portfolio were partially offset by growth in U.S. and non-U.S. commercial and industrial loans. Average deposits increased $5.8 billion, or two percent, as balances continued to grow from excess market liquidity, growth in international balances and limited alternative investment options.

The return on average economic capital increased due to a decrease in average economic capital and higher net income. Average economic capital decreased seven percent primarily due to a reduction in credit risk.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income decreased $417 million to $4.3 billion driven by an increase in the provision for credit losses and a decrease in revenue, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Revenue decreased $429 million, or three percent, primarily due to lower investment banking fees, lower net interest income as a result of spread compression and the benefit from accretion on certain acquired portfolios in the prior-year period, partially offset by the impact of higher average loan and deposit balances and gains from certain legacy portfolios.

The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $283 million compared to a benefit of $862 million for the same period in 2011 primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above as well as the accelerated rate of loan resolutions in the commercial real estate portfolio in the prior-year period.

Noninterest expense decreased $384 million, or six percent, to $6.4 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Average loans and leases increased $9.0 billion, or three percent, primarily driven by growth in U.S. and non-U.S. commercial and industrial loans in large corporate, middle market and trade finance, partially offset by managed reductions in commercial real estate. Average deposits increased $6.9 billion, or three percent, primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The return on average economic capital increased marginally as a decrease in average economic capital was partially offset by lower net income. Average economic capital decreased primarily due to a reduction in credit risk. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.


46

Table of Contents

Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking

Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking includes Global Treasury Services and Business Lending activities. Global Treasury Services includes deposit, treasury management, credit card, foreign exchange, short-term investment and custody solutions to corporate and commercial banking clients. Business Lending includes various loan-related products and services including commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade financing, real estate lending, asset-based lending and indirect consumer loans. The table below presents a summary of Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking results.

Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Global Corporate Banking
 
Global Commercial Banking
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Treasury Services
$
649

 
$
617

 
$
881

 
$
864

 
$
1,530

 
$
1,481

Business Lending
779

 
775

 
1,137

 
1,161

 
1,916

 
1,936

Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
1,428

 
$
1,392

 
$
2,018

 
$
2,025

 
$
3,446

 
$
3,417

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
107,300

 
$
106,369

 
$
159,206

 
$
160,779

 
$
266,506

 
$
267,148

Total deposits
116,064

 
114,130

 
136,128

 
132,215

 
252,192

 
246,345

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Treasury Services
$
1,913

 
$
1,875

 
$
2,731

 
$
2,649

 
$
4,644

 
$
4,524

Business Lending
2,509

 
2,547

 
3,400

 
3,750

 
5,909

 
6,297

Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
4,422

 
$
4,422

 
$
6,131

 
$
6,399

 
$
10,553

 
$
10,821

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
109,526

 
$
98,129

 
$
160,577

 
$
162,501

 
$
270,103

 
$
260,630

Total deposits
110,148

 
109,311

 
132,851

 
126,792

 
242,999

 
236,103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
107,897

 
$
110,752

 
$
162,541

 
$
161,811

 
$
270,438

 
$
272,563

Total deposits
122,551

 
106,394

 
137,433

 
130,115

 
259,984

 
236,509


Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking revenue was relatively unchanged for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and decreased $268 million to $10.6 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011.

Global Treasury Services revenue increased $32 million in Global Corporate Banking and $17 million in Global Commercial Banking for the three months ended September 30, 2012 as growth in U.S. and non-U.S. deposit volumes was offset by the impact of the low rate environment. Global Treasury Services revenue increased $38 million in Global Corporate Banking and $82 million in Global Commercial Banking for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily driven by the same factors.

Business Lending revenue in Global Corporate Banking was relatively unchanged for the three months ended September 30, 2012 as gains in the fair value option loan book were offset by lower net interest income. Business Lending revenue in Global Corporate Banking declined $38 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from lower net interest income impacted by the low rate environment and lower accretion on acquired portfolios, partially offset by the gains in the fair value option loan book. Business Lending revenue declined $24 million and $350 million in Global Commercial Banking for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 as managed reductions of commercial real estate criticized assets and run-off of a liquidating auto loan portfolio, and lower accretion on acquired portfolios were partially offset by increases in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio.


47

Table of Contents

Average loans and leases in Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking were relatively unchanged for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and increased four percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. Growth in U.S. and non-U.S. commercial and industrial loans driven by continued international demand and improved domestic momentum was partially offset by managed reductions of commercial real estate criticized assets and run-off of a liquidating auto loan portfolio. Average deposits in Global Corporate and Global Commercial Banking increased two and three percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 as balances continued to grow due to excess market liquidity, international growth and limited alternative investment options.

Investment Banking

Client teams and product specialists underwrite and distribute debt, equity and other loan products, and provide advisory services and tailored risk management solutions. The economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Banking and Global Markets based on the contribution by and involvement of each segment. To provide a complete discussion of our consolidated investment banking income, the table below presents total Corporation investment banking income as well as the portion attributable to Global Banking.

Investment Banking Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
Global Banking
 
Total Corporation
 
Global Banking
 
Total Corporation
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Products
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advisory
$
206

 
$
260

 
$
221

 
$
273

 
$
710

 
$
918

 
$
764

 
$
975

Debt issuance
341

 
227

 
867

 
511

 
935

 
1,034

 
2,291

 
2,294

Equity issuance
115

 
129

 
279

 
320

 
300

 
479

 
776

 
1,191

Gross investment banking fees
662

 
616

 
1,367

 
1,104

 
1,945

 
2,431

 
3,831

 
4,460

Self-led
(5
)
 
(76
)
 
(31
)
 
(162
)
 
(30
)
 
(113
)
 
(132
)
 
(256
)
Total investment banking fees
$
657

 
$
540

 
$
1,336

 
$
942

 
$
1,915

 
$
2,318

 
$
3,699

 
$
4,204


Total Corporation investment banking fees, excluding self-led deals, increased $394 million, or 42 percent, and decreased $505 million, or 12 percent, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. Fees for the three-month period increased primarily due to strong performance in capital markets underwriting activity during the quarter. Fees for the nine-month period decreased primarily driven by lower equity underwriting and advisory fees due and an overall decline in global fee pools.


48

Table of Contents

Global Markets
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
846

 
$
925

 
(9
)%
 
$
2,294

 
$
2,819

 
(19
)%
Noninterest income:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment and brokerage services
425

 
584

 
(27
)
 
1,380

 
1,788

 
(23
)
Investment banking fees
553

 
438

 
26

 
1,546

 
1,788

 
(14
)
Trading account profits
1,238

 
1,420

 
(13
)
 
4,981

 
6,048

 
(18
)
All other income (loss)
44

 
(73
)
 
n/m

 
463

 
537

 
(14
)
Total noninterest income
2,260

 
2,369

 
(5
)
 
8,370

 
10,161

 
(18
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
3,106

 
3,294

 
(6
)
 
10,664

 
12,980

 
(18
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
21

 
3

 
n/m

 
(13
)
 
(38
)
 
(66
)
Noninterest expense
2,545

 
2,966

 
(14
)
 
8,333

 
9,343

 
(11
)
Income before income taxes
540

 
325

 
66

 
2,344

 
3,675

 
(36
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
899

 
878

 
2

 
1,444

 
1,922

 
(25
)
Net income (loss)
$
(359
)
 
$
(553
)
 
(35
)
 
$
900

 
$
1,753

 
(49
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
n/m

 
n/m

 
 
 
6.87
%
 
9.92
%
 
 
Return on average economic capital
n/m

 
n/m

 
 
 
9.42

 
12.39

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
81.95
%
 
90.02
%
 
 
 
78.15

 
71.97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total trading-related assets (1)
$
462,138

 
$
489,172

 
(6
)
 
$
456,932

 
$
481,925

 
(5
)
Total earning assets (1)
446,934

 
445,431

 

 
438,640

 
456,102

 
(4
)
Total assets
584,332

 
604,333

 
(3
)
 
574,993

 
603,083

 
(5
)
Allocated equity
17,068

 
21,609

 
(21
)
 
17,504

 
23,636

 
(26
)
Economic capital
12,417

 
16,954

 
(27
)
 
12,868

 
19,020

 
(32
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total trading-related assets (1)
 
 
 
 


 
$
455,161

 
$
397,876

 
14

Total earning assets (1)
 
 
 
 


 
445,210

 
372,851

 
19

Total assets
 
 
 
 


 
583,203

 
501,824

 
16

(1) 
Trading-related assets include assets which are not considered earning assets (i.e., derivative assets).

Global Markets offers sales and trading services, including research, to institutional clients across fixed-income, credit, currency, commodity and equity businesses. Global Markets product coverage includes securities and derivative products in both the primary and secondary markets. Global Markets provides market-making, financing, securities clearing, settlement and custody services globally to our institutional investor clients in support of their investing and trading activities. We also work with our commercial and corporate clients to provide risk management products using interest rate, equity, credit, currency and commodity derivatives, foreign exchange, fixed-income and mortgage-related products. As a result of our market-making activities in these products, we may be required to manage risk in government securities, equity and equity-linked securities, high-grade and high-yield corporate debt securities, commercial paper, MBS, commodities and asset-backed securities (ABS). In addition, the economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Markets and Global Banking based on the activities performed by each segment. Global Banking originates certain deal-related transactions with our corporate and commercial clients that are executed and distributed by Global Markets. For additional information on investment banking fees on a consolidated basis, see page 48.


49

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

The net loss decreased $194 million to $359 million. Net DVA losses were $582 million compared to net DVA gains of $1.7 billion. Excluding net DVA, the current-year period reflected net income of $8 million, an increase of $1.6 billion primarily driven by higher sales and trading revenue. Investment banking fees rose $115 million to $553 million due to an increase in capital markets underwriting activity. Noninterest expense decreased $421 million, or 14 percent, to $2.5 billion due to lower personnel-related expenses and operational costs. Income tax expense included a $781 million charge for remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets due to decreases in the U.K. corporate tax rate compared to a similar charge of $774 million in the prior-year period.

Average economic capital decreased due to a decline in trading risk primarily due to lower trading-related balances.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income decreased $853 million to $900 million. Net DVA losses were $2.2 billion compared to net DVA gains of $1.5 billion. Excluding net DVA, net income increased $1.4 billion to $2.3 billion primarily driven by higher sales and trading revenue. Investment banking fees decreased $242 million to $1.5 billion primarily driven by lower equity underwriting fees due to an overall decline in the global fee pools. Noninterest expense decreased $1.0 billion, or 11 percent, to $8.3 billion due to a reduction in personnel-related expenses, brokerage, clearing and exchange fees, and operational costs.

Average earning assets decreased $17.5 billion to $438.6 billion driven by the movement of certain equity securities to non-earning trading-related assets. At September 30, 2012, period-end earning assets were $445.2 billion, an increase of $72.4 billion from December 31, 2011 primarily due to client activity resulting in increases in trading-related assets and securities borrowed transactions.

Average economic capital decreased due to the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. The return on average economic capital decreased due primarily to lower net income. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.

Sales and Trading Revenue

Sales and trading revenue includes unrealized and realized gains and losses on trading and other assets, net interest income, and fees primarily from commissions on equity securities. The table below and related discussion present total sales and trading revenue, substantially all of which is in Global Markets with the remainder in Global Banking. Sales and trading revenue is segregated into fixed income (investment and non-investment grade corporate debt obligations, commercial mortgage-backed securities, RMBS and collateralized debt obligations (CDOs)), currencies (interest rate and foreign exchange contracts), commodities (primarily futures, forwards, swaps and options) and equity income from equity-linked derivatives and cash equity activity.

Sales and Trading Revenue (1, 2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Sales and trading revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income, currencies and commodities
$
2,000

 
$
2,058

 
$
7,261

 
$
8,089

Equity income
664

 
957

 
2,330

 
3,273

Total sales and trading revenue
$
2,664

 
$
3,015

 
$
9,591

 
$
11,362

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and trading revenue, excluding net DVA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income, currencies and commodities
$
2,534

 
$
553

 
$
9,219

 
$
6,800

Equity income
712

 
753

 
2,544

 
3,087

Total sales and trading revenue, excluding net DVA
$
3,246

 
$
1,306

 
$
11,763

 
$
9,887

(1) 
Includes a FTE adjustment of $58 million and $163 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $46 million and $145 million for the same periods in 2011. For additional information on sales and trading revenue, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Includes Global Banking sales and trading revenue of $111 million and $473 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $159 million and $170 million for the same periods in 2011.


50

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Fixed income, currencies and commodities (FICC) revenue decreased $58 million, or three percent, to $2.0 billion including net DVA. Net DVA losses included in FICC revenue were $534 million compared to net DVA gains of $1.5 billion in the year-ago period. Excluding net DVA, FICC revenue increased $2.0 billion to $2.5 billion due to an improved global economic climate resulting in tightening of spreads in the credit markets and increased investor confidence. Equity income decreased $293 million, or 31 percent, to $664 million including net DVA. Net DVA losses included in equity income were $48 million compared to net DVA gains of $204 million in the year-ago period. Excluding net DVA, equity income decreased $41 million, or five percent, to $712 million as volumes remained at low levels impacting commissions. Sales and trading revenue included total commissions and brokerage fee revenue of $425 million ($409 million from equities and $16 million from FICC) for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and $584 million ($557 million from equities and $27 million from FICC) for the three months ended September 30, 2011. The $159 million decrease in commissions and brokerage fee revenue was primarily due to lower market volumes.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

FICC revenue decreased $828 million, or 10 percent, to $7.3 billion including net DVA. Net DVA losses included in FICC revenue were $2.0 billion compared to net DVA gains of $1.3 billion in the year-ago period. Excluding net DVA, FICC revenue increased $2.4 billion, or 36 percent, to $9.2 billion primarily driven by our rates and currencies business as a result of stronger client flows and improved positioning, a gain on the sale of an equity investment in our mortgage business as well as improvement in the credit markets and trading environment due to the same factors described in the three-month discussion above. This was partially offset by our exit from the stand-alone proprietary trading business in June 2011. Equity income decreased $943 million, or 29 percent, to $2.3 billion including net DVA in the year-ago period. Net DVA losses included in equity income were $214 million compared to net DVA gains of $186 million in the year-ago period. Excluding net DVA, equity income decreased $543 million, or 18 percent, to $2.5 billion driven by the same factors described in the three-month discussion above. Sales and trading revenue included total commissions and brokerage fee revenue of $1.4 billion ($1.3 billion from equities and $41 million from FICC) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $1.8 billion ($1.7 billion from equities and $83 million from FICC) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The $408 million decrease was due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.



51

Table of Contents

Global Wealth & Investment Management
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
 
2012

2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
1,458

 
$
1,412

 
3
 %
 
$
4,482

 
$
4,555

 
(2
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment and brokerage services
2,293

 
2,364

 
(3
)
 
6,922

 
7,120

 
(3
)
All other income
527

 
462

 
14

 
1,550

 
1,554

 

Total noninterest income
2,820

 
2,826

 

 
8,472

 
8,674

 
(2
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
4,278

 
4,238

 
1

 
12,954

 
13,229

 
(2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
61

 
162

 
(62
)
 
154

 
280

 
(45
)
Noninterest expense
3,355

 
3,500

 
(4
)
 
10,201

 
10,702

 
(5
)
Income before income taxes
862

 
576

 
50

 
2,599

 
2,247

 
16

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
320

 
214

 
50

 
960

 
823

 
17

Net income
$
542

 
$
362

 
50

 
$
1,639

 
$
1,424

 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.22
%
 
2.07
%
 
 
 
2.29
%
 
2.23
%
 
 
Return on average allocated equity
11.42

 
8.06

 
 
 
12.14

 
10.72

 
 
Return on average economic capital
26.31

 
20.55

 
 
 
29.88

 
27.40

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
78.45

 
82.58

 
 
 
78.75

 
80.90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
106,092

 
$
102,786

 
3

 
$
104,416

 
$
101,953

 
2

Total earning assets
261,219

 
271,207

 
(4
)
 
261,148

 
272,523

 
(4
)
Total assets
280,840

 
290,974

 
(3
)
 
280,893

 
292,562

 
(4
)
Total deposits
253,942

 
255,882

 
(1
)
 
252,595

 
256,667

 
(2
)
Allocated equity
18,871

 
17,826

 
6

 
18,027

 
17,772

 
1

Economic capital
8,271

 
7,135

 
16

 
7,407

 
7,064

 
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
107,500

 
$
103,460

 
4

Total earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
263,674

 
263,501

 

Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
283,949

 
284,062

 

Total deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
256,114

 
253,264

 
1


GWIM consists of two primary businesses: Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management (MLGWM) and U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management (U.S. Trust).

MLGWM’s advisory business provides a high-touch client experience through a network of financial advisors focused on clients with over $250,000 in total investable assets. MLGWM provides tailored solutions to meet our clients’ needs through a full set of brokerage, banking and retirement products in both domestic and international locations.

U.S. Trust, together with MLGWM’s Private Banking & Investments Group, provides comprehensive wealth management solutions targeted to wealthy and ultra-wealthy clients with investable assets of more than $5 million, as well as customized solutions to meet clients’ wealth structuring, investment management, trust and banking needs, including specialty asset management services.


52

Table of Contents

In the third quarter of 2012, the Corporation entered into an agreement to sell the GWIM international wealth management business with approximately $84 billion in client balances. The sale is subject to regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions with the first of a series of closings expected in the first quarter of 2013. The transaction is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation's balance sheet, results of operations or capital ratios.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income increased $180 million to $542 million driven by lower noninterest expense, lower provision for credit losses and higher revenue. Revenue increased $40 million, or one percent, to $4.3 billion primarily due to higher all other income driven by market origination revenue and higher net interest income driven by ALM activities. These were partially offset by lower investment and brokerage services revenue due to lower transactional activity. Noninterest expense decreased $145 million, or four percent, to $3.4 billion driven by lower FDIC expense, lower support and personnel costs, and other expense reductions, partially offset by continued investment in the business.

The provision for credit losses decreased $101 million to $61 million due to lower delinquencies and improving portfolio trends within the residential mortgage portfolio.

Revenue from MLGWM was $3.6 billion, up one percent, driven by higher net interest income due to ALM activities. Revenue from U.S. Trust was relatively unchanged at $627 million, as higher net interest income was largely offset by lower noninterest income.

The return on average economic capital increased as higher net income more than offset the increase in average economic capital. Average economic capital was higher primarily due to loan growth.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

Net income increased $215 million to $1.6 billion driven by lower noninterest expense and lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower revenue. Revenue decreased $275 million, or two percent, to $13.0 billion driven by lower investment and brokerage services revenue due to lower transactional activity and lower net interest income driven by the impact of the continued low rate environment. Noninterest expense decreased $501 million, or five percent, to $10.2 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The provision for credit losses decreased $126 million to $154 million due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Revenue from MLGWM was $11.0 billion, down two percent, and revenue from U.S. Trust was $1.9 billion, down four percent, driven by lower noninterest income due to lower transactional revenue, and lower net interest income.

The return on average economic capital increased due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. For more information regarding economic capital, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 19.

Migration Summary

GWIM results are impacted by the migration of clients and their related deposit and loan balances to or from CBB, CRES and the ALM portfolio, as presented in the table below. Migration in 2011 included the movement of balances to Merrill Edge, which is in CBB. Subsequent to the date of the migration, the associated net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business to which the clients migrated.

Migration Summary
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total deposits — GWIM from / (to) CBB
$
456

 
$
(2,195
)
 
$
242

 
$
(1,870
)
Total loans — GWIM to CRES and the ALM portfolio
(281
)
 
(231
)
 
(192
)
 
(139
)
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total deposits — GWIM from / (to) CBB
$
5

 
$
(438
)
 
$
656

 
$
(2,938
)
Total loans — GWIM to CRES and the ALM portfolio
(58
)
 
(65
)
 
(281
)
 
(254
)


53

Table of Contents

Client Balances

The table below presents client balances which consist of assets under management (AUM), client brokerage assets, assets in custody, client deposits, and loans and leases.

Client Balances by Type
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Assets under management
$
707,769

 
$
647,126

Brokerage assets
1,070,785

 
1,024,193

Assets in custody
115,356

 
107,989

Deposits
256,114

 
253,264

Loans and leases (1)
110,862

 
106,672

Total client balances
$
2,260,886

 
$
2,139,244

(1) 
Includes margin receivables which are classified in customer and other receivables on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The increase of $121.6 billion, or six percent, in client balances was driven primarily by higher market levels and inflows into long-term AUM.

54

Table of Contents

All Other
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
219

 
$
8

 
n/m

 
$
725

 
$
1,377

 
(47
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
93

 
72

 
29
 %
 
264

 
375

 
(30
)
Equity investment income
165

 
1,380

 
(88
)
 
519

 
3,935

 
(87
)
Gains on sales of debt securities
327

 
697

 
(53
)
 
1,393

 
1,996

 
(30
)
All other income (loss)
(1,844
)
 
4,113

 
n/m

 
(4,167
)
 
3,233

 
n/m

Total noninterest income (loss)
(1,259
)
 
6,262

 
n/m

 
(1,991
)
 
9,539

 
n/m

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
(1,040
)
 
6,270

 
n/m

 
(1,266
)
 
10,916

 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
390

 
1,374

 
(72
)
 
2,172

 
5,380

 
(60
)
Merger and restructuring charges

 
176

 
n/m

 

 
537

 
n/m

All other noninterest expense
1,336

 
581

 
130

 
4,485

 
2,909

 
54

Income (loss) before income taxes
(2,766
)
 
4,139

 
n/m

 
(7,923
)
 
2,090

 
n/m

Income tax benefit (FTE basis)
(1,220
)
 
(535
)
 
128

 
(3,441
)
 
(1,298
)
 
165

Net income (loss)
$
(1,546
)
 
$
4,674

 
n/m

 
$
(4,482
)
 
$
3,388

 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
211,018

 
$
230,094

 
(8
)
 
$
216,652

 
$
227,732

 
(5
)
Non-U.S. credit card
13,329

 
25,434

 
(48
)
 
13,706

 
26,767

 
(49
)
Discontinued real estate
9,948

 
11,871

 
(16
)
 
10,322

 
12,403

 
(17
)
Other
15,536

 
19,354

 
(20
)
 
16,387

 
20,723

 
(21
)
Total loans and leases
249,831

 
286,753

 
(13
)
 
257,067

 
287,625

 
(11
)
Total assets (1)
276,710

 
355,705

 
(22
)
 
299,630

 
380,958

 
(21
)
Total deposits
26,742

 
52,742

 
(49
)
 
32,518

 
50,201

 
(35
)
Allocated equity (2)
86,563

 
68,672

 
26

 
85,689

 
70,594

 
21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
 
Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 

 
$
207,300

 
$
224,654

 
(8
)
Non-U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 

 
13,319

 
14,418

 
(8
)
Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 

 
9,876

 
11,095

 
(11
)
Other


 


 

 
15,760

 
17,455

 
(10
)
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 

 
246,255

 
267,622

 
(8
)
Total assets (1)
 
 
 
 

 
263,967

 
309,578

 
(15
)
Total deposits
 
 
 
 

 
24,960

 
32,834

 
(24
)
(1) 
For presentation purposes, in segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, we allocate assets from All Other to those segments to match liabilities (i.e., deposits) and allocated equity. Such allocated assets were $539.0 billion and $522.6 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $509.8 billion and $499.3 billion for the same periods in 2011, and $539.0 billion and $495.3 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Represents the economic capital assigned to All Other as well as the remaining portion of equity not specifically allocated to the business segments. Allocated equity increased due to the disposition of certain assets, as previously disclosed.
n/m = not meaningful


55

Table of Contents

All Other consists of ALM activities, equity investments, liquidating businesses and other. ALM activities encompass the whole-loan residential mortgage portfolio and investment securities, interest rate and foreign currency risk management activities including the residual net interest income allocation, gains/losses on structured liabilities, and the impact of certain allocation methodologies and accounting hedge ineffectiveness. For more information on our ALM activities, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities on page 139. Equity investments includes Global Principal Investments (GPI) which is comprised of a diversified portfolio of equity, real estate and other alternative investments. These investments are made either directly in a company or held through a fund with related income recorded in equity investment income. Equity investments also includes strategic investments, which include our investment in CCB in which we currently hold approximately one percent of the outstanding common shares, and certain other investments. Other includes certain residential mortgage and discontinued real estate loans that are managed by Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

The decrease to a net loss of $1.5 billion compared to net income of $4.7 billion was primarily due to negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities of $1.3 billion related to the improvement in our credit spreads during the 2012 period compared to positive fair value adjustments of $4.5 billion in the same period in 2011 and a $1.2 billion decrease in equity investment income. Partially offsetting these items was a $1.0 billion reduction in the provision for credit losses. Equity investment income decreased as the year-ago quarter included a $3.6 billion gain on the sale of a portion of our investment in CCB, partially offset by $2.2 billion of net losses related to equity and strategic investments other than CCB.

Noninterest expense increased $755 million due to higher litigation expense primarily related to the costs associated with the previously announced Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement and other litigation. For additional information, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Excluding litigation expense, noninterest expense decreased compared to the same period in 2011. There were no merger and restructuring expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $176 million in the same period in 2011.

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.0 billion to $390 million primarily driven by continued improvement in credit quality in the residential mortgage portfolio, as well as the sale of the Canadian consumer credit card portfolio in the same period in 2011 and improvements in delinquencies in the remaining non-U.S. credit card portfolio.

The income tax benefit was $1.2 billion compared to a benefit of $535 million and changed primarily as a result of a pre-tax loss compared to pre-tax income, partially offset by the absence of prior-year benefits for a valuation allowance reduction and the recognition of certain deferred tax assets and recurring tax preference items.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

The decrease to a net loss of $4.5 billion compared to net income of $3.4 billion was primarily due to negative fair value adjustments on structured liabilities of $4.7 billion related to the improvement in our credit spreads during the 2012 period compared to $4.1 billion of positive fair value adjustments in the same period in 2011 and a $3.4 billion decrease in equity investment income. Partially offsetting these items was a $3.2 billion reduction in the provision for credit losses and $1.7 billion of net gains resulting from repurchases of certain debt and trust preferred securities in 2012. The decrease in equity investment income was a result of the same factors described in the three-month discussion above and also included an $836 million CCB dividend and a $377 million gain on the sale of an equity investment, partially offset by an additional impairment write-down of $500 million on our merchant services joint venture in the nine-month period in 2011.

Noninterest expense increased $1.6 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above, partially offset by a decrease in personnel expense. There were no merger and restructuring expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $537 million in the same period in 2011.

The provision for credit losses decreased $3.2 billion to $2.2 billion driven by the same factors described in the three-month discussion above as well as lower provision related to the Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate and residential mortgage portfolios.

The income tax benefit was $3.4 billion compared to a benefit of $1.3 billion and changed primarily due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.


56

Table of Contents

Equity Investment Activity

The tables below present the components of equity investments in All Other at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and also a reconciliation to the total consolidated equity investment income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Equity Investments
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Global Principal Investments
 
 
 
 
$
3,674

 
$
5,659

Strategic and other investments
 
 
 
 
1,847

 
1,343

Total equity investments included in All Other
 
 
 
 
$
5,521

 
$
7,002

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Investment Income
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Global Principal Investments
$
156

 
$
(1,580
)
 
$
422

 
$
188

Strategic and other investments
9

 
2,960

 
97

 
3,747

Total equity investment income included in All Other
165

 
1,380

 
519

 
3,935

Total equity investment income included in the business segments
73

 
66

 
852

 
198

Total consolidated equity investment income
$
238

 
$
1,446

 
$
1,371

 
$
4,133


Equity investments included in All Other decreased $1.5 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, with the decrease due to sales in the GPI portfolio. In connection with the Corporation's strategy to reduce risk-weighted assets, we sold certain investments, including related commitments. GPI had unfunded equity commitments of $237 million and $710 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 related to certain investments. The increase in equity investment income in the business segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily driven by gains on the sale of an equity investment in Global Markets.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we owned 2.0 billion shares representing approximately one percent of CCB. In the three months ended September 30, 2012, because the sales restrictions on these shares will expire within one year, these securities were accounted for as AFS marketable equity securities and carried at fair value. As a result, a pre-tax unrealized gain of $512 million, or $323 million after-tax, is reflected in accumulated OCI. At September 30, 2012, the cost basis was $716 million and the carrying value and the fair value were $1.2 billion. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, we sold 13.1 billion common shares of our investment in CCB and recorded a gain of $3.6 billion.



57

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. Additionally, in the normal course of business, we enter into contractual arrangements whereby we commit to future purchases of products or services from unaffiliated parties. For additional information on our obligations and commitments, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations on page 33 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 13 – Long-term Debt and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Representations and Warranties

We securitize first-lien residential mortgage loans generally in the form of MBS guaranteed by the GSEs or by Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) in the case of the Federal Housing Administration (FHA)-insured, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-guaranteed and Rural Housing Service-guaranteed mortgage loans. In addition, in prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations (in certain of these securitizations, monolines or financial guarantee providers insured all or some of the securities) or in the form of whole loans. In connection with these transactions, we or certain of our subsidiaries or legacy companies make or have made various representations and warranties. Breaches of these representations and warranties may result in the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or to otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to the GSEs, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) with respect to FHA-insured loans, VA, whole-loan investors, securitization trusts, monoline insurers or other financial guarantors (collectively, repurchases). In all such cases, we would be exposed to any credit loss on the repurchased mortgage loans after accounting for any mortgage insurance (MI) or mortgage guarantee payments that we may receive.

Subject to the requirements and limitations of the applicable sales and securitization agreements, these representations and warranties can be enforced by the GSEs, HUD, VA, the whole-loan investor, the securitization trustee or others as governed by the applicable agreement or, in certain first-lien and home equity securitizations where monoline insurers or other financial guarantee providers have insured all or some of the securities issued, by the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor. In the case of loans sold to parties other than the GSEs or GNMA, the contractual liability to repurchase typically arises only if there is a breach of the representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor, or investors, in the loan, or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable). Contracts with the GSEs do not contain equivalent language, while GNMA generally limits repurchases to loans that are not insured or guaranteed as required.

For additional information about accounting for representations and warranties and our representations and warranties claims and exposures, see Complex Accounting Estimates – Representations and Warranties on page 149. Additionally, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Representations and Warranties Bulk Settlement Actions

We have settled, or entered into agreements to settle, certain bulk representations and warranties claims with a trustee (the Trustee) for certain legacy Countrywide private-label securitization trusts (the BNY Mellon Settlement); with two monoline insurers, (1) Assured Guaranty Ltd. (the Assured Guaranty Settlement), and (2) Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Holdings, Ltd. (the Syncora Settlement); and with each of the GSEs (the GSE Agreements). We have vigorously contested any request for repurchase when we conclude that a valid basis for repurchase does not exist and will continue to do so in the future. However, in an effort to resolve these legacy mortgage-related issues, we have reached bulk settlements, or agreements for bulk settlements, including settlement amounts which have been material, with the above-referenced counterparties in lieu of a loan-by-loan review process. We may reach other settlements in the future if opportunities arise on terms we believe to be advantageous. However, there can be no assurance that we will reach future settlements or, if we do, that the terms of past settlements, such as the Syncora Settlement, can be relied upon to predict the terms of future settlements. For a summary of the larger bulk settlement actions taken in 2010 and 2011 and the related impact on the representations and warranties provision and liability, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These bulk settlements generally did not cover all transactions with the relevant counterparties or all potential claims that may arise, including in some instances securities law, fraud and servicing claims, and our liability in connection with the transactions and claims not covered by these settlements could be material.


58

Table of Contents

Recent Developments Related to the BNY Mellon Settlement

The BNY Mellon Settlement is subject to final court approval and certain other conditions. Under an order entered by the state court in connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement, potentially interested persons had the opportunity to give notice of intent to object to the settlement (including on the basis that more information was needed) until August 30, 2011. Approximately 44 groups or entities appeared prior to the deadline; seven of those groups or entities have subsequently withdrawn from the proceeding and one motion to intervene was denied. Certain of these groups or entities filed notices of intent to object, made motions to intervene, or both filed notices of intent to object and made motions to intervene. The parties filing motions to intervene include the Attorneys General of the states of New York and Delaware; the Attorneys General's motions were granted on June 6, 2012.

Certain of the motions to intervene and/or notices of intent to object allege various purported bases for opposition to the settlement. These include challenges to the nature of the court proceeding and the lack of an opt-out mechanism, alleged conflicts of interest on the part of the institutional investor group and/or the Trustee, the inadequacy of the settlement amount and the method of allocating the settlement amount among the 525 legacy Countrywide first-lien and five second-lien non-GSE securitization trusts (the Covered Trusts), while other motions do not make substantive objections but state that they need more information about the settlement. Parties who filed notices stating that they wished to obtain more information about the settlement include the FDIC and the Federal Housing Finance Agency.

An investor opposed to the settlement removed the proceeding to federal district court, and the federal district court denied the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court. On February 27, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals issued an opinion reversing the district court denial of the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court and ordered that the proceeding be remanded to state court. On April 24, 2012, a hearing was held on threshold issues, at which the court denied the objectors' motion to convert the proceeding to a plenary proceeding. Several status hearings on discovery and other case administration matters have taken place. On August 10, 2012, the Court issued an order setting a schedule for discovery and other proceedings, and setting May 2, 2013 as the date for the final court hearing on the settlement to begin. We are not a party to the proceeding.

It is not currently possible to predict how many of the parties who have appeared in the court proceeding will ultimately object to the BNY Mellon Settlement, whether the objections will prevent receipt of final court approval or the ultimate outcome of the court approval process, which can include appeals and could take a substantial period of time. In particular, conduct of discovery and the resolution of the objections to the settlement and any appeals could take a substantial period of time and these factors could materially delay the timing of final court approval. Accordingly, it is not possible to predict when the court approval process will be completed.

If final court approval is not obtained by December 31, 2015, we and legacy Countrywide may withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement, if the Trustee consents. The BNY Mellon Settlement also provides that if Covered Trusts representing an unpaid principal balance exceeding a specified amount are excluded from the final BNY Mellon Settlement, based on investor objections or otherwise, we and legacy Countrywide have the option to withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement pursuant to the terms of the BNY Mellon Settlement agreement.

There can be no assurance that final court approval of the BNY Mellon Settlement will be obtained, that ongoing costs we will incur in connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement process will not be higher than we currently anticipate, that all conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement will be satisfied or, if certain conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement permitting withdrawal are met, that we and legacy Countrywide will not determine to withdraw from the settlement. If final court approval is not obtained or if we and legacy Countrywide determine to withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement in accordance with its terms, our future representations and warranties losses could be substantially different than existing accruals and the estimated range of possible loss over existing accruals as described under Experience with Investors Other than Government-sponsored Enterprises on page 65. For more information about the risks associated with the BNY Mellon Settlement, see Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Syncora Settlement

On July 17, 2012, we, including certain of our affiliates, entered into an agreement with Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Holdings, Ltd. (Syncora) to resolve all of the monoline insurer's outstanding and potential claims related to alleged representations and warranties breaches involving eight first- and six second-lien private-label securitization trusts where Syncora provided financial guarantee insurance. The agreement, among other things, also resolves historical loan servicing issues and other potential liabilities to Syncora with respect to these trusts. The agreement covers the five second-lien private-label securitization trusts that were the subject of litigation and nine other first- and second-lien private-label securitization trusts, which had an original principal balance of first-lien mortgages of approximately $9.6 billion and second-lien mortgages of approximately $7.7 billion. As of June 30, 2012, $3.0 billion of loans in these first-lien trusts and $1.4 billion of loans in these second-lien trusts had defaulted or were 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent). The agreement provided for a cash payment of $375 million to Syncora. In addition, the parties entered into securities transfers and purchase transactions in connection with the settlement in order to terminate certain other relationships among the parties. The total cost to the Corporation was approximately $400 million and was fully accrued by the Corporation at June 30, 2012.

59

Table of Contents

Unresolved Claims Status

Unresolved Repurchase Claims

At September 30, 2012, the total notional amount of our unresolved representations and warranties repurchase claims was approximately $25.5 billion compared to $12.6 billion at December 31, 2011. These repurchase claims do not include any repurchase claims related to the Covered Trusts. Unresolved repurchase claims represent the notional amount of repurchase claims made by counterparties, typically the outstanding principal balance or the unpaid principal balance at the time of default. For a table of unresolved repurchase claims, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In the case of first-lien mortgages, the claim amount is often significantly greater than the expected loss amount due to the benefit of collateral and, in some cases, mortgage insurance or mortgage guarantee payments. Claims received from a counterparty remain outstanding until the underlying loan is repurchased, the claim is rescinded by the counterparty, or the claim is otherwise resolved. When a claim is denied and we do not receive a response from the counterparty, the claim remains in the unresolved claims balance until resolution. We expect unresolved repurchase claims to continue to increase due to, among other things, our differences with Fannie Mae (FNMA) regarding our interpretation of the governing contracts, ongoing litigation with monoline insurers, the continuing submission of claims related to private-label securitizations, combined with the quality of such claims, and the lack of an established process to resolve disputes related to such claims.

The notional amount of unresolved GSE repurchase claims totaled $12.3 billion at September 30, 2012. We continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA, including claims related to loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments) and, to a lesser extent, loans which defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Unresolved claims from FNMA totaled $11.5 billion at September 30, 2012, including $8.6 billion of claims related to loans on which the borrower has made at least 25 payments. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we received $8.7 billion of claims from FNMA, including $7.1 billion of claims related to loans originated between 2005 and 2007. For the claims related to originations between 2005 and 2007, $5.8 billion were related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments, including $2.9 billion related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 37 payments. Historically, for those claims that have been approved for repurchase from the GSEs, our loss severity rate on loans originated between 2004 and 2008 has averaged approximately 55 percent of the claim amount, which may or may not be predictive of future loss severity rates. We continue to believe that our interpretation of the governing contracts is consistent with past practices between the parties and our contractual obligations.

The notional amount of unresolved monoline repurchase claims totaled $2.6 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease in unresolved claims was driven by resolution of claims through the Syncora Settlement. We have had limited loan-level repurchase claims experience with monoline insurers due to ongoing litigation. We have reviewed and declined to repurchase $2.4 billion of the unresolved claims at September 30, 2012 based on an assessment of whether a breach exists that materially and adversely affected the insurer's interest in the mortgage loan and are still in the process of reviewing the remaining $183 million of these claims. Further, in our experience, the monolines have been generally unwilling to withdraw repurchase claims, regardless of whether and what evidence was offered to refute a claim. Substantially all of the unresolved monoline claims pertain to second-lien loans and are currently the subject of litigation.

The notional amount of unresolved claims from private-label securitization trustees, third-party securitization sponsors, whole-loan investors and others increased to $10.5 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase in the notional amount of unresolved claims is primarily due to increases in the submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees and a third-party securitization sponsor, claim quality and the lack of an established process to resolve disputes related to these claims. We anticipated an increase in aggregate non-GSE claims at the time of the BNY Mellon Settlement in June 2011, and such increase in aggregate non-GSE claims was taken into consideration in developing the increase in our representations and warranties liability at that time. We expect unresolved repurchase claims related to private-label securitizations to continue to increase as claims continue to be submitted by private-label securitization trustees and third-party securitization sponsors and there is not an established process for the ultimate resolution of claims on which there is a disagreement. At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 64 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans sold to non-GSE securitizations or as whole loans between 2004 and 2008.

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, we received $5.0 billion in new repurchase claims, including $2.7 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $1.0 billion from whole-loan investors, primarily third-party securitization sponsors, $983 million submitted by private-label securitization trustees and $237 million submitted by monolines. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, $2.2 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs and through the Syncora Settlement. Of the claims resolved, $1.9 billion were resolved through rescissions and $322 million were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments.


60

Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we received $17.9 billion in new repurchase claims, including $10.1 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $6.2 billion submitted by private-label securitization trustees, $1.3 billion from whole-loan investors, primarily third-party securitization sponsors, and $295 million submitted by monolines. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $5.0 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs and through the Syncora Settlement. Of the claims resolved, $3.5 billion were resolved through rescissions and $1.5 billion were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments. For more information on repurchase claims received from the GSEs, monoline insurers, private-label securitization trustees, whole-loan investors and others, and the resolution of such claims, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition and not included in total unresolved repurchase claims of $25.5 billion, we have received repurchase demands from private-label securitization investors and a master servicer where we believe the claimants have not satisfied the contractual thresholds to direct the securitization trustee to take action and/or that these demands are otherwise procedurally or substantively invalid. The total amounts outstanding of such demands were $1.7 billion at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the $1.7 billion of demands outstanding were related to the BNY Mellon Settlement of which $1.4 billion were subsequently resolved through the dismissal of a lawsuit as discussed below. At September 30, 2012, the outstanding demands were comprised of $1.4 billion in claims received during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and approximately $300 million related to the BNY Mellon Settlement. We do not believe that the $1.7 billion in demands outstanding at September 30, 2012 are valid repurchase claims, and therefore it is not possible to predict the resolution with respect to such demands.

A claimant, Walnut Place (11 entities with the common name Walnut Place, including Walnut Place LLC, and Walnut Place II LLC through Walnut Place XI LLC) had filed two lawsuits against the Corporation relating to $1.4 billion of the $1.7 billion in demands outstanding at December 31, 2011. Following determination by the courts that the governing agreements bar repurchase claims by certificateholders and the consequent dismissal of Walnut Place's first lawsuit, the parties stipulated in July 2012 to the dismissal of Walnut Place's second lawsuit (and these demands were accordingly removed from our outstanding demands balance). If the BNY Mellon Settlement is approved by the court, the remaining repurchase demands related to loans underlying securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement will be resolved by the settlement.

Open Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices

In addition to repurchase claims, we receive notices from mortgage insurance companies of claim denials, cancellations or coverage rescission (collectively, MI rescission notices) and the amount of such notices has remained elevated. At September 30, 2012, we had approximately 111,000 open MI rescission notices compared to 90,000 at December 31, 2011. As of September 30, 2012, 29 percent of the MI rescission notices received have been resolved. Of those resolved, 21 percent were resolved through our acceptance of the MI rescission, 54 percent were resolved through reinstatement of coverage or payment of the claim by the mortgage insurance company, and 25 percent were resolved on an aggregate basis through settlement, policy commutation or similar arrangement. As of September 30, 2012, 71 percent of the MI rescission notices we have received have not yet been resolved. Of those not yet resolved, 44 percent are implicated by ongoing litigation where no loan-level review is currently contemplated nor required to preserve our legal rights. In this litigation, the litigating mortgage insurance companies are also seeking bulk rescission of certain policies, separate and apart from loan-by-loan denials or rescissions. We are in the process of reviewing 37 percent of the remaining open MI rescission notices, and we have reviewed and are contesting the MI rescission with respect to 63 percent of these remaining open MI rescission notices. Of the remaining open MI rescission notices, 37 percent are also the subject of ongoing litigation; although, at present, these MI rescissions are being processed in a manner generally consistent with those not affected by litigation. For additional information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


61

Table of Contents

In 2011, FNMA issued an announcement requiring servicers to report all MI rescission notices with respect to loans sold to FNMA and confirmed FNMA's view of its position that a mortgage insurance company's issuance of a MI rescission notice constitutes a breach of the lender's representations and warranties and permits FNMA to require the lender to repurchase the mortgage loan or promptly remit a make-whole payment covering FNMA's loss even if the lender is contesting the MI rescission notice. According to FNMA's announcement, through June 30, 2012, lenders had 90 days to appeal FNMA's repurchase request and 30 days (or such other time frame specified by FNMA) to appeal after that date. We also expect that in many cases, particularly in the context of individual or bulk rescissions being contested through litigation, we will not be able to resolve MI rescission notices with the mortgage insurance companies before the expiration of the appeal period prescribed by the FNMA announcement. We have informed FNMA that we do not believe that the new policy is valid under our contracts with FNMA, and that we do not intend to repurchase loans under the terms set forth in the new policy. Our pipeline of unresolved repurchase claims from the GSEs resulting solely from MI rescission notices increased to $2.2 billion at September 30, 2012 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011. Approximately 76 percent of this increase relates to loans for which the borrower has made at least 25 payments. If we are required to abide by the terms of FNMA's stated policy regarding MI rescission notices, the amount of loans we are required to repurchase could increase, and if it does, our representations and warranties liability will increase. For additional information on the FNMA policy, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience on page 37 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Representations and Warranties Liability

The liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related provision is included in mortgage banking income. Our estimates of the liability for representations and warranties exposure and the corresponding range of possible loss are based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of other factors that are subject to change. Changes to any one of these factors could significantly impact the estimate of the liability and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations for any particular period. For additional information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements and, for information related to the sensitivity of the assumptions used to estimate our liability for obligations under representations and warranties, see Complex Accounting Estimates – Representations and Warranties on page 149.

The liability for obligations under representations and warranties with respect to GSE and non-GSE exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss for these representations and warranties exposures do not consider any losses related to litigation matters disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements or Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, nor do they include any separate foreclosure costs and related costs, assessments and compensatory fees or any other possible losses related to potential claims for breaches of performance of servicing obligations, except as such losses are included as potential costs of the BNY Mellon Settlement, potential securities law or fraud claims or potential indemnity or other claims against us, including claims related to loans insured by the FHA. We are not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any possible loss with respect to any such servicing, securities law, fraud or other claims against us, except to the extent reflected in the aggregate range of possible loss for litigation and regulatory matters disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, however, such loss could be material.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees was $16.3 billion and $15.9 billion. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the representations and warranties and corporate guarantees provision was $307 million and $984 million compared to $278 million and $15.3 billion for the same periods in 2011. The provision in the three months ended September 30, 2012 included provision related to non-GSE exposures where it was determined that the loss was probable based on recent activity with certain counterparties and, to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. The decrease in the provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to a higher provision in the prior-year period attributable to the BNY Mellon Settlement, other non-GSE exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. For additional information, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties Liability on page 35 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Estimated Range of Possible Loss

Our estimated liability at September 30, 2012 for obligations under representations and warranties is necessarily dependent on, and limited by, a number of factors, including our historical claims experience with the GSEs, our understanding of our agreements with the GSEs and, for private-label securitizations, the implied repurchase experience based on the BNY Mellon Settlement, as well as certain other assumptions and judgmental factors. Accordingly, future provisions associated with obligations under representations and warranties may be materially impacted if actual experiences are different from historical experience or our understandings, interpretations or assumptions.


62

Table of Contents

Over time, FNMA's repurchase requests, standards for rescission of repurchase requests and resolution processes have become inconsistent with its own past conduct and with the Corporation's interpretation of the parties' contractual obligations. While we are seeking to resolve our differences with FNMA, whether we will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms and the timing and cost thereof continues to be subject to significant uncertainty. Due to this uncertainty, we have not previously been able to reasonably estimate the range of possible loss in excess of the recorded liability for GSE loans. However, as a result of continued dialogue and discussions with FNMA, we have obtained additional information from which we are able to determine a reasonable estimate of a range of possible loss for representations and warranties exposures in excess of our recorded representations and warranties liability for the GSEs as of September 30, 2012.

In the case of private-label securitizations, our estimate of the representations and warranties liability and the corresponding range of possible loss considers, among other things, repurchase experience based on the BNY Mellon Settlement with the Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, adjusted to reflect differences between the 525 legacy Countrywide first-lien and five second-lien non-GSE securitization trusts and the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations, and assumes that the conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement will be met. Where relevant, we also take into account more recent experience, such as increased claims and other facts and circumstances, such as bulk settlements, as we believe appropriate.

We believe that our representations and warranties liability recorded as of September 30, 2012 provides for a substantial portion of our representations and warranties exposures. However, it is reasonably possible that future representations and warranties losses may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for these exposures. In addition, we have not recorded any representations and warranties liability for certain potential private-label securitization and whole-loan exposures where we have little to no claim experience. We currently estimate that the range of possible loss for all representations and warranties exposures could be up to $6 billion over accruals at September 30, 2012 compared to $5 billion over accruals at June 30, 2012 for only non-GSE representations and warranties exposures. The increase in the range of possible loss from June 30, 2012 is the net impact of, among other changes, updated assumptions, the inclusion of GSE representations and warranties exposures and other developments. The estimated range of possible loss related to these representations and warranties exposures does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. For additional information about the methodology used to estimate the representations and warranties liability and the corresponding range of possible loss, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Future provisions and/or ranges of possible loss for representations and warranties may be significantly impacted if actual experiences are different from our assumptions in our predictive models, including, without limitation, those regarding continued differences with FNMA concerning each party's interpretation of the requirements of the governing contracts, ultimate resolution of the BNY Mellon Settlement, estimated repurchase rates, economic conditions, estimated home prices, consumer and counterparty behavior, and a variety of other judgmental factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the assumptions underlying the liability for representations and warranties and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss could result in significant increases to future provisions and/or the estimated range of possible loss. For example, if courts, in the context of claims brought by private-label securitization trustees, were to disagree with our interpretation that the underlying agreements require a claimant to prove that the representations and warranties breach was the cause of the loss, it could significantly impact the estimated range of possible loss. Additionally, if court rulings related to monoline litigation, including one related to us, that have allowed sampling of loan files instead of requiring a loan-by-loan review to determine if a representations and warranties breach has occurred, are followed generally by the courts, private-label securitization counterparties may view litigation as a more attractive alternative compared to a loan-by-loan review. For additional information regarding these issues, see MBIA litigation in Litigation and Regulatory Matters in Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Finally, although we believe that the representations and warranties typically given in non-GSE transactions are less rigorous and actionable than those given in GSE transactions, we do not have significant experience resolving loan-level claims in non-GSE transactions to measure the impact of these differences on the probability that a loan will be required to be repurchased.

Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience

Our current repurchase claims experience with the GSEs is concentrated in the 2004 through 2008 vintages where we believe that our exposure to representations and warranties liability is most significant. Our repurchase claims experience related to loans originated prior to 2004 has not been significant and we believe that changes made to our operations and underwriting policies have reduced our exposure related to loans originated after 2008.


63

Table of Contents

Bank of America and legacy Countrywide sold approximately $1.1 trillion of loans originated from 2004 through 2008 to the GSEs. As of September 30, 2012, 12 percent of the original funded balance of loans in these vintages have defaulted or are 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent). At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 66 percent of severely delinquent or defaulted loans. As of September 30, 2012, we have received $41.4 billion in repurchase claims associated with these vintages, representing approximately four percent of the original funded balance of loans sold to the GSEs in these vintages. We have resolved $28.8 billion of these claims with a net loss experience of approximately 30 percent, after considering the effect of collateral. Our collateral loss severity rate on approved repurchases has averaged approximately 55 percent. In addition, $839 million of claims were extinguished as a result of the agreement with Freddie Mac (FHLMC) in 2010.

Table 15 highlights our experience with the GSEs related to loans originated from 2004 through 2008.

Table 15
Overview of GSE Balances - 2004-2008 Originations
 
Legacy Originator
(Dollars in billions)
Countrywide
 
Other
 
Total
 
Percent of
Total
Original funded balance
$
846

 
$
272

 
$
1,118

 
 
Principal payments
(493
)
 
(171
)
 
(664
)
 
 
Defaults
(71
)
 
(12
)
 
(83
)
 
 
Total outstanding balance at September 30, 2012
$
282

 
$
89

 
$
371

 
 
Outstanding principal balance 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent)
$
40

 
$
10

 
$
50

 
 
Defaults plus severely delinquent
111

 
22

 
133

 
 
Payments made by borrower
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 13
 
 
 
 
$
15

 
11
%
13-24
 
 
 
 
30

 
23

25-36
 
 
 
 
33

 
25

More than 36
 
 
 
 
55

 
41

Total payments made by borrower
 
 
 
 
$
133

 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unresolved GSE representations and warranties claims (all vintages)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
$
6.3

 
 
As of September 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
12.3

 
 
Cumulative GSE representations and warranties losses (2004-2008 vintages)
 
 
 
 
$
9.8

 
 

We continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA, including claims on loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments) and, to a lesser extent, loans which defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Over time the criteria and the processes by which FNMA is ultimately willing to resolve claims have changed in ways that are unfavorable to us. In light of our disagreements with FNMA, we have adopted repurchase guidelines in order to be more consistent with past practices between the parties and with our understanding of our contractual obligations. These developments have resulted in an increase in claims outstanding from the GSEs to $12.3 billion at September 30, 2012 from $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011. Outstanding claims related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments totaled $9.2 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011. We expect outstanding claims to continue to increase until we have resolved our differences with FNMA. While we are seeking to resolve our differences with FNMA, whether we will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms, and the timing and cost thereof, continues to be subject to significant uncertainty. We have repurchased and continue to repurchase loans to the extent required under the contracts that govern our relationships with the GSEs. For additional information, see Open Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices on page 61.


64

Table of Contents

Beginning in February 2012, we stopped delivering purchase money and non-Making Home Affordable (MHA) refinance first-lien residential mortgage products into FNMA MBS pools because of the expiration and mutual non-renewal of certain contractual delivery commitments and variances that permit efficient delivery of such loans to FNMA. While we continue to have a valid agreement with FNMA permitting the delivery of purchase money and non-MHA refinance first-lien residential mortgage products without such contractual variances, the delivery of such products without contractual delivery commitments and variances would involve time and expense to implement the necessary operational and systems changes and otherwise presents practical operational issues. The non-renewal of these variances was influenced, in part, by our ongoing differences with FNMA in other contexts, including repurchase claims, as discussed above. We do not expect this change to have a material impact on our CRES business, as we expect to rely on other sources of liquidity to actively extend mortgage credit to our customers including continuing to deliver such products into FHLMC MBS pools. Additionally, we continue to deliver MHA refinancing products into FNMA MBS pools and continue to engage in dialogue to attempt to address our ongoing differences with FNMA.

Experience with Investors Other than Government-sponsored Enterprises

As detailed in Table 16, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations or in the form of whole loans originated from 2004 through 2008 with an original principal balance of $963 billion to investors other than GSEs (although the GSEs are investors in certain private-label securitizations), of which approximately $524 billion in principal has been paid and $245 billion has defaulted or is severely delinquent at September 30, 2012. For additional information, see Experience with Investors Other than Government-sponsored Enterprises on page 38 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table 16 details the population of loans originated between 2004 and 2008 and the population of loans sold as whole loans or in non-agency securitizations by entity and product together with the defaulted and severely delinquent loans stratified by the number of payments the borrower made prior to default or becoming severely delinquent as of September 30, 2012. As shown in Table 16, at least 25 payments have been made on approximately 64 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans. We believe many of the defaults observed in these securitizations have been, and continue to be, driven by external factors like the substantial depreciation in home prices, persistently high unemployment and other negative economic trends, diminishing the likelihood that any loan defect (assuming one exists at all) was the cause of a loan’s default. As of September 30, 2012, approximately 25 percent of the loans sold to non-GSEs that were originated between 2004 and 2008 have defaulted or are severely delinquent. Of the original principal balance for Countrywide, $409 billion is included in the BNY Mellon Settlement and of this amount $113 billion is defaulted or severely delinquent at September 30, 2012.

Table 16
Overview of Non-Agency Securitization and Whole Loan Balances
 
Principal Balance
 
Defaulted or Severely Delinquent
(Dollars in billions)
Original
Principal Balance
 
Outstanding Principal Balance September 30, 2012
 
Outstanding
Principal
Balance 180 Days
or More Past Due
 
Defaulted
Principal Balance
 
Defaulted
or Severely
Delinquent
 
Borrower Made
Less than 13
Payments
 
Borrower Made
13 to 24
Payments
 
Borrower Made
25 to 36
Payments
 
Borrower Made
More than 36
Payments
By Entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America
$
100

 
$
24

 
$
4

 
$
6

 
$
10

 
$
1

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
5

Countrywide
716

 
215

 
66

 
124

 
190

 
24

 
44

 
45

 
77

Merrill Lynch
65

 
17

 
4

 
13

 
17

 
3

 
4

 
3

 
7

First Franklin
82

 
18

 
6

 
22

 
28

 
5

 
6

 
4

 
13

Total (1, 2)
$
963

 
$
274

 
$
80

 
$
165

 
$
245

 
$
33

 
$
56

 
$
54

 
$
102

By Product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime
$
302

 
$
88

 
$
13

 
$
21

 
$
34

 
$
2

 
$
6

 
$
7

 
$
19

Alt-A
172

 
61

 
17

 
33

 
50

 
7

 
12

 
12

 
19

Pay option
150

 
46

 
22

 
35

 
57

 
5

 
14

 
15

 
23

Subprime
245

 
66

 
26

 
57

 
83

 
16

 
19

 
16

 
32

Home equity
88

 
13

 

 
18

 
18

 
2

 
5

 
4

 
7

Other
6

 

 
2

 
1

 
3

 
1

 

 

 
2

Total
$
963

 
$
274

 
$
80

 
$
165

 
$
245

 
$
33

 
$
56

 
$
54

 
$
102

(1) 
Excludes transactions sponsored by Bank of America and Merrill Lynch where no representations or warranties were made.
(2) 
Includes exposures on third-party sponsored transactions related to legacy entity originations.


65

Table of Contents

Monoline Insurers

Legacy companies sold $184.5 billion of loans originated between 2004 and 2008 into monoline-insured securitizations, which are included in Table 16, including $103.9 billion of first-lien mortgages and $80.6 billion of second-lien mortgages. Of these balances, $48.0 billion of the first-lien mortgages and $51.3 billion of the second-lien mortgages have been paid in full and $35.1 billion of the first-lien mortgages and $17.5 billion of the second-lien mortgages have defaulted or are severely delinquent at September 30, 2012. At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 58 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans. Of the first-lien mortgages sold, $39.1 billion, or 38 percent, were sold as whole loans to other institutions which subsequently included these loans with those of other originators in private-label securitization transactions in which the monolines insured one or more securities. As of September 30, 2012, we have received $6.0 billion of representations and warranties claims associated with these vintages from the monoline insurers related to the monoline-insured transactions, predominately second-lien transactions. Of these repurchase claims, $2.4 billion were resolved through the Assured Guaranty and Syncora Settlements, $816 million were resolved through repurchase or indemnification with losses of $708 million, and $126 million were rescinded by the monoline insurers or paid in full. Our limited experience with most of the monoline insurers has varied in terms of process, and experience with these counterparties has not been predictable. Our limited claims experience with the monoline insurers, other than Assured Guaranty, in the repurchase process is a result of these monoline insurers having instituted litigation against legacy Countrywide and/or Bank of America, which limits our ability to enter into constructive dialogue with these monolines to resolve the open claims.

At September 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the unpaid principal balance of loans related to unresolved monoline repurchase claims was $2.6 billion. We have reviewed and declined to repurchase $2.4 billion based on an assessment of whether a material breach exists and are still in the process of reviewing the remaining $183 million of these claims. At September 30, 2012, the unpaid principal balance of loans in these vintages for which the monolines had requested loan files for review but for which no repurchase claim had been received was $5.3 billion, excluding loans that had been paid in full or resolved through settlements. There will likely be additional requests for loan files in the future leading to repurchase claims. In addition, we have received claims from private-label securitization trustees and a third-party securitization sponsor related to first-lien third-party sponsored securitizations that include monoline insurance.

It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate probable future repurchase obligations with respect to those monolines with whom we have limited repurchase experience and, therefore, no representations and warranties liability has been recorded in connection with these monolines, other than a liability for repurchase claims where we have determined that there are valid loan defects and determined that there is a breach of a representation and warranty and that any other requirements for repurchase have been met. Outside of the standard quality control process that is an integral part of our loan origination process, we do not generally review loan files until we receive a repurchase claim, including with respect to monoline exposures. For additional information, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Whole Loans and Private-label Securitizations

Legacy entities, and to a lesser extent Bank of America, sold loans to investors as whole loans or via private-label securitizations. The majority of the loans sold were included in private-label securitizations, including third-party sponsored transactions. The loans sold with total principal balance of $778.2 billion, included in Table 16, were originated between 2004 and 2008, of which $424.4 billion have been paid in full and $192.4 billion are defaulted or severely delinquent at September 30, 2012. We provided representations and warranties to the whole-loan investors and these investors may retain those rights even when the whole loans were aggregated with other collateral into private-label securitizations sponsored by the whole-loan investors. At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 65 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans. We have received approximately $16.2 billion of representations and warranties claims from whole-loan investors, including third-party sponsors, and private-label securitization investors and trustees related to these vintages, including $8.2 billion from private-label securitization trustees, $7.2 billion from whole-loan investors and $817 million from one private-label securitization counterparty. In private-label securitizations, certain presentation thresholds need to be met in order for investors to direct a trustee to assert repurchase claims. Recent increases in new private-label claims are primarily related to repurchase requests received from trustees and third-party sponsors for private-label securitization transactions not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement, including claims related to first-lien third-party sponsored securitizations that include monoline insurance. Over time, there has been an increase in requests for loan files from certain private-label securitization trustees, as well as requests for tolling agreements to toll the applicable statutes of limitation relating to representations and warranties claims, and we believe it is likely that these requests will lead to an increase in repurchase claims from private-label securitization trustees with standing to bring such claims.


66

Table of Contents

We have resolved $6.2 billion of the claims received from whole-loan investors and private-label securitization investors and trustees with losses of $1.5 billion. The majority of these resolved claims were from third-party whole-loan investors. Approximately $2.9 billion of these claims were resolved through repurchase or indemnification and $3.3 billion were rescinded by the investor. At September 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims submitted by private-label securitization trustees and whole-loan investors was $10.1 billion. We have performed an initial review with respect to $9.4 billion of these claims and do not believe a valid basis for repurchase has been established by the claimant and are still in the process of reviewing the remaining $662 million of these claims.

Certain whole-loan investors have engaged with us in a consistent repurchase process and we have used that and other experience to record the liability related to existing and future claims from such counterparties. The BNY Mellon Settlement and recent activity with certain counterparties led to the determination that we had sufficient experience to record a liability related to our exposure on certain private-label securitizations but did not provide sufficient experience related to certain private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors. As it relates to the other private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors and certain other whole loan sales, it is not possible to determine whether a loss has occurred or is probable and, therefore, no representations and warranties liability has been recorded in connection with these transactions. Until we receive a repurchase claim, we generally have not reviewed loan files related to private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors (and are not required by the governing documents to do so). Our estimated range of possible loss related to representations and warranties exposures as of September 30, 2012 included possible losses related to these whole loan sales and private-label securitizations sponsored by third-party whole-loan investors.

Private-label securitization investors generally do not have the contractual right to demand repurchase of loans directly or the right to access loan files. We have received repurchase demands totaling $1.7 billion from private-label securitization investors and a master servicer where in each case we believe the claimant has not satisfied the contractual thresholds to direct the securitization trustee to take action and/or that the demands are otherwise procedurally or substantively invalid.

Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes

We service a large portion of the loans we or our subsidiaries have securitized and also service loans on behalf of third-party securitization vehicles and other investors. Servicing agreements with the GSEs generally provide the GSEs with broader rights relative to the servicer than are found in servicing agreements with private investors. For example, each GSE typically claims the right to demand that the servicer repurchase loans that breach the seller's representations and warranties made in connection with the initial sale of the loans even if the servicer was not the seller. The GSEs also claim that they have the contractual right to demand indemnification or loan repurchase for certain servicing breaches. In addition, the GSEs' first mortgage seller/servicer guides provide for timelines to resolve delinquent loans through workout efforts or liquidation, if necessary, and purport to require the imposition of compensatory fees if those deadlines are not satisfied except for reasons beyond the control of the servicer, although we believe that the governing contracts and legal principles should inform resolution of these matters. Under our servicing agreements for loans serviced on behalf of third parties, we are also required to provide certain advances for foreclosure costs which are not reimbursable. Foreclosure delays resulting in high delinquencies have resulted and are likely to continue to result in elevated advances and reserves. In addition, we service VA loans that are partially guaranteed. In the event that a loss on a VA loan exceeds the guarantee, we may be responsible for the loss in excess of the guarantee.

Many non-agency RMBS and whole-loan servicing agreements require the servicer to indemnify the trustee or other investor for or against failures by the servicer to perform its servicing obligations or acts or omissions that involve willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of, or reckless disregard of, the servicer’s duties.

It is not possible to reasonably estimate our liability with respect to certain potential servicing-related claims. While we have recorded certain accruals for servicing-related claims, the amount of potential liability in excess of existing accruals could be material. For additional information, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 40 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We continue to be subject to additional borrower and non-borrower litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to our past and current origination, servicing and foreclosure activities, including those claims not covered by the settlement agreement reached on March 12, 2012 between the Corporation, 49 state Attorneys General, HUD and certain federal agencies (National Mortgage Settlement). This scrutiny may extend beyond our pending foreclosure matters to issues arising out of alleged irregularities with respect to previously completed foreclosure activities. The current environment of heightened regulatory scrutiny may subject us to inquiries or investigations that could significantly adversely affect our reputation and result in material costs to us.


67

Table of Contents

Servicing Resolution Agreements

The National Mortgage Settlement was entered by the court as a consent judgment (Consent Judgment) on April 5, 2012. The National Mortgage Settlement provides for the establishment of certain uniform servicing standards, upfront cash payments of approximately $1.9 billion to the state and federal governments and for borrower restitution, approximately $7.6 billion in borrower assistance in the form of, among other things, credits earned for principal reduction, short sales, deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure and approximately $1.0 billion of credits earned for interest rate reduction modifications. In addition, the settlement with HUD provides for an upfront cash payment of $500 million to settle certain claims related to FHA-insured loans. We will also be obligated to provide additional cash payments of up to $850 million if we fail to earn an additional $850 million of credits stemming from incremental first-lien principal reductions over a three-year period. The liability for upfront payments totaling approximately $2.4 billion was included in our litigation reserves at March 31, 2012 and these payments were made in April 2012.

The borrower assistance program is not expected to result in any incremental credit provision, as we believe that the existing allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb any costs that have not already been recorded as charge-offs. Under the National Mortgage Settlement, the interest rate modification program will consist of interest rate reductions on first-lien loans originated prior to January 1, 2009 that have a current loan-to-value (LTV) ratio greater than 100 percent and that meet certain eligibility criteria, including the requirement that all payments due for the last twelve months have been made in a timely manner. This program commits us to forego future interest payments that we may not otherwise have agreed to forego, and no loss has been recognized in the financial statements related to such forgone interest. Due to the time required to receive borrower documentation and underwrite the modified loans, a significant number of modifications have not yet been completed. The interest rate modification program is expected to include approximately 20,000 to 25,000 loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $5.4 billion to $6.8 billion. Assuming an average interest rate reduction of approximately two percent, the modifications are expected to result in a reduction of annual interest income of approximately $100 million to $130 million when the program is complete. Assuming a weighted-average loan life of approximately eight years, the fair value of loans in the program is expected to decrease by approximately $700 million to $900 million as a result of the interest rate reductions. The financial impact will vary depending on final terms of modifications offered and the rate of borrower acceptance. We do not expect loans modified under the program to be accounted for as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). If the program is expanded to include loans that do not meet specified underwriting criteria, such as maximum debt-to-income ratios or minimum FICO scores, the modifications of such loans will be accounted for as TDRs.

We could be required to make additional payments if we fail to meet our borrower assistance and rate reduction modification commitments over a three-year period, in an amount equal to 125 percent to 140 percent of the shortfall, dependent on the two- and three-year commitment target. We also entered into agreements with several states under which we committed to perform certain minimum levels of principal reduction and related activities within those states as part of the National Mortgage Settlement, and under which we could be required to make additional payments if we fail to meet such minimum levels.

We believe that it is likely that we will meet all borrower assistance, rate reduction modification and principal reduction commitments required under the National Mortgage Settlement and, therefore, do not expect to be required to make additional cash payments. Although it is reasonably possible that the cost of fulfilling the commitments could increase, leading to an incremental credit provision, the amount of any such incremental provision is not reasonably estimable. Although we may incur additional operating costs such as servicing costs to implement parts of the National Mortgage Settlement in future periods, we do not expect that those costs will be material.

Under the terms of the National Mortgage Settlement, the federal and participating state governments agreed to release us from further liability for certain alleged residential mortgage origination, servicing and foreclosure deficiencies. In settling origination issues related to FHA-guaranteed loans originated on or before April 30, 2009, the FHA provides us and our affiliates with a release from further liability for all origination claims with respect to such loans if an insurance claim had been submitted to the FHA prior to January 1, 2012 and a release of multiple damages and penalties, but not single damages, if no such claim had been submitted.

The National Mortgage Settlement does not cover certain claims arising out of origination, securitization (including representations made to investors with respect to MBS), criminal claims, private claims by borrowers, claims by certain states for injunctive relief or actual economic damages to borrowers related to the Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. (MERS), and claims by the GSEs (including repurchase demands), among other items. For additional information on MERS, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. on page 42 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


68

Table of Contents

Impact of Foreclosure Delays

Foreclosure delays impact our default-related servicing costs. We believe default-related servicing costs peaked during the third quarter of 2012 and we expect them to decline in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the decline accelerating in 2013. However, unexpected foreclosure delays in 2013 could impact the rate of decline. Default-related servicing costs include costs related to resources needed for implementing new servicing standards mandated for the industry, including as part of the National Mortgage Settlement, other operational changes and operational costs due to delayed foreclosures and do not include mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays.

Other areas of our operations are also impacted by foreclosure delays. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded $131 million and $530 million of mortgage-related assessments, waivers and similar costs related to foreclosure delays. We continue to disagree with the GSEs' attempt to make retroactive changes to the criteria for calculating and assessing compensatory fees for foreclosure delays. The GSEs have claimed compensatory fees significantly in excess of the amounts that we believe can be claimed under the governing contracts and legal principles. It is also possible that the delays in foreclosure sales may result in additional costs and expenses, including costs associated with the maintenance of properties or possible home price declines while foreclosures are delayed. Finally, the time to complete foreclosure sales may continue to be protracted, which may result in a greater number of nonperforming loans and increased servicing advances, and may impact the collectability of such advances and the value of our MSR asset, MBS and real estate owned properties. Accordingly, the ultimate resolution of disagreements with counterparties, delays in foreclosure sales beyond those currently anticipated, and any issues that may arise out of alleged irregularities in our foreclosure process could significantly increase the costs associated with our mortgage operations.

Mortgage-related Settlements – Servicing Matters

In connection with the BNY Mellon Settlement, Bank of America, N.A. (BANA) has agreed to implement certain servicing changes. The Trustee and BANA have agreed to clarify and conform certain servicing standards related to loss mitigation. In particular, the BNY Mellon Settlement clarifies that it is permissible to apply the same loss mitigation strategies to the Covered Trusts as are applied to BANA affiliates' held-for-investment (HFI) portfolios. This portion of the agreement was effective in the second quarter of 2011 and is not conditioned on final court approval. In connection with the National Mortgage Settlement, BANA has agreed to implement certain additional servicing changes. The uniform servicing standards established under the National Mortgage Settlement are broadly consistent with the residential mortgage servicing practices imposed by the OCC consent order; however, they are more prescriptive and cover a broader range of our residential mortgage servicing activities. Implementation of these uniform servicing standards is expected to incrementally increase costs associated with the servicing process, but is not expected to result in material delays or dislocation in the performance of our mortgage servicing obligations, including the completion of foreclosures. For additional information, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Mortgage-related Settlements – Servicing Matters on page 42 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Regulatory Matters

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Financial Reform Act) requires that all bank holding companies (BHCs) with assets greater than $50 billion submit a resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, and file an updated plan annually. The resolution plan is a detailed roadmap for the orderly liquidation of the BHC and material entities under a hypothetical scenario. We submitted our resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and FDIC on June 29, 2012.

The Financial Reform Act provides for new Federal regulation of the derivatives markets. As of October 12, 2012, swaps dealers conducting dealing activity with U.S. persons above a certain threshold will be required to register with the U.S. Commodity Trading Futures Commission (CFTC) on or before December 31, 2012. Upon registration, swap dealers will become subject to additional CFTC rules as and when such rules take effect. Those rules include, but are not limited to, measures that require clearing and exchange trading of certain derivatives, new capital and margin requirements for certain market participants, new reporting requirements and new business conduct requirements for derivatives under the jurisdiction of CFTC. There remains some uncertainty as to whether non-U.S. entities will be required to register as swap dealers because CFTC has not yet adopted final cross-border guidance. The ultimate impact of these regulations, and the time it will take to comply, continues to remain uncertain. The final regulations will impose additional operational and compliance costs on us and may require us to restructure certain businesses and negatively impact our revenues and results of operations.

For information regarding other significant regulatory matters, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements herein, Regulatory Matters on page 43 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


69

Table of Contents

Managing Risk

Risk is inherent in every material business activity that we undertake. Our business exposes us to strategic, credit, market, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risks. We must manage these risks to maximize our long-term results by ensuring the integrity of our assets and the quality of our earnings.

We take a comprehensive approach to risk management. We have a defined risk framework and clearly articulated risk appetite which is approved annually by the Corporation's Board of Directors (the Board). Risk management planning is integrated with strategic, financial and customer/client planning so that goals and responsibilities are aligned across the organization. Risk is managed in a systematic manner by focusing on the Corporation as a whole as well as managing risk across the enterprise and within individual business units, products, services and transactions, and across all geographic locations. We maintain a governance structure that delineates the responsibilities for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities. For a more detailed discussion of our risk management activities, see pages 45 through 97 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Strategic Risk Management

Strategic risk is embedded in every business and is one of the major risk categories along with credit, market, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risk. It is the risk that results from adverse business decisions, ineffective or inappropriate business plans, failure to respond to changes in the competitive environment, business cycles, customer preferences, product obsolescence, regulatory environment, business strategy execution and/or other inherent risks of the business including reputational and operational risk. In the financial services industry, strategic risk is elevated due to changing customer, competitive and regulatory environments. Our appetite for strategic risk is assessed within the context of the strategic plan, with strategic risks selectively and carefully considered in the context of the evolving marketplace. Strategic risk is managed in the context of our overall financial condition and assessed, managed and acted on by the Chief Executive Officer and executive management team. Significant strategic actions, such as material acquisitions or capital actions, require review and approval from the Board.

For more information on our Strategic Risk Management activities, see page 48 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Capital Management

Bank of America manages its capital position to maintain sufficient capital to support our business activities and maintain capital, risk and risk appetite at levels that are commensurate with one another. Additionally, we seek to maintain safety and soundness under adverse scenarios, take advantage of growth and strategic opportunities, maintain ready access to financial markets, remain a source of strength for its subsidiaries, and satisfy current and future regulatory capital requirements.

To determine the appropriate level of capital, we assess the results of our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the current economic and market environment, and feedback from investors, rating agencies and regulators. Based upon this analysis, we set capital guidelines for Tier 1 common capital and Tier 1 capital to maintain an adequate capital position, including in a severe adverse economic scenario. We also target to maintain capital in excess of the capital required per our economic capital measurement process. For additional information, see Economic Capital on page 76. Management and the Board annually approve a comprehensive capital plan which documents the ICAAP and related results, analysis and support for the capital guidelines, and planned capital actions.

Capital management is integrated into the risk and governance processes, as capital is a key consideration in the development of the strategic plan, risk appetite and risk limits. Economic capital is allocated to each business unit and used to perform risk-adjusted return analysis at the business unit, client relationship and transaction levels.


70

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

As a financial services holding company, we are subject to the risk-based capital guidelines (Basel 1) issued by federal banking regulators. At September 30, 2012, we operated banking activities primarily under two national bank charters: BANA and FIA Card Services, N.A. (FIA). Under these guidelines, the Corporation and its affiliated banking entities measure capital adequacy based on Tier 1 common capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital). Capital ratios are calculated by dividing each capital amount by risk-weighted assets. Additionally, Tier 1 capital is divided by adjusted quarterly average total assets to derive the Tier 1 leverage ratio.

The Corporation has issued notes to certain unconsolidated corporate-sponsored trust companies which issued qualifying trust preferred securities (Trust Securities) and hybrid securities. In accordance with Federal Reserve guidance, Trust Securities continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital with revised quantitative limits. As a result, at September 30, 2012, the Corporation included qualifying Trust Securities in the aggregate amount of $10.5 billion (approximately 88 bps of Tier 1 capital) in Tier 1 capital. Under one of three notices of proposed rulemaking on Basel 3 issued by U.S. banking regulatory agencies (collectively, the Basel 3 NPRs), outstanding Trust Securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital, with the exclusion to be phased in incrementally over a four-year period, beginning January 1, 2013.

For additional information on these and other regulatory requirements, see Capital Management – Regulatory Capital on page 49 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 18 – Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Federal Reserve requires BHCs to submit a capital plan and requests for capital actions on an annual basis, consistent with the rules governing the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR). The CCAR is the central element to the Federal Reserve's approach to ensuring large BHCs have thorough and robust processes for managing their capital. On January 6, 2012, we submitted our 2012 capital plan, and received results on March 13, 2012. The submitted capital plan included the ICAAP and related results, analysis and support for the capital guidelines and planned capital actions. The Federal Reserve's stress scenario projections for the Corporation estimated a minimum Tier 1 common capital ratio of 5.9 percent under severe adverse economic conditions with all proposed capital actions through the end of 2013, exceeding the five percent reference rate for all institutions involved in the CCAR. The capital plan submitted by the Corporation to the Federal Reserve did not include a request to return capital to stockholders in 2012 above the current dividend rate. The Federal Reserve did not object to our capital plan. We expect to be required to submit our 2013 capital plan in early January 2013. Consistent with the 2012 capital plan, we expect to be required to use stress scenario assumptions the Federal Reserve will provide in the fourth quarter of 2012. Results from the Federal Reserve are expected to be received in the first half of 2013.

Capital Composition and Ratios

Tier 1 common capital was $136.4 billion at September 30, 2012, an increase of $9.7 billion from December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by earnings eligible to be included in capital, which positively impacted the Tier 1 common capital ratio by approximately 52 bps, including the impact of repurchases of certain of our debt and Trust Securities. The Tier 1 common capital ratio also benefited seven bps from the issuance of common stock in lieu of cash for a portion of employee incentive compensation. Total capital decreased $9.9 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to a reduction in subordinated debt from repurchases and a reduction in Trust Securities from repurchases and exchanges.

Risk-weighted assets decreased $88.7 billion to $1,196 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily driven by lower loan levels and decreases in derivatives, letters of credit and other assets. These decreases positively impacted Tier 1 common, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios by 78 bps, 96 bps and 125 bps, respectively. The Tier 1 leverage ratio increased 31 bps at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily driven by the increase in Tier 1 capital.


71

Table of Contents

Table 17 presents Bank of America Corporation’s capital ratios and related information at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 17
Bank of America Corporation Regulatory Capital
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Actual
 
 
 
Actual
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
Tier 1 common capital ratio
11.41
%
 
$
136,406

 
n/a

 
9.86
%
 
$
126,690

 
n/a

Tier 1 capital ratio
13.64

 
163,063

 
$
71,743

 
12.40

 
159,232

 
$
77,068

Total capital ratio
17.16

 
205,172

 
119,572

 
16.75

 
215,101

 
128,447

Tier 1 leverage ratio
7.84

 
163,063

 
83,198

 
7.53

 
159,232

 
84,557

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Risk-weighted assets (in billions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,196

 
$
1,284

Adjusted quarterly average total assets (in billions) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,080

 
2,114

(1) 
Dollar amount required to meet guidelines for well capitalized institutions.
(2) 
Reflects adjusted average total assets for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
n/a = not applicable

Table 18 presents the capital composition at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 18
Capital Composition
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Total common shareholders’ equity
$
219,838

 
$
211,704

Goodwill
(69,976
)
 
(69,967
)
Nonqualifying intangible assets (includes core deposit intangibles, affinity relationships, customer relationships and other intangibles)
(5,231
)
 
(5,848
)
Net unrealized gains on AFS debt and marketable equity securities and net losses on derivatives recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax
(2,824
)
 
682

Unamortized net periodic benefit costs recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax
3,285

 
4,391

Fair value adjustment related to structured liabilities (1)
3,883

 
944

Disallowed deferred tax asset
(14,286
)
 
(16,799
)
Other
1,717

 
1,583

Total Tier 1 common capital
136,406

 
126,690

Qualifying preferred stock
15,850

 
15,479

Trust preferred securities
10,467

 
16,737

Noncontrolling interests
340

 
326

Total Tier 1 capital
163,063

 
159,232

Long-term debt qualifying as Tier 2 capital
25,373

 
38,165

Allowance for loan and lease losses
26,233

 
33,783

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
518

 
714

Allowance for loan and lease losses exceeding 1.25 percent of risk-weighted assets
(11,615
)
 
(18,159
)
45 percent of the pre-tax net unrealized gains on AFS marketable equity securities
234

 
1

Other
1,366

 
1,365

Total capital
$
205,172

 
$
215,101

(1) 
Represents loss on structured liabilities, net-of-tax, that is excluded from Tier 1 common capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital for regulatory capital purposes.


72

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital Changes

We manage regulatory capital to adhere to internal capital guidelines and regulatory standards of capital adequacy based on our current understanding of the rules and the application of such rules to our business as currently conducted. The regulatory capital rules continue to evolve.

We currently measure and report our capital ratios and related information in accordance with Basel 1. See Capital Management on page 70 for additional information. In December 2007, U.S. banking regulators published final Basel 2 rules (Basel 2). We measure and report our capital ratios and related information under Basel 2 on a confidential basis to U.S. banking regulators during the required parallel period. In June 2012, U.S. banking regulators issued the final Market Risk Amendment that amends the Basel 1 Market Risk rules (Market Risk Amendment) effective January 1, 2013. U.S. banking regulators also issued the Basel 3 NPRs in June 2012 to implement the Basel 3 regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) and changes required by the Financial Reform Act. Under the Basel 3 NPRs, we are subject to the Advanced Approach for measuring risk-weighted assets (Basel 3 Advanced Approach). The Basel 3 Advanced Approach also requires approval by the U.S. regulatory agencies of analytical models used as part of capital measurement. If these models are not approved, it would likely lead to an increase in our risk-weighted assets, which in some cases could be significant. The Market Risk Amendment and Basel 3 Advanced Approach, if adopted as proposed, are expected to substantially increase our capital requirements.

Portions of the Basel 3 Advanced Approach are proposed to be effective on specific dates from January 1, 2013 through January 1, 2018, based on specific transition provisions in the rules. Under the Basel 3 Advanced Approach, Trust Securities will no longer be included in Tier 1 capital on a transition basis from a 25 percent exclusion starting on January 1, 2013, to full exclusion on January 1, 2016 and thereafter. The Basel 3 NPRs also propose material changes to the deduction of certain assets from capital, new minimum capital ratios and buffer requirements, significant changes to the calculation of credit and counterparty credit risk and utilization of a Standardized Approach, as defined, in lieu of Basel 1 that provides a floor to the calculation of risk-weighted assets. Many of the changes to capital deductions are subject to a transition period where the impact is recognized in 20 percent increments beginning on January 1, 2014 through January 1, 2018. The majority of the other aspects of the Basel 3 Advanced Approach are proposed to become effective on January 1, 2013. The phase-in period for the new minimum capital requirements and related buffers is proposed to occur between 2013 and 2019.

Based on Basel 2, the final Market Risk Amendment and our current understanding of the Basel 3 Advanced Approach issued by U.S. regulatory agencies, we estimated our Basel 3 Advanced Approach Tier 1 common capital ratio, on a fully phased-in basis, to be 8.97 percent at September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2012, we estimated that our Tier 1 common capital would be $135 billion and total risk-weighted assets would be $1,501 billion, also on a fully phased-in basis. This assumes the approval by U.S. banking regulators of our internal analytical models, excluding the removal of the surcharge applicable to the Comprehensive Risk Model (CRM). The CRM is used to determine the risk-weighted assets for correlation trading positions. Under the Basel 3 NPRs, Tier 1 common capital includes components that exhibit heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates, such as the cumulative change in the fair value of AFS debt securities and at least 10 percent of the fair value of MSRs recognized on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a result, our estimates of total risk-weighted assets under the Basel 3 Advanced Approach are sensitive to interest rate and credit quality volatility.

Important differences between Basel 1 and Basel 3 include capital deductions related to our MSRs, deferred tax assets and defined benefit pension assets, and the inclusion of unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities recognized in accumulated OCI, each of which will be impacted by future changes in both interest rates as well as overall earnings performance. Our estimates under the Basel 3 Advanced Approach will be refined over time as our businesses change, as we continue to refine our models, as our and the industry's understanding and interpretation of the rules evolve, and as a result of further rulemaking or clarification by U.S. regulating agencies. Preparing for the implementation of the new capital rules is a top strategic priority, and we expect to comply with the final rules when issued and effective. We intend to continue to build capital through retaining earnings, actively managing our portfolios and implementing other capital related initiatives, including focusing on reducing both higher risk-weighted assets and assets proposed to be deducted from capital under the Basel 3 Advanced Approach.


73

Table of Contents

Basel 3 regulatory capital metrics are non-GAAP measures until they are fully adopted and required by U.S. regulatory agencies. Table 19 presents a reconciliation of our Basel 1 Tier 1 common capital and risk-weighted assets to our Basel 3 estimates at September 30, 2012, assuming fully phased-in measures according to the Basel 3 Advanced Approach.

Table 19
Basel 1 to Basel 3 Reconciliation
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
Regulatory capital – Basel 1 to Basel 3 (fully phased-in)
Basel 1 Tier 1 capital
$
163,063

Deduction of preferred stock, non-qualifying preferred stock and minority interest in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries
(26,657
)
Basel 1 Tier 1 common capital
136,406

Deduction of defined benefit pension assets
(1,709
)
Change in deferred tax asset and other threshold deductions (MSRs and significant investments)
(1,102
)
Change in all other deductions, net
1,040

Basel 3 (fully phased-in) Tier 1 common capital
$
134,635

 
 
Risk-weighted assets – Basel 1 to Basel 3 (fully phased-in)
 
Basel 1
$
1,195,720

Net change in credit and other risk-weighted assets
216,246

Increase due to market risk amendment
88,881

Basel 3 (fully phased-in)
$
1,500,847

 
 
Tier 1 common capital ratios
 
Basel 1
11.41
%
Basel 3 (fully phased-in)
8.97


Additionally, capital requirements for global, systemically important financial institutions, including the methodology for measuring systemic importance, the additional capital required (the SIFI buffer), and the arrangements by which they will be phased in were proposed by the Basel Committee in 2011. As proposed, the SIFI buffer would increase minimum capital requirements for Tier 1 common capital from one percent to 2.5 percent, and in certain circumstances, 3.5 percent. This is proposed to be phased in from 2016 through 2018. U.S. banking regulators have not yet provided similar rules for the U.S. implementation of a SIFI buffer.

On December 20, 2011, the Federal Reserve issued proposed rules to implement enhanced supervisory and prudential requirements and the early remediation requirements established under the Financial Reform Act. The enhanced standards include risk-based capital and leverage requirements, liquidity standards, requirements for overall risk management, single-counterparty credit limits, stress test requirements and a debt-to-equity limit for certain companies determined to pose a threat to financial stability. The final rules are likely to influence our regulatory capital and liquidity planning process, and may impose additional operational and compliance costs on us.

For additional information regarding Basel 2, the Market Risk Amendment, Basel 3 and other proposed regulatory capital changes, see Note 18 – Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


74

Table of Contents

Bank of America, N.A. and FIA Card Services, N.A. Regulatory Capital

Table 20 presents regulatory capital information for BANA and FIA at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 20
Bank of America, N.A. and FIA Card Services, N.A. Regulatory Capital
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Actual
 
 
 
Actual
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
Tier 1 capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
12.78
%
 
$
119,507

 
$
56,123

 
11.74
%
 
$
119,881

 
$
61,245

FIA Card Services, N.A.
16.41

 
21,244

 
7,769

 
17.63

 
24,660

 
8,393

Total capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
15.18

 
141,973

 
93,538

 
15.17

 
154,885

 
102,076

FIA Card Services, N.A.
17.70

 
22,924

 
12,948

 
19.01

 
26,594

 
13,989

Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
8.76

 
119,507

 
68,213

 
8.65

 
119,881

 
69,318

FIA Card Services, N.A.
13.47

 
21,244

 
7,885

 
14.22

 
24,660

 
8,669

(1) 
Dollar amount required to meet guidelines for well capitalized institutions.

BANA's Tier 1 capital ratio increased 104 bps to 12.78 percent and the Total capital ratio increased one bp to 15.18 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The Tier 1 leverage ratio increased 11 bps to 8.76 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The increase in the Tier 1 capital ratio was driven by a decrease in risk-weighted assets of $85.4 billion compared to December 31, 2011 and earnings eligible to be included in capital of $3.0 billion and $9.9 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in the Total capital ratio was driven by the same factor as discussed for the Tier 1 capital ratio above, largely offset by repurchases of subordinated debt of $2.9 billion and $10.1 billion in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in the Tier 1 leverage ratio was driven by a decrease in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $22.1 billion, partially offset by a decrease in Tier 1 capital.

FIA's Tier 1 capital ratio decreased 122 bps to 16.41 percent and the Total capital ratio decreased 131 bps to 17.70 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The Tier 1 leverage ratio decreased 75 bps to 13.47 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The decrease in the Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios was driven by returns of capital of $600 million and $6.6 billion to Bank of America Corporation during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, partially offset by earnings eligible to be included in capital of $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. The decrease in the Tier 1 leverage ratio was driven by the decrease in Tier 1 capital, partially offset by a decrease in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $15.7 billion.

Broker/Dealer Regulatory Capital

The Corporation’s principal U.S. broker/dealer subsidiaries are Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith (MLPF&S) and Merrill Lynch Professional Clearing Corp (MLPCC). MLPCC is a fully-guaranteed subsidiary of MLPF&S that provides clearing and settlement services. Both entities are subject to the net capital requirements of Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 15c3-1. Both entities are also registered as futures commission merchants and are subject to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17.

MLPF&S has elected to compute the minimum capital requirement in accordance with the Alternative Net Capital Requirement as permitted by SEC Rule 15c3-1. At September 30, 2012, MLPF&S’s regulatory net capital as defined by Rule 15c3-1 was $10.6 billion and exceeded the minimum requirement of $738 million by $9.9 billion. MLPCC’s net capital of $1.7 billion exceeded the minimum requirement of $264 million by $1.4 billion.

In accordance with the Alternative Net Capital Requirements, MLPF&S is required to maintain tentative net capital in excess of $1.0 billion, net capital in excess of $500 million and notify the SEC in the event its tentative net capital is less than $5.0 billion. At September 30, 2012, MLPF&S had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.


75

Table of Contents

Economic Capital

Our economic capital measurement process provides a risk-based measurement of the capital required for unexpected credit, market and operational losses over a one-year time horizon at a 99.97 percent confidence level. Economic capital is allocated to each business unit, and is used for capital adequacy, performance measurement and risk management purposes. The strategic planning process utilizes economic capital with the goal of allocating risk appropriately and measuring returns consistently across all businesses and activities. Economic capital allocation plans are incorporated into the Corporation’s financial plan which is approved by the Board on an annual basis. For additional information regarding economic capital, credit risk capital, market risk capital and operational risk capital, see page 52 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Common Stock Dividends

Table 21 is a summary of our declared quarterly cash dividends on common stock during 2012 and through November 2, 2012.

Table 21
 
 
Common Stock Cash Dividend Summary
 
 
Declaration Date
Record Date
Payment Date
Dividend Per Share
October 24, 2012
December 7, 2012
December 28, 2012
 
$
0.01

 
July 11, 2012
September 7, 2012
September 28, 2012
 
0.01

 
April 11, 2012
June 1, 2012
June 22, 2012
 
0.01

 
January 11, 2012
March 2, 2012
March 23, 2012
 
0.01

 


76

Table of Contents

Preferred Stock Dividends

Table 22 is a summary of our cash dividend declarations on preferred stock during the third quarter of 2012 and through November 2, 2012. For additional information on preferred stock, see Note 15 – Shareholders' Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table 22
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred Stock Cash Dividend Summary
Preferred Stock
Outstanding
Notional
Amount
(in millions)
 
Declaration Date
 
Record Date
 
Payment Date
 
Per Annum
Dividend Rate
 
Dividend Per
Share
Series B (1)
$
1

 
July 11, 2012
 
October 11, 2012
 
October 25, 2012
 
7.00
%
 
$
1.75


 
 
October 24, 2012
 
January 11, 2013
 
January 25, 2013
 
7.00

 
1.75

Series D (2)
$
654

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 31, 2012
 
September 14, 2012
 
6.204
%
 
$
0.38775

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 30, 2012
 
December 14, 2012
 
6.204

 
0.38775

Series E (2)
$
317

 
July 3, 2012
 
July 31, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.25556

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
October 31, 2012
 
November 15, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series F
$
141

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 31, 2012
 
September 17, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
1,022.22

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 30, 2012
 
December 17, 2012
 
Floating

 
1,011.11

Series G
$
493

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 31, 2012
 
September 17, 2012
 
Adjustable

 
$
1,022.22

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 30, 2012
 
December 17, 2012
 
Adjustable

 
1,011.11

Series H (2)
$
2,862

 
July 3, 2012
 
July 15, 2012
 
August 1, 2012
 
8.20
%
 
$
0.51250

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
October 15, 2012
 
November 1, 2012
 
8.20

 
0.51250

Series I (2)
$
365

 
July 3, 2012
 
September 15, 2012
 
October 1, 2012
 
6.625
%
 
$
0.41406

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
December 15, 2012
 
January 2, 2013
 
6.625

 
0.41406

Series J (2)
$
951

 
July 3, 2012
 
July 15, 2012
 
August 1, 2012
 
7.25
%
 
$
0.45312

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
October 15, 2012
 
November 1, 2012
 
7.25

 
0.45312

Series K (3, 4)
$
1,544

 
July 3, 2012
 
July 15, 2012
 
July 30, 2012
 
Fixed-to-Floating

 
$
40.00

Series L
$
3,080

 
September 17, 2012
 
October 1, 2012
 
October 30, 2012
 
7.25
%
 
$
18.125

Series M (3, 4)
$
1,310

 
October 1, 2012
 
October 31, 2012
 
November 15, 2012
 
Fixed-to-Floating

 
$
40.625

Series T (1)
$
5,000

 
September 17, 2012
 
September 24, 2012
 
October 10, 2012
 
6.00
%
 
$
1,500.00

Series 1 (5)
$
98

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.18750

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 15, 2012
 
November 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.18750

Series 2 (5)
$
299

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.19167

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 15, 2012
 
November 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.19167

Series 3 (5)
$
653

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
6.375
%
 
$
0.39843

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 15, 2012
 
November 28, 2012
 
6.375

 
0.39843

Series 4 (5)
$
210

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.25556

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 15, 2012
 
November 28, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series 5 (5)
$
422

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 1, 2012
 
August 21, 2012
 
Floating

 
$
0.25556

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 1, 2012
 
November 21, 2012
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series 6 (6)
$
59

 
July 3, 2012
 
September 14, 2012
 
September 28, 2012
 
6.70
%
 
$
0.41875

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
December 14, 2012
 
December 28, 2012
 
6.70

 
0.41875

Series 7 (6)
$
17

 
July 3, 2012
 
September 14, 2012
 
September 28, 2012
 
6.25
%
 
$
0.39062

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
December 14, 2012
 
December 28, 2012
 
6.25

 
0.39062

Series 8 (5)
$
2,673

 
July 3, 2012
 
August 15, 2012
 
August 28, 2012
 
8.625
%
 
$
0.53906

 
 
 
October 1, 2012
 
November 15, 2012
 
November 28, 2012
 
8.625

 
0.53906

(1) 
Dividends are cumulative.
(2) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock.
(3) 
Initially pays dividends semi-annually.
(4) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of preferred stock.
(5) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,200th interest in a share of preferred stock.
(6) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of preferred stock.

77

Table of Contents

Enterprise-wide Stress Testing

As a part of our core risk management practices, we conduct enterprise-wide stress tests on a periodic basis to better understand balance sheet, earnings, capital and liquidity sensitivities to certain economic and business scenarios, including economic and market conditions that are more severe than anticipated. These enterprise-wide stress tests provide an understanding of the potential impacts from our risk profile on our balance sheet, earnings, capital and liquidity and serve as a key component of our capital, liquidity and risk management practices. Scenarios are selected by a group comprised of senior business, risk and finance executives. Impacts to each business from each scenario are then determined and analyzed, primarily by leveraging the models and processes utilized in everyday management routines. Impacts are assessed along with potential mitigating actions that may be taken. Analysis from such stress scenarios is compiled for and reviewed through our Chief Financial Officer Risk Committee (CFORC), Asset Liability and Market Risk Committee (ALMRC) and the Board’s Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC) and serves to inform decision making by management and the Board.

Liquidity Risk
 
Funding and Liquidity Risk Management

We define liquidity risk as the potential inability to meet our contractual and contingent financial obligations, on- or off-balance sheet, as they come due. Our primary liquidity objective is to provide adequate funding for our businesses throughout market cycles, including periods of financial stress. To achieve that objective, we analyze and monitor our liquidity risk, maintain excess liquidity and access diverse funding sources including our stable deposit base. We define excess liquidity as readily available assets, limited to cash and high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities that we can use to meet our funding requirements as those obligations arise.

Global funding and liquidity risk management activities are centralized within Corporate Treasury. We believe that a centralized approach to funding and liquidity risk management enhances our ability to monitor liquidity requirements, maximizes access to funding sources, minimizes borrowing costs and facilitates timely responses to liquidity events. For additional information regarding global funding and liquidity risk management, see Funding and Liquidity Risk Management on page 53 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Global Excess Liquidity Sources and Other Unencumbered Assets

We maintain excess liquidity available to Bank of America Corporation, or the parent company, and selected subsidiaries in the form of cash and high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities. These assets, which we call our Global Excess Liquidity Sources, serve as our primary means of liquidity risk mitigation. Our cash is primarily on deposit with the Federal Reserve and central banks outside of the U.S. We limit the composition of high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities to U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency MBS and a select group of non-U.S. government and supranational securities. We believe we can quickly obtain cash for these securities, even in stressed market conditions, through repurchase agreements or outright sales. We hold our Global Excess Liquidity Sources in entities that allow us to meet the liquidity requirements of our global businesses, and we consider the impact of potential regulatory, tax, legal and other restrictions that could limit the transferability of funds among entities.

Our Global Excess Liquidity Sources were $380 billion and $378 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and were maintained as presented in Table 23.

Table 23
Global Excess Liquidity Sources
(Dollars in billions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Average for Three Months Ended
September 30, 2012
Parent company
$
102

 
$
125

 
$
103

Bank subsidiaries
254

 
222

 
257

Broker/dealers
24

 
31

 
27

Total global excess liquidity sources
$
380

 
$
378

 
$
387


As shown in Table 23, parent company Global Excess Liquidity Sources totaled $102 billion and $125 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The decrease in parent company liquidity was primarily due to long-term debt maturities, partially offset by dividends and capital repayments from subsidiaries. Typically, parent company cash is deposited overnight with BANA.


78

Table of Contents

Global Excess Liquidity Sources available to our bank subsidiaries totaled $254 billion and $222 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The increase in liquidity available to our bank subsidiaries was primarily due to a reduction in loan balances and an increase in deposits. These amounts are distinct from the cash deposited by the parent company presented in Table 23. In addition to their Global Excess Liquidity Sources, our bank subsidiaries hold other unencumbered investment-grade securities that we believe could also be used to generate liquidity. Our bank subsidiaries can also generate incremental liquidity by pledging a range of other unencumbered loans and securities to certain Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs) and the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The cash we could have obtained by borrowing against this pool of specifically-identified eligible assets was approximately $212 billion and $189 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. We have established operational procedures to enable us to borrow against these assets, including regularly monitoring our total pool of eligible loans and securities collateral. Due to regulatory restrictions, liquidity generated by the bank subsidiaries can only be used to fund obligations within the bank subsidiaries and can only be transferred to the parent company or nonbank subsidiaries with prior regulatory approval.

Global Excess Liquidity Sources available to our broker/dealer subsidiaries totaled $24 billion and $31 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Our broker/dealers also held other unencumbered investment-grade securities and equities that we believe could also be used to generate additional liquidity. Liquidity held in a broker/dealer subsidiary is available to meet the obligations of that entity and can only be transferred to the parent company or to any other subsidiary with prior regulatory approval due to regulatory restrictions and minimum requirements.

Table 24 presents the composition of Global Excess Liquidity Sources at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 24
Global Excess Liquidity Sources Composition
(Dollars in billions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Cash on deposit
$
59

 
$
79

U.S. treasuries
23

 
48

U.S. agency securities and mortgage-backed securities
281

 
228

Non-U.S. government and supranational securities
17

 
23

Total global excess liquidity sources
$
380

 
$
378


Time to Required Funding and Stress Modeling

We use a variety of metrics to determine the appropriate amounts of excess liquidity to maintain at the parent company and our bank and broker/dealer subsidiaries. One metric we use to evaluate the appropriate level of excess liquidity at the parent company is “Time to Required Funding.” This debt coverage measure indicates the number of months that the parent company can continue to meet its unsecured contractual obligations as they come due using only its Global Excess Liquidity Sources without issuing any new debt or accessing any additional liquidity sources. We define unsecured contractual obligations for purposes of this metric as maturities of senior or subordinated debt issued or guaranteed by Bank of America Corporation or Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (Merrill Lynch). These include certain unsecured debt instruments, primarily structured liabilities, which we may be required to settle for cash prior to maturity. The Corporation has established a target minimum for Time to Required Funding of 21 months. Our Time to Required Funding was 35 months at September 30, 2012. For purposes of calculating Time to Required Funding at September 30, 2012, we have also included in the amount of unsecured contractual obligations the $8.6 billion liability related to the BNY Mellon Settlement and the $2.4 billion liability related to the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement. The Time to Required Funding at September 30, 2012 does not include the $5.0 billion carrying value of redemptions of trust preferred securities announced on October 4, 2012. The BNY Mellon Settlement and the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement are subject to final court approval and certain other conditions, and the timing of payment is not certain.

We utilize liquidity stress models to assist us in determining the appropriate amounts of excess liquidity to maintain at the parent company and our bank and broker/dealer subsidiaries. These models are risk sensitive and have become increasingly important in analyzing our potential contractual and contingent cash outflows beyond those outflows considered in the Time to Required Funding analysis. We evaluate the liquidity requirements under a range of scenarios with varying levels of severity and time horizons. The scenarios we consider and utilize incorporate market-wide and Corporation-specific events, including potential credit rating downgrades for the parent company and our subsidiaries, and are based on historical experience, regulatory guidance, and both expected and unexpected future events.


79

Table of Contents

The types of potential contractual and contingent cash outflows we consider in our scenarios may include, but are not limited to, upcoming contractual maturities of unsecured debt and reductions in new debt issuance; diminished access to secured financing markets; potential deposit withdrawals and reduced rollover of maturing term deposits by customers; increased draws on loan commitments, liquidity facilities and letters of credit, including Variable Rate Demand Notes; additional collateral that counterparties could call if our credit ratings were downgraded further; collateral, margin and subsidiary capital requirements arising from losses; and potential liquidity required to maintain businesses and finance customer activities. Changes in certain market factors, including but not limited to credit rating downgrades, could negatively impact potential contractual and contingent outflows and the related financial instruments, and in some cases these impacts could be material to our financial results.

For additional information on Time to Required Funding and liquidity stress modeling, see page 54 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Basel 3 Liquidity Standards

In December 2010, the Basel Committee proposed two measures of liquidity risk which are considered part of Basel 3. The first proposed liquidity measure is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is calculated as the amount of a financial institution’s unencumbered, high-quality, liquid assets relative to the net cash outflows the institution could encounter under an acute 30-day stress scenario. The second proposed liquidity measure is the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), which measures the amount of longer-term, stable sources of funding employed by a financial institution relative to the liquidity profiles of the assets funded and the potential for contingent calls on funding liquidity arising from off-balance sheet commitments and obligations over a one-year period. The Basel Committee expects the LCR requirement to be implemented in January 2015 and the NSFR requirement to be implemented in January 2018, following an observation period that began in 2011. We continue to monitor the development and the potential impact of these proposals, and assuming adoption by U.S. banking regulators, we expect to meet the final standards within the regulatory timelines.

Diversified Funding Sources

We fund our assets primarily with a mix of deposits and secured and unsecured liabilities through a globally coordinated funding strategy. We diversify our funding globally across products, programs, markets, currencies and investor groups.

We fund a substantial portion of our lending activities through our deposits, which were $1.06 trillion and $1.03 trillion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Deposits are primarily generated by our CBB, GWIM and Global Banking segments. These deposits are diversified by clients, product type and geography, and the majority of our U.S. deposits are insured by the FDIC. We consider a substantial portion of our deposits to be a stable, low-cost and consistent source of funding. We believe this deposit funding is generally less sensitive to interest rate changes, market volatility or changes in our credit ratings than wholesale funding sources. Our lending activities may also be financed through secured borrowings, including securitizations with GSEs, the FHA and private-label investors, as well as FHLB loans.

Our trading activities in broker/dealer subsidiaries are primarily funded on a secured basis through securities lending and repurchase agreements and these amounts will vary based on customer activity and market conditions. We believe funding these activities in the secured financing markets is more cost efficient and less sensitive to changes in our credit ratings than unsecured financing. Repurchase agreements are generally short-term and often overnight. Disruptions in secured financing markets for financial institutions have occurred in prior market cycles which resulted in adverse changes in terms or significant reductions in the availability of such financing. We manage the liquidity risks arising from secured funding by sourcing funding globally from a diverse group of counterparties, providing a range of securities collateral and pursuing longer durations, when appropriate.

We reduced unsecured short-term borrowings at the parent company and broker/dealer subsidiaries, including commercial paper and master notes, to relatively insignificant amounts during the third quarter of 2011. For average and period-end balance discussions, see Balance Sheet Overview on page 15. For more information, see Note 12 – Federal Funds Sold, Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Short-term Borrowings to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


80

Table of Contents

Table 25 presents information on short-term borrowings.

Table 25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term Borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Average during period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
$
211

 
$
1,495

 
0.05
%
 
0.05
 %
 
$
229

 
$
2,072

 
0.05
%
 
0.08
%
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
286,931

 
260,334

 
0.95

 
1.39

 
274,166

 
279,403

 
1.04

 
1.35

Commercial paper (1)
10

 
2,653

 
0.15

 
(2.27
)
 
8

 
11,704

 
1.69

 
0.51

Other short-term borrowings
37,871

 
38,752

 
2.16

 
2.62

 
37,973

 
44,404

 
2.07

 
2.43

Total
$
325,023

 
$
303,234

 
1.09

 
1.51

 
$
312,376

 
$
337,583

 
1.16

 
1.46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum month-end balance during period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
$
207

 
$
1,382

 
 
 
 
 
$
331

 
$
4,133

 
 
 
 
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
291,093

 
258,286

 
 
 
 
 
291,093

 
293,519

 
 
 
 
Commercial paper

 
5,836

 
 
 
 
 
172

 
21,212

 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
40,129

 
38,992

 
 
 
 
 
40,129

 
47,087

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
Period-end balance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
$
198

 
0.05
%
 
 
 
 
 
$
243

 
0.06
%
 
 
 
 
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
273,702

 
1.01

 
 
 
 
 
214,621

 
1.08

 
 
 
 
Commercial paper

 

 
 
 
 
 
23

 
1.70

 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
35,291

 
2.71

 
 
 
 
 
35,675

 
2.35

 
 
 
 
Total
$
309,191

 
1.17

 
 
 
 
 
$
250,562

 
1.36

 
 
 
 
(1) 
The interest rate for commercial paper for the three months ended September 30, 2011 included gains of $38 million reclassified from accumulated OCI to net interest income related to discontinuing certain cash flow hedges because it was no longer probable that the original forecasted transaction would occur.

We issue the majority of our long-term unsecured debt at the parent company. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the parent company issued $2.5 billion and $13.3 billion of long-term unsecured debt, including structured liabilities of $2.0 billion and $7.0 billion. We may also issue long-term unsecured debt at BANA in a variety of maturities and currencies to achieve cost-efficient funding and to maintain an appropriate maturity profile, although there were no new issuances during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. While the cost and availability of unsecured funding may be negatively impacted by general market conditions or by matters specific to the financial services industry or the Corporation, we seek to mitigate refinancing risk by actively managing the amount of our borrowings that we anticipate will mature within any month or quarter.

The primary benefits expected from our centralized funding strategy include greater control, reduced funding costs, wider name recognition by investors and greater flexibility to meet the variable funding requirements of subsidiaries. Where regulations, time zone differences or other business considerations make parent company funding impractical, certain other subsidiaries may issue their own debt.

We use derivative transactions to manage the duration, interest rate and currency risks of our borrowings, considering the characteristics of the assets they are funding. For further details on our ALM activities, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities on page 139.


81

Table of Contents

We also diversify our unsecured funding sources by issuing various types of debt instruments including structured liabilities, which are debt obligations that pay investors returns linked to other debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. We typically hedge the returns we are obligated to pay on these liabilities with derivative positions and/or investments in the underlying instruments, so that from a funding perspective, the cost is similar to our other unsecured long-term debt. We could be required to settle certain structured liability obligations for cash or other securities prior to maturity under certain circumstances, which we consider for liquidity planning purposes. We believe, however, that a portion of such borrowings will remain outstanding beyond the earliest put or redemption date. We had outstanding structured liabilities with a carrying value of $52.5 billion and $50.9 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Substantially all of our senior and subordinated debt obligations contain no provisions that could trigger a requirement for an early repayment, require additional collateral support, result in changes to terms, accelerate maturity or create additional financial obligations upon an adverse change in our credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, cash flows or stock price.

Prior to 2010, we participated in the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which allowed us to issue senior unsecured debt guaranteed by the FDIC in return for a fee based on the amount and maturity of the debt. At September 30, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the program.

Table 26 presents the carrying value of aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at September 30, 2012 and includes the carrying value of the trust preferred securities that will be redeemed, as previously announced on October 4, 2012. These trust preferred securities that will be redeemed are reflected in the "Thereafter" column in Table 26 as the table is based on contractual maturity. For additional information, see Recent Events – Capital and Liquidity Related Matters on page 7.

Table 26
Long-term Debt By Maturity
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Bank of America Corporation
$
1,350

 
$
11,568

 
$
20,201

 
$
15,227

 
$
20,474

 
$
69,054

 
$
137,874

Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. and subsidiaries
6,034

 
18,152

 
18,252

 
5,050

 
3,663

 
38,777

 
89,928

Bank of America, N.A. and subsidiaries

 
58

 
16

 

 
1,098

 
8,336

 
9,508

Other debt
2,762

 
4,862

 
1,610

 
266

 
75

 
1,594

 
11,169

Total long-term debt excluding consolidated VIEs
10,146

 
34,640

 
40,079

 
20,543

 
25,310

 
117,761

 
248,479

Long-term debt of consolidated VIEs
1,998

 
13,941

 
8,922

 
1,504

 
2,386

 
9,304

 
38,055

Total long-term debt
$
12,144

 
$
48,581

 
$
49,001

 
$
22,047

 
$
27,696

 
$
127,065

 
$
286,534


Table 27 presents our long-term debt in the following currencies at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 27
Long-term Debt By Major Currency
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
U.S. Dollar
$
190,421

 
$
255,262

Euro
58,269

 
68,799

Japanese Yen
14,262

 
19,568

British Pound
10,987

 
12,554

Canadian Dollar
3,643

 
4,621

Australian Dollar
2,797

 
4,900

Swiss Franc
1,885

 
2,268

Other
4,270

 
4,293

Total long-term debt
$
286,534

 
$
372,265



82

Table of Contents

Total long-term debt decreased $85.7 billion, or 23 percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, primarily driven by maturities and liability management. This reflects our ongoing initiative to reduce our debt balances over time and we anticipate that debt levels will continue to decline, from both maturities and liability management, as appropriate through 2013. We may, from time to time, purchase outstanding debt securities in various transactions, depending on prevailing market conditions, liquidity and other factors. In addition, our broker/dealer subsidiaries may make markets in our debt instruments to provide liquidity for investors. For additional information on long-term debt funding, see Note 13 – Long-term Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and for additional information regarding funding and liquidity risk management, see pages 53 through 57 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contingency Planning

We maintain contingency funding plans that outline our potential responses to liquidity stress events at various levels of severity. These policies and plans are based on stress scenarios and include potential funding strategies and communication and notification procedures that we would implement in the event we experienced stressed liquidity conditions. We periodically review and test the contingency funding plans to validate efficacy and assess readiness.

Our U.S. bank subsidiaries can access contingency funding through the Federal Reserve Discount Window. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries have access to central bank facilities in the jurisdictions in which they operate. While we do not rely on these sources in our liquidity modeling, we maintain the policies, procedures and governance processes that would enable us to access these sources if necessary.

Credit Ratings

Our borrowing costs and ability to raise funds are impacted by our credit ratings. In addition, credit ratings may be important to customers or counterparties when we compete in certain markets and when we seek to engage in certain transactions, including over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives. Thus, it is our objective to maintain high-quality credit ratings.

Credit ratings and outlooks are opinions on our creditworthiness and that of our obligations or securities, including long-term debt, short-term borrowings, preferred stock and other securities, including asset securitizations. Our credit ratings are subject to ongoing review by the rating agencies which consider a number of factors, including our own financial strength, performance, prospects and operations as well as factors not under our control. The rating agencies could make adjustments to our ratings at any time and they provide no assurances that they will maintain our ratings at current levels.

Other factors that influence our credit ratings include changes to the rating agencies’ methodologies for our industry or certain security types, the rating agencies’ assessment of the general operating environment for financial services companies, our mortgage exposures, our relative positions in the markets in which we compete, reputation, liquidity position, diversity of funding sources, funding costs, the level and volatility of earnings, corporate governance and risk management policies, capital position, capital management practices, and current or future regulatory and legislative initiatives.

On October 10, 2012, Fitch Ratings (Fitch) announced the results of its periodic review of its ratings for 12 large, complex securities trading and universal banks, including Bank of America. As part of this action, Fitch affirmed the Corporation's credit ratings. On June 21, 2012, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (Moody's) completed its previously-announced review for possible downgrade of financial institutions with global capital markets operations, downgrading the ratings of 15 banks and securities firms, including our ratings. The Corporation's long-term debt rating and BANA's long-term and short-term debt ratings were downgraded one notch as part of this action. The Moody's downgrade has not had a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Each of the three major rating agencies, Moody's, Standard and Poor's Ratings Services (S&P) and Fitch, downgraded the ratings for the Corporation and its rated subsidiaries in late 2011.

Currently, the Corporation’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks expressed by the rating agencies are as follows: Baa2/P-2 (negative) by Moody’s, A-/A-2 (negative) by S&P, and A/F1 (stable) by Fitch. BANA’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks currently are as follows: A3/P-2 (stable) by Moody’s, A/A-1 (negative) by S&P, and A/F1 (stable) by Fitch. The credit ratings of Merrill Lynch from the three major credit rating agencies are the same as those of Bank of America Corporation. The major credit rating agencies have indicated that the primary drivers of Merrill Lynch’s credit ratings are Bank of America Corporation’s credit ratings. MLPF&S’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks are A/A-1 (negative) by S&P and A/F1 (stable) by Fitch. Merrill Lynch International’s long-term/short-term senior debt ratings are A/A-1 (negative) by S&P.

The major rating agencies have each indicated that, as a systemically important financial institution, our credit ratings currently reflect their expectation that, if necessary, we would receive significant support from the U.S. government, and that they will continue to assess such support in the context of sovereign financial strength and regulatory and legislative developments. For additional information, see Liquidity Risk – Credit Ratings on page 56 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

83

Table of Contents

A further reduction in certain of our credit ratings or the ratings of certain asset-backed securitizations may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, potential loss of access to credit markets, the related cost of funds, our businesses and on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where counterparty creditworthiness is critical. In addition, under the terms of certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements, in the event of further downgrades of our or our rated subsidiaries' credit ratings, the counterparties to those agreements may require us to provide additional collateral, or to terminate these contracts or agreements, which could cause us to sustain losses and/or adversely impact our liquidity. If the short-term credit ratings of our parent company, bank or broker/dealer subsidiaries were downgraded by one or more levels, the potential loss of access to short-term funding sources such as repo financing, and the effect on our incremental cost of funds could be material.

At September 30, 2012, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the amount of additional collateral contractually required by derivative contracts and other trading agreements would have been approximately $2.9 billion comprised of $2.3 billion for BANA and $538 million for Merrill Lynch and certain of its subsidiaries. If the agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for these entities by a second incremental notch, approximately $4.3 billion in additional collateral comprised of $331 million for BANA and $4.0 billion for Merrill Lynch and certain of its subsidiaries, would have been required.

Also, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of September 30, 2012 was $4.5 billion, against which $3.8 billion of collateral had been posted. If the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation and certain subsidiaries by a second incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of September 30, 2012 was an incremental $1.9 billion, against which $1.2 billion of collateral had been posted.

While certain potential impacts are contractual and quantifiable, the full scope of consequences of a credit ratings downgrade to a financial institution is inherently uncertain, as it depends upon numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including whether any downgrade of a firm’s long-term credit ratings precipitates downgrades to its short-term credit ratings, and assumptions about the potential behaviors of various customers, investors and counterparties. For additional information on potential impacts of credit rating downgrades, see Time to Required Funding and Stress Modeling on page 79.

For information regarding the additional collateral and termination payments that could be required in connection with certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements as a result of such a credit rating downgrade, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

On June 8, 2012, S&P affirmed its 'AA+' long-term and 'A-1+' short-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. The outlook remains negative. On July 10, 2012, Fitch affirmed its 'AAA' long-term and 'F1+' short-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. The outlook remains negative. All three rating agencies have indicated that they will continue to assess fiscal projections and consolidation measures, as well as the medium-term economic outlook for the U.S. For additional information, see Liquidity Risk – Credit Ratings on page 56 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


84

Table of Contents

Credit Risk Management

Credit quality continued to show improvement during the third quarter of 2012. Our proactive credit risk management initiatives positively impacted the credit portfolio as charge-offs and delinquencies continued to improve across most portfolios and risk ratings improved in the commercial portfolios. For more information, see Executive Summary – Third Quarter 2012 Economic and Business Environment on page 7.

We proactively refine our underwriting and credit management practices as well as credit standards to meet the changing economic environment. To actively mitigate losses and enhance customer support in our consumer businesses, we have in place collection programs and loan modification and customer assistance infrastructures. We utilize a number of actions to mitigate losses in the commercial businesses including increasing the frequency and intensity of portfolio monitoring, hedging activity and our practice of transferring management of deteriorating commercial exposures to independent special asset officers as credits enter criticized categories.

During 2012, new regulatory guidance issued regarding the treatment of loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and regulatory interagency guidance issued on junior-lien consumer real estate loans as well as the impact of the National Mortgage Settlement adversely impacted the consumer portfolio's nonperforming loan and net-charge off statistics. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.

Certain European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, have experienced varying degrees of financial stress. For additional information on our exposures and related risks in non-U.S. countries, see Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 124 and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

For information on our Credit Risk Management activities, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86, Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 110, Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 124, Provision for Credit Losses on page 129 and Allowance for Credit Losses on page 130.


85

Table of Contents

Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management

Credit risk management for the consumer portfolio begins with initial underwriting and continues throughout a borrower’s credit cycle. Statistical techniques in conjunction with experiential judgment are used in all aspects of portfolio management including underwriting, product pricing, risk appetite, setting credit limits, and establishing operating processes and metrics to quantify and balance risks and returns. Statistical models are built using detailed behavioral information from external sources such as credit bureaus and/or internal historical experience. These models are a component of our consumer credit risk management process and are used in part to help make both new and existing credit decisions, as well as portfolio management strategies, including authorizations and line management, collection practices and strategies, determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and economic capital allocations for credit risk.

Since January 2008, and through the third quarter of 2012, Bank of America and Countrywide have completed approximately 1.1 million loan modifications with customers. During the third quarter of 2012, we completed nearly 38,000 customer loan modifications with a total unpaid principal balance of approximately $8 billion, including approximately 8,100 permanent modifications under the government’s Making Home Affordable Program. Of the loan modifications completed in the three months ended September 30, 2012, in terms of both the volume of modifications and the unpaid principal balance associated with the underlying loans, most were in the portfolio serviced for investors and were not on our balance sheet. The most common types of modifications include a combination of rate reduction and capitalization of past due amounts which represented 44 percent of the volume of modifications completed during the three months ended September 30, 2012, while principal reductions and forgiveness represented 20 percent, principal forbearance represented 18 percent and capitalization of past due amounts represented eight percent. For modified loans on our balance sheet, these modification types are generally considered TDRs. For more information on TDRs and portfolio impacts, see Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 106 and Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


86

Table of Contents

Consumer Credit Portfolio

As a result of the National Mortgage Settlement, in the third quarter of 2012, we incurred charge-offs of $435 million related to fully forgiven non-PCI loans in the home equity portfolio, which resulted in reductions of the same amount in nonperforming loans. Associated with the settlement, in the third quarter of 2012, we also fully forgave home equity loans in the Countrywide PCI portfolio with a carrying value before reserves of $1.6 billion and an unpaid principal balance of $1.8 billion which resulted in a decrease in the corresponding allowance for loan and lease losses. These items had no impact on the provision for credit losses as these loans were fully reserved. For more information on the National Mortgage Settlement, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 67.

During the third quarter of 2012, new regulatory guidance was issued addressing certain consumer real estate loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. In accordance with this new guidance, we now classify consumer real estate loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower as TDRs, irrespective of payment history or delinquency status, even if the repayment terms for the loan have not been otherwise modified. We continue to have a lien on the underlying collateral. Previously, such loans were classified as TDRs only if there had been a change in contractual payment terms that represented a concession to the borrower. The net impact to the consumer real estate portfolio of adopting this new regulatory guidance was a $478 million increase in net charge-offs as these loans were written-down to collateral value resulting in a provision increase of $339 million and reduced reserves of $139 million. This also resulted in an increase of $3.5 billion in TDRs and $1.1 billion in net new nonperforming loans of which $954 million, or 91 percent, were current on their contractual payments. Of these contractually current nonperforming loans, more than 70 percent were discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy more than 12 months ago, and nearly 40 percent were discharged 24 months or more ago. As subsequent cash payments are received, the interest component of the payments will be recorded as interest income on a cash basis and the principal component will be recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the loan. For more information on the impacts to consumer home loans TDRs as a result of this new regulatory guidance, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the first quarter of 2012, the bank regulatory agencies jointly issued interagency supervisory guidance on nonaccrual status for junior-lien consumer real estate loans. In accordance with this regulatory interagency guidance, we classify junior-lien home equity loans as nonperforming when the first-lien loan becomes 90 days past due even if the junior-lien loan is performing, and as a result, we reclassified $1.9 billion of performing home equity loans to nonperforming as of March 31, 2012, and $1.4 billion of such loans were included in nonperforming loans at September 30, 2012. The regulatory interagency guidance had no impact on our allowance for loan and lease losses or provision for credit losses as the delinquency status of the underlying first-lien was already considered in our reserving process. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Home Equity on page 97.

Improved credit quality across the consumer portfolio and the impact of the National Mortgage Settlement and the new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy, as discussed in the following section, drove a $6.6 billion decrease in the consumer allowance for loan and lease losses to $23.1 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. For more information, see Allowance for Credit Losses on page 130.

For further information on our accounting policies regarding delinquencies, nonperforming status, charge-offs and TDRs for the consumer portfolio, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Improvement in the U.S. economy and labor markets throughout most of 2011 and into the nine months ended September 30, 2012 resulted in lower credit losses in most consumer portfolios compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Although home prices have shown signs of improvement in recent months, the declines over the past several years continued to adversely impact the home loans portfolio.


87

Table of Contents

Table 28 presents our outstanding consumer loans and the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio. Loans that were acquired from Countrywide and considered credit-impaired were recorded at fair value upon acquisition. In addition to being included in the “Outstandings” columns in Table 28, these loans are also shown separately, net of purchase accounting adjustments, in the “Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio” column. For additional information, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio on certain credit statistics is reported where appropriate. See Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 101 for more information. Under certain circumstances, loans that were originally classified as discontinued real estate loans upon acquisition have been subsequently modified from pay option or subprime loans into loans with more conventional terms and are now included in the residential mortgage portfolio, but continue to be classified as PCI loans as shown in Table 28.

Table 28
Consumer Loans
 
Outstandings
 
Countrywide Purchased
Credit-impaired Loan
Portfolio
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Residential mortgage (1)
$
247,340

 
$
262,290

 
$
9,336

 
$
9,966

Home equity
112,260

 
124,699

 
9,709

 
11,978

Discontinued real estate (2)
9,876

 
11,095

 
8,803

 
9,857

U.S. credit card
93,162

 
102,291

 
n/a

 
n/a

Non-U.S. credit card
13,320

 
14,418

 
n/a

 
n/a

Direct/Indirect consumer (3)
82,404

 
89,713

 
n/a

 
n/a

Other consumer (4)
2,714

 
2,688

 
n/a

 
n/a

Consumer loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option
561,076

 
607,194

 
27,848

 
31,801

Loans accounted for under the fair value option (5)
1,202

 
2,190

 
n/a

 
n/a

Total consumer loans
$
562,278

 
$
609,384

 
$
27,848

 
$
31,801

(1) 
Outstandings include non-U.S. residential mortgages of $94 million and $85 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Outstandings include $8.8 billion and $9.9 billion of pay option loans and $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion of subprime loans at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. We no longer originate these products.
(3) 
Outstandings include dealer financial services loans of $36.0 billion and $43.0 billion, consumer lending loans of $5.6 billion and $8.0 billion, U.S. securities-based lending margin loans of $26.7 billion and $23.6 billion, student loans of $5.0 billion and $6.0 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.9 billion and $7.6 billion and other consumer loans of $1.2 billion and $1.5 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(4) 
Outstandings include consumer finance loans of $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $1.1 billion and $929 million and consumer overdrafts of $152 million and $103 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(5) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option include residential mortgage loans of $160 million and $906 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 106 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.
n/a = not applicable


88

Table of Contents

Table 29 presents the impacts of the National Mortgage Settlement and the new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy on nonperforming loans and net charge-offs, and the impact of the regulatory interagency guidance on nonaccrual status for junior-lien consumer real estate loans on nonperforming loans for the Core portfolio and Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio within the home loans portfolio. These impacts are included in the following consumer credit portfolio discussions. For more information on these impacts, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.

Table 29
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of the National Mortgage Settlement and Regulatory Agency Guidance
 
National
Mortgage Settlement
 
New Regulatory Guidance on
Treatment of Bankruptcies
 
Regulatory Interagency Guidance (1)
 
Nonperforming
 
Net Charge-offs (2)
 
Nonperforming
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Nonperforming
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
 
September 30
2012
 
Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
 
September 30
2012
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$

 
$

 
$
169

 
$
11

 
$

Home equity
(91
)
 
91

 
153

 
66

 
443

Total Core portfolio
(91
)
 
91

 
322

 
77

 
443

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage

 

 
388

 
43

 

Home equity
(344
)
 
344

 
330

 
358

 
985

Discontinued real estate

 

 
10

 

 

Total Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
(344
)
 
344

 
728

 
401

 
985

Home loans portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage

 

 
557

 
54

 

Home equity
(435
)
 
435

 
483

 
424

 
1,428

Discontinued real estate

 

 
10

 

 

Total home loans portfolio
$
(435
)
 
$
435

 
$
1,050

 
$
478

 
$
1,428

(1) 
During the first quarter of 2012, the bank regulatory agencies jointly issued interagency supervisory guidance on nonaccrual status for junior-lien consumer real estate loans.
(2) 
Net charge-offs exclude $1.6 billion of write-offs in the Countrywide home equity PCI portfolio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses.


89

Table of Contents

Table 30 presents accruing consumer loans past due 90 days or more and consumer nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans do not include past due consumer credit card loans, consumer non-real estate-secured loans or unsecured consumer loans as these loans are generally charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. Real estate-secured past due consumer loans that are insured by the FHA or individually insured under long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC (fully-insured loan portfolio) are reported as accruing as opposed to nonperforming since the principal repayment is insured. Fully-insured loans included in accruing past due 90 days or more are primarily related to our purchases of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements. Additionally, nonperforming loans and accruing balances past due 90 days or more do not include the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio or loans accounted for under the fair value option even though the customer may be contractually past due. For additional information on FHA loans, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 67.

Table 30
Consumer Credit Quality
 
Accruing Past Due 90 Days or More
 
Nonperforming
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
   2012 (1)
 
December 31
2011
Residential mortgage (2)
$
21,817

 
$
21,164

 
$
15,175

 
$
15,970

Home equity

 

 
4,275

 
2,453

Discontinued real estate

 

 
266

 
290

U.S. credit card
1,471

 
2,070

 
n/a

 
n/a

Non-U.S. credit card
224

 
342

 
n/a

 
n/a

Direct/Indirect consumer
575

 
746

 
36

 
40

Other consumer
1

 
2

 
1

 
15

Total (3)
$
24,088

 
$
24,324

 
$
19,753

 
$
18,768

Consumer loans as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans (3)
4.29
%
 
4.01
%
 
3.52
%
 
3.09
%
Consumer loans as a percentage of outstanding loans excluding Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios (3)
0.51

 
0.66

 
4.47

 
3.90

(1) 
Nonperforming loans include the impacts of the National Mortgage Settlement and guidance issued by regulatory agencies. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(2) 
Balances accruing past due 90 days or more are fully-insured loans. These balances include $17.1 billion and $17.0 billion of loans on which interest has been curtailed by the FHA, and therefore are no longer accruing interest, although principal is still insured and $4.7 billion and $4.2 billion of loans on which interest was still accruing at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(3) 
Balances exclude consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $448 million and $713 million of loans accounted for under the fair value option were past due 90 days or more and not accruing interest.
n/a = not applicable

90

Table of Contents

Table 31 presents net charge-offs and related ratios for consumer loans and leases for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Table 31
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs (2)
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (2, 3)
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Residential mortgage
$
707

 
$
989

 
$
2,339

 
$
2,998

 
1.12
%
 
1.47
%
 
1.22
%
 
1.51
%
Home equity
1,621

 
1,092

 
3,470

 
3,534

 
5.55

 
3.35

 
3.88

 
3.57

Discontinued real estate
15

 
24

 
47

 
70

 
0.59

 
0.80

 
0.61

 
0.75

U.S. credit card
1,079

 
1,639

 
3,654

 
5,844

 
4.60

 
6.28

 
5.11

 
7.33

Non-U.S. credit card
124

 
374

 
462

 
1,205

 
3.70

 
5.83

 
4.50

 
6.02

Direct/Indirect consumer
161

 
301

 
568

 
1,192

 
0.78

 
1.32

 
0.89

 
1.77

Other consumer
63

 
56

 
168

 
139

 
9.53

 
7.81

 
8.62

 
6.74

Total
$
3,770

 
$
4,475

 
$
10,708

 
$
14,982

 
2.64

 
2.82

 
2.46

 
3.15

(1) 
Net charge-offs and related ratios for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 include the impacts of the National Mortgage Settlement and new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(2) 
Net charge-offs exclude $1.7 billion of write-offs in the Countrywide home equity PCI portfolio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
(3) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Net charge-off ratios excluding the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios were 1.88 percent and 2.05 percent for residential mortgage, 6.13 percent and 4.29 percent for home equity, 8.46 percent and 6.21 percent for discontinued real estate and 3.35 percent and 3.12 percent for the total consumer portfolio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. Net charge-off ratios excluding the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios were 2.35 percent and 2.34 percent for residential mortgage, 3.70 percent and 3.94 percent for home equity, 8.34 percent and 7.25 percent for discontinued real estate and 3.50 percent and 3.86 percent for the total consumer portfolio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. These are the only product classifications impacted by the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.


91

Table of Contents

Table 32 presents outstandings, nonperforming balances and net charge-offs for the Core portfolio and the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio within the home loans portfolio. For more information on Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES, see page 38 and Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 58 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table 32
 
 
 
 
Home Loans Portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Net Charge-offs (1)
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
   2012 (2)
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
   2012 (2)
 
2011
 
   2012 (2)
 
2011
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
171,473

 
$
178,337

 
$
3,090

 
$
2,414

 
$
135

 
$
145

 
$
420

 
$
202

Home equity
62,528

 
67,055

 
1,198

 
439

 
293

 
165

 
648

 
313

Total Core portfolio
234,001

 
245,392

 
4,288

 
2,853

 
428

 
310

 
1,068

 
515

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (3)
75,867

 
83,953

 
12,085

 
13,556

 
572

 
844

 
1,919

 
2,796

Home equity
49,732

 
57,644

 
3,077

 
2,014

 
1,328

 
927

 
2,822

 
3,221

Discontinued real estate (3)
9,876

 
11,095

 
266

 
290

 
15

 
24

 
47

 
70

Total Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
135,475

 
152,692

 
15,428

 
15,860

 
1,915

 
1,795

 
4,788

 
6,087

Home loans portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
247,340

 
262,290

 
15,175

 
15,970

 
707

 
989

 
2,339

 
2,998

Home equity
112,260

 
124,699

 
4,275

 
2,453

 
1,621

 
1,092

 
3,470

 
3,534

Discontinued real estate
9,876

 
11,095

 
266

 
290

 
15

 
24

 
47

 
70

Total home loans portfolio
$
369,476

 
$
398,084

 
$
19,716

 
$
18,713

 
$
2,343

 
$
2,105

 
$
5,856

 
$
6,602

(1) 
Net charge-offs exclude $1.7 billion of write-offs in the Countrywide home equity PCI portfolio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
(2) 
Nonperforming loans and net charge-offs include the impacts of the National Mortgage Settlement and guidance issued by regulatory agencies. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(3) 
Balances exclude consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option of $160 million and $906 million of residential mortgage loans and $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion of discontinued real estate loans at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 106 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.

We believe that the presentation of information adjusted to exclude the impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option is more representative of the ongoing operations and credit quality of the business. As a result, in the following discussions of the residential mortgage, home equity and discontinued real estate portfolios, we provide information that excludes the impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option in certain credit quality statistics. We separately disclose information on the Countrywide PCI loan portfolios on page 101.


92

Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage

The residential mortgage portfolio, which for purposes of the consumer credit portfolio discussion and related tables excludes the discontinued real estate portfolio acquired from Countrywide, makes up the largest percentage of our consumer loan portfolio at 44 percent of consumer loans at September 30, 2012. Approximately 16 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio is in GWIM and represents residential mortgages that are originated for the home purchase and refinancing needs of our wealth management clients. The remaining portion of the portfolio is primarily in All Other and is comprised of originated loans, purchased loans used in our overall ALM activities, delinquent FHA loans repurchased pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA as well as repurchases related to our representations and warranties.

Outstanding balances in the residential mortgage portfolio, excluding $160 million of loans accounted for under the fair value option, decreased $15.0 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 as paydowns, charge-offs and transfers to foreclosed properties more than offset new origination volume retained on our balance sheet.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the residential mortgage portfolio included $91.6 billion and $93.9 billion of outstanding fully-insured loans. On this portion of the residential mortgage portfolio, we are protected against principal loss as a result of either FHA insurance or long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $66.3 billion and $69.5 billion had FHA insurance and $25.3 billion and $24.4 billion were protected by long-term stand-by agreements. All of these loans are individually insured and therefore the Corporation does not record an allowance for credit losses with respect to these loans.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $24.1 billion and $24.0 billion of the FHA-insured loan population were repurchases of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA.

In addition to the abovementioned purchased long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC, we have mitigated a portion of our credit risk on the residential mortgage portfolio through the use of synthetic securitization vehicles as described in Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the synthetic securitization vehicles referenced principal balances of $19.1 billion and $23.9 billion of residential mortgage loans and provided loss protection up to $565 million and $783 million. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a receivable of $328 million and $359 million from these vehicles for reimbursement of losses. The Corporation records an allowance for credit losses on loans referenced by the synthetic securitization vehicles. The reported net charge-offs for the residential mortgage portfolio do not include the benefit of amounts reimbursable from these vehicles. Adjusting for the benefit of the credit protection from the synthetic securitizations, the residential mortgage net charge-off ratio, excluding the Countrywide PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 would have been reduced by eight bps for both periods compared to nine bps and 14 bps for the same periods in 2011.

Synthetic securitizations and the long-term stand-by agreements with FNMA and FHLMC together reduce our regulatory risk-weighted assets due to the transfer of a portion of our credit risk to unaffiliated parties. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, these programs had the cumulative effect of reducing our risk-weighted assets by $7.7 billion and $7.9 billion, and increasing our Tier 1 capital ratio by nine bps and eight bps, and our Tier 1 common capital ratio by seven bps and six bps.


93

Table of Contents

Table 33 presents certain residential mortgage key credit statistics on both a reported basis excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, and excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. We believe the presentation of information adjusted to exclude these loan portfolios is more representative of the credit risk in the residential mortgage loan portfolio. As such, the following discussion presents the residential mortgage portfolio excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. For more information on the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, see page 101.

Table 33
Residential Mortgage – Key Credit Statistics (1)
 
 
 
Reported Basis (2)
 
Excluding Countrywide
Purchased Credit-impaired and Fully-insured Loans
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
247,340

 
$
262,290

 
$
146,367

 
$
158,470

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28,420

 
28,688

 
3,332

 
3,950

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21,817

 
21,164

 
n/a

 
n/a

Nonperforming loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15,175

 
15,970

 
15,175

 
15,970

Percent of portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed LTV greater than 90 but less than 100
 
 
 
 
 
14
%
 
15
%
 
10
%
 
11
%
Refreshed LTV greater than 100
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33

 
33

 
24

 
26

Refreshed FICO below 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21

 
21

 
14

 
15

2006 and 2007 vintages (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25

 
27

 
34

 
37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Countrywide Purchased
Credit-impaired and Fully-insured Loans
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-off ratio (4)
1.12
%
 
1.47
%
 
1.22
%
 
1.51
%
 
1.88
%
 
2.35
%
 
2.05
%
 
2.34
%
(1) 
Nonperforming loans at September 30, 2012 and net charge-off ratios for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 include the impact of new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(2) 
Outstandings, accruing past due, nonperforming loans and percent of portfolio exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $160 million and $906 million of residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 106 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.
(3) 
These vintages of loans account for 60 percent and 63 percent of nonperforming residential mortgage loans at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and 69 percent and 71 percent of residential mortgage net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 70 percent and 73 percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.
(4) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.
n/a = not applicable

Nonperforming residential mortgage loans decreased $795 million compared to December 31, 2011 as outflows, driven primarily by paydowns, charge-offs and returns to performing status, outpaced new inflows which included the addition of $557 million of nonperforming loans as a result of new regulatory guidance related to loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. At September 30, 2012, the borrowers were current on contractual payments with respect to $3.1 billion, or 20 percent of nonperforming residential mortgage loans, and $9.5 billion, or 63 percent of nonperforming residential mortgage loans were 180 days or more past due and had been written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Accruing loans past due 30 days or more decreased $618 million compared to December 31, 2011.


94

Table of Contents

Net charge-offs decreased $282 million to $707 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012, or 1.88 percent of total average residential mortgage loans, compared to $989 million, or 2.35 percent, for the same period in 2011. Net charge-offs decreased $659 million to $2.3 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, or 2.05 percent of total average residential mortgage loans compared to $3.0 billion, or 2.34 percent, for the same period in 2011. These decreases in net charge-offs for the three- and nine-month periods were primarily driven by decreased write-downs on loans greater than 180 days past due which were written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, and favorable delinquency trends. In addition, the three months ended September 30, 2012 included $54 million in net charge-offs related to loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that were written down to the underlying collateral value as a result of new regulatory guidance. For more information on the new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29. Net charge-off ratios were further impacted by lower loan balances primarily due to paydowns and charge-offs outpacing new originations.

Loans in the residential mortgage portfolio with certain characteristics have greater risk of loss than others. These characteristics include loans with a high refreshed LTV, loans originated at the peak of home prices in 2006 and 2007, interest-only loans and loans to borrowers located in California and Florida where we have concentrations and where significant declines in home prices have been experienced. Although the following disclosures address each of these risk characteristics separately, there is significant overlap in loans with these characteristics, which contributed to a disproportionate share of the losses in the portfolio. The residential mortgage loans with all of these higher risk characteristics comprised five percent and six percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and accounted for 21 percent of the residential mortgage net charge-offs during both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 23 percent for both the same periods in 2011.

Residential mortgage loans with a greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent refreshed LTV represented 10 percent and 11 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent represented 24 percent and 26 percent of the residential mortgage loan portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Of the loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent, 91 percent and 92 percent were performing at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent reflect loans where the outstanding carrying value of the loan is greater than the most recent valuation of the property securing the loan. The majority of these loans have a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent primarily due to home price deterioration over the past several years. Loans to borrowers with refreshed FICO scores below 620 represented 14 percent and 15 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Of the $146.4 billion and $158.5 billion in total residential mortgage loans outstanding at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as shown in Table 33, 40 percent were originated as interest-only loans for both periods. The outstanding balance of interest-only residential mortgage loans that have entered the amortization period was $13.8 billion, or 23 percent, at September 30, 2012. Residential mortgage loans that have entered the amortization period have experienced a higher rate of early stage delinquencies and nonperforming status compared to the residential mortgage portfolio as a whole. As of September 30, 2012, $387 million, or three percent of outstanding interest-only residential mortgages that had entered the amortization period were accruing past due 30 days or more compared to $3.3 billion, or two percent of accruing past due 30 days or more for the entire residential mortgage portfolio. In addition, at September 30, 2012, $2.3 billion, or 17 percent of outstanding interest-only residential mortgages that had entered the amortization period were nonperforming compared to $15.2 billion, or 10 percent of nonperforming loans for the entire residential mortgage portfolio. Loans in our interest-only residential mortgage portfolio have an interest-only period of three to 10 years and more than 85 percent of these loans will not be required to make a fully-amortizing payment until 2015 or later.


95

Table of Contents

Table 34 presents outstandings, nonperforming loans and net charge-offs by certain state concentrations for the residential mortgage portfolio. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) within California represented 12 percent of outstandings at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Loans within this MSA comprised only nine percent and eight percent of net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and seven percent of net charge-offs for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Table 34
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings (1)
 
Nonperforming (1)
 
Net Charge-offs
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
   2012 (2)
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
   2012 (2)
 
2011
 
   2012 (2)
 
2011
California
$
49,587

 
$
54,203

 
$
5,220

 
$
5,606

 
$
278

 
$
339

 
$
858

 
$
1,012

Florida (3)
11,243

 
12,338

 
1,636

 
1,900

 
73

 
142

 
272

 
484

New York (3)
11,141

 
11,539

 
888

 
838

 
17

 
29

 
57

 
85

Texas
6,989

 
7,525

 
458

 
425

 
11

 
16

 
39

 
42

Virginia
5,207

 
5,709

 
400

 
399

 
12

 
14

 
40

 
51

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
62,200

 
67,156

 
6,573

 
6,802

 
316

 
449

 
1,073

 
1,324

Residential mortgage loans (4)
$
146,367

 
$
158,470

 
$
15,175

 
$
15,970

 
$
707

 
$
989

 
$
2,339

 
$
2,998

Fully-insured loan portfolio
91,637

 
93,854

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Countrywide purchased credit-impaired residential mortgage loan portfolio
9,336

 
9,966

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total residential mortgage loan portfolio
$
247,340

 
$
262,290

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Outstandings and nonperforming amounts exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $160 million and $906 million of residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 106 and Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.
(2) 
Nonperforming loans and net charge-offs include the impact of new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(3) 
In these states, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial states).
(4) 
Amount excludes the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage and fully-insured loan portfolios.

The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) encourages banks to meet the credit needs of their communities for housing and other purposes, particularly in neighborhoods with low or moderate incomes. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our CRA portfolio was $11.3 billion and $12.5 billion, or eight percent of the residential mortgage loan balances for both periods. The CRA portfolio included $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion of nonperforming loans at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 representing 14 percent and 15 percent of total nonperforming residential mortgage loans at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Net charge-offs related to the CRA portfolio were $167 million and $163 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, or 24 percent and 16 percent of total net charge-offs for the residential mortgage portfolio. Net charge-offs related to the CRA portfolio were $487 million and $575 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, or 21 percent and 19 percent of total net charge-offs for the residential mortgage portfolio.

For information on representations and warranties related to our residential mortgage portfolio, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 58 and Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


96

Table of Contents

Home Equity

The home equity portfolio makes up 20 percent of the consumer portfolio and is comprised of HELOCs, home equity loans and reverse mortgages. As of September 30, 2012, our HELOC portfolio had an outstanding balance of $94.3 billion, or 84 percent of the home equity portfolio. HELOCs generally have an initial draw period of 10 years with nine percent of the portfolio having a draw period of five years with a five-year renewal option. During the initial draw period, the borrowers are only required to pay the interest due on the loans on a monthly basis. After the initial draw period ends, the loans generally convert to 15-year amortizing loans.

As of September 30, 2012, our home equity loan portfolio had an outstanding balance of $16.6 billion, or 15 percent of the total home equity portfolio. Home equity loans are almost all fixed-rate loans with amortizing payment terms of 10 to 30 years and 51 percent of these loans have 25- to 30-year terms.

As of September 30, 2012, our reverse mortgage portfolio had an outstanding balance of $1.4 billion, or one percent of the total home equity portfolio. In 2011, we exited the reverse mortgage origination business.

At September 30, 2012, approximately 88 percent of the home equity portfolio was included in CRES while the remainder of the portfolio was primarily in GWIM. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio decreased $12.4 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to paydowns and charge-offs outpacing new originations and draws on existing lines. In addition, during the three months ended September 30, 2012, $2.0 billion of loans, including $1.6 billion of Countrywide PCI loans in the home equity portfolio, were forgiven in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement. Of the total home equity portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $21.9 billion and $24.5 billion, or 20 percent for both periods were in first-lien positions (21 percent and 22 percent excluding the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011). As of September 30, 2012, outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio that were in a second-lien or more junior-lien position and where we also held the first-lien loan totaled $31.8 billion, or 31 percent of our total home equity portfolio excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio.

Unused HELOCs totaled $62.5 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $67.5 billion at December 31, 2011. This decrease was primarily due to customers choosing to close accounts as well as line management initiatives on deteriorating accounts, which more than offset new production. The HELOC utilization rate was 60 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to 61 percent at December 31, 2011.


97

Table of Contents

Table 35 presents certain home equity portfolio key credit statistics on both a reported basis as well as excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio. We believe the presentation of information adjusted to exclude the impact of the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio is more representative of the credit risk in this portfolio.

Table 35
Home Equity – Key Credit Statistics (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loans
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
112,260

 
$
124,699

 
$
102,551

 
$
112,721

Accruing past due 30 days or more (2)
 
 
 
 
 
1,148

 
1,658

 
1,148

 
1,658

Nonperforming loans (2)
 
 
 
 
 
4,275

 
2,453

 
4,275

 
2,453

Percent of portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Refreshed combined LTV greater than 90 but less than 100
 
11
%
 
10
%
 
11
%
 
11
%
Refreshed combined LTV greater than 100
 
 
 
35

 
36

 
31

 
32

Refreshed FICO below 620 (3)
 
 
 
 
 
10

 
11

 
8

 
9

2006 and 2007 vintages (4)
 
 
 
 
 
49

 
50

 
46

 
46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Countrywide Purchased
Credit-impaired Loans
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-off ratio (5)
5.55
%
 
3.35
%
 
3.88
%
 
3.57
%
 
6.13
%
 
3.70
%
 
4.29
%
 
3.94
%
(1) 
Nonperforming loans at September 30, 2012 and net charge-off ratios for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 include the impacts of the National Mortgage Settlement and guidance issued by regulatory agencies. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(2) 
Accruing past due 30 days or more includes $379 million and $609 million and nonperforming loans includes $975 million and $703 million of loans where we serviced the underlying first-lien at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(3) 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2012, home equity FICO metrics reflected an updated scoring model that is more representative of the credit risk of our borrowers. Prior period amounts were adjusted to reflect these updates.
(4) 
These vintages of loans have higher refreshed combined LTV ratios and accounted for 52 percent and 54 percent of nonperforming home equity loans at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and accounted for 55 percent and 60 percent of net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 65 percent for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.
(5) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans.

The following discussion presents the home equity portfolio excluding the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio.

Nonperforming outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio increased $1.8 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 due to the reclassification to nonperforming of junior-lien loans less than 90 days past due that have a senior-lien loan that is 90 days or more past due which resulted in a $1.4 billion increase as of September 30, 2012, and the reclassification to nonperforming of $483 million related to loans less than 60 days past due that were discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy, in both cases pursuant to new regulatory guidance.

These additions to nonperforming loans were partially offset by the $435 million of loans forgiven related to the National Mortgage Settlement. Excluding the impact of these items, nonperforming loans declined compared to December 31, 2011 as outflows outpaced new inflows which continued to improve due to favorable delinquency trends in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. At September 30, 2012, on $2.0 billion, or 46 percent of nonperforming home equity loans, the borrowers were current on contractual payments and $1.2 billion, or 28 percent of nonperforming home equity loans, were 180 days or more past due and had been written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Outstanding balances accruing past due 30 days or more decreased $510 million at September 30, 2012 driven in part by the reclassification of junior-lien home equity loans to nonperforming in accordance with regulatory interagency guidance. For more information on the changes as a result of regulatory guidance and the National Mortgage Settlement, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.


98

Table of Contents

In some cases, the junior-lien home equity outstanding balance that we hold is performing, but the underlying first-lien is not. For outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio in which we service the first-lien loan, we are able to track whether the first-lien loan is in default. For loans in which the first-lien is serviced by a third party, we utilize credit bureau data to estimate the delinquency status of the first-lien. Given that the credit bureau database we use does not include a property address for the mortgages, we are unable to identify with certainty whether a reported delinquent first-lien mortgage pertains to the same property for which we hold a junior-lien loan. At September 30, 2012, we estimate that $2.5 billion of current and $554 million of 30 to 89 days past due junior-lien loans were behind a delinquent first-lien loan. We service the first-lien loans on $1.1 billion of these combined amounts, with the remaining $2.0 billion serviced by third parties. Of the $3.1 billion current to 89 days past due junior-lien loans, based on available credit bureau data and our own internal servicing data, we estimate that approximately $1.4 billion had first-lien loans that were 90 days or more past due.

Net charge-offs increased $529 million to $1.6 billion, or 6.13 percent of the total average home equity portfolio, for the three months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1.1 billion, or 3.70 percent, for the same period in the prior year primarily driven by $435 million in net charge-offs associated with the National Mortgage Settlement and $424 million in net charge-offs related to loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that were written down to the underlying collateral value due to new regulatory guidance. These items were partially offset by favorable portfolio trends due in part to improvement in the U.S. economy. Net charge-offs remained relatively unchanged at $3.5 billion, or 4.29 percent of the total average home equity portfolio, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 3.94 percent, for the same period in the prior year primarily due to the same factors noted above. Net charge-off ratios were further impacted by lower outstanding balances primarily as a result of paydowns and charge-offs outpacing new originations and draws on existing lines.

There are certain characteristics of the outstanding loan balances in the home equity portfolio that have contributed to higher losses including those loans with a high refreshed combined loan-to-value (CLTV), loans that were originated at the peak of home prices in 2006 and 2007, and loans in geographic areas that have experienced the most significant declines in home prices. Home price declines coupled with the fact that most home equity outstandings are secured by second-lien positions have significantly reduced and, in some cases, eliminated all collateral value after consideration of the first-lien position. Although the disclosures in this section address each of these risk characteristics separately, there is significant overlap in outstanding balances with these characteristics, which has contributed to a disproportionate share of losses in the portfolio. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with all of these higher risk characteristics comprised nine percent and 10 percent of the total home equity portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and accounted for 25 percent of the home equity net charge-offs for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 30 percent and 28 percent for the same periods in 2011.

Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent refreshed CLTVs comprised 11 percent of the home equity portfolio at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Outstanding balances with refreshed CLTVs greater than 100 percent comprised 31 percent and 32 percent of the home equity portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent reflect loans where the carrying value and available line of credit of the combined loans are equal to or greater than the most recent valuation of the property securing the loan. Depending on the value of the property, there may be collateral in excess of the first-lien that is available to reduce the severity of loss on the second-lien. Home price deterioration over the past several years has contributed to an increase in CLTV ratios. Of those outstanding balances with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent, 95 percent of the customers were current at September 30, 2012. For second-lien loans with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent that are current, 92 percent were also current on the underlying first-lien loans at September 30, 2012. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented eight percent and nine percent of the home equity portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Of the $102.6 billion and $112.7 billion in total home equity portfolio outstandings at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 79 percent and 78 percent were interest-only loans, almost all of which were HELOCs. The outstanding balance of HELOCs that have entered the amortization period was $1.9 billion, or two percent of total HELOCs, at September 30, 2012. The HELOCs that have entered the amortization period have experienced a higher percentage of early stage delinquencies and nonperforming status when compared to the HELOC portfolio as a whole. As of September 30, 2012, $68 million, or three percent of outstanding HELOCs that had entered the amortization period were accruing past due 30 days or more compared to $1.0 billion, or one percent of outstanding accruing past due 30 days or more for the entire HELOC portfolio. In addition, at September 30, 2012, $145 million, or seven percent of outstanding HELOCs that had entered the amortization period were nonperforming compared to $3.7 billion, or four percent of outstandings that were nonperforming for the entire HELOC portfolio. Loans in our HELOC portfolio generally have an initial draw period of 10 years and more than 85 percent of these loans will not be required to make a fully-amortizing payment until 2015 or later.

Although we do not actively track how many of our home equity customers pay only the minimum amount due on their home equity loans and lines, we can infer some of this information through a review of our HELOC portfolio that we service and that is still in its revolving period (i.e., customers may draw on and repay their line of credit, but are generally only required to pay interest on a monthly basis). During the three months ended September 30, 2012, approximately 64 percent of these customers did not pay any principal on their HELOCs.


99

Table of Contents

Table 36 presents outstandings, nonperforming balances and net charge-offs by certain state concentrations for the home equity portfolio. In the New York area, the New York-Northern New Jersey-Long Island MSA made up 11 percent of the outstanding home equity portfolio at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. This MSA comprised eight percent of net charge-offs for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and six percent and seven percent of net charge-offs for the same periods in 2011. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana MSA within California made up 12 percent of the outstanding home equity portfolio at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. This MSA comprised 11 percent of net charge-offs for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 11 percent for both the same periods in 2011.

For information on representations and warranties related to our home equity portfolio, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 58 and Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 36
 
 
 
 
Home Equity State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Net Charge-offs
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
   2012 (1)
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
    2012 (1)
 
2011
 
    2012 (1)
 
2011
California
$
29,576

 
$
32,398

 
$
1,143

 
$
627

 
$
522

 
$
387

 
$
1,101

 
$
1,164

Florida (2)
12,234

 
13,450

 
701

 
411

 
199

 
201

 
486

 
687

New Jersey (2)
6,945

 
7,483

 
306

 
175

 
93

 
38

 
170

 
128

New York (2)
6,890

 
7,423

 
406

 
242

 
86

 
45

 
181

 
155

Massachusetts
4,528

 
4,919

 
138

 
67

 
41

 
17

 
76

 
59

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
42,378

 
47,048

 
1,581

 
931

 
680

 
404

 
1,456

 
1,341

Home equity loans (3)
$
102,551

 
$
112,721

 
$
4,275

 
$
2,453

 
$
1,621

 
$
1,092

 
$
3,470

 
$
3,534

Countrywide purchased credit-impaired home equity portfolio
9,709

 
11,978

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total home equity loan portfolio
$
112,260

 
$
124,699

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Nonperforming loans and net charge-offs include the impacts of the National Mortgage Settlement and guidance issued by regulatory agencies. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(2) 
In these states, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial states).
(3) 
Amount excludes the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio.

Discontinued Real Estate

The discontinued real estate portfolio, excluding $1.0 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option, totaled $9.9 billion at September 30, 2012 and consists of pay option and subprime loans acquired in the Countrywide acquisition. Upon acquisition, the majority of the discontinued real estate portfolio was considered credit-impaired and written down to fair value. At September 30, 2012, the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio was $8.8 billion, or 89 percent of the total discontinued real estate portfolio. This portfolio is included in All Other and is managed as part of our overall ALM activities. See Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 101 for more information on the discontinued real estate portfolio.

At September 30, 2012, the purchased discontinued real estate portfolio that was not credit-impaired upon acquisition was $1.1 billion. Loans with greater than 90 percent refreshed LTVs and CLTVs comprised 31 percent of the portfolio and those with refreshed FICO scores below 620 represented 42 percent of the portfolio. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana MSA within California made up 16 percent of outstanding discontinued real estate loans at September 30, 2012.

Pay option adjustable-rate mortgages (ARMs), which are included in the discontinued real estate portfolio, have interest rates that adjust monthly and minimum required payments that adjust annually, subject to resetting if minimum payments are made and deferred interest limits are reached. Annual payment adjustments are subject to a 7.5 percent maximum change. To ensure that contractual loan payments are adequate to repay a loan, the fully-amortizing loan payment amount is re-established after the initial five- or 10-year period and again every five years thereafter. These payment adjustments are not subject to the 7.5 percent limit and may be substantial due to changes in interest rates and the addition of unpaid interest to the loan balance. Payment advantage ARMs have interest rates that are fixed for an initial period of five years. Payments are subject to reset if the minimum payments are made and deferred interest limits are reached. If interest deferrals cause a loan’s principal balance to reach a certain level within the first 10 years of the life of the loan, the payment is reset to the interest-only payment; then at the 10-year point, the fully-amortizing payment is required.

100

Table of Contents

The difference between the frequency of changes in a loan’s interest rates and payments along with a limitation on changes in the minimum monthly payments of 7.5 percent per year can result in payments that are not sufficient to pay all of the monthly interest charges (i.e., negative amortization). Unpaid interest is added to the loan balance until the loan balance increases to a specified limit, which can be no more than 115 percent of the original loan amount, at which time a new monthly payment amount adequate to repay the loan over its remaining contractual life is established.

At September 30, 2012, the unpaid principal balance of pay option loans was $9.9 billion, with a carrying amount of $8.8 billion, including $8.0 billion of loans that were credit-impaired upon acquisition, and accordingly, the reserve is based on a life-of-loan loss estimate. The total unpaid principal balance of pay option loans with accumulated negative amortization was $7.1 billion including $521 million of negative amortization. For those borrowers who are making payments in accordance with their contractual terms, 17 percent and 22 percent at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 elected to make only the minimum payment on option ARMs. We believe the majority of borrowers are now making scheduled payments primarily because the low rate environment has caused the fully indexed rates to be affordable to more borrowers. We continue to evaluate our exposure to payment resets on the acquired negative-amortizing loans including the Countrywide PCI pay option loan portfolio and have taken into consideration several assumptions regarding this evaluation including prepayment and default rates. Of the loans in the pay option portfolio at September 30, 2012 that have not already experienced a payment reset, one percent are expected to reset during the remainder of 2012 and 22 percent thereafter. In addition, eight percent are expected to prepay and 69 percent are expected to default prior to being reset, most of which were severely delinquent as of September 30, 2012.

Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio

Loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at purchase that we will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are accounted for under the accounting guidance for PCI loans, which addresses accounting for differences between contractual and expected cash flows to be collected from the purchaser’s initial investment in loans if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the acquisition date may include statistics such as past due status, refreshed FICO scores and refreshed LTVs. PCI loans are recorded at fair value upon acquisition and the applicable accounting guidance prohibits carrying over or recording a valuation allowance in the initial accounting.

Table 37 presents the unpaid principal balance, carrying value, related valuation allowance and the net carrying value as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance for the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 37
Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio
 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Valuation
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value Net of
Valuation
Allowance
 
Percent of Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Residential mortgage
$
9,331

 
$
9,336

 
$
1,616

 
$
7,720

 
82.73
%
Home equity
9,651

 
9,709

 
3,495

 
6,214

 
64.39

Discontinued real estate
9,820

 
8,803

 
1,970

 
6,833

 
69.58

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio
$
28,802

 
$
27,848

 
$
7,081

 
$
20,767

 
72.10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgage
$
10,426

 
$
9,966

 
$
1,331

 
$
8,635

 
82.82
%
Home equity
12,516

 
11,978

 
5,129

 
6,849

 
54.72

Discontinued real estate
11,891

 
9,857

 
1,999

 
7,858

 
66.08

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio
$
34,833

 
$
31,801

 
$
8,459

 
$
23,342

 
67.01


The total Countrywide PCI unpaid principal balance decreased $6.0 billion, or 17 percent, to $28.8 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $34.8 billion at December 31, 2011 primarily driven by liquidations, paydowns and payoffs. In addition, the decline for the three months ended September 30, 2012 includes loans with an unpaid principal balance of $1.8 billion within the home equity portfolio that were forgiven in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement of which 91 percent were 180 days or more past due. For more information on the National Mortgage Settlement, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.


101

Table of Contents

Of the unpaid principal balance of $28.8 billion at September 30, 2012, $9.1 billion was 180 days or more past due, including $7.3 billion of first-lien and $1.8 billion of home equity loans. Of the $19.7 billion that was less than 180 days past due, $17.4 billion, or 88 percent of the total unpaid principal balance, was current based on the contractual terms while $1.4 billion, or seven percent, was in early stage delinquency. The home equity 180 days or more past due balances declined $1.9 billion, or 51 percent, during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, due primarily to the loans forgiven as discussed above.

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded a $166 million provision benefit for the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio due to our updated home price outlook and included a benefit of $101 million for home equity loans, a $9 million benefit for residential mortgage and a $56 million benefit for discontinued real estate. This compared to no recorded provision for credit losses during the three months ended September 30, 2011. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded $327 million of provision for credit losses for the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio including $77 million for residential mortgage, $83 million for home equity loans and $167 million for discontinued real estate. This compared to a total provision for credit losses of $2.0 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Provision for credit losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily driven by a downward refinement of our home price outlook during the first quarter of 2012.

The Countrywide PCI allowance declined $1.4 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as the additional provision for credit losses of $327 million was more than offset by a $1.7 billion reduction in the Countrywide PCI home equity allowance primarily due to forgiveness of $1.6 billion of fully reserved home equity loans in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement. For further information on the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Additional information on the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage, home equity and discontinued real estate loan portfolios is provided in the following sections.

Purchased Credit-impaired Residential Mortgage Loan Portfolio

The Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio comprised 34 percent of the total Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at September 30, 2012. Those loans to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 39 percent of the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio at September 30, 2012. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 90 percent represented 62 percent of the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, and 84 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at September 30, 2012. Those loans that were originally classified as Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loans upon acquisition and have been subsequently modified are now included in Countrywide PCI residential mortgage outstandings. Table 38 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation allowance, by certain state concentrations.

Table 38
Outstanding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Residential Mortgage State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
California
$
5,060

 
$
5,509

Florida (1)
754

 
779

Virginia
501

 
535

Maryland
254

 
262

Texas
115

 
130

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
2,652

 
2,751

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired residential mortgage loan portfolio
$
9,336

 
$
9,966

(1) 
In this state, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial state).


102

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Home Equity Portfolio

The Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio comprised 35 percent of the total Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at September 30, 2012. Those loans with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 29 percent of the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio at September 30, 2012. Loans with a refreshed CLTV greater than 90 percent represented 77 percent of the Countrywide PCI home equity portfolio after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, and 80 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at September 30, 2012. Table 39 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation allowance, by certain state concentrations.

Table 39
Outstanding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Home Equity State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
California
$
3,192

 
$
4,051

Florida (1)
622

 
840

Virginia
403

 
467

Arizona
344

 
422

Colorado
283

 
335

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
4,865

 
5,863

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired home equity portfolio
$
9,709

 
$
11,978

(1) 
In this state, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial state).

Purchased Credit-impaired Discontinued Real Estate Loan Portfolio

The Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loan portfolio comprised 31 percent of the total Countrywide PCI loan portfolio at September 30, 2012. Those loans to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 63 percent of the Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loan portfolio at September 30, 2012. Loans with a refreshed LTV, or CLTV in the case of second-liens, greater than 90 percent represented 42 percent of the Countrywide PCI discontinued real estate loan portfolio after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, and 84 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at September 30, 2012. Those loans that were originally classified as discontinued real estate loans upon acquisition and have been subsequently modified are now excluded from this portfolio and included in the Countrywide PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio, but remain in the PCI loan pool. Table 40 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation adjustment, by certain state concentrations.

Table 40
Outstanding Countrywide Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Discontinued Real Estate State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
California
$
4,536

 
$
5,285

Florida (1)
1,072

 
1,041

Washington
286

 
311

Virginia
233

 
273

Arizona
205

 
241

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
2,471

 
2,706

Total Countrywide purchased credit-impaired discontinued real estate loan portfolio
$
8,803

 
$
9,857

(1) 
In this state, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial state).


103

Table of Contents

U.S. Credit Card

The U.S. credit card portfolio is managed in CBB. Outstandings in the U.S. credit card portfolio decreased $9.1 billion compared to December 31, 2011 due to a seasonal decline in retail transaction volume and portfolio sales. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, net charge-offs decreased $560 million to $1.1 billion and $2.2 billion to $3.7 billion compared to the same periods in the prior year due to improvements in delinquencies and bankruptcies as a result of an improved economic environment, account management on higher risk accounts and the impact of higher credit quality originations. U.S. credit card loans 30 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $968 million while loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $599 million compared to December 31, 2011 due to improvement in the U.S. economy. Table 41 presents certain key credit statistics for the consumer U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 41
U.S. Credit Card – Key Credit Statistics
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
$
93,162

 
$
102,291

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
2,855

 
3,823

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
1,471

 
2,070

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-offs
$
1,079

 
$
1,639

 
$
3,654

 
$
5,844

Net charge-off ratios (1)
4.60
%
 
6.28
%
 
5.11
%
 
7.33
%
(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans.

Unused lines of credit for U.S. credit card totaled $345.7 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $368.1 billion at December 31, 2011. The $22.4 billion decrease was driven by closure of inactive accounts and account management initiatives on higher risk accounts.

Table 42 presents certain state concentrations for the U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 42
 
 
 
 
U.S. Credit Card State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Accruing Past Due
90 Days or More
 
Net Charge-offs
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
California
$
13,892

 
$
15,246

 
$
243

 
$
352

 
$
196

 
$
310

 
$
666

 
$
1,132

Florida
7,315

 
7,999

 
151

 
221

 
115

 
184

 
405

 
680

Texas
6,343

 
6,885

 
95

 
131

 
68

 
96

 
228

 
345

New York
5,640

 
6,156

 
91

 
126

 
66

 
91

 
215

 
322

New Jersey
3,850

 
4,183

 
62

 
86

 
44

 
64

 
146

 
221

Other U.S.
56,122

 
61,822

 
829

 
1,154

 
590

 
894

 
1,994

 
3,144

Total U.S. credit card portfolio
$
93,162

 
$
102,291

 
$
1,471

 
$
2,070

 
$
1,079

 
$
1,639

 
$
3,654

 
$
5,844



104

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Credit Card

Outstandings in the non-U.S. credit card portfolio, which are recorded in All Other, decreased $1.1 billion compared to December 31, 2011 due to lower origination volume and charge-offs. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, net charge-offs decreased $250 million to $124 million, and $743 million to $462 million compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to the sale of the Canadian consumer credit card portfolio and improvement in delinquencies.

Unused lines of credit for non-U.S. credit card totaled $36.6 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $36.8 billion at December 31, 2011. The $231 million decrease was driven by a decline in the number of outstanding accounts primarily offset by strengthening of the British Pound against the U.S. dollar.

Table 43 presents certain key credit statistics for the non-U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 43
Non-U.S. Credit Card – Key Credit Statistics
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
$
13,320

 
$
14,418

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
428

 
610

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
224

 
342

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net charge-offs
$
124

 
$
374

 
$
462

 
$
1,205

Net charge-off ratios (1)
3.70
%
 
5.83
%
 
4.50
%
 
6.02
%
(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans.

Direct/Indirect Consumer

At September 30, 2012, approximately 44 percent of the direct/indirect portfolio was included in Global Banking (dealer financial services - automotive, marine, aircraft and recreational vehicle loans), 43 percent was included in GWIM (principally other non-real estate-secured, unsecured personal loans and securities-based lending margin loans), seven percent was included in CBB (consumer personal loans) and the remainder was in All Other (student loans).

Outstanding loans and leases decreased $7.3 billion compared to December 31, 2011 due to run-off of an auto loan portfolio, an auto loan sale and securitization within the dealer financial services portfolio, and lower outstandings in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio partially offset by growth in securities-based lending. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, net charge-offs decreased $140 million to $161 million, and $624 million to $568 million, or 0.78 percent and 0.89 percent of total average direct/indirect loans compared to 1.32 percent and 1.77 percent for the same periods in the prior year. These decreases were primarily driven by improvements in delinquencies, collections and bankruptcies in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio as a result of an improved economic environment as well as reduced outstandings.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, net charge-offs in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio decreased $114 million to $108 million, and $515 million to $399 million, or 7.25 percent and 7.90 percent of total average unsecured consumer lending loans compared to 9.36 percent and 11.59 percent for the same periods in the prior year. Direct/indirect loans that were past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest declined $488 million to $1.4 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2011 due to improvements in both the unsecured consumer lending and dealer financial services portfolios.


105

Table of Contents

Table 44 presents certain state concentrations for the direct/indirect consumer loan portfolio.

Table 44
 
 
 
 
Direct/Indirect State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Accruing Past Due
90 Days or More
 
Net Charge-offs
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
California
$
10,557

 
$
11,152

 
$
53

 
$
81

 
$
21

 
$
44

 
$
77

 
$
180

Texas
7,067

 
7,882

 
40

 
54

 
13

 
23

 
46

 
93

Florida
6,912

 
7,456

 
36

 
55

 
17

 
32

 
61

 
116

New York
4,920

 
5,160

 
27

 
40

 
10

 
15

 
36

 
64

New Jersey
2,551

 
2,786

 
18

 
25

 
5

 
10

 
21

 
41

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
50,397

 
55,277

 
401

 
491

 
95

 
177

 
327

 
698

Total direct/indirect loan portfolio
$
82,404

 
$
89,713

 
$
575

 
$
746

 
$
161

 
$
301

 
$
568

 
$
1,192


Other Consumer

At September 30, 2012, approximately 94 percent of the $2.7 billion other consumer portfolio was associated with certain consumer finance businesses that we previously exited and non-U.S. consumer loan portfolios that are included in All Other. The remainder is primarily deposit overdrafts included in CBB.

Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option

Outstanding consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were $1.2 billion at September 30, 2012 and include $1.0 billion of discontinued real estate loans and $160 million of residential mortgage loans in consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs). During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded gains of $30 million and $41 million resulting from changes in the fair value of the loan portfolio. These were offset by losses recorded on the related long-term debt during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity

Table 45 presents nonperforming consumer loans and foreclosed properties activity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Nonperforming LHFS are excluded from nonperforming loans as they are recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. Nonperforming loans do not include past due consumer credit card loans and in general, past due consumer loans not secured by real estate as these loans are generally charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. The fully-insured loan portfolio is not reported as nonperforming as principal repayment is insured. Additionally, nonperforming loans do not include the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio or loans accounted for under the fair value option. For further information on nonperforming loans, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Nonperforming loans increased $632 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012 due primarily to the reclassification to nonperforming of $1.1 billion loans less than 60 days past due that were discharged as a result of new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy, partially offset by the $435 million of nonperforming loans forgiven in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement. Excluding the impact of these items, nonperforming loans declined during the three months ended September 30, 2012 as outflows outpaced new inflows. Nonperforming loans increased $985 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 due to the reclassification to nonperforming of $1.9 billion of junior-lien loans less than 90 days past due that have a senior-lien loan that is 90 days or more past due and the reclassification to nonperforming of $1.1 billion of loans less than 60 days past due that were discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy as a result of new regulatory guidance. These additions to nonperforming loans were partially offset by $435 million of nonperforming loans forgiven in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement. Excluding the impact of these items, nonperforming loans declined compared to December 31, 2011 as outflows outpaced new inflows which continued to improve due to favorable delinquency trends in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. For more information on the impacts related to the National Mortgage Settlement and guidance issued by regulatory agencies, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.


106

Table of Contents

The outstanding balance of a real estate-secured loan that is in excess of the estimated property value, after reducing the estimated property value for estimated costs to sell, is charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due unless repayment of the loan is fully insured. At September 30, 2012, $11.7 billion, or 57 percent of nonperforming consumer real estate loans and foreclosed properties had been written down to their estimated property value less estimated costs to sell, including $10.9 billion of nonperforming loans 180 days or more past due and $799 million of foreclosed properties.

Foreclosed properties decreased $309 million and $1.2 billion during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 as liquidations outpaced additions. PCI loans are excluded from nonperforming loans as these loans were written down to fair value at the acquisition date; however, once the underlying real estate is acquired by the Corporation upon foreclosure of the delinquent PCI loan, it is included in foreclosed properties. Countrywide PCI related foreclosed properties decreased $87 million and $311 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. Not included in foreclosed properties at September 30, 2012 was $2.4 billion of real estate that was acquired upon foreclosure of delinquent FHA-insured loans. We hold this real estate on our balance sheet until we convey these properties to the FHA. We exclude these amounts from our nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties activity as we will be reimbursed once the property is conveyed to the FHA for principal and, up to certain limits, costs incurred during the foreclosure process and interest incurred during the holding period. For additional information on the review of our foreclosure processes, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing Matters and Foreclosure Processes on page 67.


107

Table of Contents

Restructured Loans

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in TDRs where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from the Corporation’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructuring and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months. Nonperforming TDRs, excluding those modified loans in the Countrywide PCI loan portfolio, are included in Table 45.

Table 45
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Consumer Loans and Foreclosed Properties Activity (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Nonperforming loans, beginning of period
$
19,121

 
$
19,478

 
$
18,768

 
$
20,854

Additions to nonperforming loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonperforming loans
3,306

 
4,036

 
9,873

 
11,966

Impact of change in treatment of loans discharged in bankruptcies (2)
1,050

 
n/a

 
1,050

 
n/a

Impact of regulatory interagency guidance (3)
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,853

 
n/a

Reductions to nonperforming loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paydowns and payoffs
(822
)
 
(944
)
 
(2,833
)
 
(2,515
)
Returns to performing status (4)
(943
)
 
(1,072
)
 
(3,127
)
 
(3,723
)
Charge-offs (5)
(1,827
)
 
(1,972
)
 
(5,105
)
 
(6,262
)
Transfers to foreclosed properties (6)
(132
)
 
(379
)
 
(726
)
 
(1,173
)
Total net additions (reductions) to nonperforming loans
632

 
(331
)
 
985

 
(1,707
)
Total nonperforming loans, September 30 (7)
19,753

 
19,147

 
19,753

 
19,147

Foreclosed properties, beginning of period (8)
1,108

 
1,797

 
1,991

 
1,249

Additions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New foreclosed properties (6)
206

 
635

 
943

 
2,171

Reductions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
(485
)
 
(469
)
 
(1,969
)
 
(1,344
)
Write-downs
(30
)
 
(71
)
 
(166
)
 
(184
)
Total net additions (reductions) to foreclosed properties
(309
)
 
95

 
(1,192
)
 
643

Total foreclosed properties, September 30
799

 
1,892

 
799

 
1,892

Nonperforming consumer loans and foreclosed properties, September 30
$
20,552

 
$
21,039

 
$
20,552

 
$
21,039

Nonperforming consumer loans as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans (9)
3.52
%
 
3.10
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming consumer loans and foreclosed properties as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans and foreclosed properties (9)
3.66

 
3.39

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Balances do not include nonperforming LHFS of $639 million and $724 million and nonaccruing TDRs removed from the Countrywide PCI portfolio prior to January 1, 2010 of $540 million and $474 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011 as well as loans accruing past due 90 days or more as presented in Table 30 and Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
During the third quarter of 2012, we added $1.1 billion to nonperforming loans as a result of new regulatory guidance on Chapter 7 bankruptcy. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.
(3) 
As a result of the regulatory interagency guidance, we reclassified $1.9 billion of performing home equity loans to nonperforming during the first quarter of 2012. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86.
(4) 
Consumer loans may be returned to performing status when all principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected, or when the loan otherwise becomes well-secured and is in the process of collection.
(5) 
Our policy is not to classify consumer credit card and consumer loans not secured by real estate as nonperforming; therefore, the charge-offs on these loans have no impact on nonperforming activity and accordingly are excluded from this table.
(6) 
New foreclosed properties represents transfers of nonperforming loans to foreclosed properties net of charge-offs taken during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties. New foreclosed properties also includes properties obtained upon foreclosure of delinquent PCI loans, properties repurchased due to representations and warranties exposure and properties acquired with newly consolidated subsidiaries.
(7) 
At September 30, 2012, 55 percent of nonperforming loans were 180 days or more past due and were written down through charge-offs to 62 percent of their unpaid principal balance.
(8) 
Foreclosed property balances do not include loans that are insured by the FHA and have entered foreclosure of $2.4 billion and $1.4 billion at September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(9) 
Outstanding consumer loans exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option.
n/a = not applicable

108

Table of Contents

Our policy is to record any losses in the value of foreclosed properties as a reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties. Thereafter, all gains and losses in value are recorded in noninterest expense. New foreclosed properties included in Table 45 are net of $30 million and $231 million of charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $85 million and $245 million for the same periods in 2011, recorded during the first 90 days after transfer.

During the third quarter of 2012, new regulatory guidance was issued addressing certain home loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. As a result of this new regulatory guidance, we recognized an additional $3.5 billion of TDRs at September 30, 2012, including $1.1 billion of loans that are current or less than 60 days past due. Of the $3.5 billion of TDRs, approximately 20 percent, 34 percent and 46 percent had been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy in 2012, 2011 and prior years, respectively. For more information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 86 and Table 29.

Table 46 presents TDRs for the home loans portfolio. Performing TDR balances are excluded from nonperforming loans in Table 45.

Table 46
Home Loans Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Total
 
Nonperforming
 
Performing
 
Total
 
Nonperforming
 
Performing
Residential mortgage (1, 2)
$
25,019

 
$
8,130

 
$
16,889

 
$
19,287

 
$
5,034

 
$
14,253

Home equity (3)
2,175

 
1,277

 
898

 
1,776

 
543

 
1,233

Discontinued real estate (4)
382

 
236

 
146

 
399

 
214

 
185

Total home loans troubled debt restructurings
$
27,576

 
$
9,643

 
$
17,933

 
$
21,462

 
$
5,791

 
$
15,671

(1) 
Residential mortgage TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $8.4 billion and $5.3 billion, and included $5.4 billion and $2.2 billion of loans classified as nonperforming and $3.0 billion and $3.1 billion of loans classified as performing at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Residential mortgage performing TDRs included $9.9 billion and $7.0 billion of loans that were fully-insured at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(3) 
Home equity TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $1.4 billion and $824 million, and included $1.0 billion and $282 million of loans classified as nonperforming and $370 million and $542 million of loans classified as performing at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(4) 
Discontinued real estate TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $250 million and $230 million, and included $161 million and $118 million of loans classified as nonperforming and $89 million and $112 million as performing at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

We work with customers that are experiencing financial difficulty by modifying credit card and other consumer loans, while complying with Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) guidelines. Substantially all of our credit card and other consumer loan modifications involve a reduction in the cardholder’s interest rate on the account and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months, both of which are considered to be TDRs (the renegotiated TDR portfolio). We make modifications primarily through internal renegotiation programs utilizing direct customer contact, but may also utilize external renegotiation programs. The renegotiated TDR portfolio is excluded from Table 45 as substantially all of these loans remain on accrual status until either charged off or paid in full. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our renegotiated TDR portfolio was $4.5 billion and $7.1 billion, of which $3.5 billion and $5.5 billion were current or less than 30 days past due under the modified terms. The decline in the renegotiated TDR portfolio was primarily driven by paydowns and charge-offs as well as lower new program enrollments. For more information on the renegotiated TDR portfolio, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


109

Table of Contents

Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management

Commercial credit risk is evaluated and managed with the goal that concentrations of credit exposure do not result in undesirable levels of risk. We review, measure and manage concentrations of credit exposure by industry, product, geography, customer relationship and loan size. We also review, measure and manage commercial real estate loans by geographic location and property type. In addition, within our international portfolio, we evaluate exposures by region and by country. Tables 51, 56, 63 and 64 summarize our concentrations. We also utilize syndications of exposure to third parties, loan sales, hedging and other risk mitigation techniques to manage the size and risk profile of the commercial credit portfolio.

For information on our accounting policies regarding delinquencies, nonperforming status and net charge-offs for the commercial portfolio, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Commercial Credit Portfolio

Table 47 presents our commercial loans and leases, and related credit quality information at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 47
Commercial Loans and Leases
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Accruing Past Due 90
Days or More
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
U.S. commercial
$
192,763

 
$
179,948

 
$
1,609

 
$
2,174

 
$
77

 
$
75

Commercial real estate (1)
37,579

 
39,596

 
2,028

 
3,880

 
9

 
7

Commercial lease financing
22,855

 
21,989

 
33

 
26

 
18

 
14

Non-U.S. commercial
58,503

 
55,418

 
139

 
143

 

 

 
311,700

 
296,951

 
3,809

 
6,223

 
104

 
96

U.S. small business commercial (2)
12,621

 
13,251

 
139

 
114

 
127

 
216

Commercial loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option
324,321

 
310,202

 
3,948

 
6,337

 
231

 
312

Loans accounted for under the fair value option (3)
6,436

 
6,614

 
11

 
73

 

 

Total commercial loans and leases
$
330,757

 
$
316,816

 
$
3,959

 
$
6,410

 
$
231

 
$
312

(1) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $36.0 billion and $37.8 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Includes card-related products.
(3) 
Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option include U.S. commercial loans of $2.0 billion and $2.2 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and non-U.S. commercial loans of $4.4 billion at both period ends. See Note 16 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value option.

Outstanding commercial loans and leases increased $13.9 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, primarily in U.S. commercial due to growth in middle-market regions and certain asset-backed lending products as well as a margin loan refinancing. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, credit quality in the commercial loan portfolio continued to show improvement relative to the prior-year periods. Reservable criticized balances and nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed property balances in the commercial credit portfolio declined during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and were primarily in the commercial real estate and U.S. commercial portfolios. Commercial real estate continued to show improvement in both the residential and non-residential portfolios; however, levels of stressed commercial real estate loans remained elevated. The reduction in reservable criticized U.S. commercial loans was driven by broad-based improvements in terms of clients, industries and businesses. Most other credit indicators across the remaining commercial portfolios also improved. These improvements contributed to a decline of $957 million in the allowance for loan and lease losses from December 31, 2011 to $3.2 billion at September 30, 2012. For more information, see Allowance for Credit Losses on page 130


110

Table of Contents

Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans and leases were 1.20 percent and 2.02 percent (1.22 percent and 2.04 percent excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option) at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Accruing commercial loans and leases past due 90 days or more as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans and leases were 0.07 percent and 0.10 percent at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 48 presents net charge-offs and related ratios for our commercial loans and leases for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Improving portfolio trends drove lower charge-offs across the portfolio.

Table 48
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1)
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
U.S. commercial
$
55

 
$
78

 
$
215

 
$
117

 
0.12
 %
 
0.18
 %
 
0.16
 %
 
0.09
 %
Commercial real estate
91

 
296

 
300

 
747

 
0.97

 
2.73

 
1.06

 
2.19

Commercial lease financing
(12
)
 
(1
)
 
(7
)
 
(8
)
 
(0.22
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.04
)
 
(0.05
)
Non-U.S. commercial
9

 
18

 
11

 
134

 
0.06

 
0.15

 
0.03

 
0.44

 
143

 
391

 
519

 
990

 
0.19

 
0.54

 
0.23

 
0.47

U.S. small business commercial
209

 
220

 
577

 
807

 
6.59

 
6.36

 
5.98

 
7.62

Total commercial
$
352

 
$
611

 
$
1,096

 
$
1,797

 
0.45

 
0.81

 
0.47

 
0.81

(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans and leases excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.


111

Table of Contents

Table 49 presents commercial credit exposure by type for utilized, unfunded and total binding committed credit exposure. Commercial utilized credit exposure includes standby letters of credit (SBLCs) and financial guarantees, bankers’ acceptances and commercial letters of credit for which we are legally bound to advance funds under prescribed conditions, during a specified period. Although funds have not yet been advanced, these exposure types are considered utilized for credit risk management purposes. Total commercial committed credit exposure decreased $12.1 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 driven primarily by decreases in derivative assets and SBLCs and financial guarantees, partially offset by increases in loans and leases.

Total commercial utilized credit exposure decreased $13.1 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 driven primarily by the same factors as total commercial committed as described in the paragraph above. The decrease in derivatives relates primarily to a lower valuation of existing trades due to interest rate decreases. The utilization rate for loans and leases, SBLCs and financial guarantees, commercial letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was 58 percent and 57 percent at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 49
Commercial Credit Exposure by Type
 
Commercial Utilized (1)
 
Commercial Unfunded (2, 3)
 
Total Commercial Committed
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Loans and leases
$
330,757

 
$
316,816

 
$
275,765

 
$
276,195

 
$
606,522

 
$
593,011

Derivative assets (4)
57,865

 
73,023

 

 

 
57,865

 
73,023

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees
44,452

 
55,384

 
1,969

 
1,592

 
46,421

 
56,976

Debt securities and other investments
9,634

 
11,108

 
6,358

 
5,147

 
15,992

 
16,255

Loans held-for-sale
6,612

 
5,006

 
73

 
229

 
6,685

 
5,235

Commercial letters of credit
2,196

 
2,411

 
823

 
832

 
3,019

 
3,243

Bankers’ acceptances
208

 
797

 
2

 
28

 
210

 
825

Foreclosed properties and other (5)
1,717

 
1,964

 

 

 
1,717

 
1,964

Total
$
453,441

 
$
466,509

 
$
284,990

 
$
284,023

 
$
738,431

 
$
750,532

(1) 
Total commercial utilized exposure at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes loans outstanding of $6.4 billion and $6.6 billion and commercial letters of credit with a notional value of $697 million and $1.3 billion accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Total commercial unfunded exposure at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes loan commitments with a notional value of $19.8 billion and $24.4 billion accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
Excludes unused business card lines which are not legally binding.
(4) 
Derivative assets are carried at fair value, reflect the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and have been reduced by cash collateral of $60.0 billion and $58.9 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Not reflected in utilized and committed exposure is additional derivative collateral held of $17.6 billion and $16.1 billion which consists primarily of other marketable securities.
(5) 
Includes $1.3 billion of net monoline exposure at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as discussed in Monoline and Related Exposure on page 121.


112

Table of Contents

Table 50 presents commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure by product type. Criticized exposure corresponds to the Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful asset categories as defined by regulatory authorities. Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased $9.9 billion, or 36 percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, primarily in commercial real estate and U.S. commercial property types driven largely by continued paydowns, rating upgrades, charge-offs and sales outpacing downgrades. Despite the improvements, utilized reservable criticized levels remain elevated, particularly in the U.S. commercial, commercial real estate and U.S. small business commercial portfolios. At September 30, 2012, approximately 84 percent of commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure was secured compared to 85 percent at December 31, 2011.

Table 50
Commercial Utilized Reservable Criticized Exposure
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Amount (1)
 
Percent (2)
 
Amount (1)
 
Percent (2)
U.S. commercial
$
9,109

 
3.94
%
 
$
11,731

 
5.16
%
Commercial real estate
4,922

 
12.35

 
11,525

 
27.13

Commercial lease financing
986

 
4.32

 
1,140

 
5.18

Non-U.S. commercial
1,544

 
2.41

 
1,524

 
2.44

 
16,561

 
4.63

 
25,920

 
7.32

U.S. small business commercial
813

 
6.44

 
1,327

 
10.01

Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure
$
17,374

 
4.69

 
$
27,247

 
7.41

(1) 
Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes loans and leases of $16.0 billion and $25.3 billion and commercial letters of credit of $1.4 billion and $1.9 billion.
(2) 
Percentages are calculated as commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure divided by total commercial utilized reservable exposure for each exposure category.

U.S. Commercial

At September 30, 2012, 66 percent of the U.S. commercial loan portfolio, excluding small business, was managed in Global Banking, 12 percent in Global Markets, 10 percent in CBB and the remainder primarily in GWIM (business-purpose loans for wealthy clients). U.S. commercial loans, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, increased $12.8 billion due to growth in middle-market regions and certain asset-backed lending products as well as a margin loan refinancing. Reservable criticized balances and nonperforming loans and leases declined $2.6 billion and $565 million at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The declines were broad-based in terms of clients and industries and were driven by improved client credit profiles and liquidity. Net charge-offs decreased in the three months ended September 30, 2012 due to improvements in portfolio trends, and increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 due primarily to lower recoveries in 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011.

Commercial Real Estate

The commercial real estate portfolio is predominantly managed in Global Banking and consists of loans made primarily to public and private developers, and commercial real estate firms. Outstanding loans decreased $2.0 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 due to paydowns outpacing new originations and renewals.

The portfolio remained diversified across property types and geographic regions. California represented the largest state concentration at 21 percent and 20 percent of commercial real estate loans and leases at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. For more information on geographic and property concentrations, see Table 51.

Credit quality for commercial real estate continued to show signs of improvement; however, the recovery is generally slow across commercial real estate markets, with the recovery varying by property type and market. Nonperforming commercial real estate loans and foreclosed properties decreased 45 percent compared to December 31, 2011, primarily in the office, industrial/warehouse, shopping centers/retail and multi-use property types within the non-residential portfolio. Reservable criticized balances decreased $6.6 billion primarily due to declines in the non-residential portfolio. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, net charge-offs decreased $205 million and $447 million compared to the same periods in 2011 due to improvement in both the residential and non-residential portfolios.


113

Table of Contents

Table 51 presents outstanding commercial real estate loans by geographic region, based on the geographic location of the collateral, and by property type. Commercial real estate primarily includes commercial loans and leases secured by non-owner-occupied real estate which is dependent on the sale or lease of the real estate as the primary source of repayment.

Table 51
Outstanding Commercial Real Estate Loans
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
By Geographic Region
 
 
 
California
$
7,912

 
$
7,957

Northeast
6,669

 
6,554

Southwest
4,929

 
5,243

Southeast
4,562

 
4,844

Midwest
3,785

 
4,051

Florida
2,161

 
2,502

Midsouth
1,740

 
1,751

Illinois
1,645

 
1,871

Northwest
1,567

 
1,574

Non-U.S.
1,565

 
1,824

Other (1)
1,044

 
1,425

Total outstanding commercial real estate loans
$
37,579

 
$
39,596

By Property Type
 
 
 
Non-residential
 
 
 
Office
$
7,912

 
$
7,571

Shopping centers/retail
5,696

 
5,985

Multi-family rental
5,542

 
6,105

Industrial/warehouse
3,567

 
3,988

Hotels/motels
3,160

 
2,653

Multi-use
2,266

 
3,218

Land and land development
1,315

 
1,599

Other
6,343

 
6,050

Total non-residential
35,801

 
37,169

Residential
1,778

 
2,427

Total outstanding commercial real estate loans
$
37,579

 
$
39,596

(1) 
Includes unsecured outstandings to real estate investment trusts and national home builders whose portfolios of properties span multiple geographic regions and properties in the states of Colorado, Utah, Hawaii, Wyoming and Montana.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, we continued to see improvements in both the residential and non-residential portfolios; however, certain portions of the non-residential portfolio remain at risk as occupancy rates, rental rates and commercial property prices remain under pressure. We use a number of proactive risk mitigation initiatives to reduce utilized and potential exposure in the commercial real estate portfolios including ongoing refinement of our credit standards, additional transfers of deteriorating exposures to management by independent special asset officers and the pursuit of loan restructurings or asset sales to achieve the best results for our customers and the Corporation.


114

Table of Contents

Tables 52 and 53 present commercial real estate credit quality data by non-residential and residential property types. The residential portfolio presented in Tables 51, 52 and 53 includes condominiums and other residential real estate. Other property types in Tables 51, 52 and 53 primarily include special purpose, nursing/retirement homes, medical facilities and restaurants, as well as unsecured loans to borrowers whose primary business is commercial real estate.

Table 52
Commercial Real Estate Credit Quality Data
 
Nonperforming Loans and
Foreclosed Properties (1)
 
Utilized Reservable
Criticized Exposure (2)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Non-residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office
$
380

 
$
807

 
$
968

 
$
2,375

Shopping centers/retail
323

 
561

 
685

 
1,378

Multi-family rental
203

 
339

 
457

 
1,604

Industrial/warehouse
242

 
521

 
419

 
1,317

Hotels/motels
117

 
173

 
282

 
716

Multi-use
207

 
345

 
530

 
971

Land and land development
394

 
530

 
477

 
749

Other
101

 
223

 
391

 
997

Total non-residential
1,967

 
3,499

 
4,209

 
10,107

Residential
486

 
993

 
713

 
1,418

Total commercial real estate
$
2,453

 
$
4,492

 
$
4,922

 
$
11,525

(1) 
Includes commercial foreclosed properties of $425 million and $612 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Includes loans, SBLCs and bankers’ acceptances and excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Table 53
 
 
 
 
Commercial Real Estate Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1)
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Non-residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office
$
13

 
$
78

 
$
112

 
$
102

 
0.68
%
 
3.88
 %
 
2.02
 %
 
1.60
%
Shopping centers/retail
14

 
52

 
43

 
162

 
0.99

 
3.14

 
1.01

 
3.11

Multi-family rental
1

 
(1
)
 
13

 
28

 
0.08

 
(0.07
)
 
0.31

 
0.53

Industrial/warehouse
15

 
44

 
39

 
70

 
1.68

 
3.90

 
1.38

 
1.98

Hotels/motels
5

 
10

 
8

 
21

 
0.59

 
1.42

 
0.36

 
1.05

Multi-use
9

 
29

 
48

 
51

 
1.42

 
3.17

 
2.26

 
1.75

Land and land development
16

 
37

 
(58
)
 
129

 
4.83

 
7.70

 
(5.56
)
 
8.16

Other
11

 
15

 
20

 
13

 
0.71

 
1.00

 
0.41

 
0.27

Total non-residential
84

 
264

 
225

 
576

 
0.94

 
2.61

 
0.84

 
1.82

Residential
7

 
32

 
75

 
171

 
1.54

 
4.40

 
4.87

 
6.67

Total commercial real estate
$
91

 
$
296

 
$
300

 
$
747

 
0.97

 
2.73

 
1.06

 
2.19

(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.


115

Table of Contents

At September 30, 2012, total committed non-residential exposure was $53.5 billion compared to $53.1 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $35.8 billion and $37.2 billion were funded secured loans. Non-residential nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties were $2.0 billion and $3.5 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, which represented 5.44 percent and 9.29 percent of total non-residential loans and foreclosed properties. The decline in nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties in the non-residential portfolio was driven by decreases in the office, industrial/warehouse, shopping centers/retail and multi-use property types. Non-residential utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased to $4.2 billion, or 11.08 percent of non-residential utilized reservable exposure, at September 30, 2012 compared to $10.1 billion, or 25.34 percent, at December 31, 2011 primarily driven by repayments and net charge-offs. The decrease in reservable criticized exposure was driven primarily by office, multi-family rental, industrial/warehouse and shopping centers/retail property types in the non-residential portfolio. For the non-residential portfolio, net charge-offs decreased $180 million and $351 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 primarily due to improving appraisal values, improved borrower credit profiles and higher recoveries.

At September 30, 2012, total committed residential exposure was $3.1 billion compared to $3.9 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $1.8 billion and $2.4 billion were funded secured loans. The decline in residential committed exposure was due to repayments, net charge-offs, and continued risk reduction and mitigation initiatives in line with our portfolio strategy. Residential nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties decreased $507 million compared to December 31, 2011 due to repayments, a decline in the volume of loans being downgraded to nonaccrual status and net charge-offs. Residential utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased $705 million to $713 million at September 30, 2012 due to repayments and net charge-offs. The nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties and the utilized reservable criticized ratios for the residential portfolio were 26.18 percent and 38.39 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to 38.89 percent and 54.65 percent at December 31, 2011. Net charge-offs for the residential portfolio decreased $25 million and $96 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the commercial real estate loan portfolio included $7.1 billion and $10.9 billion of funded construction and land development loans that were originated to fund the construction and/or rehabilitation of commercial properties. The decline in construction and land development loans was driven by repayments, net charge-offs and continued risk mitigation initiatives which outpaced new originations. This portfolio is mostly secured and diversified across property types and geographic regions but faces continuing challenges in the housing and rental markets. Reservable criticized construction and land development loans totaled $2.2 billion and $4.9 billion, and nonperforming construction and land development loans and foreclosed properties totaled $1.0 billion and $2.1 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. During a property’s construction phase, interest income is typically paid from interest reserves that are established at the inception of the loan. As construction is completed and the property is put into service, these interest reserves are depleted and interest payments from operating cash flows begin. Loans generally continue to be classified as construction loans until operating cash flows reach appropriate levels or the loans are refinanced. We do not recognize interest income on nonperforming loans regardless of the existence of an interest reserve.

Non-U.S. Commercial

The non-U.S. commercial loan portfolio is managed primarily in Global Banking. Outstanding loans, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, increased $3.1 billion from December 31, 2011 primarily due to growth in certain asset-backed lending products. Net charge-offs decreased $9 million and $123 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. For additional information on the non-U.S. commercial portfolio, see Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 124.


116

Table of Contents

U.S. Small Business Commercial

The U.S. small business commercial loan portfolio is comprised of small business card and small business loans managed in CBB. Card-related products were 46 percent of the U.S. small business commercial portfolio at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. U.S. small business commercial net charge-offs decreased $11 million and $230 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 driven by improvements in delinquencies, collections and bankruptcies resulting from an improved economic environment as well as the reduction of higher risk vintages and the impact of higher credit quality originations. Of the U.S. small business commercial net charge-offs, 46 percent and 57 percent were credit card-related products for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 74 percent for the same periods in 2011.

Commercial Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option

The portfolio of commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option is managed primarily in Global Banking. Outstanding commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option decreased $178 million to an aggregate fair value of $6.4 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to decreased corporate borrowings under bank credit facilities. We recorded net gains of $98 million and $173 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to net losses of $285 million and $220 million for the same periods in 2011 resulting from changes in the fair value of the loan portfolio. These amounts were primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, were recorded in other income (loss) and do not reflect the results of hedging activities.

In addition, unfunded lending commitments and letters of credit accounted for under the fair value option had an aggregate fair value of $635 million and $1.2 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 which was recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities. The associated aggregate notional amount of unfunded lending commitments and letters of credit accounted for under the fair value option was $20.5 billion and $25.7 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. We recorded net gains of $313 million and $605 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to net losses of $559 million and $503 million for the same periods in 2011 resulting from maturities and terminations at par value and changes in the fair value of the loan portfolio. These amounts were primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, were recorded in other income and do not reflect the results of hedging activities.


117

Table of Contents

Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity

Table 54 presents the nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties activity during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Nonperforming commercial loans and leases decreased $2.4 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 to $3.9 billion compared to $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011 driven by paydowns, charge-offs and sales outpacing new nonperforming loans. Approximately 93 percent of commercial nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties are secured and approximately 48 percent are contractually current. Commercial nonperforming loans are carried at approximately 67 percent of their unpaid principal balance before consideration of the allowance for loan and lease losses as the carrying value of these loans has been reduced to the estimated property value less estimated costs to sell.

Table 54
Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity (1, 2)
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Nonperforming loans and leases, beginning of period
$
4,715

 
$
8,105

 
$
6,337

 
$
9,836

Additions to nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonperforming loans and leases
474

 
1,231

 
1,861

 
3,572

Advances
42

 
18

 
80

 
137

Reductions in nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paydowns
(548
)
 
(721
)
 
(1,927
)
 
(2,508
)
Sales
(113
)
 
(554
)
 
(642
)
 
(942
)
Returns to performing status (3)
(262
)
 
(143
)
 
(559
)
 
(825
)
Charge-offs (4)
(221
)
 
(412
)
 
(891
)
 
(1,190
)
Transfers to foreclosed properties (5)
(93
)
 
(205
)
 
(265
)
 
(646
)
Transfers to loans held-for-sale
(46
)
 
(20
)
 
(46
)
 
(135
)
Total net reductions to nonperforming loans and leases
(767
)
 
(806
)
 
(2,389
)
 
(2,537
)
Total nonperforming loans and leases, September 30
3,948

 
7,299

 
3,948

 
7,299

Foreclosed properties, beginning of period
433

 
678

 
612

 
725

Additions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New foreclosed properties (5)
74

 
159

 
201

 
420

Reductions in foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
(76
)
 
(95
)
 
(336
)
 
(366
)
Write-downs
(6
)
 
(21
)
 
(52
)
 
(58
)
Total net additions (reductions) to foreclosed properties
(8
)
 
43

 
(187
)
 
(4
)
Total foreclosed properties, September 30
425

 
721

 
425

 
721

Nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties, September 30
$
4,373

 
$
8,020

 
$
4,373

 
$
8,020

Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans and leases (6)
1.22
%
 
2.41
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
1.35

 
2.64

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Balances do not include nonperforming LHFS of $758 million and $1.1 billion at September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(2) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial activity.
(3) 
Commercial loans and leases may be returned to performing status when all principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected or when the loan otherwise becomes well-secured and is in the process of collection. TDRs are generally classified as performing after a sustained period of demonstrated payment performance.
(4) 
Small business card loans are not classified as nonperforming; therefore, the charge-offs on these loans have no impact on nonperforming activity and accordingly are excluded from this table.
(5) 
New foreclosed properties represents transfers of nonperforming loans to foreclosed properties net of charge-offs recorded during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties.
(6) 
Excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.


118

Table of Contents

Table 55 presents our commercial TDRs by product type and performing status. U.S. small business commercial TDRs are comprised of renegotiated small business card loans and are not classified as nonperforming as they are charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. For additional information on TDRs, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 55
Commercial Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Total
 
Non-performing
 
Performing
 
Total
 
Non-performing
 
Performing
U.S. commercial
$
1,405

 
$
515

 
$
890

 
$
1,329

 
$
531

 
$
798

Commercial real estate
1,528

 
896

 
632

 
1,675

 
1,076

 
599

Non-U.S. commercial
128

 
91

 
37

 
54

 
38

 
16

U.S. small business commercial
240

 

 
240

 
389

 

 
389

Total commercial troubled debt restructurings
$
3,301

 
$
1,502

 
$
1,799

 
$
3,447

 
$
1,645

 
$
1,802


Industry Concentrations

Table 56 presents commercial committed and utilized credit exposure by industry and the total net credit default protection purchased to cover the funded and unfunded portions of certain credit exposures. Our commercial credit exposure is diversified across a broad range of industries. Total committed commercial credit exposure was $738.4 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $750.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease in commercial committed exposure of $12.1 billion was spread among several industries led by government and public education, healthcare equipment and services, and consumer services.

Industry limits are used internally to manage industry concentrations and are based on committed exposures and capital usage that are allocated on an industry-by-industry basis. A risk management framework is in place to set and approve industry limits as well as to provide ongoing monitoring. Management’s Credit Risk Committee (CRC) oversees industry limit governance.

Diversified financials, our largest industry concentration, experienced an increase in committed exposure of $1.7 billion, or two percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily driven by increases in certain asset-backed lending products, partially offset by a decrease in derivative exposure.

Real estate, our second largest industry concentration, experienced a decline in committed exposure of $1.1 billion, or two percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to paydowns and sales which outpaced new originations and renewals. Real estate construction and land development exposure represented 16 percent of the total real estate industry committed exposure at September 30, 2012, down from 20 percent at December 31, 2011. For more information on commercial real estate and related portfolios, see Commercial Real Estate on page 113.

Committed exposure in government and public education decreased $7.2 billion, or 13 percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily driven by decreases in loans and SBLCs. Healthcare equipment and services committed exposure decreased $4.1 billion, or nine percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 with the decrease concentrated in the not-for-profit hospital sector. Consumer services committed exposure decreased $3.6 billion, or nine percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 reflecting lower exposure to education, restaurants, and recreation and amusement. Materials committed exposure increased $3.6 billion, or nine percent, at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to higher exposure in metals mining.


119

Table of Contents

Our committed state and municipal exposure of $39.0 billion at September 30, 2012 consisted of $31.2 billion of commercial utilized exposure (including $16.9 billion of funded loans, $9.8 billion of SBLCs and $4.0 billion of derivative assets) and unfunded commercial exposure of $7.8 billion (primarily unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit) and is reported in the government and public education industry in Table 56. While economic recovery continues to pressure budgets, most state and local governments have implemented offsetting fiscal adjustments and continue to honor debt obligations as agreed. While historical default rates have been low, as part of our overall and ongoing risk management processes, we continually monitor these exposures through a rigorous review process. Additionally, internal communications are regularly circulated to maintain exposure levels and are in compliance with established concentration guidelines.

Table 56
Commercial Credit Exposure by Industry (1)
 
Commercial
Utilized
 
Total Commercial
Committed
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Diversified financials
$
62,783

 
$
64,957

 
$
96,651

 
$
94,969

Real estate (2)
45,495

 
48,138

 
61,447

 
62,566

Government and public education
40,493

 
43,090

 
49,855

 
57,021

Capital goods
23,764

 
24,025

 
48,285

 
48,013

Retailing
27,373

 
25,478

 
46,414

 
46,290

Healthcare equipment and services
28,508

 
31,298

 
44,003

 
48,141

Materials
23,402

 
19,384

 
41,661

 
38,070

Banks
35,740

 
35,231

 
39,637

 
38,735

Energy
16,145

 
15,151

 
35,149

 
32,074

Consumer services
21,855

 
24,445

 
34,893

 
38,498

Food, beverage and tobacco
14,287

 
15,904

 
32,183

 
30,501

Commercial services and supplies
18,089

 
20,089

 
28,878

 
30,831

Utilities
8,186

 
8,102

 
22,844

 
24,552

Media
11,406

 
11,447

 
20,676

 
21,158

Transportation
12,878

 
12,683

 
19,971

 
19,036

Individuals and trusts
13,946

 
14,993

 
17,195

 
19,001

Pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
5,691

 
4,141

 
14,340

 
11,328

Insurance, including monolines
8,384

 
10,090

 
14,024

 
16,157

Technology hardware and equipment
4,725

 
5,247

 
10,838

 
12,173

Software and services
4,550

 
4,304

 
10,410

 
9,579

Telecommunication services
4,024

 
4,297

 
10,018

 
10,424

Religious and social organizations
7,184

 
8,536

 
9,711

 
11,160

Consumer durables and apparel
4,140

 
4,505

 
8,312

 
8,965

Automobiles and components
2,937

 
2,813

 
7,360

 
7,178

Food and staples retailing
3,065

 
3,273

 
6,444

 
6,476

Other
4,391

 
4,888

 
7,232

 
7,636

Total commercial credit exposure by industry
$
453,441

 
$
466,509

 
$
738,431

 
$
750,532

Net credit default protection purchased on total commitments (3)
 
 
 
 
$
(17,164
)
 
$
(19,356
)
(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial exposure.
(2) 
Industries are viewed from a variety of perspectives to best isolate the perceived risks. For purposes of this table, the real estate industry is defined based on the borrowers’ or counterparties’ primary business activity using operating cash flows and primary source of repayment as key factors.
(3) 
Represents net notional credit protection purchased. See Risk Mitigation on page 121 for additional information.


120

Table of Contents

Monoline and Related Exposure

Monoline exposure is reported in the insurance industry and managed under insurance portfolio industry limits. We have indirect exposure to monolines primarily in the form of guarantees supporting our loans, investment portfolios, securitizations and credit-enhanced securities as part of our public finance business and other selected products. Such indirect exposure exists when we purchase credit protection from monolines to hedge all or a portion of the credit risk on certain credit exposures including loans and CDOs. We underwrite our public finance exposure by evaluating the underlying securities.

We also have indirect exposure to monolines in the form of guarantees supporting our mortgage and other loan sales. Indirect exposure may exist when credit protection was purchased from monolines to hedge all or a portion of the credit risk on certain mortgage and other loan exposures. A loss may occur when we are required to repurchase a loan and the market value of the loan has declined, or we are required to indemnify or provide recourse for a guarantor’s loss. For additional information regarding our exposure to representations and warranties, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 58 and Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 57 presents the notional amount of our monoline derivative credit exposure, mark-to-market adjustment and the counterparty credit valuation adjustment.

Table 57
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Credit Exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Notional amount of monoline exposure
 
 
 
 
$
14,186

 
$
21,070

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mark-to-market
 
 
 
 
$
1,116

 
$
1,766

Counterparty credit valuation adjustment (1)
 
 
 
 
(176
)
 
(417
)
Net mark-to-market
 
 
 
 
$
940

 
$
1,349

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Gains (losses) from credit valuation changes
$
44

 
$
(172
)
 
$
175

 
$
(840
)
(1) 
Covered 16 percent and 24 percent of mark-to-market exposure at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The notional amount of monoline exposure at September 30, 2012 decreased $6.9 billion from December 31, 2011 due to terminations, paydowns and maturities of monoline contracts.

We also have indirect exposure to monolines as we invest in securities where the issuers have purchased insurance wraps. For example, municipalities and corporations purchase insurance in order to reduce their cost of borrowing. If the rating agencies downgrade the monolines, the credit rating of the bond may fall and this may have an adverse impact on the market value of the security. In the case of default, we first look to the underlying securities and then to the purchased insurance for recovery. Investments in securities with purchased insurance wraps issued by municipalities and corporations had a notional value of $47 million at September 30, 2012 compared to $150 million at December 31, 2011. The market value of the investment exposure was $10 million at September 30, 2012 compared to $89 million at December 31, 2011.

Risk Mitigation

We purchase credit protection to cover the funded portion as well as the unfunded portion of certain credit exposures. To lower the cost of obtaining our desired credit protection levels, credit exposure may be added within an industry, borrower or counterparty group by selling protection.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, net notional credit default protection purchased in our credit derivatives portfolio to hedge our funded and unfunded exposures for which we elected the fair value option, as well as certain other credit exposures, was $17.2 billion and $19.4 billion. The mark-to-market effects resulted in net losses of $417 million and $786 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to net gains of $623 million and $415 million for the same periods in 2011. The gains and losses related to these instruments are offset by gains and losses on the exposures. Table 58 presents the average Value-at-Risk (VaR) for

121

Table of Contents

these derivatives. See Trading Risk Management on page 135 for a description of our VaR calculation for the market-based trading portfolio.

Table 58
Credit Derivative Value-at-Risk
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Average
$
45

 
$
62

 
$
57

 
$
55

Credit exposure average
81

 
77

 
84

 
62

Combined average (1)
23

 
40

 
23

 
37

(1) 
Reflects the diversification effect between net credit default protection hedging our credit exposure and the related credit exposure.

Tables 59 and 60 present the maturity profiles and the credit exposure debt ratings of the net credit default protection portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 59
Net Credit Default Protection by Maturity Profile
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Less than or equal to one year
15
%
 
16
%
Greater than one year and less than or equal to five years
79

 
77

Greater than five years
6

 
7

Total net credit default protection
100
%
 
100
%

Table 60
Net Credit Default Protection by Credit Exposure Debt Rating
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Ratings (1, 2)
Net
Notional (3)
 
Percent of
Total
 
Net
Notional (3)
 
Percent of
Total
AAA
$
(184
)
 
1.1
 %
 
$
(32
)
 
0.2
%
AA
(837
)
 
4.9

 
(779
)
 
4.0

A
(7,329
)
 
42.7

 
(7,184
)
 
37.1

BBB
(6,407
)
 
37.3

 
(7,436
)
 
38.4

BB
(1,128
)
 
6.6

 
(1,527
)
 
7.9

B
(946
)
 
5.5

 
(1,534
)
 
7.9

CCC and below
(486
)
 
2.8

 
(661
)
 
3.4

NR (4)
153

 
(0.9
)
 
(203
)
 
1.1

Total net credit default protection
$
(17,164
)
 
100.0
 %
 
$
(19,356
)
 
100.0
%
(1) 
Ratings are refreshed on a quarterly basis.
(2) 
Ratings of BBB- or higher are considered to meet the definition of investment-grade.
(3) 
Represents net credit default protection (purchased) sold.
(4) 
"NR" is comprised of names that have not been rated.

In addition to our net notional credit default protection purchased to cover the funded and unfunded portion of certain credit exposures, credit derivatives are used for market-making activities for clients and establishing positions intended to profit from directional or relative value changes. We execute the majority of our credit derivative trades in the OTC market with large, multinational financial institutions, including broker/dealers and, to a lesser degree, with a variety of other investors. Because these transactions are executed in the OTC market, we are subject to settlement risk. We are also subject to credit risk in the event that these counterparties fail to perform under the terms of these contracts. In most cases, credit derivative transactions are executed on a daily margin basis. Therefore, events such as a credit downgrade, depending on the ultimate rating level, or a breach of credit covenants would typically require an increase in the amount of collateral required of the counterparty, where applicable, and/or allow us to take additional protective measures such as early termination of all trades.


122

Table of Contents

Table 61 presents the total contract/notional amount of credit derivatives outstanding and includes both purchased and written credit derivatives. The credit risk amounts are measured as net asset exposure by counterparty, taking into consideration all contracts and collateral with that counterparty. The contract/notional amounts of credit derivatives decreased due to trade compressions. For information on our written credit derivatives, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The credit risk amounts discussed above and presented in Table 61 take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements while amounts disclosed in Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements are shown on a gross basis. Credit risk reflects the potential benefit from offsetting exposure to non-credit derivative products with the same counterparties that may be netted upon the occurrence of certain events, thereby reducing our overall exposure.

Table 61
Credit Derivatives
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Contract/
Notional
 
Credit Risk
 
Contract/
Notional
 
Credit Risk
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
$
1,654,478

 
$
10,615

 
$
1,944,764

 
$
14,163

Total return swaps/other
36,618

 
705

 
17,519

 
776

Total purchased credit derivatives
$
1,691,096

 
$
11,320

 
$
1,962,283

 
$
14,939

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
$
1,612,263

 
n/a

 
$
1,885,944

 
n/a

Total return swaps/other
60,183

 
n/a

 
17,838

 
n/a

Total written credit derivatives
$
1,672,446

 
n/a

 
$
1,903,782

 
n/a

n/a = not applicable

Counterparty Credit Risk Valuation Adjustments

We record a counterparty credit risk valuation adjustment (CVA) on certain derivative assets, including our credit default protection purchased, in order to properly reflect the credit quality of the counterparty. These adjustments are necessary as the fair value of derivatives does not fully reflect the credit risk of the counterparties to the derivative assets. We calculate CVA based on a modeled expected exposure that incorporates current market risk factors including changes in market spreads and non-credit related market factors that affect the value of a derivative. The exposure also takes into consideration credit mitigants such as legally enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral. Table 62 presents credit valuation gains/losses, net of hedges, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, we refined our methodology for calculating CVA and DVA, on a prospective basis, from an approach that considers the probability of default for both the counterparty and the Corporation to an approach that considers only the probability of the counterparty defaulting. The methodology change increased CVA by $175 million and DVA by $171 million resulting in a net negative earnings impact of $4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. For more information, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 171. The effect of this change in estimate on CVA is reflected in the table below. Credit valuation gains for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 were due to improved counterparty creditworthiness, partially offset by hedge results. For information on our monoline counterparty credit risk, see Monoline and Related Exposure on page 121.

Table 62
Credit Valuation Activity
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
 
Hedge
 
Net
 
Gross

 
Hedge

 
Net
 
Gross
 
Hedge
 
Net
 
Gross

 
Hedge

 
Net
Credit valuation gains (losses)
$
525

 
$
(450
)
 
$
75

 
$
(1,570
)
 
$
1,489

 
$
(81
)
 
$
725

 
$
(488
)
 
$
237

 
$
(2,014
)
 
$
1,316

 
$
(698
)



123

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Portfolio

Our non-U.S. credit and trading portfolios are subject to country risk. We define country risk as the risk of loss from unfavorable economic and political conditions, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies. A risk management framework is in place to measure, monitor and manage non-U.S. risk and exposures. Management oversight of country risk, including cross-border risk, is provided by the Country Credit Risk Committee, formally known as the Regional Risk Committee, a subcommittee of the CRC. In addition to the direct risk of doing business in a country, we also are exposed to indirect country risks (for example, related to the collateral received on secured financing transactions or related to client clearing activities). These indirect exposures are managed in the normal course of business through credit, market and operational risk governance, rather than through the country risk governance.

Non-U.S. exposure includes credit exposure, securities and other investments issued by or domiciled in countries other than the U.S. Total non-U.S. exposure can be adjusted for externally guaranteed loans outstanding and certain collateral types. Exposures which are subject to external guarantees are reported under the country of the guarantor. Exposures with tangible collateral are reflected in the country where the collateral is held. For securities received, other than cross-border resale agreements, outstandings are assigned to the domicile of the issuer of the securities.

124

Table of Contents

As presented in Table 63, non-U.S. exposure to borrowers or counterparties in emerging markets increased $322 million, or less than one percent, to $59.8 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $59.5 billion at December 31, 2011, as increases in Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, and Central and Eastern Europe were substantially offset by a decrease in Asia Pacific. Non-U.S. exposure to borrowers or counterparties in emerging markets represented 31 percent of total non-U.S. exposure at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 63
Selected Emerging Markets (1)
(Dollars in millions)
Loans and
Leases, and
Loan
Commitments
 
Other
Financing (2)
 
Net Counterparty Exposure (3)
 
Securities/
Other
Investments (4)
 
Total Cross-
border
Exposure (5)
 
Local Country
Exposure Net
of Local
Liabilities (6)
 
Total Selected Emerging Market Exposure at September 30
2012
 
Increase (Decrease) from December 31
2011
Region/Country
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asia Pacific
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
India
$
4,679

 
$
1,047

 
$
456

 
$
3,412

 
$
9,594

 
$
163

 
$
9,757

 
$
(725
)
South Korea
1,023

 
845

 
315

 
2,190

 
4,373

 
1,822

 
6,195

 
(1,128
)
China
2,835

 
109

 
913

 
2,060

 
5,917

 
257

 
6,174

 
(980
)
Hong Kong
735

 
377

 
203

 
679

 
1,994

 
1,077

 
3,071

 
(90
)
Taiwan
499

 
14

 
172

 
1,062

 
1,747

 
904

 
2,651

 
264

Singapore
311

 
173

 
401

 
1,153

 
2,038

 

 
2,038

 
(909
)
Macau
531

 
3

 

 
3

 
537

 

 
537

 
113

Thailand
58

 
10

 
48

 
404

 
520

 

 
520

 
(175
)
Other Asia Pacific (7)
313

 
124

 
160

 
784

 
1,381

 
4

 
1,385

 
12

Total Asia Pacific
$
10,984

 
$
2,702

 
$
2,668

 
$
11,747

 
$
28,101

 
$
4,227

 
$
32,328

 
$
(3,618
)
Latin America
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brazil
$
3,023

 
$
177

 
$
270

 
$
2,311

 
$
5,781

 
$
3,011

 
$
8,792

 
$
628

Mexico
2,071

 
372

 
197

 
1,086

 
3,726

 

 
3,726

 
(264
)
Chile
1,287

 
43

 
276

 
66

 
1,672

 
22

 
1,694

 
87

Peru
380

 
199

 
26

 
63

 
668

 

 
668

 
293

Other Latin America (7)
534

 
200

 
16

 
173

 
923

 
158

 
1,081

 
(48
)
Total Latin America
$
7,295

 
$
991

 
$
785

 
$
3,699

 
$
12,770

 
$
3,191

 
$
15,961

 
$
696

Middle East and Africa
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United Arab Emirates
$
2,397

 
$
35

 
$
189

 
$
82

 
$
2,703

 
$

 
$
2,703

 
$
996

South Africa
651

 
55

 
191

 
98

 
995

 

 
995

 
332

Saudi Arabia
167

 
64

 
441

 
4

 
676

 
23

 
699

 
(9
)
Other Middle East and Africa (7)
796

 
94

 
96

 
157

 
1,143

 
8

 
1,151

 
(42
)
Total Middle East and Africa
$
4,011

 
$
248

 
$
917

 
$
341

 
$
5,517

 
$
31

 
$
5,548

 
$
1,277

Central and Eastern Europe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Russian Federation
$
1,775

 
$
407

 
$
22

 
$
293

 
$
2,497

 
$
9

 
$
2,506

 
$
582

Turkey
1,342

 
480

 
25

 
516

 
2,363

 
85

 
2,448

 
1,279

Other Central and Eastern Europe (7)
101

 
281

 
146

 
474

 
1,002

 

 
1,002

 
106

Total Central and Eastern Europe
$
3,218

 
$
1,168

 
$
193

 
$
1,283

 
$
5,862

 
$
94

 
$
5,956

 
$
1,967

Total emerging market exposure
$
25,508

 
$
5,109

 
$
4,563

 
$
17,070

 
$
52,250

 
$
7,543

 
$
59,793

 
$
322

(1) 
There is no generally accepted definition of emerging markets. The definition that we use includes all countries in Asia Pacific excluding Japan, Australia and New Zealand; all countries in Latin America excluding Cayman Islands and Bermuda; all countries in Middle East and Africa; and all countries in Central and Eastern Europe. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there was $2.1 billion and $1.7 billion in emerging markets exposure accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Includes acceptances, due froms, SBLCs, commercial letters of credit and formal guarantees.
(3) 
Net counterparty exposure includes the fair value of derivatives, including the counterparty risk associated with credit default protection, and secured financing transactions. Derivatives have been reduced by $1.9 billion in collateral, predominantly in cash, pledged under legally enforceable netting agreements. Secured financing transactions have been reduced by eligible cash or securities pledged. The notional amount of reverse repurchase transactions was $2.9 billion at September 30, 2012.
(4) 
Securities exposures are reduced by hedges and short positions on a single-name basis to but not below zero.
(5) 
Cross-border exposure includes amounts payable to the Corporation by borrowers or counterparties with a country of residence other than the one in which the credit is booked, regardless of the currency in which the claim is denominated, consistent with FFIEC reporting requirements.
(6) 
Local country exposure includes amounts payable to the Corporation by borrowers with a country of residence in which the credit is booked regardless of the currency in which the claim is denominated. Local funding or liabilities are subtracted from local exposures consistent with FFIEC reporting requirements. Total amount of available local liabilities funding local country exposure was $17.1 billion and $18.7 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Local liabilities at September 30, 2012 in Asia Pacific, Latin America, and Middle East and Africa were $15.8 billion, $915 million and $334 million, respectively, of which $6.4 billion was in Singapore, $2.4 billion in China, $2.3 billion in Hong Kong, $1.6 billion in India and $1.1 billion in Korea. There were no other countries with available local liabilities funding local country exposure greater than $1 billion.
(7) 
No country included in Other Asia Pacific, Other Latin America, Other Middle East and Africa, or Other Central and Eastern Europe had total non-U.S. exposure of more than $500 million.

125

Table of Contents

At both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 54 percent of the emerging markets exposure was in Asia Pacific. Emerging markets exposure in Asia Pacific decreased by $3.6 billion with decreases predominantly in South Korea, China and Singapore. The fair value of our investment in CCB was $1.2 billion at September 30, 2012 and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011. For more information on our investment in CCB, see Note 4 – Securities to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 27 percent and 26 percent of the emerging markets exposure was in Latin America. Latin America emerging markets exposure increased $696 million driven by an increase in loans in Brazil.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, nine percent and seven percent of the emerging markets exposure was in the Middle East and Africa. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, ten percent and seven percent of the emerging markets exposure was in Central and Eastern Europe.

Certain European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, have experienced varying degrees of financial stress. Risks from the ongoing debt crisis in these countries could continue to disrupt the financial markets which could have a detrimental impact on global economic conditions and sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries. In the third quarter, European policymakers continued to make incremental progress toward greater fiscal and monetary unity; however, fundamental issues of competitiveness, growth and fiscal solvency remain as challenges. As a result, volatility is expected to continue. We expect to continue to support client activities in the region and our exposures may vary over time as we monitor the situation and manage our risk profile.

Table 64 shows our direct sovereign and non-sovereign exposures, excluding consumer credit card exposure, in these countries at September 30, 2012. Our total sovereign and non-sovereign exposure to these countries was $16.6 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $15.2 billion at December 31, 2011. The total exposure to these countries, net of all hedges, was $11.5 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $10.3 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $1.1 billion and $362 million was sovereign exposure. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the fair value of hedges and credit default protection purchased net of credit default protection sold was $5.0 billion and $4.9 billion.

We hedge certain of our selected European country exposure with credit default protection primarily in the form of single-name, as well as index and tranche credit default swaps (CDS). The exposures associated with these hedges represent the amount that would be realized upon the isolated default of an individual issuer in the relevant country assuming a zero recovery rate for that individual issuer. Changes in the assumption of an isolated default can produce different results in a particular tranche.

The majority of our CDS contracts are with highly-rated financial institutions primarily outside of the Eurozone and we work to limit or eliminate correlated CDS. Due to our engagement in market-making activities, our CDS portfolio contains contracts with various maturities to a diverse set of counterparties. We work to limit mismatches in maturities between our exposures and the CDS we use to hedge them. However, there may be instances where the protection purchased has a different maturity from the exposure for which the protection was purchased, in which case, those exposures and hedges are subject to more active monitoring and management.

The gross notional amount of single-name CDS protection purchased and sold on reference assets at September 30, 2012 was $1.7 billion for both purchased and sold in Greece, $3.0 billion and $2.7 billion in Ireland, $45.3 billion and $38.7 billion in Italy, $8.1 billion and $8.0 billion in Portugal, and $21.9 billion and $21.4 billion in Spain. After the consideration of legally-enforceable counterparty master netting agreements, the gross notional CDS protection purchased and sold on those same reference assets was $475 million and $430 million in Greece, $1.6 billion and $1.3 billion in Ireland, $13.5 billion and $6.7 billion in Italy, $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion in Portugal, and $4.5 billion and $4.1 billion in Spain.

The gross fair value of single-name CDS protection purchased and sold on reference assets at September 30, 2012 was $328 million and $326 million in Greece, $125 million and $97 million in Ireland, $3.3 billion and $3.0 billion in Italy, $544 million and $527 million in Portugal, and $1.3 billion for both purchased and sold in Spain. After the consideration of legally-enforceable counterparty master netting agreements, the gross fair value of CDS protection purchased and sold on those same reference assets was $49 million and $46 million in Greece, $128 million and $99 million in Ireland, $907 million and $578 million in Italy, $115 million and $102 million in Portugal, and $249 million and $268 million in Spain.


126

Table of Contents

Losses could still result even if there is credit default protection purchased because the purchased credit protection contracts only pay out under certain scenarios and thus not all losses may be covered by the credit protection contracts. The effectiveness of our CDS protection as a hedge of these risks is influenced by a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS. Generally, only the occurrence of a credit event as defined by the CDS terms (which may include, among other events, the failure to pay by, or restructuring of, the reference entity) results in a payment under the purchased credit protection contracts. The determination as to whether a credit event has occurred is made by the relevant International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) Determination Committee (comprised of various ISDA member firms) based on the terms of the CDS and facts and circumstances for the event. Accordingly, uncertainties exist as to whether any particular strategy or policy action for addressing the European debt crisis would constitute a credit event under the CDS. A voluntary restructuring may not trigger a credit event under CDS terms and consequently may not trigger a payment under the CDS contract.

In addition to our direct sovereign and non-sovereign exposures, a significant deterioration in the European debt crisis could result in material reductions in the value of sovereign debt and other asset classes, disruptions in capital markets, widening of credit spreads of U.S. and other financial institutions, loss of investor confidence in the financial services industry, a slowdown in global economic activity and other adverse developments. For additional information on the debt crisis in Europe, see Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


127

Table of Contents

Table 64
Selected European Countries
(Dollars in millions)
Funded Loans and Loan Equivalents (1)
 
Unfunded Loan Commitments
 
Net Counter-party Exposure (2)
 
Securities/ Other Investments (3)
 
Country Exposure at September 30 2012
 
Hedges and Credit Default Protection (4)
 
Net Country Exposure at September 30 2012 (5)
 
Increase (Decrease) from December 31 2011
Greece
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
5

 
$
5

 
$

 
$
5

 
$
(24
)
Financial institutions

 

 
1

 
6

 
7

 
(12
)
 
(5
)
 
(2
)
Corporates
191

 
124

 
24

 
12

 
351

 
(35
)
 
316

 
(118
)
Total Greece
$
191

 
$
124

 
$
25

 
$
23

 
$
363

 
$
(47
)
 
$
316

 
$
(144
)
Ireland
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$
17

 
$

 
$
25

 
$
1

 
$
43

 
$
(30
)
 
$
13

 
$
(108
)
Financial institutions
142

 
138

 
166

 
44

 
490

 
(20
)
 
470

 
(328
)
Corporates
985

 
230

 
61

 
46

 
1,322

 
(6
)
 
1,316

 
(179
)
Total Ireland
$
1,144

 
$
368

 
$
252

 
$
91

 
$
1,855

 
$
(56
)
 
$
1,799

 
$
(615
)
Italy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

 
$

 
$
1,748

 
$
720

 
$
2,468

 
$
(1,597
)
 
$
871

 
$
657

Financial institutions
1,708

 
277

 
275

 
131

 
2,391

 
(843
)
 
1,548

 
(183
)
Corporates
1,874

 
2,889

 
177

 
433

 
5,373

 
(998
)
 
4,375

 
1,465

Total Italy
$
3,582

 
$
3,166

 
$
2,200

 
$
1,284

 
$
10,232

 
$
(3,438
)
 
$
6,794

 
$
1,939

Portugal
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

 
$

 
$
34

 
$

 
$
34

 
$
(68
)
 
$
(34
)
 
$
(25
)
Financial institutions
7

 

 
2

 
32

 
41

 
(42
)
 
(1
)
 
(5
)
Corporates
408

 
8

 
9

 
32

 
457

 
(413
)
 
44

 
(17
)
Total Portugal
$
415

 
$
8

 
$
45

 
$
64

 
$
532

 
$
(523
)
 
$
9

 
$
(47
)
Spain
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$
34

 
$

 
$
57

 
$
231

 
$
322

 
$
(52
)
 
$
270

 
$
263

Financial institutions
56

 
5

 
79

 
97

 
237

 
(163
)
 
74

 
(588
)
Corporates
1,738

 
930

 
77

 
274

 
3,019

 
(735
)
 
2,284

 
415

Total Spain
$
1,828

 
$
935

 
$
213

 
$
602

 
$
3,578

 
$
(950
)
 
$
2,628

 
$
90

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$
51

 
$

 
$
1,864

 
$
957

 
$
2,872

 
$
(1,747
)
 
$
1,125

 
$
763

Financial institutions
1,913

 
420

 
523

 
310

 
3,166

 
(1,080
)
 
2,086

 
(1,106
)
Corporates
5,196

 
4,181

 
348

 
797

 
10,522

 
(2,187
)
 
8,335

 
1,566

Total selected European exposure
$
7,160

 
$
4,601

 
$
2,735

 
$
2,064

 
$
16,560

 
$
(5,014
)
 
$
11,546

 
$
1,223

(1) 
Includes loans, leases, overdrafts, acceptances, due froms, SBLCs, commercial letters of credit and formal guarantees, which have not been reduced by collateral, hedges or credit default protection. Funded loans are reported net of charge-offs, prior to any impairment provision.
(2) 
Net counterparty exposure includes the fair value of derivatives including the counterparty risk associated with credit default protection and secured financing transactions. Derivatives have been reduced by $4.3 billion in collateral, predominantly in cash, pledged under legally enforceable netting agreements. Secured financing transactions have been reduced by eligible cash or securities pledged. The notional amount of reverse repurchase transactions was $647 million at September 30, 2012. Counterparty exposure has not been reduced by hedges or credit default protection.
(3) 
Long securities exposures have been netted on a single-name basis to but not below zero by short positions of $3.9 billion and net CDS purchased of $2.1 billion, consisting of $2.3 billion of net single-name CDS purchased and $141 million of net index and tranched CDS sold.
(4) 
Represents credit default protection purchased, net of credit default protection sold, which is used to mitigate the Corporation's risk to exposures listed that comprise Country Exposure as listed, including $3.0 billion, consisting of $3.2 billion in net single-name CDS purchased and $206 million in net index and tranched CDS sold, to hedge loans and securities, $2.0 billion in additional credit default protection purchased to hedge derivative assets and $71 million in other short positions. Amounts are calculated based on the credit default protection notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5) 
Represents country exposure less hedges and credit default protection.

128

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses decreased $1.6 billion to $1.8 billion, and decreased $4.5 billion to $6.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011, for the reasons stated below. The provision for credit losses was $2.3 billion and $5.8 billion lower than net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 resulting in reductions in the allowance for credit losses compared to reductions of $1.7 billion and $6.3 billion in the allowance for credit losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. The reduction in the allowance for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $435 million of reserves on the loans forgiven as a part of the National Mortgage Settlement. Absent unexpected deterioration in the economy, we expect reductions in the allowance for loan and lease losses, excluding the valuation allowance for PCI loans, to continue in the near term, though at a slower pace than in 2011.

The provision for credit losses for the consumer portfolio decreased $1.9 billion to $1.6 billion, and decreased $5.2 billion to $6.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011. The improvement was primarily in the home equity and residential mortgage loan portfolios due to improved portfolio trends and an improved home price outlook in our PCI portfolios. This was partially offset by the impact of new regulatory guidance regarding the treatment of loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. The provision for credit losses related to the PCI loan portfolios was a benefit of $166 million and expense of $327 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to no provision for credit losses and $2.0 billion for the same periods in 2011.

The provision for credit losses for the commercial portfolio, including the provision benefit for unfunded lending commitments, increased $256 million to $197 million, and $706 million to $11 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same periods in 2011 due to stabilization in the credit quality of the core commercial portfolio.


129

Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is comprised of two components as described below. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses based on the total of these two components. The allowance for loan and lease losses excludes LHFS and loans accounted for under the fair value option as the fair value reflects a credit risk component.

One component of the allowance for loan and lease losses covers nonperforming and performing commercial loans that have been modified in a TDR, consumer real estate loans that have been modified in a TDR, renegotiated credit card, and renegotiated unsecured consumer and small business loans. These loans are subject to impairment measurement based on the present value of projected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, or in certain circumstances, impairment may also be based upon the collateral value or the loan's observable market price if available. Impairment measurement for the renegotiated credit card, unsecured consumer and small business TDR portfolios is based on the present value of projected cash flows discounted using the average portfolio contractual interest rate, excluding promotionally priced loans, in effect prior to restructuring. For purposes of computing this specific loss component of the allowance, larger impaired loans are evaluated individually and smaller impaired loans are evaluated as a pool using historical loss experience for the respective product types and risk ratings of the loans.

The rest of the allowance for loan and lease losses covers the remaining consumer and commercial loans and leases that have incurred losses but which are not yet individually identifiable. The allowance for consumer and certain homogeneous commercial loan and lease products is based on aggregated portfolio evaluations, generally by product type. Loss forecast models are utilized that consider a variety of factors including, but not limited to, historical loss experience, estimated defaults or foreclosures based on portfolio trends, delinquencies, economic trends and credit scores. Our consumer real estate loss forecast model estimates the portion of loans that will default based on individual loan attributes, the most significant of which are refreshed LTV or CLTV, and borrower credit score as well as vintage and geography, all of which are further broken down into current delinquency status. Additionally, we incorporate the delinquency status of underlying first-lien loans on our junior-lien home equity portfolio in our allowance process. Incorporating refreshed LTV and CLTV into our probability of default allows us to factor the impact of changes in home prices into our allowance for loan and lease losses. These loss forecast models are updated on a quarterly basis to incorporate information reflecting the current economic environment. The loss forecast process resulted in reductions in the allowance for all major consumer portfolios for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

The allowance for commercial loan and lease losses is established by product type after analyzing historical loss experience by internal risk rating, current economic conditions, industry performance trends, geographic and obligor concentrations within each portfolio and any other pertinent information. The statistical models for commercial loans are generally updated annually and utilize our historical database of actual defaults and other data. The loan risk ratings and composition of the commercial portfolios are updated at least quarterly to incorporate the most recent data reflecting the current economic environment. For risk-rated commercial loans, we estimate the probability of default and the loss given default (LGD) based on our historical experience of defaults and credit losses. Factors considered when assessing the internal risk rating include the value of the underlying collateral, if applicable, the industry in which the obligor operates, the obligor's liquidity and other financial indicators, and other quantitative and qualitative factors relevant to the obligor's credit risk. Updates to the loan risk ratings and portfolio composition resulted in reductions in the allowance for the U.S. commercial, commercial real estate and commercial lease financing portfolios for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Also included within the allowance for loan and lease losses and determined separately from the preceding discussion are reserves to cover losses that are incurred but, in our assessment, may not be adequately represented in the historical loss data used in the loss forecast models. For example, factors that we consider include, among others, changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, changes in the volume and severity of past due loans and nonaccrual loans and the effect of other external factors such as competition, and legal and regulatory requirements. We also consider factors that are applicable to unique portfolio segments. For example, we consider the risk of uncertainty in our loss forecasting models related to junior-lien home equity loans that are current, but have first-lien loans that we do not service that are 30 days or more past due. In addition, we consider the inherent uncertainty in mathematical models that are built upon historical data.


130

Table of Contents

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the factors that impacted the allowance for loan and lease losses included significant overall improvements in the credit quality of the portfolios, driven by improvements in the U.S. economy and labor markets, proactive credit risk management initiatives and the impact of recent higher credit quality originations. Additionally, the resolution of uncertainties through current recognition of net charge-offs, specifically in the home loans portfolios, has impacted the amount of reserve needed in that portfolio. Evidencing the improvements in the U.S. economy and labor markets are modest growth in consumer spending, improvements in unemployment levels, a decrease in the absolute level and our share of national consumer bankruptcy filings, a rise in both residential building activity and overall home prices. In addition to these improvements, paydowns, charge-offs and returns to performing status and upgrades out of criticized, continued to outpace new nonaccrual consumer loans and reservable criticized commercial loans, but such loans remained elevated relative to levels experienced prior to the financial crisis.

We monitor differences between estimated and actual incurred loan and lease losses. This monitoring process includes periodic assessments by senior management of loan and lease portfolios and the models used to estimate incurred losses in those portfolios.

Additions to, or reductions of, the allowance for loan and lease losses generally are recorded through charges or credits to the provision for credit losses. Credit exposures deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The allowance for loan and lease losses for the consumer portfolio as presented in Table 66 was $23.1 billion at September 30, 2012, a decrease of $6.6 billion from December 31, 2011. The decrease in the home equity and residential mortgage allowance was driven primarily by improved delinquencies and home prices as evidenced by improving LTV concentrations as presented in Tables 33 and 35. In addition, the home equity allowance included a $2.0 billion reserve reduction, including $1.6 billion related to the PCI allowance due to the forgiveness of fully reserved home equity loans in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement. Also, the reduction in the home equity allowance benefited from reduced exposures to current junior-liens that we estimate had a first-lien 90 days or more past due. Further, within the PCI loan portfolios, updates to our projected cash flows resulted in a provision benefit of $166 million and expense of $327 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily due to our updated home price outlook. This compared to no provision and $2.0 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB was primarily due to improvement in delinquencies and bankruptcies. For example, in the U.S. credit card portfolio, accruing loans 30 days or more past due decreased to $2.9 billion from $3.8 billion (to 3.06 percent from 3.74 percent of outstanding U.S. credit card loans) at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, and accruing loans 90 days or more past due decreased to $1.5 billion from $2.1 billion (to 1.58 percent from 2.02 percent of outstanding U.S. credit card loans) over that same period. See Tables 30, 31, 33, 35, 41 and 43 for additional details on key consumer credit statistics.

The allowance for loan and lease losses for the commercial portfolio as presented in Table 66 was $3.2 billion at September 30, 2012, a $957 million decrease from December 31, 2011. The decrease was driven by continued improvement in the credit quality of the core commercial portfolio. For example, the commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased to $17.4 billion from $27.2 billion (to 4.69 percent from 7.41 percent of total commercial utilized reservable exposure) at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. Similarly, nonperforming commercial loans declined to $3.9 billion from $6.3 billion (to 1.22 percent from 2.04 percent of outstanding commercial loans) at September 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. See Tables 47, 48 and 50 for additional details on key commercial credit statistics.

The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 2.96 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to 3.68 percent at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the ratio was primarily due to improved credit quality driven by improved economic conditions and the home equity PCI loans that were forgiven which led to the reduction in the allowance for credit losses discussed above. The September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 ratios above include the PCI loan portfolio. Excluding the PCI loan portfolio, the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 2.23 percent at September 30, 2012 compared to 2.86 percent at December 31, 2011.


131

Table of Contents

Table 65 presents a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses, which includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Table 65
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
$
30,288

 
$
37,312

 
$
33,783

 
$
41,885

Loans and leases charged off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
(734
)
 
(1,051
)
 
(2,468
)
 
(3,248
)
Home equity
(1,729
)
 
(1,245
)
 
(3,733
)
 
(3,859
)
Discontinued real estate
(17
)
 
(29
)
 
(55
)
 
(80
)
U.S. credit card
(1,244
)
 
(1,852
)
 
(4,207
)
 
(6,476
)
Non-U.S. credit card
(134
)
 
(432
)
 
(618
)
 
(1,381
)
Direct/Indirect consumer
(271
)
 
(463
)
 
(957
)
 
(1,755
)
Other consumer
(72
)
 
(66
)
 
(201
)
 
(177
)
Total consumer charge-offs
(4,201
)
 
(5,138
)
 
(12,239
)
 
(16,976
)
U.S. commercial (1)
(340
)
 
(395
)
 
(1,025
)
 
(1,288
)
Commercial real estate
(143
)
 
(389
)
 
(577
)
 
(1,030
)
Commercial lease financing
(3
)
 
(6
)
 
(24
)
 
(23
)
Non-U.S. commercial
(6
)
 
(20
)
 
(19
)
 
(134
)
Total commercial charge-offs
(492
)
 
(810
)
 
(1,645
)
 
(2,475
)
Total loans and leases charged off
(4,693
)
 
(5,948
)
 
(13,884
)
 
(19,451
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
27

 
62

 
129

 
250

Home equity
108

 
153

 
263

 
325

Discontinued real estate
2

 
5

 
8

 
10

U.S. credit card
165

 
213

 
553

 
632

Non-U.S. credit card
10

 
58

 
156

 
176

Direct/Indirect consumer
110

 
162

 
389

 
563

Other consumer
9

 
10

 
33

 
38

Total consumer recoveries
431

 
663

 
1,531

 
1,994

U.S. commercial (2)
76

 
97

 
233

 
364

Commercial real estate
52

 
93

 
277

 
283

Commercial lease financing
15

 
7

 
31

 
31

Non-U.S. commercial
(3
)
 
2

 
8

 

Total commercial recoveries
140

 
199

 
549

 
678

Total recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
571

 
862

 
2,080

 
2,672

Net charge-offs
(4,122
)
 
(5,086
)
 
(11,804
)
 
(16,779
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
1,810

 
3,474

 
6,107

 
10,650

Write-off of home equity PCI loans
(1,705
)
 

 
(1,705
)
 

Other (3)
(38
)
 
(618
)
 
(148
)
 
(674
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, September 30
26,233

 
35,082

 
26,233

 
35,082

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
574

 
897

 
714

 
1,188

Provision for unfunded lending commitments
(36
)
 
(67
)
 
(142
)
 
(174
)
Other (4)
(20
)
 
(40
)
 
(54
)
 
(224
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, September 30
518

 
790

 
518

 
790

Allowance for credit losses, September 30
$
26,751

 
$
35,872

 
$
26,751

 
$
35,872

(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial charge-offs of $236 million and $650 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $247 million and $887 million for the same periods in 2011.
(2) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial recoveries of $27 million and $73 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $27 million and $80 million for the same periods in 2011.
(3) 
Primarily represents the impacts of portfolio sales, deconsolidations and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(4) 
Primarily represents accretion of the Merrill Lynch purchase accounting adjustment and the impact of funding previously unfunded positions.

132

Table of Contents

Table 65
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Loan and allowance ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases outstanding at September 30 (5)
$
885,397

 
$
921,307

 
$
885,397

 
$
921,307

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at September 30 (5)
2.96
%
 
3.81
%
 
2.96
%
 
3.81
%
Consumer allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total consumer loans outstanding at September 30 (6)
4.11

 
4.90

 
4.11

 
4.90

Commercial allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total commercial loans and leases outstanding at September 30 (7)
0.98

 
1.59

 
0.98

 
1.59

Average loans and leases outstanding (5)
$
880,736

 
$
931,110

 
$
892,136

 
$
932,127

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (5, 8)
1.86
%
 
2.17
%
 
1.77
%
 
2.41
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases at September 30 (5, 9)
111

 
133

 
111

 
133

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at September 30 to annualized net charge-offs (8)
1.60

 
1.74

 
1.66

 
1.56

Amounts included in allowance for loan and lease losses that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases at September 30 (10)
$
13,978

 
$
18,317

 
$
13,978

 
$
18,317

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases excluding amounts included in the allowance for loan and lease losses that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases at September 30 (10)
52
%
 
63
%
 
52
%
 
63
%
Loan and allowance ratios excluding purchased credit-impaired loans and the related valuation allowance: (11)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at September 30 (5)
2.23
%
 
3.02
%
 
2.23
%
 
3.02
%
Consumer allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total consumer loans outstanding at September 30 (6)
3.00

 
3.76

 
3.00

 
3.76

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (5, 8)
1.93

 
2.25

 
1.83

 
2.50

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases at September 30 (5, 9)
81

 
101

 
81

 
101

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at September 30 to annualized net charge-offs (8)
1.17

 
1.33

 
1.21

 
1.20

(5) 
Outstanding loan and lease balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. Loans accounted for under the fair value option were $7.6 billion and $11.2 billion at September 30, 2012 and 2011. Average loans accounted for under the fair value option were $8.1 billion and $8.5 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $10.9 billion and $7.7 billion for the same periods in 2011.
(6) 
Excludes consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option of $1.2 billion and $4.7 billion at September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(7) 
Excludes commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option of $6.4 billion and $6.5 billion at September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(8) 
Net charge-offs exclude $1.7 billion of write-offs in the home equity PCI portfolio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
(9) 
For more information on our definition of nonperforming loans, see pages 106 and 118.
(10) 
Primarily includes amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in CBB, PCI loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
(11) 
For more information on the PCI loan portfolio and the valuation allowance for PCI loans, see Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases and Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


133

Table of Contents

For reporting purposes, we allocate the allowance for credit losses across products. However, the allowance is available to absorb any credit losses within the loan portfolio, without restriction. Table 66 presents our allocation by product type.

Table 66
Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses by Product Type
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
 
Percent of
Loans and
Leases
Outstanding 
(1)
 
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
 
Percent of
Loans and
Leases
Outstanding
(1)
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
5,576

 
21.26
%
 
2.25
%
 
$
5,935

 
17.57
%
 
2.26
%
Home equity
8,949

 
34.11

 
7.97

 
13,094

 
38.76

 
10.50

Discontinued real estate
2,009

 
7.66

 
20.34

 
2,050

 
6.07

 
18.48

U.S. credit card
4,898

 
18.67

 
5.26

 
6,322

 
18.71

 
6.18

Non-U.S. credit card
712

 
2.71

 
5.35

 
946

 
2.80

 
6.56

Direct/Indirect consumer
791

 
3.02

 
0.96

 
1,153

 
3.41

 
1.29

Other consumer
120

 
0.46

 
4.43

 
148

 
0.44

 
5.50

Total consumer
23,055

 
87.89

 
4.11

 
29,648

 
87.76

 
4.88

U.S. commercial (2)
1,908

 
7.27

 
0.93

 
2,441

 
7.23

 
1.26

Commercial real estate
894

 
3.41

 
2.38

 
1,349

 
3.99

 
3.41

Commercial lease financing
81

 
0.31

 
0.35

 
92

 
0.27

 
0.42

Non-U.S. commercial
295

 
1.12

 
0.50

 
253

 
0.75

 
0.46

Total commercial (3)
3,178

 
12.11

 
0.98

 
4,135

 
12.24

 
1.33

Allowance for loan and lease losses
26,233

 
100.00
%
 
2.96

 
33,783

 
100.00
%
 
3.68

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
518

 
 
 
 
 
714

 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (4)
$
26,751

 
 
 
 
 
$
34,497

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Ratios are calculated as allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans and leases outstanding excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option. Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option include residential mortgage loans of $160 million and $906 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option include U.S. commercial loans of $2.0 billion and $2.2 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $4.4 billion and $4.4 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) Includes allowance for U.S. small business commercial loans of $701 million and $893 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(3) Includes allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired commercial loans of $391 million and $545 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(4) Includes $7.1 billion and $8.5 billion of valuation allowance presented with the allowance for credit losses related to PCI loans at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, we also estimate probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments such as letters of credit, financial guarantees, unfunded bankers' acceptances and binding loan commitments, excluding commitments accounted for under the fair value option. Unfunded lending commitments are subject to the same assessment as funded loans, including estimates of probability of default and LGD. Due to the nature of unfunded commitments, the estimate of probable losses must also consider utilization. To estimate the portion of these undrawn commitments that is likely to be drawn by a borrower at the time of estimated default, analyses of the Corporation's historical experience are applied to the unfunded commitments to estimate the funded exposure at default (EAD). The expected loss for unfunded lending commitments is the product of the probability of default, the LGD and the EAD, adjusted for any qualitative factors including economic uncertainty and inherent imprecision in models.

The reserve for unfunded lending commitments at September 30, 2012 was $518 million, $196 million lower than December 31, 2011 driven by improved credit quality in the unfunded portfolio and accretion of purchase accounting adjustments on acquired Merrill Lynch unfunded positions.


134

Table of Contents

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions. This risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with our operations and/or activities including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, trading account assets and liabilities, and derivatives. Market-sensitive assets and liabilities are generated through loans and deposits associated with our traditional banking business, customer and other trading operations, the ALM process, credit risk mitigation activities and mortgage banking activities. In the event of market volatility, factors such as underlying market movements and liquidity have an impact on the results of the Corporation. For additional information on our market risk management process, see pages 89 through 96 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trading Risk Management

Trading-related revenues represent the amount earned from trading positions, including trading-related net interest income, which are taken in a diverse range of financial instruments and markets. Trading account assets and liabilities and derivative positions are reported at fair value. For more information on fair value, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Trading-related revenues can be volatile and are largely driven by general market conditions and customer demand. Also, trading-related revenues are dependent on the volume and type of transactions, the level of risk assumed, and the volatility of price and rate movements at any given time within the ever-changing market environment.

The Global Markets Risk Committee (GMRC), chaired by the Global Markets Risk Executive, has been designated by ALMRC as the primary governance authority for global markets risk management including trading risk management. The GMRC’s focus is to take a forward-looking view of the primary credit and market risks impacting Global Markets and prioritize those that need a proactive risk mitigation strategy. Market risks that impact businesses outside of Global Markets are monitored and governed by their respective governance authorities.

The GMRC monitors significant daily revenues and losses by business and the primary drivers of the revenues or losses. Thresholds are in place for each of our businesses in order to determine if the revenue or loss is considered to be significant for that business. If any of the thresholds are exceeded, an explanation of the variance is provided to the GMRC. The thresholds are developed in coordination with the respective risk managers to highlight those revenues or losses that exceed what is considered to be normal daily income statement volatility.


135

Table of Contents

The histogram below is a graphic depiction of trading volatility and illustrates the daily level of trading-related revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 and March 31, 2012. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, positive trading-related revenue was recorded for 98 percent, or 62 of the 63 trading days of which 81 percent (51 days) were daily trading gains of over $25 million and the largest loss was less than $1 million. These results can be compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012, where positive trading-related revenue was recorded for 95 percent, or 60 of the 63 trading days of which 75 percent (47 days) were daily trading gains of over $25 million and the largest loss was $11 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, positive trading-related revenue was recorded for 100 percent, or all 62 of the trading days, of which 95 percent (59 days) were daily trading gains of over $25 million. There were no daily trading losses recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2012.


To evaluate risk in our trading activities, we focus on the actual and potential volatility of individual positions as well as portfolios. VaR is a key statistic used to measure market risk. In order to manage day-to-day risks, VaR is subject to trading limits both for our overall trading portfolio and within individual businesses. All trading limit excesses are communicated to management for review.

A VaR model simulates the value of a portfolio under a range of hypothetical scenarios in order to generate a distribution of potential gains and losses. VaR represents the loss the portfolio is expected to experience with a given confidence level based on historical data. Within any VaR model, there are significant and numerous assumptions that will differ from company to company. In addition, the accuracy of a VaR model depends on the availability and quality of historical data for each of the positions in the portfolio. A VaR model may require additional modeling assumptions for new products that do not have extensive historical price data or for illiquid positions for which accurate daily prices are not consistently available.


136

Table of Contents

A VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of potential gains and losses on our trading portfolios. There are, however, many limitations inherent in a VaR model as it utilizes historical results over a defined time period to estimate future performance. Historical results may not always be indicative of future results and changes in market conditions or in the composition of the underlying portfolio could have a material impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. In order for the VaR model to reflect current market conditions, we update the historical data underlying our VaR model on a bi-weekly basis and regularly review the assumptions underlying the model. Our VaR model utilizes three years of historical data. This time period was chosen to ensure that the VaR reflects both a broad range of market movements as well as being sensitive to recent changes in market volatility. In addition, certain type of risks associated with positions that are illiquid and/or unobservable are not included in VaR. If these risks are material, the VaR model results will be supplemented.

We continually review, evaluate and enhance our VaR model so that it reflects the material risks in our trading portfolio. Changes to the VaR model are reviewed and approved prior to implementation and any material changes are reported to management through the appropriate governance committees. Nevertheless, due to the limitations previously discussed, we have historically used the VaR model as only one of the components in managing our trading risk and also use other techniques such as stress testing and desk level limits. Periods of extreme market stress influence the reliability of these techniques to varying degrees.

The accuracy of the VaR methodology is reviewed by backtesting which compares the VaR results from historical data against the actual daily profit and loss. Graphic representation of the backtesting results with additional explanation of backtesting excesses are reported to the GMRC. Backtesting excesses occur when trading losses exceed VaR. Senior management reviews and evaluates the results of these tests. In periods of market stress, the GMRC members communicate daily to discuss losses and VaR limit excesses. As a result of this process, the businesses may selectively reduce risk. Where economically feasible, positions are sold or macroeconomic hedges are executed to reduce the exposure.


137

Table of Contents

We use one VaR model that uses a historical simulation approach based on three years of historical data and an expected shortfall methodology equivalent to a 99 percent confidence level. Statistically, this means that losses will exceed VaR, on average, one out of 100 trading days, or two to three times each year. The number of actual backtesting excesses observed is dependent on current market performance relative to historic market volatility. Actual losses did not exceed daily trading VaR in the twelve months ended September 30, 2012 or September 30, 2011. The graph below shows daily trading-related revenue and VaR for the twelve months ended September 30, 2012.
Table 67 presents average, high and low daily trading VaR for the three months ended September 30, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2011, as well as average daily trading VaR for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Table 67
 
 
 
Trading Activities Market Risk VaR
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended Three Months Ended
June 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Average
Average
Foreign exchange
$
25.1

$
34.3

$
16.9

 
$
19.8

$
27.1

$
15.1

 
$
18.4

$
31.0

$
5.6

 
$
21.3

$
20.4

Interest rate
37.3

47.8

29.8

 
49.2

67.1

31.2

 
53.9

82.7

34.4

 
45.3

55.4

Credit
43.0

60.1

35.3

 
37.4

53.9

31.1

 
97.5

116.8

81.3

 
43.5

122.9

Real estate/mortgage
32.1

39.7

27.6

 
32.3

40.4

28.3

 
77.4

89.7

60.4

 
33.8

90.4

Equities
23.2

34.1

14.6

 
23.9

35.5

16.1

 
59.5

88.9

37.7

 
29.2

55.0

Commodities
12.5

15.7

10.8

 
11.9

15.2

7.2

 
15.7

19.2

12.1

 
12.5

21.0

Portfolio diversification
(118.4
)


 
(112.0
)


 
(158.7
)


 
(118.6
)
(172.9
)
Total trading-related portfolio
$
54.8

$
79.9

$
41.9

 
$
62.5

$
85.5

$
48.5

 
$
163.7

$
248.0

$
97.7

 
$
67.0

$
192.2

(1) 
The high and low for the total portfolio may not equal the sum of the individual components as the highs or lows of the individual portfolios may have occurred on different trading days.

The $8 million decrease in average VaR during the three months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to risk reduction in the interest rate risk factor and a higher portfolio diversification benefit, partially offset by slight increases in credit and foreign exchange due to changes in the portfolio mix.


138

Table of Contents

Counterparty credit risk is an adjustment to the mark-to-market value of our derivative exposures to reflect the impact of the credit quality of counterparties on our derivative assets. Since counterparty credit exposure is not included in the VaR component of the regulatory capital allocation, we do not include it in our trading VaR, and it is therefore not included in the daily trading-related revenue illustrated in our histogram or used for backtesting.

Trading Portfolio Stress Testing

Because the very nature of a VaR model suggests results can exceed our estimates, and is dependent on a limited lookback window, we also stress test our portfolio. Stress testing estimates the value change in our trading portfolio that may result from abnormal market movements. Various scenarios, categorized as either historical or hypothetical, are regularly run and reported for the overall trading portfolio and individual businesses. Historical scenarios simulate the impact of price changes that occurred during a set of extended historical market events. Generally, a 10-business-day window or longer, representing the most severe point during a crisis, is selected for each historical scenario. Hypothetical scenarios provide simulations of anticipated shocks from pre-defined market stress events. These stress events include shocks to underlying market risk variables which may be well beyond the shocks found in the historical data used to calculate VaR. As with the historical scenarios, the hypothetical scenarios are designed to represent a short-term market disruption. Scenarios are reviewed and updated as necessary in light of changing positions and new economic or political information. For example, we currently include stress tests that contemplate a full or partial break-up of the Eurozone. In addition to the value afforded by the results themselves, this information provides senior management with a clear picture of the trend of risk being taken given the relatively static nature of the shocks applied. Stress testing for the trading portfolio is also integrated with enterprise-wide stress testing and incorporated into the limits framework. A process is in place to promote consistency between the scenarios used for the trading portfolio and those used for enterprise-wide stress testing. The scenarios used for enterprise-wide stress testing purposes differ from the typical trading portfolio scenarios in that they have a longer time horizon and the results are forecasted over multiple periods for use in consolidated capital and liquidity planning. For additional information on enterprise-wide stress testing, see page 78.

Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities

The following discussion presents net interest income excluding the impact of trading-related activities on net interest income.

Interest rate risk represents the most significant market risk exposure to our nontrading balance sheet. Interest rate risk is measured as the potential volatility in net interest income caused by changes in market interest rates. Client-facing activities, primarily lending and deposit-taking, create interest rate sensitive positions on our balance sheet.

We prepare forward-looking forecasts of net interest income. The baseline forecast takes into consideration expected future business growth, ALM positioning and the direction of interest rate movements as implied by the market-based forward curve. We then measure and evaluate the impact that alternative interest rate scenarios have on the baseline forecast in order to assess interest rate sensitivity under varied conditions. The net interest income forecast is frequently updated for changing assumptions and differing outlooks based on economic trends, market conditions and business strategies. Thus, we continually monitor our balance sheet position in an effort to maintain an acceptable level of exposure to interest rate changes.

The interest rate scenarios that we analyze incorporate balance sheet assumptions such as loan and deposit growth and pricing, changes in funding mix, product repricing and maturity characteristics, but do not include the impact of hedge ineffectiveness. Our overall goal is to manage interest rate risk so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect net interest income and capital.

The spot and 12-month forward monthly rates used in our baseline forecasts at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented in Table 68.

Table 68
Forward Rates
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Federal Funds
 
Three-month
LIBOR
 
10-Year Swap
 
Federal Funds
 
Three-month
LIBOR
 
10-Year Swap
Spot rates
0.25
%
 
0.36
%
 
1.70
%
 
0.25
%
 
0.58
%
 
2.03
%
12-month forward rates
0.25

 
0.35

 
1.99

 
0.25

 
0.75

 
2.29



139

Table of Contents

Table 69 shows the pre-tax dollar impact to forecasted net interest income over the next twelve months from September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, resulting from instantaneous parallel and non-parallel shocks to the market-based forward curve. Periodically we evaluate the scenarios presented to ensure that they provide a comprehensive view of our interest rate risk exposure and are meaningful in the context of the current rate environment. Given the potential volatility in long end rates and our sensitivity to those rates, we have replaced gradual shocks previously reported with instantaneous shocks. For further discussion of net interest income excluding the impact of trading-related activities, see page 25.

Table 69
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income
(Dollars in millions)
Curve Change
Short Rate (bps)
 
Long Rate (bps)
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Parallel shifts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 +100 bps instantaneous parallel shift
+100

 
+100

 
$
3,318

 
$
2,883

 -50 bps instantaneous parallel shift
-50

 
-50

 
(1,697
)
 
(1,795
)
Flatteners
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short end instantaneous change
+100

 

 
1,378

 
979

Long end instantaneous change

 
-50

 
(1,312
)
 
(1,319
)
Steepeners
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short end instantaneous change
-50

 

 
(373
)
 
(464
)
Long end instantaneous change

 
+100

 
1,961

 
1,935


The sensitivity analysis in Table 69 assumes that we take no action in response to these rate shocks. Our net interest income was asset sensitive to a parallel move in interest rates at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. As part of our ALM activities, we use securities, residential mortgages, and interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives in managing interest rate sensitivity.

Securities

The securities portfolio is an integral part of our ALM positioning and is primarily comprised of debt securities including MBS and to a lesser extent U.S. Treasury, corporate, municipal and other debt securities. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we held AFS debt securities with a fair value of $305.9 billion and $276.2 billion. During the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, we purchased AFS debt securities of $31.4 billion and $18.2 billion, sold $13.1 billion and $26.2 billion, and had maturities and received paydowns of $17.9 billion and $12.5 billion. We realized $339 million and $737 million in net gains on sales of debt securities during the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we held $39.9 billion and $35.3 billion of held-to-maturity debt securities.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, we purchased AFS debt securities of $131.1 billion and $78.0 billion, sold $58.9 billion and $66.2 billion, and had maturities and received paydowns of $48.1 billion and $41.2 billion. We realized $1.5 billion and $2.2 billion in net gains on sales of debt securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Accumulated OCI included after-tax net unrealized gains of $5.7 billion and $4.3 billion on AFS debt securities and $329 million and $1.7 billion on AFS marketable equity securities at September 30, 2012 and 2011. For additional information on accumulated OCI, see Note 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The amount of pre-tax net unrealized gains on AFS debt securities increased $3.2 billion and $4.1 billion during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 to $9.1 billion primarily due to the impact of lower interest rates. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see Note 4 – Securities to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We recognized $6 million and $52 million of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses in earnings on AFS debt securities in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $85 million and $218 million for the same periods in the prior year. The recognition of OTTI losses is based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than amortized cost, the financial condition of the issuer of the security including credit ratings and any specific events affecting the operations of the issuer, underlying assets that collateralize the debt security, other industry and macroeconomic conditions, and our intent and ability to hold the security to recovery.


140

Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, our residential mortgage portfolio was $247.3 billion and $262.3 billion which excluded $9.9 billion and $11.1 billion in the discontinued real estate loan portfolio and $1.2 billion and $2.2 billion of consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option. For more information on consumer fair value option loans, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 106. The $15.0 billion decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was due to paydowns, charge-offs and transfers to foreclosed properties which more than offset new origination volume and repurchases of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

CRES and GWIM originated $8.9 billion in first-lien mortgages that we retained, compared to $11.5 billion in the prior-year period. Additionally, we repurchased $2.2 billion of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA and received paydowns of $13.3 billion compared to repurchases of $155 million and paydowns of $9.5 billion in the prior-year period. There were no purchases of residential mortgages related to ALM activities during either period. We sold $17 million of residential mortgages compared to $18 million in the prior-year period, all of which were originated residential mortgages. Gains recognized on the sales of residential mortgages in both periods were minimal.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

CRES and GWIM originated $25.1 billion in first-lien mortgages that we retained, compared to $35.3 billion in the prior-year period. Additionally, we repurchased $4.5 billion of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA and received paydowns of $37.7 billion compared to repurchases of $7.7 billion and paydowns of $29.9 billion in the prior-year period. There were no purchases of residential mortgages related to ALM activities compared to $72 million in the prior-year period. We sold $75 million of residential mortgages compared to $91 million in the prior-year period, all of which were originated residential mortgages. Gains recognized on the sales of residential mortgages in both periods were minimal.

Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Derivative Contracts

Interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts are utilized in our ALM activities and serve as an efficient tool to manage our interest rate and foreign exchange risk. We use derivatives to hedge the variability in cash flows or changes in fair value on our balance sheet due to interest rate and foreign exchange components. For additional information on our hedging activities, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our interest rate contracts are generally non-leveraged generic interest rate and foreign exchange basis swaps, options, futures and forwards. In addition, we use foreign exchange contracts, including cross-currency interest rate swaps, foreign currency forward contracts and options to mitigate the foreign exchange risk associated with foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.

Changes to the composition of our derivatives portfolio during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 reflect actions taken for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management. The decisions to reposition our derivatives portfolio are based upon the current assessment of economic and financial conditions including the interest rate and foreign currency environments, balance sheet composition and trends, and the relative mix of our cash and derivative positions.

141

Table of Contents

Table 70 presents derivatives utilized in our ALM activities including those designated as accounting and economic hedging instruments and shows the notional amount, fair value, weighted-average receive-fixed and pay-fixed rates, expected maturity and estimated duration of our open ALM derivatives at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. These amounts do not include derivative hedges on our MSRs.

Table 70
Asset and Liability Management Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected Maturity
 
 
(Dollars in millions, average estimated duration in years)
Fair
Value
 
Total
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Average
Estimated
Duration
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
$
11,298

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
5.49

Notional amount
 

 
$
82,254

 
$
607

 
$
7,175

 
$
7,604

 
$
10,051

 
$
11,362

 
$
45,455

 
 

Weighted-average fixed-rate
 

 
4.24
%
 
2.61
%
 
4.06
%
 
3.79
%
 
4.09
%
 
3.98
%
 
4.46
%
 
 

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
(5,431
)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
18.02

Notional amount
 

 
$
21,876

 
$

 
$
36

 
$
1,230

 
$
520

 
$
1,025

 
$
19,065

 
 

Weighted-average fixed-rate
 

 
3.55
%
 
%
 
6.91
%
 
1.65
%
 
2.30
%
 
1.65
%
 
3.80
%
 
 

Same-currency basis swaps (3)
11

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount
 

 
$
208,208

 
$
4,413

 
$
81,766

 
$
53,853

 
$
17,572

 
$
15,141

 
$
35,463

 
 

Foreign exchange basis swaps (2, 4, 5)
1,626

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount
 

 
184,724

 
8,858

 
32,647

 
43,193

 
20,942

 
14,225

 
64,859

 
 

Option products (6)
(144
)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
1,686

 
663

 
700

 

 

 

 
323

 
 

Foreign exchange contracts (2, 5, 8)
2,947

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
(13,316
)
 
(35,602
)
 
(1,384
)
 
8,574

 
1,757

 
1,045

 
12,294

 
 

Futures and forward rate contracts
16

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
1,000

 
1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Net ALM contracts
$
10,323

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected Maturity
 
 
(Dollars in millions, average estimated duration in years)
Fair
Value
 
Total
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Average
Estimated
Duration
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
$
13,989

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.99

Notional amount
 
 
$
105,938

 
$
22,422

 
$
8,144

 
$
7,604

 
$
10,774

 
$
11,660

 
$
45,334

 
 
Weighted-average fixed-rate
 
 
4.09
%
 
2.65
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.79
%
 
4.01
%
 
3.96
%
 
4.98
%
 
 
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
(13,561
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.17

Notional amount
 
 
$
77,985

 
$
2,150

 
$
1,496

 
$
1,750

 
$
15,026

 
$
8,951

 
$
48,612

 
 
Weighted-average fixed-rate
 
 
3.29
%
 
1.45
%
 
2.68
%
 
1.80
%
 
2.35
%
 
3.13
%
 
3.76
%
 
 
Same-currency basis swaps (3)
61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount
 
 
$
222,641

 
$
44,898

 
$
83,248

 
$
35,678

 
$
14,134

 
$
17,113

 
$
27,570

 
 
Foreign exchange basis swaps (2, 4, 5)
3,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount
 
 
262,428

 
60,359

 
49,161

 
55,111

 
20,401

 
43,360

 
34,036

 
 
Option products (6)
(1,875
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
10,413

 
1,500

 
2,950

 
600

 
300

 
458

 
4,605

 
 
Foreign exchange contracts (2, 5, 8)
2,522

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
52,328

 
20,470

 
3,556

 
10,165

 
2,071

 
2,603

 
13,463

 
 
Futures and forward rate contracts
153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
12,160

 
12,160

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Net ALM contracts
$
4,698

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the receive-fixed interest rate swap notional amounts that represented forward starting swaps and which will not be effective until their respective contractual start dates totaled $2.2 billion and $1.7 billion. The forward starting pay-fixed swap positions at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $520 million and $8.8 billion.
(2) 
Does not include basis adjustments on either fixed-rate debt issued by the Corporation or AFS debt securities which are hedged using derivatives designated as fair value hedging instruments that substantially offset the fair values of these derivatives.
(3) 
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of same-currency basis swaps consisted of $208.2 billion and $222.6 billion in both foreign currency and U.S. dollar-denominated basis swaps in which both sides of the swap are in the same currency.
(4) 
Foreign exchange basis swaps consisted of cross-currency variable interest rate swaps used separately or in conjunction with receive-fixed interest rate swaps.
(5) 
Does not include foreign currency translation adjustments on certain non-U.S. debt issued by the Corporation that substantially offset the fair values of these derivatives.
(6) 
The notional amount of option products of $1.7 billion at September 30, 2012 were comprised of $17 million in purchased caps/floors, $1.0 billion in swaptions and $663 million in foreign exchange options. Option products of $10.4 billion at December 31, 2011 were comprised of $30 million in purchased caps/floors and $10.4 billion in swaptions.
(7) 
Reflects the net of long and short positions.
(8) 
The notional amount of foreign exchange contracts of $(13.3) billion at September 30, 2012 was comprised of $42.2 billion in foreign currency-denominated and cross-currency receive-fixed swaps, $9.2 billion in foreign currency-denominated pay-fixed swaps, and $(46.3) billion in net foreign currency forward rate contracts. Foreign exchange contracts of $52.3 billion at December 31, 2011 were comprised of $40.6 billion in foreign currency-denominated and cross-currency receive-fixed swaps, $647 million in foreign currency-denominated pay-fixed swaps and $12.4 billion in net foreign currency forward rate contracts.


142

Table of Contents

We use interest rate derivative instruments to hedge the variability in the cash flows of our assets and liabilities and other forecasted transactions (collectively referred to as cash flow hedges). The net losses on both open and terminated derivative instruments recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax, were $3.3 billion and $3.8 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. These net losses are expected to be reclassified into earnings in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect earnings and will decrease income or increase expense on the respective hedged cash flows. Assuming no change in open cash flow derivative hedge positions and no changes in prices or interest rates beyond what is implied in forward yield curves at September 30, 2012, the pre-tax net losses are expected to be reclassified into earnings as follows: $1.2 billion, or 23 percent, within the next year, 58 percent in years two through five, and 12 percent in years six through ten, with the remaining 7 percent thereafter. For more information on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, see Note 3 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We hedge our net investment in non-U.S. operations determined to have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar using forward foreign exchange contracts that typically settle in less than 180 days, cross-currency basis swaps, foreign exchange options and foreign currency-denominated debt. We recorded after-tax gains on derivatives and foreign currency-denominated debt in accumulated OCI associated with net investment hedges which were offset by losses on our net investments in consolidated non-U.S. entities at September 30, 2012.

Mortgage Banking Risk Management

We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subject us to credit, liquidity and interest rate risks, among others. We determine whether loans will be HFI or held-for-sale at the time of commitment and manage credit and liquidity risks by selling or securitizing a portion of the loans we originate.

Interest rate risk and market risk can be substantial in the mortgage business. Fluctuations in interest rates drive consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity, which in turn, affects total origination and service fee income. Typically, a decline in mortgage interest rates will lead to an increase in mortgage originations and fees and a decrease in the value of the MSRs driven by higher prepayment expectations. Hedging the various sources of interest rate risk in mortgage banking is a complex process that requires complex modeling and ongoing monitoring. IRLCs and the related residential first mortgage LHFS are subject to interest rate risk between the date of the IRLC and the date the loans are sold to the secondary market. To hedge interest rate risk, we utilize forward loan sale commitments and other derivative instruments including purchased options. These instruments are used as economic hedges of IRLCs and residential first mortgage LHFS. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amounts of derivatives economically hedging the IRLCs and residential first mortgage LHFS were $46.3 billion and $14.7 billion.

MSRs are nonfinancial assets created when the underlying mortgage loan is sold to investors and we retain the right to service the loan. We use certain derivatives such as interest rate options, interest rate swaps, forward settlement contracts and Eurodollar futures, as well as MBS and U.S. Treasuries as economic hedges of MSRs. The notional amounts of the derivative contracts and principal value of other securities designated as economic hedges of MSRs were $2.7 trillion and $31.6 billion at September 30, 2012 and $2.6 trillion and $46.3 billion at December 31, 2011. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded gains in mortgage banking income of $920 million and $2.2 billion related to the change in fair value of these economic hedges compared to gains of $4.3 billion and $5.5 billion for the same periods in the prior year. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights to the Consolidated Financial Statements and for more information on mortgage banking income, see CRES on page 38.

Compliance Risk Management

Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss or damage to the reputation of the Corporation arising from the failure to comply with requirements applicable to banking and financial services laws, rules and regulations. Compliance is at the core of the Corporation’s culture and is a key component of risk management discipline.

The Global Compliance organization is responsible for driving a culture of compliance; establishing compliance program requirements and related policies; executing, monitoring and testing of business controls; performing risk assessments on the businesses’ adherence to laws, rules and regulations as well as the effectiveness of business controls; overseeing remediation of compliance risks and issues executed by the businesses and supporting the identification, escalation and reporting of current, emerging and reputational compliance risk matters to senior management and the Board (or appropriate subcommittee). Global Compliance is also responsible for facilitating processes to effectively manage regulatory changes and maintain constructive relationships with regulators.

The Board provides oversight of compliance risks through its Audit Committee.


143

Table of Contents

Operational Risk Management

The Corporation defines operational risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk may occur anywhere in the Corporation, not solely in operations functions, and its effects may extend beyond financial losses. Operational risk includes legal risk. Successful operational risk management is particularly important to diversified financial services companies because of the nature, volume and complexity of the financial services business. Global banking guidelines and country-specific requirements for managing operational risk were established in Basel 2 which requires that the Corporation has internal operational risk management processes to assess and measure operational risk exposure and to set aside appropriate capital to address those exposures.

We approach operational risk management from two perspectives to manage operational risk within the structure of the Corporation: (1) at the enterprise level to provide independent, integrated management of operational risk across the organization, and (2) at the business and enterprise control function levels to address operational risk in revenue producing and non-revenue producing units. A sound internal governance structure enhances the effectiveness of the Corporation's Operational Risk Management Program and is accomplished at the enterprise level through formal oversight by the Board, the Chief Risk Officer and a variety of management committees and risk oversight groups aligned to the Corporation's overall risk governance framework and practices. Of these, the Compliance and Operational Risk Committee (CORC) oversees the Corporation's policies and processes for sound operational risk management. The CORC also serves as an escalation point for critical operational risk matters within the Corporation. The CORC reports operational risk activities to the Enterprise Risk Committee of the Board.

Within the Global Risk Management organization, the Corporate Operational Risk team develops and guides the strategies, policies, practices, controls and monitoring tools for assessing and managing operational risks across the organization and reports results to the businesses, enterprise control functions, senior management, governance committees and the Board.

The business and enterprise control functions are responsible for all the risks within their units, including operational risks. In addition to enterprise risk management tools such as loss reporting, scenario analysis, and risk and control self assessments, operational risk executives, working in conjunction with senior business executives, have developed key tools to help identify, measure, mitigate and monitor risk in each business and enterprise control function.

Our websites and, as reported in the media, the websites of other large financial institutions, have recently been subject to a series of distributed denial of service cyber security incidents. These incidents have not had a material impact upon Bank of America, nor have they resulted in unauthorized access to our or our customers' confidential, proprietary or other information. For more information about the risks associated with cyber security incidents, see Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Independent review and challenge to the Corporation's overall operational risk management framework is performed by the Corporate Operational Risk Validation Team.

For more information on our operational risk management activities, see page 96 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


144

Table of Contents

Complex Accounting Estimates

Our significant accounting principles, as described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, are essential in understanding the MD&A. Many of our significant accounting principles require complex judgments to estimate the values of assets and liabilities. We have procedures and processes in place to facilitate making these judgments.

The more judgmental estimates impacting results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are summarized in the following discussion. We have identified and described the development of the variables most important in the estimation processes that involve mathematical models to derive the estimates. In many cases, there are numerous alternative judgments that could be used in the process of determining the inputs to the models. Where alternatives exist, we have used the factors that we believe represent the most reasonable value in developing the inputs. Actual performance that differs from our estimates of the key variables could impact our results of operations. Separate from the possible future impact to our results of operations from input and model variables, the value of our lending portfolio and market-sensitive assets and liabilities may change subsequent to the balance sheet date, often significantly, due to the nature and magnitude of future credit and market conditions. Such credit and market conditions may change quickly and in unforeseen ways and the resulting volatility could have a significant, negative effect on future operating results. These fluctuations would not be indicative of deficiencies in our models or inputs.

For additional information, see Complex Accounting Estimates on page 97 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and are significant to the overall fair value measurement are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy established in applicable accounting guidance. The Level 3 financial assets and liabilities include certain loans, MBS, ABS, CDOs and structured liabilities, as well as highly structured, complex or long-dated derivative contracts, private equity investments and consumer MSRs. The fair value of these Level 3 financial assets and liabilities is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Table 71
Level 3 Asset and Liability Summary
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Assets
 
As a %
of Total
Assets
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Assets
 
As a %
of Total
Assets
Trading account assets
$
9,955

 
24.97
%
 
0.46
%
 
$
11,455

 
22.21
%
 
0.54
%
Derivative assets
9,983

 
25.04

 
0.46

 
14,366

 
27.85

 
0.67

AFS debt securities
6,299

 
15.80

 
0.29

 
8,012

 
15.53

 
0.38

All other Level 3 assets at fair value
13,631

 
34.19

 
0.63

 
17,744

 
34.41

 
0.83

Total Level 3 assets at fair value (1)
$
39,868

 
100.00
%
 
1.84
%
 
$
51,577

 
100.00
%
 
2.42
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Liabilities
 
As a %
of Total
Liabilities
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Liabilities
 
As a %
of Total
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities
$
7,023

 
72.26
%
 
0.36
%
 
$
8,500

 
73.46
%
 
0.45
%
Long-term debt
2,290

 
23.56

 
0.12

 
2,943

 
25.43

 
0.15

All other Level 3 liabilities at fair value
406

 
4.18

 
0.02

 
128

 
1.11

 
0.01

Total Level 3 liabilities at fair value (1)
$
9,719

 
100.00
%
 
0.50
%
 
$
11,571

 
100.00
%
 
0.61
%
(1) 
Level 3 total assets and liabilities are shown before the impact of counterparty netting related to our derivative positions.


145

Table of Contents

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recognized net losses of $315 million and $660 million on Level 3 assets and liabilities. The net losses during the three months ended September 30, 2012 were primarily losses on MSRs and net derivative assets, partially offset by gains on trading account assets. Unrealized losses on MSRs were primarily due to the impact of the decline in interest rates on forecasted prepayments. Unrealized losses on net derivative assets were primarily due to tightening spreads on credit derivatives and in the RMBS indices, as well as mark-to-market movement in various equity instruments. Unrealized gains on trading account assets were primarily due to mark-to-market gains on collateralized loan obligation positions due to strong market conditions, as well as mark-to-market gains on secondary loan positions held in inventory. The net losses during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were primarily losses on MSRs, partially offset by gains on trading account assets, as discussed above. There were net unrealized gains of $88 million in accumulated OCI on Level 3 assets and liabilities at September 30, 2012. For additional information on the components of net realized and unrealized gains and losses during three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Level 3 financial instruments, such as our consumer MSRs, may be economically hedged with derivatives classified as Level 1 or 2; therefore, gains or losses associated with Level 3 financial instruments may be offset by gains or losses associated with financial instruments classified in other levels of the fair value hierarchy. The Level 3 gains and losses recorded in earnings did not have a significant impact on our liquidity or capital resources.

We conduct a review of our fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Transfers into or out of Level 3 are made if the significant inputs used in the financial models measuring the fair values of the assets and liabilities became unobservable or observable, respectively, in the current marketplace. These transfers are considered to be effective as of the beginning of the quarter in which they occur. For additional information on the significant transfers into and out of Level 3 during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Background

The nature of and accounting for goodwill and intangible assets are discussed in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles and Note 10 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as Complex Accounting Estimates on pages 97 through 103 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Goodwill is reviewed for potential impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, which for the Corporation is performed as of June 30, and in interim periods if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below. As reporting units are determined after an acquisition or evolve with changes in business strategy, goodwill is assigned to reporting units and it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition. All of the revenue streams and related activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organic, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

We use the reporting units’ allocated equity as a proxy for the carrying amount of equity for each reporting unit in our goodwill impairment tests as we do not maintain a record of equity as defined under GAAP at the reporting unit level. Allocated equity includes economic capital, goodwill and a percentage of intangible assets allocated to the reporting units. The allocation of economic capital to the reporting units utilized for goodwill impairment testing has the same basis as the allocation of economic capital to our operating segments. Economic capital allocation plans are incorporated into the Corporation’s financial plan which is approved by the Board on an annual basis. Allocated equity is updated on a quarterly basis.

2012 Annual Goodwill Impairment Testing

The Corporation's common stock price remained low during 2011 and 2012. During these periods, our market capitalization remained below our recorded book value. We estimate that the fair value of all reporting units with assigned goodwill in aggregate as of the June 30, 2012 annual goodwill impairment test was $219.5 billion and the aggregate carrying value of all reporting units with assigned goodwill, as measured by allocated equity was $138.4 billion. The common stock market capitalization of the Corporation as of June 30, 2012 was $88.2 billion ($95.2 billion at September 30, 2012). During our 2012 annual goodwill impairment test we also evaluated the U.K. Card business within All Other which is included in the amounts above as the U.K. Card business comprises the majority of the goodwill included in All Other. As none of our reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations do not directly correlate to the Corporation's stock price. Although we believe it is reasonable to conclude that market capitalization could be an indicator of fair value over time, we do not believe that our current market capitalization reflects the aggregate fair value of our individual reporting units.

Estimating the fair value of reporting units is a subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. We determined the fair values of the reporting units using a combination of valuation techniques consistent with the market approach and the income approach and also utilized

146

Table of Contents

independent valuation specialists.
The market approach we used estimates the fair value of the individual reporting units by incorporating any combination of the tangible capital, book capital and earnings multiples from comparable publicly-traded companies in industries similar to that of the reporting unit. The relative weight assigned to these multiples varies among the reporting units based on qualitative and quantitative characteristics, primarily the size and relative profitability of the reporting unit as compared to the comparable publicly-traded companies. Since the fair values determined under the market approach are representative of a noncontrolling interest, we added a control premium to arrive at the reporting units’ estimated fair values on a controlling basis.

For purposes of the income approach, we calculated discounted cash flows by taking the net present value of estimated future cash flows and an appropriate terminal value. Our discounted cash flow analysis employs a capital asset pricing model in estimating the discount rate (i.e., cost of equity financing) for each reporting unit. The inputs to this model include the risk-free rate of return, beta, which is a measure of the level of non-diversifiable risk associated with comparable companies for each specific reporting unit, market equity risk premium and in certain cases an unsystematic (company-specific) risk factor. The unsystematic risk factor is the input that specifically addresses uncertainty related to our projections of earnings and growth, including the uncertainty related to loss expectations. We utilized discount rates that we believe adequately reflect the risk and uncertainty in the financial markets generally and specifically in our internally developed forecasts. We estimated expected rates of equity returns based on historical market returns and risk/return rates for similar industries of each reporting unit. We use our internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and actual results may differ from forecasted results.

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2012 for all of our reporting units which had goodwill. In performing the first step of the annual goodwill impairment analysis, we compared the fair value of each reporting unit to its estimated carrying value as measured by allocated equity, including goodwill. To determine fair value, we utilized a combination of the market approach and income approach. Under the market approach, we compared earnings and equity multiples of the individual reporting units to multiples of public companies comparable to the individual reporting units. The control premium used in the June 30, 2012 annual goodwill impairment was 35 percent for all reporting units. Under the income approach, we updated our assumptions to reflect the current market environment. The discount rates used in the June 30, 2012 annual goodwill impairment test ranged from 11 percent to 14 percent depending on the relative risk of a reporting unit. Growth rates developed by management for individual revenue and expense items in each reporting unit ranged from (0.2) percent to 7.2 percent. For certain revenue and expense items that have been significantly affected by the current economic environment, management developed separate long-term forecasts.

Based on the results of step one of the annual goodwill impairment test, we determined that step two was not required for any of the reporting units as their fair value exceeded their carrying value indicating there was no impairment.


147

Table of Contents

Table 72 shows goodwill assigned to the individual reporting units and the fair value as a percentage of the carrying value as of our June 30, 2012 annual goodwill impairment test.

Table 72
 
 
 
 
Goodwill by Reporting Unit
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Estimated Fair Value as a Percent of Allocated Carrying Value
 
Goodwill
Consumer & Business Banking
 
 
 
 
Deposits
131.8
%
 
 
$
17,875

Card Services
134.5

 
 
10,014

Business Banking
123.1

 
 
2,097

Global Banking
 
 
 
 
Global Corporate and Investment Banking
190.7

 
 
6,231

Global Commercial Banking
133.0

 
 
18,571

Global Markets
207.6

 
 
4,450

Global Wealth & Investment Management
 
 
 
 
U.S. Trust
142.3

 
 
3,051

Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management
239.4

 
 
6,877

U.K. Card (1)
171.9

 
 
775

(1) 
Reflects the goodwill and estimated fair value as a percent of allocated carrying value assigned to the U.K. Card business within All Other. The total amount of goodwill in All Other was $810 million at June 30, 2012.

In estimating the fair value of the reporting units in step one of the annual goodwill impairment analysis, the fair values can be sensitive to changes in the projected cash flows and assumptions. In some instances, minor changes in the assumptions could impact whether the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying value. Furthermore, a prolonged decrease or increase in a particular assumption would eventually lead to the fair value of a reporting unit being less than its carrying value. Also, to the extent step two of the annual goodwill impairment analysis is required, changes in the estimated fair values of the individual assets and liabilities may impact estimates of fair value for assets or liabilities and result in a different amount of implied goodwill, and ultimately the amount of goodwill impairment, if any.


148

Table of Contents

Representations and Warranties

The methodology used to estimate the liability for obligations under representations and warranties related to transfers of residential mortgage loans is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a variety of factors. Depending upon the counterparty, these factors include actual defaults, estimated future defaults, historical loss experience, estimated home prices, other economic conditions, estimated probability that we will receive a repurchase request, including consideration of whether presentation thresholds will be met, number of payments made by the borrower prior to default and estimated probability that we will be required to repurchase a loan. It also considers other relevant facts and circumstances, such as bulk settlements and identity of the counterparty or type of counterparty, as appropriate. The estimate of the liability for obligations under representations and warranties is based upon currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of factors, including those set forth above, that are subject to change. Changes to any one of these factors could significantly impact the estimate of our liability.

The representations and warranties provision may vary significantly each period as the methodology used to estimate the expense continues to be refined based on the level and type of repurchase requests presented, defects identified, the latest experience gained on repurchase requests and other relevant facts and circumstances. The estimate of the liability for representations and warranties is sensitive to future defaults, loss severity and the net repurchase rate. An assumed simultaneous increase or decrease of 10 percent in estimated future defaults, loss severity and the net repurchase rate would result in an increase of approximately $1.5 billion or decrease of approximately $1.2 billion in the representations and warranties liability as of September 30, 2012. These sensitivities are hypothetical and are intended to provide an indication of the impact of a significant change in these key assumptions on the representations and warranties liability. In reality, changes in one assumption may result in changes in other assumptions, which may or may not counteract the sensitivity.

For additional information on representations and warranties exposure and the corresponding range of possible loss, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 58, as well as Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements herein and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


149

Table of Contents

Glossary
Alt-A Mortgage – A type of U.S. mortgage that, for various reasons, is considered riskier than A-paper, or “prime,” and less risky than “subprime,” the riskiest category. Alt-A interest rates, which are determined by credit risk, therefore tend to be between those of prime and subprime home loans. Typically, Alt-A mortgages are characterized by borrowers with less than full documentation, lower credit scores and higher LTVs.
Assets in Custody – Consist largely of custodial and non-discretionary trust assets excluding brokerage assets administered for clients. Trust assets encompass a broad range of asset types including real estate, private company ownership interest, personal property and investments.
Assets Under Management (AUM) – The total market value of assets under the investment advisory and discretion of GWIM which generate asset management fees based on a percentage of the assets’ market values. AUM reflects assets that are generally managed for institutional, high net-worth and retail clients, and are distributed through various investment products including mutual funds, other commingled vehicles and separate accounts.
Carrying Value (with respect to loans) – The amount at which a loan is recorded on the balance sheet. For loans recorded at amortized cost, carrying value is the unpaid principal balance net of unamortized deferred loan origination fees and costs, and unamortized purchase premium or discount. For loans that are or have been on nonaccrual status, the carrying value is also reduced by any net charge-offs that have been recorded and the amount of interest payments applied as a reduction of principal under the cost recovery method. For PCI loans, the carrying value equals fair value upon acquisition adjusted for subsequent cash collections and yield accreted to date. For credit card loans, the carrying value also includes interest that has been billed to the customer. For loans classified as held-for-sale, carrying value is the lower of carrying value as described in the sentences above, or fair value. For loans for which we have elected the fair value option, the carrying value is fair value.
Client Brokerage Assets – Include client assets which are held in brokerage accounts. This includes non-discretionary brokerage and fee-based assets which generate brokerage income and asset management fee revenue.
Committed Credit Exposure – Includes any funded portion of a facility plus the unfunded portion of a facility on which the lender is legally bound to advance funds during a specified period under prescribed conditions.
Credit Derivatives – Contractual agreements that provide protection against a credit event on one or more referenced obligations. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection purchaser and protection seller at the inception of the transaction, and such events generally include bankruptcy or insolvency of the referenced credit entity, failure to meet payment obligations when due, as well as acceleration of indebtedness and payment repudiation or moratorium. The purchaser of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of such a credit event. A credit default swap is a type of a credit derivative.
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) – A portfolio adjustment required to properly reflect the counterparty credit risk exposure as part of the fair value of derivative instruments.
Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA) – A portfolio adjustment required to properly reflect the Corporation's own credit risk exposure as part of the fair value of derivative instruments.
Interest Rate Lock Commitment (IRLC) – Commitment with a loan applicant in which the loan terms, including interest rate and price, are guaranteed for a designated period of time subject to credit approval.
Letter of Credit – A document issued on behalf of a customer to a third party promising to pay the third party upon presentation of specified documents. A letter of credit effectively substitutes the issuer's credit for that of the customer.
Loan-to-value (LTV) – A commonly used credit quality metric that is reported in terms of ending and average LTV. Ending LTV is calculated as the outstanding carrying value of the loan at the end of the period divided by the estimated value of the property securing the loan. Estimated property values are primarily determined by utilizing the Case-Schiller Home Index, a widely used index based on data from repeat sales of single family homes. Case-Schiller indices are updated quarterly and are reported on a three-month or one-quarter lag. An additional metric related to LTV is combined loan-to-value (CLTV) which is similar to the LTV metric, yet combines the outstanding balance on the residential mortgage loan and the outstanding carrying value on the home equity loan or available line of credit, both of which are secured by the same property, divided by the estimated value of the property. A LTV of 100 percent reflects a loan that is currently secured by a property valued at an amount exactly equal to the carrying value or available line of the loan. Under certain circumstances, estimated values can also be determined by utilizing an automated valuation method (AVM) or Mortgage Risk

150

Table of Contents

Assessment Corporation (MRAC) index. An AVM is a tool that estimates the value of a property by reference to large volumes of market data including sales of comparable properties and price trends specific to the MSA in which the property being valued is located. The MRAC index is similar to the Case-Schiller Home Index in that it is an index that is based on data from repeat sales of single family homes and is reported on a lag.
Margin Receivables An extension of credit secured by eligible securities in certain brokerage accounts.
Matched Book – Repurchase and resale agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions entered into to accommodate customers and earn interest rate spreads.
Mortgage Servicing Right (MSR) – The right to service a mortgage loan when the underlying loan is sold or securitized. Servicing includes collections for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors.
Net Interest Yield – Net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
Nonperforming Loans and Leases – Includes loans and leases that have been placed on nonaccrual status, including nonaccruing loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties (TDRs). Loans accounted for under the fair value option, PCI loans and LHFS are not reported as nonperforming loans and leases. Consumer credit card loans, business card loans, consumer loans not secured by real estate, and consumer loans secured by real estate, which include loans insured by the FHA and individually insured long-term credit protection agreements with FNMA and FHLMC (fully-insured loan portfolio), are not placed on nonaccrual status and are, therefore, not reported as nonperforming loans and leases.
Purchased Credit-impaired (PCI) Loan – A loan purchased as an individual loan, in a portfolio of loans or in a business combination with evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination for which it is probable, upon acquisition, that the investor will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. These loans are recorded at fair value upon acquisition.
Subprime Loans – Although a standard industry definition for subprime loans (including subprime mortgage loans) does not exist, the Corporation defines subprime loans as specific product offerings for higher risk borrowers, including individuals with one or a combination of high credit risk factors, such as low FICO scores, high debt to income ratios and inferior payment history.
Super Senior CDO Exposure – Represents the most senior class of commercial paper or notes that are issued by CDO vehicles. These financial instruments benefit from the subordination of all other securities, including AAA-rated securities, issued by CDO vehicles.
Tier 1 Common Capital – Tier 1 capital less preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities, hybrid securities and qualifying noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries.
Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) – Loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Certain consumer loans for which a binding offer to restructure has been extended are also classified as TDRs. Concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate to a rate that is below market on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance, loans discharged in bankruptcy or other actions intended to maximize collection. TDRs are generally reported as nonperforming loans and leases while on nonaccrual status. Nonperforming TDRs may be returned to accrual status when, among other criteria, payment in full of all amounts due under the restructured terms is expected and the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance, typically six months. TDRs that are on accrual status are reported as performing TDRs through the end of the calendar year in which the restructuring occurred or the year in which they are returned to accrual status. In addition, if accruing TDRs bear less than a market rate of interest at the time of modification, they are reported as performing TDRs throughout their remaining lives unless and until they cease to perform in accordance with their modified contractual terms, at which time they would be placed on nonaccrual status and reported as nonperforming TDRs.
Value-at-Risk (VaR) – VaR is a model that simulates the value of a portfolio under a range of hypothetical scenarios in order to generate a distribution of potential gains and losses. VaR represents the loss the portfolio is expected to experience with a given confidence level based on historical data. A VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of potential gains and losses on our trading portfolios.

151

Table of Contents

Acronyms
 
 
 
ABS
 
Asset-backed securities
AFS
 
Available-for-sale
ALM
 
Asset and liability management
ALMRC
 
Asset Liability Market Risk Committee
ARM
 
Adjustable-rate mortgage
CDO
 
Collateralized debt obligation
CLO
 
Collateralized loan obligation
CMBS
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
CORC
 
Compliance and Operational Risk Committee
CRA
 
Community Reinvestment Act
CRC
 
Credit Risk Committee
EAD
 
Exposure at default
EU
 
European Union
FDIC
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FFIEC
 
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
FHA
 
Federal Housing Administration
FHLMC
 
Freddie Mac
FICC
 
Fixed income, currencies and commodities
FICO
 
Fair Isaac Corporation (credit score)
FNMA
 
Fannie Mae
FTE
 
Fully taxable-equivalent
GAAP
 
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
GNMA
 
Government National Mortgage Association
GMRC
 
Global Markets Risk Committee
GSE
 
Government-sponsored enterprise
HFI
 
Held-for-investment
HUD
 
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
LCR
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LGD
 
Loss given default
LHFS
 
Loans held-for-sale
LIBOR
 
London InterBank Offered Rate
MBS
 
Mortgage-backed securities
MD&A
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
MI
 
Mortgage insurance
MSA
 
Metropolitan statistical area
NSFR
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
OCC
 
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
 
Other comprehensive income
OTC
 
Over-the-counter
OTTI
 
Other-than-temporary impairment
PPI
 
Payment protection insurance
RMBS
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
ROTE
 
Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity
SBLCs
 
Standby letters of credit
SEC
 
Securities and Exchange Commission
VA
 
U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs

152

Table of Contents

Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See Market Risk Management on page 135 in the MD&A and the sections referenced therein for Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report and pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), the Corporation’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness and design of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report, in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

Changes in Internal Controls

There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the three months ended September 30, 2012 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.


153

Table of Contents

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases
$
9,597

 
$
11,205

 
$
29,514

 
$
34,454

Debt securities
2,031

 
1,729

 
6,658

 
7,286

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
353

 
584

 
1,173

 
1,698

Trading account assets
1,189

 
1,500

 
3,787

 
4,664

Other interest income
806

 
835

 
2,297

 
2,721

Total interest income
13,976

 
15,853

 
43,429

 
50,823

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
484

 
704

 
1,552

 
2,386

Short-term borrowings
893

 
1,153

 
2,717

 
3,678

Trading account liabilities
418

 
547

 
1,343

 
1,801

Long-term debt
2,243

 
2,959

 
7,485

 
9,043

Total interest expense
4,038

 
5,363

 
13,097

 
16,908

Net interest income
9,938

 
10,490

 
30,332

 
33,915

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
1,538

 
1,911

 
4,573

 
5,706

Service charges
1,934

 
2,068

 
5,780

 
6,112

Investment and brokerage services
2,781

 
3,022

 
8,504

 
9,132

Investment banking income
1,336

 
942

 
3,699

 
4,204

Equity investment income
238

 
1,446

 
1,371

 
4,133

Trading account profits
1,239

 
1,604

 
5,078

 
6,417

Mortgage banking income (loss)
2,019

 
1,617

 
5,290

 
(10,949
)
Insurance income (loss)
(138
)
 
190

 
(71
)
 
1,203

Gains on sales of debt securities
339

 
737

 
1,491

 
2,182

Other income (loss)
(790
)
 
4,511

 
(1,321
)
 
6,729

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses
(9
)
 
(114
)
 
(70
)
 
(271
)
Less: Portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income
3

 
29

 
18

 
53

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings on available-for-sale debt securities
(6
)
 
(85
)
 
(52
)
 
(218
)
Total noninterest income
10,490

 
17,963

 
34,342

 
34,651

Total revenue, net of interest expense
20,428

 
28,453

 
64,674

 
68,566

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
1,774

 
3,407

 
5,965

 
10,476

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personnel
8,431

 
8,865

 
27,348

 
28,204

Occupancy
1,160

 
1,183

 
3,419

 
3,617

Equipment
561

 
616

 
1,718

 
1,815

Marketing
479

 
556

 
1,393

 
1,680

Professional fees
873

 
937

 
2,578

 
2,349

Amortization of intangibles
315

 
377

 
955

 
1,144

Data processing
640

 
626

 
2,188

 
1,964

Telecommunications
410

 
405

 
1,227

 
1,167

Other general operating
4,675

 
3,872

 
12,907

 
15,672

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 
2,603

Merger and restructuring charges

 
176

 

 
537

Total noninterest expense
17,544

 
17,613

 
53,733

 
60,752

Income (loss) before income taxes
1,110

 
7,433

 
4,976

 
(2,662
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
770

 
1,201

 
1,520

 
(2,117
)
Net income (loss)
$
340

 
$
6,232

 
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
Preferred stock dividends
373

 
343

 
1,063

 
954

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
(33
)
 
$
5,889

 
$
2,393

 
$
(1,499
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.00

 
$
0.58

 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.15
)
Diluted earnings (loss)
0.00

 
0.56

 
0.22

 
(0.15
)
Dividends paid
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.03

 
0.03

Average common shares issued and outstanding (in thousands)
10,776,173

 
10,116,284

 
10,735,461

 
10,095,859

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding (in thousands)
10,776,173

 
10,464,395

 
10,826,503

 
10,095,859

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

154

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net income (loss)
$
340

 
$
6,232

 
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
Other comprehensive income, net-of-tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities
2,365

 
(2,158
)
 
2,971

 
(1,404
)
Net change in derivatives
234

 
(764
)
 
535

 
(830
)
Employee benefit plan adjustments
75

 
66

 
1,106

 
204

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments
15

 
(8
)
 
14

 
25

Other comprehensive income (loss)
2,689

 
(2,864
)
 
4,626

 
(2,005
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
3,029

 
$
3,368

 
$
8,082

 
$
(2,550
)
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



155

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
106,415

 
$
120,102

Time deposits placed and other short-term investments
15,950

 
26,004

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell (includes $104,494 and $87,453 measured at fair value)
234,034

 
211,183

Trading account assets (includes $103,208 and $80,130 pledged as collateral)
211,090

 
169,319

Derivative assets
57,865

 
73,023

Debt securities:
 
 
 
Available-for-sale (includes $52,561 and $69,021 pledged as collateral)
305,949

 
276,151

Held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value - $41,128 and $35,442; $12,995 and $24,009 pledged as collateral)
39,898

 
35,265

Total debt securities
345,847

 
311,416

Loans and leases (includes $7,638 and $8,804 measured at fair value and $46,657 and $73,463 pledged as collateral)
893,035

 
926,200

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(26,233
)
 
(33,783
)
Loans and leases, net of allowance
866,802

 
892,417

Premises and equipment, net
12,436

 
13,637

Mortgage servicing rights (includes $5,087 and $7,378 measured at fair value)
5,242

 
7,510

Goodwill
69,976

 
69,967

Intangible assets
7,030

 
8,021

Loans held-for-sale (includes $11,077 and $7,630 measured at fair value)
16,436

 
13,762

Customer and other receivables
66,341

 
66,999

Other assets (includes $32,552 and $37,084 measured at fair value)
150,698

 
145,686

Total assets
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,129,046

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets of consolidated VIEs included in total assets above (isolated to settle the liabilities of the VIEs)
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
9,959

 
$
8,595

Derivative assets
546

 
1,634

Loans and leases
125,043

 
140,194

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(3,811
)
 
(5,066
)
Loans and leases, net of allowance
121,232

 
135,128

Loans held-for-sale
2,165

 
1,635

All other assets
3,754

 
4,769

Total assets of consolidated VIEs
$
137,656

 
$
151,761

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


156

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet (continued)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits in U.S. offices:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
362,646

 
$
332,228

Interest-bearing (includes $2,449 and $3,297 measured at fair value)
625,200

 
624,814

Deposits in non-U.S. offices:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
6,667

 
6,839

Interest-bearing
68,794

 
69,160

Total deposits
1,063,307

 
1,033,041

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $53,635 and $34,235 measured at fair value)
273,900

 
214,864

Trading account liabilities
72,179

 
60,508

Derivative liabilities
51,369

 
59,520

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $4,278 and $6,558 measured at fair value)
35,291

 
35,698

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (includes $18,280 and $15,743 measured at fair value and $518 and $714 of reserve for unfunded lending commitments)
144,976

 
123,049

Long-term debt (includes $49,912 and $46,239 measured at fair value)
286,534

 
372,265

Total liabilities
1,927,556

 
1,898,945

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities, Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized — 100,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 3,685,410 and 3,689,084 shares
18,768

 
18,397

Common stock and additional paid-in capital, $0.01 par value; authorized — 12,800,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 10,777,267,465 and 10,535,937,957 shares
158,066

 
156,621

Retained earnings
62,583

 
60,520

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(811
)
 
(5,437
)
Total shareholders’ equity
238,606

 
230,101

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,129,046

 
 
 
 
Liabilities of consolidated VIEs included in total liabilities above
 
 
 
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,111 and $650 of non-recourse liabilities)
$
3,872

 
$
5,777

Long-term debt (includes $33,285 and $44,976 of non-recourse debt)
38,055

 
49,054

All other liabilities (includes $145 and $225 of non-recourse liabilities)
625

 
1,116

Total liabilities of consolidated VIEs
$
42,552

 
$
55,947

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



157

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
Preferred
Stock
Common Stock and Additional Paid-in Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Other
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
(Dollars in millions, shares in thousands)
Shares
Amount
Balance, December 31, 2010
$
16,562

10,085,155

$
150,905

$
60,849

$
(66
)
$
(2
)
$
228,248

Net loss
 
 
 
(545
)
 
 
(545
)
Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
(1,404
)
 
(1,404
)
Net change in derivatives
 
 
 
 
(830
)
 
(830
)
Employee benefit plan adjustments
 
 
 
 
204

 
204

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 
25

 
25

Dividends paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
 
 
 
(309
)

 
(309
)
Preferred
 
 
 
(954
)

 
(954
)
Issuance of preferred stock and warrants
2,918

 
2,082

 
 
 
5,000

Common stock issued under employee plans and related tax effects

49,277

814



1

815

Other

 

 

2

 


2

Balance, September 30, 2011
$
19,480

10,134,432

$
153,801

$
59,043

$
(2,071
)
$
(1
)
$
230,252

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
$
18,397

10,535,938

$
156,621

$
60,520

$
(5,437
)
$

$
230,101

Net income



3,456



3,456

Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities




2,971


2,971

Net change in derivatives




535


535

Employee benefit plan adjustments




1,106


1,106

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments




14


14

Dividends paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common



(330
)


(330
)
Preferred



(1,107
)


(1,107
)
Net issuance of preferred stock
667









667

Common stock issued in connection with exchanges of preferred stock and trust preferred securities
(296
)
49,867

412

44




160

Common stock issued under employee plans and related tax effects

191,462

1,033





1,033

Balance, September 30, 2012
$
18,768

10,777,267

$
158,066

$
62,583

$
(811
)
$

$
238,606

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



158

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
Operating activities
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
5,965

 
10,476

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

Gains on sales of debt securities
(1,491
)
 
(2,182
)
Depreciation and premises improvements amortization
1,347

 
1,496

Amortization of intangibles
955

 
1,144

Deferred income taxes
831

 
(2,980
)
Net (increase) decrease in trading and derivative instruments
(16,506
)
 
8,588

Net (increase) decrease in other assets
(7,684
)
 
22,809

Net increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities
19,383

 
(3,224
)
Other operating activities, net
5,795

 
1,660

Net cash provided by operating activities
12,051

 
39,845

Investing activities
 
 
 
Net decrease in time deposits placed and other short-term investments
10,054

 
8,103

Net increase in federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
(22,851
)
 
(40,382
)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale debt securities
60,412

 
68,373

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of available-for-sale debt securities
48,117

 
41,181

Purchases of available-for-sale debt securities
(131,097
)
 
(78,044
)
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of held-to-maturity debt securities
4,080

 
44

Purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities
(9,106
)
 
(26,168
)
Proceeds from sales of loans and leases
1,060

 
1,783

Other changes in loans and leases, net
15,743

 
(4,813
)
Net purchases of premises and equipment
(146
)
 
(742
)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed properties
2,305

 
1,710

Proceeds from sales of investments

 
8,281

Other investing activities, net
(170
)
 
(924
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(21,599
)
 
(21,598
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
30,266

 
30,923

Net increase in federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
59,036

 
2,757

Net decrease in commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
(1,010
)
 
(26,093
)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
18,010

 
22,936

Retirement of long-term debt
(110,262
)
 
(77,847
)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants
667

 
5,000

Cash dividends paid
(1,437
)
 
(1,263
)
Excess tax benefits on share-based payments
13

 
42

Other financing activities, net
138

 
3

Net cash used in financing activities
(4,579
)
 
(43,542
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
440

 
(267
)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(13,687
)
 
(25,562
)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1
120,102

 
108,427

Cash and cash equivalents at September 30
$
106,415

 
$
82,865

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Corporation entered into an agreement with Assured Guaranty Ltd. and subsidiaries which resulted in non-cash increases to loans of $5.3 billion, other assets of $504 million and long-term debt of $5.8 billion.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

159

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles

Bank of America Corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, the Corporation), a financial holding company, provides a diverse range of financial services and products throughout the U.S. and in certain international markets. The term “the Corporation” as used herein may refer to the Corporation individually, the Corporation and its subsidiaries, or certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

The Corporation conducts its activities through banking and nonbanking subsidiaries. The Corporation operates its banking activities primarily under two charters: Bank of America, National Association (Bank of America, N.A. or BANA) and FIA Card Services, National Association (FIA Card Services, N.A.).

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries, and those variable interest entities (VIEs) where the Corporation is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Results of operations of acquired companies are included from the dates of acquisition and for VIEs, from the dates that the Corporation became the primary beneficiary. Assets held in an agency or fiduciary capacity are not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Corporation accounts for investments in companies for which it owns a voting interest and for which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financing decisions using the equity method of accounting or at fair value under the fair value option. These investments are included in other assets. Equity method investments are subject to impairment testing and the Corporation’s proportionate share of income or loss is included in equity investment income.

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Realized results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

The Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 as supplemented by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2012 to reflect reclassified business segment information is referred to herein as the 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The nature of the Corporation’s business is such that the results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the interim period results have been made. The Corporation evaluates subsequent events through the date of filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation adopted amendments to the fair value accounting guidance. The amendments clarify the application of the highest and best use, and valuation premise concepts, preclude the application of "blockage factors" in the valuation of all financial instruments and include criteria for applying the fair value measurement principles to portfolios of financial instruments. The amendments also prescribe additional disclosures for Level 3 fair value measurements and financial instruments not carried at fair value. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. For the new disclosures, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 17 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation adopted new accounting guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income in financial statements. The Corporation adopted the new guidance by reporting the components of comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements. For the new statement and related information, see the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Note 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Effective January 1, 2013, the Corporation will be required to retrospectively adopt new accounting guidance requiring additional disclosures on the effect of netting arrangements on an entity's financial position. The disclosures primarily relate to derivatives and securities financing agreements that are either offset on the balance sheet under existing accounting guidance or are subject to a legally enforceable master netting or similar agreement. This new guidance addresses only disclosures, and accordingly will have no impact on the Corporation's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

160

Table of Contents

All significant accounting policies are discussed either in this Note, in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K or included in the Notes herein listed below.

INDEX
Page
Note 3 – Derivatives
Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases
Note 7 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities
Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees
Note 9 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies
Note 11 – Shareholders' Equity
Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share
Note 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans
Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements
Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights
Note 19 – Business Segment Information

NOTE 2 – Trading Account Assets and Liabilities

The table below presents the components of trading account assets and liabilities at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Trading account assets
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities (1)
$
67,539

 
$
52,613

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
33,912

 
36,571

Equity securities
38,825

 
23,674

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
54,218

 
42,946

Mortgage trading loans and asset-backed securities
16,596

 
13,515

Total trading account assets
$
211,090

 
$
169,319

Trading account liabilities
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
$
18,651

 
$
20,710

Equity securities
22,360

 
14,594

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
22,201

 
17,440

Corporate securities and other
8,967

 
7,764

Total trading account liabilities
$
72,179

 
$
60,508

(1) 
Includes $24.6 billion and $27.3 billion of government-sponsored enterprise obligations at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.


161

Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – Derivatives
 
Derivative Balances

Derivatives are entered into on behalf of customers, for trading, as economic hedges or as qualifying accounting hedges. For additional information on the Corporation’s derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following tables present derivative instruments included on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in derivative assets and liabilities at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Balances are presented on a gross basis, prior to the application of counterparty and cash collateral netting. Total derivative assets and liabilities are adjusted on an aggregate basis to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and have been reduced by the cash collateral received or paid.

 
September 30, 2012
 
 
 
Gross Derivative Assets
 
Gross Derivative Liabilities
(Dollars in billions)
Contract/
Notional (1)
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
$
35,256.0

 
$
1,147.8

 
$
14.7

 
$
1,162.5

 
$
1,132.8

 
$
5.1

 
$
1,137.9

Futures and forwards
13,171.6

 
3.9

 

 
3.9

 
3.9

 

 
3.9

Written options
2,348.0

 

 

 

 
111.0

 

 
111.0

Purchased options
2,256.2

 
111.3

 

 
111.3

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
2,530.7

 
52.3

 
2.1

 
54.4

 
61.0

 
2.2

 
63.2

Spot, futures and forwards
3,066.8

 
26.2

 
0.3

 
26.5

 
27.5

 
1.2

 
28.7

Written options
446.0

 

 

 

 
6.9

 

 
6.9

Purchased options
373.7

 
6.6

 

 
6.6

 

 

 

Equity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
120.8

 
2.0

 

 
2.0

 
2.3

 

 
2.3

Futures and forwards
52.8

 
1.5

 

 
1.5

 
1.4

 

 
1.4

Written options
367.0

 

 

 

 
20.7

 

 
20.7

Purchased options
334.4

 
20.0

 

 
20.0

 

 

 

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
69.2

 
3.3

 

 
3.3

 
4.6

 

 
4.6

Futures and forwards
581.6

 
4.9

 

 
4.9

 
2.7

 

 
2.7

Written options
195.0

 

 

 

 
3.1

 

 
3.1

Purchased options
197.8

 
2.6

 

 
2.6

 

 

 

Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,654.5

 
45.1

 

 
45.1

 
19.8

 

 
19.8

Total return swaps/other
36.6

 
2.4

 

 
2.4

 
2.9

 

 
2.9

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,612.3

 
21.1

 

 
21.1

 
41.6

 

 
41.6

Total return swaps/other
60.2

 
1.6

 

 
1.6

 
0.5

 

 
0.5

Gross derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
$
1,452.6

 
$
17.1

 
$
1,469.7

 
$
1,442.7

 
$
8.5

 
$
1,451.2

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
 
 
 
(1,351.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,351.7
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(60.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
(48.1
)
Total derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
57.9

 
 
 
 
 
$
51.4

(1) 
Represents the total contract/notional amount of derivative assets and liabilities outstanding.


162

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
Gross Derivative Assets
 
Gross Derivative Liabilities
(Dollars in billions)
Contract/
Notional (1)
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
 
Trading
Derivatives
and
Economic
Hedges
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
$
40,473.7

 
$
1,490.7

 
$
15.9

 
$
1,506.6

 
$
1,473.0

 
$
12.3

 
$
1,485.3

Futures and forwards
12,105.8

 
2.9

 
0.2

 
3.1

 
3.4

 

 
3.4

Written options
2,534.0

 

 

 

 
117.8

 

 
117.8

Purchased options
2,467.2

 
120.0

 

 
120.0

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
2,381.6

 
48.3

 
2.6

 
50.9

 
58.9

 
2.2

 
61.1

Spot, futures and forwards
2,548.8

 
37.2

 
1.3

 
38.5

 
39.2

 
0.3

 
39.5

Written options
368.5

 

 

 

 
9.4

 

 
9.4

Purchased options
341.0

 
9.0

 

 
9.0

 

 

 

Equity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
75.5

 
1.5

 

 
1.5

 
1.7

 

 
1.7

Futures and forwards
52.1

 
1.8

 

 
1.8

 
1.5

 

 
1.5

Written options
367.1

 

 

 

 
17.7

 

 
17.7

Purchased options
360.2

 
19.6

 

 
19.6

 

 

 

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
73.8

 
4.9

 
0.1

 
5.0

 
5.9

 

 
5.9

Futures and forwards
470.5

 
5.3

 

 
5.3

 
3.2

 

 
3.2

Written options
142.3

 

 

 

 
9.5

 

 
9.5

Purchased options
141.3

 
9.5

 

 
9.5

 

 

 

Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,944.8

 
95.8

 

 
95.8

 
13.8

 

 
13.8

Total return swaps/other
17.5

 
0.6

 

 
0.6

 
0.3

 

 
0.3

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,885.9

 
14.1

 

 
14.1

 
90.5

 

 
90.5

Total return swaps/other
17.8

 
0.5

 

 
0.5

 
0.7

 

 
0.7

Gross derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
$
1,861.7

 
$
20.1

 
$
1,881.8

 
$
1,846.5

 
$
14.8

 
$
1,861.3

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
 
 
 
(1,749.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1,749.9
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(58.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
(51.9
)
Total derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
73.0

 
 
 
 
 
$
59.5

(1) 
Represents the total contract/notional amount of derivative assets and liabilities outstanding.


163

Table of Contents

ALM and Risk Management Derivatives

The Corporation’s asset and liability management (ALM) and risk management activities include the use of derivatives to mitigate risk to the Corporation including derivatives designated as qualifying accounting hedges and economic hedges. Interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, commodity and credit contracts are utilized in the Corporation’s ALM and risk management activities.

The Corporation maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of interest rate contracts, which are generally non-leveraged generic interest rate and basis swaps, options, futures and forwards, to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Corporation’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity and volatility so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings or capital. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities appreciate or depreciate in fair value. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities are expected to substantially offset this unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

Market risk, including interest rate risk, can be substantial in the mortgage business. Market risk is the risk that values of mortgage assets or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions such as interest rate movements. To hedge interest rate risk in mortgage banking production income, the Corporation utilizes forward loan sale commitments and other derivative instruments including purchased options and certain debt securities. The Corporation also utilizes derivatives such as interest rate options, interest rate swaps, forward settlement contracts and Eurodollar futures as economic hedges of the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs). For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

The Corporation uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, as well as the Corporation’s investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to loss on these contracts will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

The Corporation enters into derivative commodity contracts such as futures, swaps, options and forwards as well as non-derivative commodity contracts to provide price risk management services to customers or to manage price risk associated with its physical and financial commodity positions. The non-derivative commodity contracts and physical inventories of commodities expose the Corporation to earnings volatility. Cash flow and fair value accounting hedges provide a method to mitigate a portion of this earnings volatility.

The Corporation purchases credit derivatives to manage credit risk related to certain funded and unfunded credit exposures. Credit derivatives include credit default swaps (CDS), total return swaps and swaptions. These derivatives are accounted for as economic hedges and changes in fair value are recorded in other income (loss).


164

Table of Contents

Derivatives Designated as Accounting Hedges

The Corporation uses various types of interest rate, commodity and foreign exchange derivative contracts to protect against changes in the fair value of its assets and liabilities due to fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices (fair value hedges). The Corporation also uses these types of contracts and equity derivatives to protect against changes in the cash flows of its assets and liabilities, and other forecasted transactions (cash flow hedges). The Corporation hedges its net investment in consolidated non-U.S. operations determined to have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar using forward exchange contracts, cross-currency basis swaps, and by issuing foreign currency-denominated debt (net investment hedges).

Fair Value Hedges

The table below summarizes certain information related to fair value hedges for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges
Gains (losses)
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2012
(Dollars in millions)
Derivative
 
Hedged
Item
 
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
 
Derivative
 
Hedged
Item
 
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
Interest rate risk on long-term debt (1)
$
109

 
$
(385
)
 
$
(276
)
 
$
518

 
$
(1,265
)
 
$
(747
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt (1)
(716
)
 
647

 
(69
)
 
(1,455
)
 
1,259

 
(196
)
Interest rate risk on AFS securities (2)
349

 
(309
)
 
40

 
(593
)
 
659

 
66

Commodity price risk on commodity inventory (3)
(24
)
 
24

 

 
(10
)
 
10

 

Total
$
(282
)
 
$
(23
)
 
$
(305
)
 
$
(1,540
)
 
$
663

 
$
(877
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
2011
Interest rate risk on long-term debt (1)
$
4,055

 
$
(4,233
)
 
$
(178
)
 
$
4,494

 
$
(4,938
)
 
$
(444
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt (1)
(871
)
 
759

 
(112
)
 
1,317

 
(1,534
)
 
(217
)
Interest rate risk on AFS securities (2)
(10,420
)
 
9,810

 
(610
)
 
(11,141
)
 
10,356

 
(785
)
Commodity price risk on commodity inventory (3)
16

 
(16
)
 

 
32

 
(32
)
 

Total
$
(7,220
)
 
$
6,320

 
$
(900
)
 
$
(5,298
)
 
$
3,852

 
$
(1,446
)
(1) 
Amounts are recorded in interest expense on long-term debt and in other income (loss).
(2) 
Amounts are recorded in interest income on AFS securities.
(3) 
Amounts relating to commodity inventory are recorded in trading account profits.


165

Table of Contents

Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges

The table below summarizes certain information related to cash flow hedges and net investment hedges for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. During the next 12 months, net losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) of approximately $1.2 billion ($750 million after-tax) on derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges are expected to be reclassified into earnings. These net losses reclassified into earnings are expected to primarily reduce net interest income related to the respective hedged items. Amounts related to commodity price risk reclassified from accumulated OCI are recorded in trading account profits with the underlying hedged item. Amounts related to price risk on restricted stock awards reclassified from accumulated OCI are recorded in personnel expense.

Amounts related to foreign exchange risk recognized in accumulated OCI on derivatives exclude losses of $7 million related to long-term debt designated as a net investment hedge for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to gains of $145 million and losses of $33 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. There were no gains or losses related to these hedges for the three months ended September 30, 2012.

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2012
(Dollars in millions, amounts pre-tax)
Gains (losses) Recognized in Accumulated OCI on Derivatives
 
Gains (losses) in Income Reclassified from Accumulated OCI
 
Hedge Ineffectiveness and Amounts Excluded from Effectiveness Testing (1)
 
Gains (losses) Recognized in Accumulated OCI on Derivatives
 
Gains (losses) in Income Reclassified from Accumulated OCI
 
Hedge Ineffectiveness and Amounts Excluded from Effectiveness Testing (1)
Cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk on variable rate portfolios
$
21

 
$
(260
)
 
$

 
$
(32
)
 
$
(636
)
 
$

Commodity price risk on forecasted purchases and sales

 
3

 

 

 

 

Price risk on restricted stock awards
65

 
(28
)
 

 
156

 
(89
)
 

Total
$
86

 
$
(285
)
 
$

 
$
124

 
$
(725
)
 
$

Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk
$
(1,149
)
 
$
11

 
$
(13
)
 
$
(1,021
)
 
$
(26
)
 
$
(180
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
2011
Cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk on variable rate portfolios
$
(1,550
)
 
$
(464
)
 
$
26

 
$
(2,272
)
 
$
(1,212
)
 
$
(8
)
Commodity price risk on forecasted purchases and sales
5

 
2

 
2

 
(4
)
 
5

 

Price risk on restricted stock awards
(204
)
 
(75
)
 

 
(395
)
 
(145
)
 

Total
$
(1,749
)
 
$
(537
)
 
$
28

 
$
(2,671
)
 
$
(1,352
)
 
$
(8
)
Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk
$
2,212

 
$
(16
)
 
$
(175
)
 
$
597

 
$
407

 
$
(425
)
(1) 
Amounts related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges represent hedge ineffectiveness and amounts related to net investment hedges represent amounts excluded from effectiveness testing.

The Corporation enters into equity total return swaps to hedge a portion of restricted stock units (RSUs) granted to certain employees as part of their compensation. Certain awards contain clawback provisions which permit the Corporation to cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances, and certain awards may be settled in cash. These RSUs are accrued as liabilities over the vesting period and adjusted to fair value based on changes in the share price of the Corporation’s common stock. From time to time, the Corporation may enter into equity derivatives to minimize the change in the expense to the Corporation driven by fluctuations in the share price of the Corporation’s common stock during the vesting period of any RSUs that may be granted, if any, subject to similar or other terms and conditions. Certain of these derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges of unrecognized unvested awards with changes in fair value of the hedge recorded in accumulated OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period as the RSUs affect earnings. The remaining derivatives are accounted for as economic hedges and changes in fair value are recorded in personnel expense. For more information on RSUs and related hedges, see Note 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans.

166

Table of Contents

Derivatives Accounted for as Economic Hedges

Derivatives accounted for as economic hedges, because either they did not qualify for or were not designated as accounting hedges, are used by the Corporation to reduce certain risk exposures. The table below presents gains (losses) on these derivatives for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. These gains (losses) are largely offset by the income or expense that is recorded on the economically hedged item.

Derivatives Accounted for as Economic Hedges
Gains (losses)
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Price risk on mortgage banking production income (1, 2)
$
850

 
$
1,158

 
$
2,240

 
$
2,324

Market-related risk on mortgage banking servicing income (1)
822

 
2,678

 
1,970

 
3,063

Credit risk on loans (3)
(32
)
 
66

 
(71
)
 
38

Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt and other foreign exchange transactions (4)
(309
)
 
(3,616
)
 
(987
)
 
1,604

Price risk on restricted stock awards (5)
142

 
(392
)
 
392

 
(556
)
Other
16

 
104

 
105

 
172

Total
$
1,489

 
$
(2
)
 
$
3,649

 
$
6,645

(1) 
Net gains on these derivatives are recorded in mortgage banking income.
(2) 
Includes net gains on interest rate lock commitments related to the origination of mortgage loans that are held-for-sale, which are considered derivative instruments, of $1.0 billion and $2.4 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1.2 billion and $3.4 billion for the same periods in 2011.
(3) 
Net gains (losses) on these derivatives are recorded in other income (loss).
(4) 
The majority of the balance is related to the revaluation of economic hedges of foreign currency-denominated debt which is recorded in other income (loss). The offsetting revaluation of the foreign currency-denominated debt, while not included in the table above, is also recorded in other income (loss).
(5) 
Gains (losses) on these derivatives are recorded in personnel expense.

Sales and Trading Revenue

The Corporation enters into trading derivatives to facilitate client transactions, for principal trading purposes, and to manage risk exposures arising from trading account assets and liabilities. It is the Corporation’s policy to include these derivative instruments in its trading activities which include derivatives and non-derivative cash instruments. The resulting risk from these derivatives is managed on a portfolio basis as part of the Corporation’s Global Markets business segment. The related sales and trading revenue generated within Global Markets is recorded in various income statement line items including trading account profits and net interest income as well as other revenue categories. However, the majority of income related to derivative instruments is recorded in trading account profits.

Sales and trading revenue includes changes in the fair value and realized gains and losses on the sales of trading and other assets, net interest income, and fees primarily from commissions on equity securities. Revenue is generated by the difference in the client price for an instrument and the price at which the trading desk can execute the trade in the dealer market. For equity securities, commissions related to purchases and sales are recorded in other income (loss) in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income. Changes in the fair value of these securities are included in trading account profits. For debt securities, revenue, with the exception of interest associated with the debt securities, is typically included in trading account profits. Unlike commissions for equity securities, the initial revenue related to broker/dealer services for debt securities is typically included in the pricing of the instrument rather than being charged through separate fee arrangements. Therefore, this revenue is recorded in trading account profits as part of the initial mark to fair value. For derivatives, all revenue is included in trading account profits. In transactions where the Corporation acts as agent, which include exchange-traded futures and options, fees are recorded in other income (loss).

Gains (losses) on certain instruments, primarily loans, that the Global Markets business segment shares with Global Banking are not considered trading instruments and are excluded from sales and trading revenue in their entirety.


167

Table of Contents

The table below, which includes both derivatives and non-derivative cash instruments, identifies the amounts in the respective income statement line items attributable to the Corporation’s sales and trading revenue in Global Markets, categorized by primary risk, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The difference between total trading account profits in the table below and in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income represents trading activities in business segments other than Global Markets.

Sales and Trading Revenue
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2012
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
 
Net Interest Income
 
Other (1)
 
Total
 
Trading
Account
Profits
 
Net Interest Income
 
Other (1)
 
Total
Interest rate risk
$
67

 
$
267

 
$
7

 
$
341

 
$
522

 
$
752

 
$
28

 
$
1,302

Foreign exchange risk
192

 
1

 
2

 
195

 
658

 
5

 
(35
)
 
628

Equity risk
196

 
15

 
453

 
664

 
989

 
(90
)
 
1,432

 
2,331

Credit risk
661

 
552

 
130

 
1,343

 
2,359

 
1,632

 
862

 
4,853

Other risk
120

 
(45
)
 
(12
)
 
63

 
453

 
(169
)
 
30

 
314

Total sales and trading revenue
$
1,236

 
$
790

 
$
580

 
$
2,606

 
$
4,981

 
$
2,130

 
$
2,317

 
$
9,428

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 
2011
Interest rate risk
$
1,237

 
$
256

 
$
24

 
$
1,517

 
$
2,029

 
$
672

 
$
21

 
$
2,722

Foreign exchange risk
332

 
2

 
(16
)
 
318

 
825

 
8

 
(48
)
 
785

Equity risk
280

 
48

 
628

 
956

 
1,341

 
77

 
1,854

 
3,272

Credit risk
(630
)
 
636

 
41

 
47

 
1,365

 
2,044

 
683

 
4,092

Other risk
201

 
(62
)
 
(8
)
 
131

 
488

 
(126
)
 
(16
)
 
346

Total sales and trading revenue
$
1,420

 
$
880

 
$
669

 
$
2,969

 
$
6,048

 
$
2,675

 
$
2,494

 
$
11,217

(1) 
Represents amounts in the investment and brokerage services and other income (loss) line items in the Consolidated Statement of Income that are recorded in Global Markets and included in the definition of sales and trading revenue. Includes investment and brokerage services revenue of $425 million and $1.4 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $584 million and $1.8 billion for the same periods in 2011.

Credit Derivatives

The Corporation enters into credit derivatives primarily to facilitate client transactions and to manage credit risk exposures. Credit derivatives derive value based on an underlying third-party referenced obligation or a portfolio of referenced obligations and generally require the Corporation, as the seller of credit protection, to make payments to a buyer upon the occurrence of a pre-defined credit event. Such credit events generally include bankruptcy of the referenced credit entity and failure to pay under the obligation, as well as acceleration of indebtedness and payment repudiation or moratorium. For credit derivatives based on a portfolio of referenced credits or credit indices, the Corporation may not be required to make payment until a specified amount of loss has occurred and/or may only be required to make payment up to a specified amount.


168

Table of Contents

Credit derivative instruments where the Corporation is the seller of credit protection and their expiration are summarized at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 in the table below. These instruments are classified as investment and non-investment grade based on the credit quality of the underlying reference obligation. The Corporation considers ratings of BBB- or higher as investment grade. Non-investment grade includes non-rated credit derivative instruments.

Credit Derivative Instruments
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
Carrying Value
(Dollars in millions)
Less than
One Year
 
One to
Three Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
Over Five
Years
 
Total
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
53

 
$
1,423

 
$
8,197

 
$
4,000

 
$
13,673

Non-investment grade
1,028

 
4,859

 
8,067

 
13,935

 
27,889

Total
1,081

 
6,282

 
16,264

 
17,935

 
41,562

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
42

 

 

 

 
42

Non-investment grade
159

 
71

 
230

 
18

 
478

Total
201

 
71

 
230

 
18

 
520

Total credit derivatives
$
1,282

 
$
6,353

 
$
16,494

 
$
17,953

 
$
42,082

Credit-related notes: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
4

 
$
31

 
$
324

 
$
3,638

 
$
3,997

Non-investment grade
161

 
132

 
144

 
1,745

 
2,182

Total credit-related notes
$
165

 
$
163

 
$
468

 
$
5,383

 
$
6,179

 
Maximum Payout/Notional
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
252,973

 
$
387,360

 
$
449,827

 
$
135,761

 
$
1,225,921

Non-investment grade
88,386

 
115,839

 
123,365

 
58,752

 
386,342

Total
341,359

 
503,199

 
573,192

 
194,513

 
1,612,263

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
16,994

 
15

 

 

 
17,009

Non-investment grade
29,704

 
7,575

 
5,557

 
338

 
43,174

Total
46,698

 
7,590

 
5,557

 
338

 
60,183

Total credit derivatives
$
388,057

 
$
510,789

 
$
578,749

 
$
194,851

 
$
1,672,446

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
Carrying Value
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
795

 
$
5,011

 
$
17,271

 
$
7,325

 
$
30,402

Non-investment grade
4,236

 
11,438

 
18,072

 
26,339

 
60,085

Total
5,031

 
16,449

 
35,343

 
33,664

 
90,487

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade

 

 
30

 
1

 
31

Non-investment grade
522

 
2

 
33

 
128

 
685

Total
522

 
2

 
63

 
129

 
716

Total credit derivatives
$
5,553

 
$
16,451

 
$
35,406

 
$
33,793

 
$
91,203

Credit-related notes: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$

 
$
7

 
$
208

 
$
2,947

 
$
3,162

Non-investment grade
127

 
85

 
132

 
1,732

 
2,076

Total credit-related notes
$
127

 
$
92

 
$
340

 
$
4,679

 
$
5,238

 
Maximum Payout/Notional
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
182,137

 
$
401,914

 
$
477,924

 
$
127,570

 
$
1,189,545

Non-investment grade
133,624

 
228,327

 
186,522

 
147,926

 
696,399

Total
315,761

 
630,241

 
664,446

 
275,496

 
1,885,944

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade

 

 
9,116

 

 
9,116

Non-investment grade
305

 
2,023

 
4,918

 
1,476

 
8,722

Total
305

 
2,023

 
14,034

 
1,476

 
17,838

Total credit derivatives
$
316,066

 
$
632,264

 
$
678,480

 
$
276,972

 
$
1,903,782

(1) 
For credit-related notes, maximum payout/notional is the same as carrying value.

169

Table of Contents

The notional amount represents the maximum amount payable by the Corporation for most credit derivatives. However, the Corporation does not monitor its exposure to credit derivatives based solely on the notional amount because this measure does not take into consideration the probability of occurrence. As such, the notional amount is not a reliable indicator of the Corporation’s exposure to these contracts. Instead, a risk framework is used to define risk tolerances and establish limits to help ensure that certain credit risk-related losses occur within acceptable, predefined limits.

The Corporation economically hedges its market risk exposure to credit derivatives by entering into a variety of offsetting derivative contracts and security positions. For example, in certain instances, the Corporation may purchase credit protection with identical underlying referenced names to offset its exposure. The carrying value and notional amount of written credit derivatives for which the Corporation held purchased credit derivatives with identical underlying referenced names and terms at September 30, 2012 was $26.5 billion and $1.2 trillion compared to $48.0 billion and $1.0 trillion at December 31, 2011.

Credit-related notes in the table on page 169 include investments in securities issued by collateralized debt obligation (CDO), collateralized loan obligation (CLO) and credit-linked note vehicles. These instruments are primarily classified as trading securities. The carrying value of these instruments equals the Corporation’s maximum exposure to loss. The Corporation is not obligated to make any payments to the entities under the terms of the securities owned. The Corporation discloses internal categorizations of investment grade and non-investment grade consistent with how risk is managed for these instruments.

Credit-related Contingent Features and Collateral

The Corporation executes the majority of its derivative contracts in the over-the-counter (OTC) market with large, international financial institutions, including broker/dealers and, to a lesser degree, with a variety of non-financial companies. Substantially all of the derivative transactions are executed on a daily margin basis. Therefore, events such as a credit rating downgrade (depending on the ultimate rating level) or a breach of credit covenants would typically require an increase in the amount of collateral required of the counterparty, where applicable, and/or allow the Corporation to take additional protective measures such as early termination of all trades. Further, as previously discussed on page 162, the Corporation enters into legally enforceable master netting agreements which reduce risk by permitting the closeout and netting of transactions with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of certain events.

A majority of the Corporation’s derivative contracts contain credit risk related contingent features, primarily in the form of International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) master netting agreements and credit support documentation that enhance the creditworthiness of these instruments compared to other obligations of the respective counterparty with whom the Corporation has transacted. These contingent features may be for the benefit of the Corporation as well as its counterparties with respect to changes in the Corporation’s creditworthiness and the mark-to-market exposure under the derivative transactions. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation held cash and securities collateral of $86.3 billion and $87.7 billion, and posted cash and securities collateral of $78.1 billion and $86.5 billion in the normal course of business under derivative agreements.

In connection with certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements, the Corporation can be required to provide additional collateral or to terminate transactions with certain counterparties in the event of a downgrade of the senior debt ratings of the Corporation or certain subsidiaries. The amount of additional collateral required depends on the contract and is usually a fixed incremental amount and/or the market value of the exposure. The following discussion presents information as a result of the downgrade by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. on June 21, 2012.

At September 30, 2012, the amount of collateral, calculated based on the terms of the contracts, that the Corporation and certain subsidiaries could be required to post to counterparties but had not yet posted to counterparties was approximately $2.4 billion, comprised of $741 million for BANA and $1.7 billion for Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (Merrill Lynch) and certain of its subsidiaries.

Some counterparties are currently able to unilaterally terminate certain contracts, or the Corporation or certain subsidiaries may be required to take other action such as find a suitable replacement or obtain a guarantee. At September 30, 2012, the current liability recorded for these derivative contracts was $2.1 billion, against which the Corporation and certain subsidiaries had posted approximately $2.0 billion of collateral.

At September 30, 2012, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the amount of additional collateral contractually required by derivative contracts and other trading agreements would have been approximately $2.9 billion comprised of $2.3 billion for BANA and $538 million for Merrill Lynch and certain of its subsidiaries. If the agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for these entities by a second incremental notch, approximately $4.3 billion in additional incremental collateral comprised of $331 million for BANA and $4.0 billion for Merrill Lynch and certain of its subsidiaries, would have been required.


170

Table of Contents

Also, if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of September 30, 2012 was $4.5 billion, against which $3.8 billion of collateral has been posted. If the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation and certain subsidiaries by a second incremental notch, the derivative liability that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties as of September 30, 2012 was an incremental $1.9 billion, against which $1.2 billion of collateral has been posted.

Valuation Adjustments on Derivatives

The Corporation records credit risk valuation adjustments on derivatives in order to properly reflect the credit quality of the counterparties. The Corporation calculates valuation adjustments on derivatives based on a modeled expected exposure that incorporates current market risk factors. The exposure also takes into consideration credit mitigants such as enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral. CDS spread data is used to estimate the default probabilities and severities that are applied to the exposures. Where no observable credit default data is available for counterparties, the Corporation uses proxies and other market data to estimate default probabilities and severity.

Valuation adjustments on derivatives are affected by changes in market spreads, non-credit related market factors such as interest rate and currency changes that affect the expected exposure, and other factors like changes in collateral arrangements and partial payments. Credit spread changes and non-credit factors can move independently. For example, for an interest rate swap, changes in interest rates may increase the expected exposure which would increase the credit valuation adjustment (CVA). Independently, counterparty credit spreads may tighten, which would result in an offsetting decrease to CVA.

The Corporation may enter into economic hedges to offset market driven exposures. The Corporation often hedges the counterparty spread risk in CVA with CDS and often hedges the other market risks in both CVA and debit valuation adjustments (DVA) primarily with currency and interest rate swaps. Since the components of the valuation adjustments on derivatives move independently and the Corporation may not hedge all of the market driven exposures, the effect of a hedge may increase the gross valuation adjustments on derivatives or may result in a gross positive valuation adjustment on derivatives becoming a negative adjustment (or the reverse).

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation refined its methodology for calculating valuation adjustments on derivatives on a prospective basis. The Corporation no longer considers the probability of default for both the counterparty and the Corporation when calculating the counterparty CVA and DVA and now only considers the probability of the counterparty defaulting for CVA and the Corporation defaulting for DVA. This change in estimate increased CVA by $175 million and DVA by $171 million resulting in a net negative earnings impact of $4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The effect of this change in estimate is reflected in the table below.

The Valuation Adjustments on Derivatives table presents CVA gains (losses) and DVA gains (losses) for the Corporation on a gross and net of hedge basis, which are recorded in trading account profits.

Valuation Adjustments on Derivatives
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
Derivative assets (CVA) (1)
$
525

$
75

 
$
(1,570
)
$
(81
)
 
$
725

$
237

 
$
(2,014
)
$
(698
)
Derivative liabilities (DVA) (2)
(606
)
(583
)
 
1,767

1,710

 
(1,899
)
(2,200
)
 
1,664

1,474

(1) 
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the cumulative CVA reduced the derivative assets balance by $2.7 billion and $2.8 billion.
(2) 
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s cumulative DVA reduced the derivative liabilities balance by $1.1 billion and $2.4 billion.



171

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 – Securities

The table below presents the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of debt and marketable equity securities at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
24,794

 
$
236

 
$
(235
)
 
$
24,795

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
196,976

 
7,091

 
(24
)
 
204,043

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
38,863

 
1,412

 
(128
)
 
40,147

Non-agency residential (1)
9,772

 
377

 
(147
)
 
10,002

Non-agency commercial
3,733

 
394

 

 
4,127

Non-U.S. securities
5,709

 
50

 
(11
)
 
5,748

Corporate bonds
2,018

 
83

 
(18
)
 
2,083

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
12,128

 
85

 
(16
)
 
12,197

Total taxable securities
293,993

 
9,728

 
(579
)
 
303,142

Tax-exempt securities
2,840

 
17

 
(50
)
 
2,807

Total available-for-sale debt securities
296,833

 
9,745

 
(629
)
 
305,949

Held-to-maturity debt securities, substantially all U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities
39,898

 
1,230

 

 
41,128

Total debt securities
$
336,731

 
$
10,975

 
$
(629
)
 
$
347,077

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities (2)
$
783

 
$
526

 
$
(5
)
 
$
1,304

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
43,433

 
$
242

 
$
(811
)
 
$
42,864

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
138,073

 
4,511

 
(21
)
 
142,563

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
44,392

 
774

 
(167
)
 
44,999

Non-agency residential (1)
14,948

 
301

 
(482
)
 
14,767

Non-agency commercial
4,894

 
629

 
(1
)
 
5,522

Non-U.S. securities
4,872

 
62

 
(14
)
 
4,920

Corporate bonds
2,993

 
79

 
(37
)
 
3,035

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
12,889

 
49

 
(60
)
 
12,878

Total taxable securities
266,494

 
6,647

 
(1,593
)
 
271,548

Tax-exempt securities
4,678

 
15

 
(90
)
 
4,603

Total available-for-sale debt securities
271,172

 
6,662

 
(1,683
)
 
276,151

Held-to-maturity debt securities, substantially all U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities
35,265

 
181

 
(4
)
 
35,442

Total debt securities
$
306,437

 
$
6,843

 
$
(1,687
)
 
$
311,593

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities (2)
$
65

 
$
10

 
$
(7
)
 
$
68

(1) 
At September 30, 2012, includes approximately 91 percent prime, six percent Alt-A, and three percent subprime. At December 31, 2011, includes approximately 89 percent prime, nine percent Alt-A and two percent subprime.
(2) 
Classified in other assets on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

At September 30, 2012, the accumulated net unrealized gains on available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities included in accumulated OCI were $5.7 billion, net of the related income tax expense of $3.4 billion. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had nonperforming AFS debt securities of $98 million and $140 million.


172

Table of Contents

The Corporation recorded other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses on AFS debt securities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 as presented in the table below. A debt security is impaired when its fair value is less than its amortized cost. If the Corporation intends or will more-likely-than-not be required to sell the debt securities prior to recovery, the entire impairment loss is recorded in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income. For debt securities the Corporation does not intend or will not more-likely-than-not be required to sell, an analysis is performed to determine if any of the impairment is due to credit or whether it is due to other factors (e.g., interest rate). Credit losses are considered unrecoverable and are recorded in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income with the remaining unrealized losses recorded in accumulated OCI. In certain instances, the credit loss on a debt security may exceed the total impairment, in which case, the portion of the credit loss that exceeds the total impairment is recorded as an unrealized gain in accumulated OCI. Balances in the table below exclude $1 million and $4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 of unrealized gains recorded in accumulated OCI related to these securities compared to $2 million and $6 million for the same periods in 2011.

Net Impairment Losses Recognized in Earnings
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Non-agency
Residential
MBS
 
Non-agency
Commercial
MBS
 
Other
Taxable
Securities
 
Total
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(9
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(9
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
3

 

 

 
3

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(6
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(114
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(114
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
29

 

 

 
29

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(85
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(85
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(64
)
 
$
(6
)
 
$

 
$
(70
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
18

 

 

 
18

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(46
)
 
$
(6
)
 
$

 
$
(52
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Total OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)
$
(269
)
 
$

 
$
(2
)
 
$
(271
)
Unrealized OTTI losses recognized in accumulated OCI
53

 

 

 
53

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(216
)
 
$

 
$
(2
)
 
$
(218
)

The Corporation's net impairment losses recognized in earnings consist of write-downs to fair value on AFS securities the Corporation has the intent to sell or will more-likely-than-not be required to sell and credit losses recognized on AFS securities the Corporation does not have the intent to sell or will not more-likely-than-not be required to sell. The table below presents a rollforward of the credit losses recognized in earnings on AFS debt securities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 on securities that the Corporation does not have the intent to sell or will not more-likely-than-not be required to sell.

Rollforward of Credit Losses Recognized
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Balance, beginning of period
$
246

 
$
930

 
$
310

 
$
2,148

Additions for credit losses recognized on debt securities that had no previous impairment losses

 
1

 
6

 
50

Additions for credit losses recognized on debt securities that had previously incurred impairment losses
6

 
12

 
46

 
96

Reductions for debt securities sold or intended to be sold
(8
)
 
(672
)
 
(118
)
 
(2,023
)
Balance, September 30
$
244

 
$
271

 
$
244

 
$
271



173

Table of Contents

The Corporation estimates the portion of a security's loss attributable to credit using a discounted cash flow model and estimates the expected cash flows of the underlying collateral using internal credit, interest rate and prepayment risk models that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment rates. Assumptions used for the underlying loans that support the mortgage-backed securities (MBS) can vary widely from loan to loan and are influenced by such factors as loan interest rate, geographic location of the borrower, borrower characteristics and collateral type. Based on these assumptions, the Corporation then determines how the underlying collateral cash flows will be distributed to each MBS issued from the applicable special purpose entity. Expected principal and interest cash flows on an impaired AFS debt security are discounted using the effective yield of each individual impaired AFS debt security.

Significant assumptions used in estimating the expected cash flows for measuring credit losses on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) were as follows at September 30, 2012.

Significant Assumptions
 
 
 
Range (1)
 
Weighted-average
 
10th Percentile (2)
 
90th Percentile (2)
Annual prepayment speed
10.5%
 
3.0%
 
24.7%
Loss severity
55.4
 
27.9
 
69.9
Life default rate
56.9
 
3.6
 
98.2
(1) 
Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the underlying collateral.
(2) 
The value of a variable below which the indicated percentile of observations will fall.

Annual constant prepayment speed and loss severity rates are projected considering collateral characteristics such as loan-to-value (LTV), creditworthiness of borrowers as measured using FICO scores and geographic concentrations. The weighted-average severity by collateral type was 49.5 percent for prime, 55.0 percent for Alt-A and 67.9 percent for subprime at September 30, 2012. Additionally, default rates are projected by considering collateral characteristics including, but not limited to LTV, FICO and geographic concentration. Weighted-average life default rates by collateral type were 41.7 percent for prime, 67.8 percent for Alt-A and 61.0 percent for subprime at September 30, 2012.


174

Table of Contents

The table below presents the fair value and the associated gross unrealized losses on AFS securities with gross unrealized losses at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and whether these securities have had gross unrealized losses for less than twelve months or for twelve months or longer.

Temporarily Impaired and Other-than-temporarily Impaired Securities
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
Less than Twelve Months
 
Twelve Months or Longer
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
6,262

 
$
(11
)
 
$
15,155

 
$
(224
)
 
$
21,417

 
$
(235
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
4,361

 
(18
)
 
849

 
(6
)
 
5,210

 
(24
)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
4,952

 
(20
)
 
6,209

 
(108
)
 
11,161

 
(128
)
Non-agency residential
822

 
(17
)
 
1,735

 
(124
)
 
2,557

 
(141
)
Non-U.S. securities
743

 
(2
)
 
569

 
(9
)
 
1,312

 
(11
)
Corporate bonds
188

 
(9
)
 
101

 
(9
)
 
289

 
(18
)
Other taxable securities
3,396

 
(2
)
 
1,961

 
(14
)
 
5,357

 
(16
)
Total taxable securities
20,724

 
(79
)
 
26,579

 
(494
)
 
47,303

 
(573
)
Tax-exempt securities
280

 
(8
)
 
1,181

 
(42
)
 
1,461

 
(50
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
21,004

 
(87
)
 
27,760

 
(536
)
 
48,764

 
(623
)
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale marketable equity securities

 

 
7

 
(5
)
 
7

 
(5
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities
21,004

 
(87
)
 
27,767

 
(541
)
 
48,771

 
(628
)
Other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
39

 
(1
)
 
88

 
(5
)
 
127

 
(6
)
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities (2)
$
21,043

 
$
(88
)
 
$
27,855

 
$
(546
)
 
$
48,898

 
$
(634
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$

 
$

 
$
38,269

 
$
(811
)
 
$
38,269

 
$
(811
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
4,679

 
(13
)
 
474

 
(8
)
 
5,153

 
(21
)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
11,448

 
(134
)
 
976

 
(33
)
 
12,424

 
(167
)
Non-agency residential
2,112

 
(59
)
 
3,950

 
(350
)
 
6,062

 
(409
)
Non-agency commercial
55

 
(1
)
 

 

 
55

 
(1
)
Non-U.S. securities
1,008

 
(13
)
 
165

 
(1
)
 
1,173

 
(14
)
Corporate bonds
415

 
(29
)
 
111

 
(8
)
 
526

 
(37
)
Other taxable securities
4,210

 
(41
)
 
1,361

 
(19
)
 
5,571

 
(60
)
Total taxable securities
23,927

 
(290
)
 
45,306

 
(1,230
)
 
69,233

 
(1,520
)
Tax-exempt securities
1,117

 
(25
)
 
2,754

 
(65
)
 
3,871

 
(90
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities
25,044

 
(315
)
 
48,060

 
(1,295
)
 
73,104

 
(1,610
)
Temporarily impaired available-for-sale marketable equity securities
31

 
(1
)
 
6

 
(6
)
 
37

 
(7
)
Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities
25,075

 
(316
)
 
48,066

 
(1,301
)
 
73,141

 
(1,617
)
Other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale debt securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
158

 
(28
)
 
489

 
(45
)
 
647

 
(73
)
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities (2)
$
25,233

 
$
(344
)
 
$
48,555

 
$
(1,346
)
 
$
73,788

 
$
(1,690
)
(1) 
Includes other-than-temporarily impaired AFS debt securities on which OTTI loss remains in OCI.
(2) 
At September 30, 2012, the amortized cost of approximately 2,300 AFS securities exceeded their fair value by $634 million. At December 31, 2011, the amortized cost of approximately 3,800 AFS securities exceeded their fair value by $1.7 billion.

175

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of the Corporation’s investment in AFS and HTM debt securities from Fannie Mae (FNMA), the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Freddie Mac (FHLMC) and U.S. Treasury securities where the investment exceeded 10 percent of consolidated shareholders’ equity at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented in the table below.

Selected Securities Exceeding 10 Percent of Shareholders' Equity
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
Fannie Mae
$
131,755

 
$
135,416

 
$
87,898

 
$
89,243

Government National Mortgage Association
118,851

 
122,753

 
102,960

 
106,200

Freddie Mac
24,936

 
25,724

 
26,617

 
27,129

U.S. Treasury securities
24,387

 
24,388

 
39,946

 
39,164


The expected maturity distribution of the Corporation’s MBS and the contractual maturity distribution of the Corporation’s other AFS debt securities, and the yields on the Corporation’s AFS debt securities portfolio at September 30, 2012 are summarized in the table below. Actual maturities may differ from the contractual or expected maturities since borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

Debt Securities Maturities
 
September 30, 2012
 
Due in One
Year or Less
 
Due after One Year
through Five Years
 
Due after Five
Years through Ten Years
 
Due after
Ten Years
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
Amortized cost of AFS debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
539

0.12
%
 
$
619

1.00
%
 
$
2,094

5.00
%
 
$
21,542

2.60
%
 
$
24,794

2.80
%
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
11

4.60

 
66,676

2.90

 
121,332

2.90

 
8,957

2.70

 
196,976

2.90

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
100

1.10

 
14,549

1.30

 
24,197

2.70

 
17

1.00

 
38,863

2.20

Non-agency residential
909

4.30

 
5,351

4.20

 
2,883

4.00

 
629

5.40

 
9,772

4.20

Non-agency commercial
270

5.60

 
3,429

5.80

 
15

4.20

 
19

5.20

 
3,733

4.10

Non-U.S. securities
3,922

0.77

 
1,626

6.10

 
161

2.10

 


 
5,709

2.07

Corporate bonds
545

1.80

 
1,028

1.80

 
327

4.80

 
118

0.90

 
2,018

1.80

Other taxable securities
2,924

1.10

 
5,644

1.60

 
2,289

1.20

 
1,271

1.20

 
12,128

1.40

Total taxable securities
9,220

1.22

 
98,922

2.79

 
153,298

2.90

 
32,553

2.62

 
293,993

2.77

Tax-exempt securities
145

0.50

 
944

1.60

 
832

2.50

 
919

0.30

 
2,840

1.39

Total amortized cost of AFS debt securities
$
9,365

1.21

 
$
99,866

2.78

 
$
154,130

2.89

 
$
33,472

2.56

 
$
296,833

2.76

Total amortized cost of held-to-maturity debt securities (2)
$
6

5.00
%
 
$
8,853

2.30
%
 
$
27,103

2.70
%
 
$
3,936

2.90
%
 
$
39,898

2.60
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of AFS debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
540

 
 
$
645

 
 
$
2,303

 
 
$
21,307

 
 
$
24,795

 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
11

 
 
68,754

 
 
126,145

 
 
9,133

 
 
204,043

 
Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
101

 
 
14,549

 
 
25,480

 
 
17

 
 
40,147

 
Non-agency residential
909

 
 
5,476

 
 
2,938

 
 
679

 
 
10,002

 
Non-agency commercial
280

 
 
3,809

 
 
18

 
 
20

 
 
4,127

 
Non-U.S. securities
3,914

 
 
1,669

 
 
165

 
 

 
 
5,748

 
Corporate bonds
548

 
 
1,058

 
 
369

 
 
108

 
 
2,083

 
Other taxable securities
2,928

 
 
5,699

 
 
2,303

 
 
1,267

 
 
12,197

 
Total taxable securities
9,231

 
 
101,659

 
 
159,721

 
 
32,531

 
 
303,142

 
Tax-exempt securities
148

 
 
941

 
 
835

 
 
883

 
 
2,807

 
Total fair value of AFS debt securities
$
9,379

 
 
$
102,600

 
 
$
160,556

 
 
$
33,414

 
 
$
305,949

 
Total fair value of held-to-maturity debt securities (2)
$
6

 
 
$
9,102

 
 
$
28,054

 
 
$
3,966

 
 
$
41,128

 
(1) 
Average yield is computed using the effective yield of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield considers the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and excludes the effect of related hedging derivatives.
(2) 
Substantially all U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities.


176

Table of Contents

The gross realized gains and losses on sales of debt securities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the table below.

Gains and Losses on Sales of AFS Debt Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Gross gains
$
361

 
$
745

 
$
1,957

 
$
2,200

Gross losses
(22
)
 
(8
)
 
(466
)
 
(18
)
Net gains on sales of debt securities
$
339

 
$
737

 
$
1,491

 
$
2,182

Income tax expense attributable to realized net gains on sales of debt securities
$
125

 
$
273

 
$
552

 
$
807


Certain Corporate and Strategic Investments

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation owned 2.0 billion shares representing approximately one percent of China Construction Bank Corporation (CCB). Sales restrictions on these shares continue until August 2013. In the three months ended September 30, 2012, because the sales restrictions on these shares will expire within one year, these securities were accounted for as AFS marketable equity securities and are carried at fair value with the after-tax unrealized gain reflected in accumulated OCI. The carrying value of the investment at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $1.2 billion and $716 million, the cost basis was $716 million for both periods and the fair value was $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion. There is a strategic assistance agreement between the Corporation and CCB, which includes cooperation in specific business areas.

The Corporation's 49 percent investment in a merchant services joint venture had a carrying value of $3.3 billion and $3.4 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.


177

Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases

The following tables present total outstanding loans and leases and an aging analysis at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
30-59 Days
Past Due
(1)
60-89 Days
Past Due
(1)
90 Days or
More Past Due
(2)
Total Past
Due 30 Days
or More
Total Current
or Less Than 30
Days Past Due
(3)
Purchased
Credit -
impaired
(4)
Loans
Accounted for
Under the Fair
Value Option
Total
Outstandings
Home loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (5)
$
2,234

$
761

$
4,875

$
7,870

$
163,603

 
 
$
171,473

Home equity
284

152

544

980

61,548

 
 
62,528

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
2,920

1,615

28,495

33,030

33,501

$
9,336

 
75,867

Home equity
649

357

1,488

2,494

37,529

9,709

 
49,732

Discontinued real estate (6)
57

22

275

354

719

8,803

 
9,876

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
798

585

1,471

2,854

90,308

 
 
93,162

Non-U.S. credit card
114

90

224

428

12,892

 
 
13,320

Direct/Indirect consumer (7)
559

267

604

1,430

80,974

 
 
82,404

Other consumer (8)
52

20

2

74

2,640

 
 
2,714

Total consumer loans
7,667

3,869

37,978

49,514

483,714

27,848

 
561,076

Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,202

1,202

Total consumer
7,667

3,869

37,978

49,514

483,714

27,848

1,202

562,278

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
159

170

708

1,037

191,726

 
 
192,763

Commercial real estate (10)
92

95

1,135

1,322

36,257

 
 
37,579

Commercial lease financing
28

20

30

78

22,777

 
 
22,855

Non-U.S. commercial
2



2

58,501

 
 
58,503

U.S. small business commercial
93

81

191

365

12,256

 
 
12,621

Total commercial loans
374

366

2,064

2,804

321,517

 
 
324,321

Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,436

6,436

Total commercial
374

366

2,064

2,804

321,517

 
6,436

330,757

Total loans and leases
$
8,041

$
4,235

$
40,042

$
52,318

$
805,231

$
27,848

$
7,638

$
893,035

Percentage of outstandings
0.90
%
0.47
%
4.48
%
5.85
%
90.17
%
3.12
%
0.86
%
 
(1) 
Home loans 30-59 days past due includes $2.2 billion of fully-insured loans and $642 million of nonperforming loans. Home loans 60-89 days past due includes $1.1 billion of fully-insured loans and $505 million of nonperforming loans.
(2) 
Home loans includes $21.8 billion of fully-insured loans.
(3) 
Home loans includes $5.1 billion of nonperforming loans.
(4) 
PCI loan amounts are shown gross of the valuation allowance.
(5) 
Total outstandings includes non-U.S. residential mortgages of $94 million.
(6) 
Total outstandings includes $8.8 billion of pay option loans and $1.1 billion of subprime loans. The Corporation no longer originates these products.
(7) 
Total outstandings includes dealer financial services loans of $36.0 billion, consumer lending loans of $5.6 billion, U.S. securities-based lending margin loans of $26.7 billion, student loans of $5.0 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.9 billion and other consumer loans of $1.2 billion.
(8) 
Total outstandings includes consumer finance loans of $1.5 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $1.1 billion and consumer overdrafts of $152 million.
(9) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were residential mortgage loans of $160 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.0 billion. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option were U.S. commercial loans of $2.0 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $4.4 billion. For addition information, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 16 – Fair Value Option.
(10) 
Total outstandings includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $36.0 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.6 billion.

178

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
30-59 Days
Past Due
(1)
60-89 Days
Past Due
(1)
90 Days or
More Past Due
(2)
Total Past
Due 30 Days
or More
Total Current
or Less Than 30
Days Past Due
(3)
Purchased
Credit -
impaired
(4)
Loans
Accounted for
Under the Fair
Value Option
Total
Outstandings
Home loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (5)
$
2,151

$
751

$
3,017

$
5,919

$
172,418

 
 
$
178,337

Home equity
260

155

429

844

66,211

 
 
67,055

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
3,195

2,174

32,167

37,536

36,451

$
9,966

 
83,953

Home equity
845

508

1,735

3,088

42,578

11,978

 
57,644

Discontinued real estate (6)
65

24

351

440

798

9,857

 
11,095

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
981

772

2,070

3,823

98,468

 
 
102,291

Non-U.S. credit card
148

120

342

610

13,808

 
 
14,418

Direct/Indirect consumer (7)
805

338

779

1,922

87,791

 
 
89,713

Other consumer (8)
55

21

17

93

2,595

 
 
2,688

Total consumer loans
8,505

4,863

40,907

54,275

521,118

31,801

 
607,194

Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,190

2,190

Total consumer
8,505

4,863

40,907

54,275

521,118

31,801

2,190

609,384

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
352

166

866

1,384

178,564

 
 
179,948

Commercial real estate (10)
288

118

1,860

2,266

37,330

 
 
39,596

Commercial lease financing
78

15

22

115

21,874

 
 
21,989

Non-U.S. commercial
24



24

55,394

 
 
55,418

U.S. small business commercial
150

106

272

528

12,723

 
 
13,251

Total commercial loans
892

405

3,020

4,317

305,885

 
 
310,202

Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,614

6,614

Total commercial
892

405

3,020

4,317

305,885

 
6,614

316,816

Total loans and leases
$
9,397

$
5,268

$
43,927

$
58,592

$
827,003

$
31,801

$
8,804

$
926,200

Percentage of outstandings
1.02
%
0.57
%
4.74
%
6.33
%
89.29
%
3.43
%
0.95
%
 
(1) 
Home loans 30-59 days past due includes $2.2 billion of fully-insured loans and $372 million of nonperforming loans. Home loans 60-89 days past due includes $1.4 billion of fully-insured loans and $398 million of nonperforming loans.
(2) 
Home loans includes $21.2 billion of fully-insured loans.
(3) 
Home loans includes $1.8 billion of nonperforming loans.
(4) 
PCI loan amounts are shown gross of the valuation allowance.
(5) 
Total outstandings includes non-U.S. residential mortgages of $85 million.
(6) 
Total outstandings includes $9.9 billion of pay option loans and $1.2 billion of subprime loans. The Corporation no longer originates these products.
(7) 
Total outstandings includes dealer financial services loans of $43.0 billion, consumer lending loans of $8.0 billion, U.S. securities-based lending margin loans of $23.6 billion, student loans of $6.0 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $7.6 billion and other consumer loans of $1.5 billion.
(8) 
Total outstandings includes consumer finance loans of $1.7 billion, other non-U.S. consumer loans of $929 million and consumer overdrafts of $103 million.
(9) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were residential mortgage loans of $906 million and discontinued real estate loans of $1.3 billion. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option were U.S. commercial loans of $2.2 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $4.4 billion. For additional information, see Note 15 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 16 – Fair Value Option.
(10) 
Total outstandings includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $37.8 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $1.8 billion.


179

Table of Contents

The Corporation mitigates a portion of its credit risk on the residential mortgage portfolio through the use of synthetic securitization vehicles. These vehicles issue long-term notes to investors, the proceeds of which are held as cash collateral. The Corporation pays a premium to the vehicles to purchase mezzanine loss protection on a portfolio of residential mortgages owned by the Corporation. Cash held in the vehicles is used to reimburse the Corporation in the event that losses on the mortgage portfolio exceed 10 basis points (bps) of the original pool balance, up to the remaining amount of purchased loss protection of $565 million and $783 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The vehicles from which the Corporation purchases credit protection are VIEs. The Corporation does not have a variable interest in these vehicles, and accordingly, these vehicles are not consolidated by the Corporation. Amounts due from the vehicles are recorded in other income (loss) when the Corporation recognizes a reimbursable loss, as described above. Amounts are collected when reimbursable losses are realized through the sale of the underlying collateral. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a receivable of $328 million and $359 million from these vehicles for reimbursement of losses, and principal of $19.1 billion and $23.9 billion of residential mortgage loans was referenced under these agreements. The Corporation records an allowance for credit losses on these loans without regard to the existence of the purchased loss protection as the protection does not represent a guarantee of individual loans.

In addition, the Corporation has entered into long-term credit protection agreements with FNMA and FHLMC on loans totaling $25.3 billion and $24.4 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, providing full protection on residential mortgage loans that become severely delinquent. All of these loans are individually insured and therefore the Corporation does not record an allowance for credit losses related to these loans. For additional information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees.

Nonperforming Loans and Leases

During the first quarter of 2012, the bank regulatory agencies jointly issued interagency supervisory guidance on nonaccrual status for junior-lien consumer real estate loans. In accordance with this regulatory interagency guidance, the Corporation classifies junior-lien home equity loans as nonperforming when the first-lien loan becomes 90 days past due even if the junior-lien loan is performing, and as a result, the Corporation reclassified $1.9 billion of performing home equity loans to nonperforming as of March 31, 2012, and $1.4 billion was included in nonperforming loans at September 30, 2012. The regulatory interagency guidance had no impact on the Corporation's allowance for loan and lease losses or provision for credit losses as the delinquency status of the underlying first-lien loans was already considered in the Corporation's reserving process.

During the third quarter of 2012, new regulatory guidance was issued addressing certain consumer real estate loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. In accordance with this new guidance, the Corporation classifies consumer real estate loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), irrespective of payment history or delinquency status, even if the repayment terms for the loan have not been otherwise modified. The Corporation continues to have a lien on the underlying collateral. Previously, such loans were classified as TDRs only if there had been a change in contractual payment terms that represented a concession to the borrower. The net impact to the consumer real estate portfolio of adopting this new regulatory guidance was $1.1 billion in net new nonperforming loans of which $954 million, or 91 percent, were current on their contractual payments. Of these contractually current nonperforming loans, more than 70 percent were discharged from Chapter 7 bankruptcy more than 12 months ago, and nearly 40 percent were discharged 24 months or more. As subsequent cash payments are received, the interest component of the payments will be recorded as interest income on a cash basis and the principal component will be recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the loan.

180

Table of Contents

The table below presents the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases including nonperforming TDRs and loans accruing past due 90 days or more at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Nonperforming loans held-for-sale (LHFS) are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases as they are recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on the criteria for classification as nonperforming.

Credit Quality
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Loans and Leases (1)
 
Accruing Past Due 90 Days or More
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Home loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
$
3,090

 
$
2,414

 
$
2,581

 
$
883

Home equity
1,198

 
439

 

 

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
12,085

 
13,556

 
19,236

 
20,281

Home equity
3,077

 
2,014

 

 

Discontinued real estate
266

 
290

 

 

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,471

 
2,070

Non-U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
224

 
342

Direct/Indirect consumer
36

 
40

 
575

 
746

Other consumer
1

 
15

 
1

 
2

Total consumer
19,753

 
18,768

 
24,088

 
24,324

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
1,609

 
2,174

 
77

 
75

Commercial real estate
2,028

 
3,880

 
9

 
7

Commercial lease financing
33

 
26

 
18

 
14

Non-U.S. commercial
139

 
143

 

 

U.S. small business commercial
139

 
114

 
127

 
216

Total commercial
3,948

 
6,337

 
231

 
312

Total consumer and commercial
$
23,701

 
$
25,105

 
$
24,319

 
$
24,636

(1) 
Nonperforming loan balances do not include nonaccruing TDRs removed from the PCI portfolio prior to January 1, 2010 of $540 million and $477 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Residential mortgage loans accruing past due 90 days or more are fully-insured loans. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, residential mortgage includes $17.1 billion and $17.0 billion of loans on which interest has been curtailed by the Federal Housing Administration, and therefore are no longer accruing interest, although principal is still insured, and $4.7 billion and $4.2 billion of loans on which interest is still accruing.
n/a = not applicable


181

Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators

The Corporation monitors credit quality within its Home Loans, Credit Card and Other Consumer, and Commercial portfolio segments based on primary credit quality indicators. For more information on the portfolio segments, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Within the Home Loans portfolio segment, the primary credit quality indicators are refreshed LTV and refreshed FICO score. Refreshed LTV measures the carrying value of the loan as a percentage of the value of property securing the loan, refreshed quarterly. Home equity loans are evaluated using combined loan-to-value (CLTV) which measures the carrying value of the combined loans that have liens against the property and the available line of credit as a percentage of the appraised value of the property securing the loan, refreshed quarterly. FICO scores measure the creditworthiness of the borrower based on the financial obligations of the borrower and the borrower’s credit history. At a minimum, FICO scores are refreshed quarterly, and in many cases, more frequently. FICO scores are also a primary credit quality indicator for the Credit Card and Other Consumer portfolio segment and the business card portfolio within U.S. small business commercial. Within the Commercial portfolio segment, loans are evaluated using the internal classifications of pass rated or reservable criticized as the primary credit quality indicators. The term reservable criticized refers to those commercial loans that are internally classified or listed by the Corporation as Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful, which are asset categories defined by regulatory authorities. These assets have an elevated level of risk and may have a high probability of default or total loss. Pass rated refers to all loans not considered reservable criticized. In addition to these primary credit quality indicators, the Corporation uses other credit quality indicators for certain types of loans.

182

Table of Contents

The following tables present certain credit quality indicators for the Corporation’s Home Loans, Credit Card and Other Consumer, and Commercial portfolio segments, by class of financing receivables, at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Home Loans - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Core Portfolio
Residential
Mortgage
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Residential Mortgage (2)
Countrywide
Residential
Mortgage PCI
Core Portfolio
Home
Equity
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Home
Equity
(2)
Countrywide
Home Equity PCI
Legacy Assets & Servicing
Discontinued
Real Estate
(2)
Countrywide
Discontinued
Real Estate
PCI
Refreshed LTV (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 90 percent
$
78,428

$
18,289

$
3,524

$
43,872

$
15,648

$
2,194

$
743

$
5,062

Greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent
9,782

5,344

1,456

6,371

4,490

909

116

1,163

Greater than 100 percent
15,047

19,477

4,356

12,285

19,885

6,606

214

2,578

Fully-insured loans (4)
68,216

23,421







Total home loans
$
171,473

$
66,531

$
9,336

$
62,528

$
40,023

$
9,709

$
1,073

$
8,803

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
6,955

$
13,594

$
3,642

$
2,668

$
5,627

$
2,822

$
446

$
5,560

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
8,478

6,264

1,390

4,558

6,027

1,642

159

1,277

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
24,409

8,935

1,946

12,859

10,663

2,302

220

1,086

Greater than or equal to 740
63,415

14,317

2,358

42,443

17,706

2,943

248

880

Fully-insured loans (4)
68,216

23,421







Total home loans
$
171,473

$
66,531

$
9,336

$
62,528

$
40,023

$
9,709

$
1,073

$
8,803

(1) 
Excludes $1.2 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Excludes Countrywide PCI loans.
(3) 
Refreshed LTV percentages for PCI loans are calculated using the carrying value net of the related valuation allowance.
(4) 
Credit quality indicators are not reported for fully-insured loans as principal repayment is insured.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Credit Quality Indicators
 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Credit
Card
 
Non-U.S.
Credit Card
 
Direct/Indirect
Consumer
 
Other
Consumer
(1)
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
6,302

 
$

 
$
2,157

 
$
697

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
13,977

 

 
3,623

 
315

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
36,894

 

 
9,944

 
239

Greater than or equal to 740
35,989

 

 
25,248

 
222

Other internal credit metrics (2, 3, 4)

 
13,320

 
41,432

 
1,241

Total credit card and other consumer
$
93,162

 
$
13,320

 
$
82,404

 
$
2,714

(1) 
94 percent of the other consumer portfolio is associated with portfolios from certain consumer finance businesses that the Corporation previously exited.
(2) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(3) 
Direct/indirect consumer includes $34.6 billion of securities-based lending which is overcollateralized and therefore has minimal credit risk and $5.0 billion of loans the Corporation no longer originates.
(4) 
Non-U.S. credit card represents the U.K. credit card portfolio which is evaluated using internal credit metrics, including delinquency status. At September 30, 2012, 97 percent of this portfolio was current or less than 30 days past due, one percent was 30-89 days past due and two percent was 90 days or more past due.

Commercial - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
U.S.
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Non-U.S.
Commercial
 
U.S. Small
Business
Commercial
(2)
Risk ratings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass rated
$
184,844

 
$
32,819

 
$
21,869

 
$
56,992

 
$
2,020

Reservable criticized
7,919

 
4,760

 
986

 
1,511

 
441

Refreshed FICO score (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
417

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
580

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,574

Greater than or equal to 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,544

Other internal credit metrics (3, 4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,045

Total commercial
$
192,763

 
$
37,579

 
$
22,855

 
$
58,503

 
$
12,621

(1) 
Excludes $6.4 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
U.S. small business commercial includes $372 million of criticized business card and small business loans which are evaluated using refreshed FICO scores or internal credit metrics, including delinquency status, rather than risk ratings. At September 30, 2012, 98 percent of the balances where internal credit metrics are used were current or less than 30 days past due.
(3) 
Refreshed FICO score and other internal credit metrics are applicable only to the U.S. small business commercial portfolio.
(4) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, application scores, geography or other factors.

183

Table of Contents

Home Loans - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Core Portfolio
Residential
Mortgage
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing
Residential Mortgage
(2)
Countrywide
Residential
Mortgage PCI
Core Portfolio
Home
Equity
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Home
Equity
(2)
Countrywide
Home Equity PCI
Legacy Assets & Servicing
Discontinued
Real Estate
(2)
Countrywide
Discontinued
Real Estate PCI
Refreshed LTV (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 90 percent
$
80,032

$
20,450

$
3,821

$
46,646

$
17,354

$
2,253

$
895

$
5,953

Greater than 90 percent but less than 100 percent
11,838

5,847

1,468

6,988

4,995

1,077

122

1,191

Greater than 100 percent
17,673

22,630

4,677

13,421

23,317

8,648

221

2,713

Fully-insured loans (4)
68,794

25,060







Total home loans
$
178,337

$
73,987

$
9,966

$
67,055

$
45,666

$
11,978

$
1,238

$
9,857

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed FICO score (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
7,020

$
17,337

$
3,924

$
2,843

$
7,293

$
4,140

$
548

$
6,275

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
9,331

6,537

1,381

4,704

6,866

1,969

175

1,279

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
26,569

9,439

2,036

13,561

11,798

2,538

228

1,223

Greater than or equal to 740
66,623

15,614

2,625

45,947

19,709

3,331

287

1,080

Fully-insured loans (4)
68,794

25,060







Total home loans
$
178,337

$
73,987

$
9,966

$
67,055

$
45,666

$
11,978

$
1,238

$
9,857

(1) 
Excludes $2.2 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Excludes Countrywide PCI loans.
(3) 
Refreshed LTV percentages for PCI loans are calculated using the carrying value gross of the related valuation allowance.
(4) 
Credit quality indicators are not reported for fully-insured loans as principal repayment is insured.
(5) 
During the first quarter of 2012, refreshed home equity FICO metrics reflected an updated scoring model that is more representative of the credit risk of the Corporation's borrowers. Prior periods were adjusted to reflect these updates.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Credit Quality Indicators
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Credit
Card
 
Non-U.S.
Credit Card
 
Direct/Indirect
Consumer
 
Other
Consumer
(1)
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
8,172

 
$

 
$
3,325

 
$
802

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
15,474

 

 
4,665

 
348

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
39,525

 

 
12,351

 
262

Greater than or equal to 740
39,120

 

 
29,965

 
244

Other internal credit metrics (2, 3, 4)

 
14,418

 
39,407

 
1,032

Total credit card and other consumer
$
102,291

 
$
14,418

 
$
89,713

 
$
2,688

(1) 
96 percent of the other consumer portfolio is associated with portfolios from certain consumer finance businesses that the Corporation previously exited.
(2) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(3) 
Direct/indirect consumer includes $31.1 billion of securities-based lending which is overcollateralized and therefore has minimal credit risk and $6.0 billion of loans the Corporation no longer originates.
(4) 
Non-U.S. credit card represents the U.K. credit card portfolio which is evaluated using internal credit metrics, including delinquency status. At December 31, 2011, 96 percent of this portfolio was current or less than 30 days past due, two percent was 30-89 days past due and two percent was 90 days or more past due.

Commercial - Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
U.S.
Commercial
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Non-U.S.
Commercial
 
U.S. Small
Business
Commercial
(2)
Risk ratings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass rated
$
169,599

 
$
28,602

 
$
20,850

 
$
53,945

 
$
2,392

Reservable criticized
10,349

 
10,994

 
1,139

 
1,473

 
836

Refreshed FICO score (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
562

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
624

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,612

Greater than or equal to 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,438

Other internal credit metrics (3, 4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,787

Total commercial
$
179,948

 
$
39,596

 
$
21,989

 
$
55,418

 
$
13,251

(1) 
Excludes $6.6 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
U.S. small business commercial includes $491 million of criticized business card and small business loans which are evaluated using refreshed FICO scores or internal credit metrics, including delinquency status, rather than risk ratings. At December 31, 2011, 97 percent of the balances where internal credit metrics are used were current or less than 30 days past due.
(3) 
Refreshed FICO score and other internal credit metrics are applicable only to the U.S. small business commercial portfolio.
(4) 
Other internal credit metrics include delinquency status, application scores, geography or other factors.


184

Table of Contents

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans, all TDRs, and the renegotiated credit card and other consumer TDR portfolio (the renegotiated credit card and other consumer TDR portfolio, collectively referred to as the renegotiated TDR portfolio). Loans whose contractual terms have been modified in a TDR are typically placed on nonaccrual status and reported as nonperforming until the loans have performed for an adequate period of time under the restructured agreement, generally six months. However, if a borrower demonstrates performance under the previous terms and the underwriting process shows capacity to continue to perform under the modified terms, a loan may remain on accrual status. A loan modified in a TDR that is on accrual status continues to be measured for impairment as a TDR but is removed from TDR disclosures in the calendar year after restructuring if it bore a market rate of interest at the time of modification. A loan that had previously been modified in a TDR and is subsequently refinanced under current underwriting standards at a market rate with no concessionary terms is accounted for as a new loan and is no longer reported as a TDR. Impaired loans exclude nonperforming consumer loans and nonperforming commercial leases unless they are classified as TDRs. Loans accounted for under the fair value option are also excluded. Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans are excluded and reported separately on page 196.

Home Loans

Impaired home loans within the Home Loans portfolio segment consist entirely of TDRs. Excluding PCI loans, substantially all modifications of home loans meet the definition of TDRs when a binding offer is extended to a borrower. Modifications of home loans are done in accordance with the government's Making Home Affordable Program (modifications under government programs) or the Corporation's proprietary programs (modifications under proprietary programs). These modifications are considered to be TDRs if concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. Concessions may include reductions in interest rates, capitalization of past due amounts, principal and/or interest forbearance, payment extensions, principal and/or interest forgiveness, or combinations thereof. In the second quarter of 2012, the Corporation implemented a borrower assistance program that provides forgiveness of principal balances in connection with the settlement agreement among the Corporation and certain of its affiliates and subsidiaries, together with the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and other federal agencies and 49 state Attorneys General concerning the terms of a global settlement resolving investigations into certain origination, servicing and foreclosure practices (National Mortgage Settlement).

Prior to permanently modifying a loan, the Corporation may enter into trial modifications with certain borrowers under both government and proprietary programs, including the borrower assistance program pursuant to the National Mortgage Settlement. Trial modifications generally represent a three- to four-month period during which the borrower makes monthly payments under the anticipated modified payment terms. Upon successful completion of the trial period, the Corporation and the borrower enter into a permanent modification. Binding trial modifications are classified as TDRs when the trial offer is made and continue to be classified as TDRs regardless of whether the borrower enters into a permanent modification.

During the third quarter of 2012, new regulatory guidance was issued addressing certain home loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy. For more information, see Nonperforming Loans and Leases in this Note. As a result of the new regulatory guidance, the Corporation recognized an additional $3.5 billion of TDRs at September 30, 2012, including $1.1 billion of loans that are current or less than 60 days past due. Of the $3.5 billion of TDRs, approximately 20 percent, 34 percent and 46 percent had been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy in 2012, 2011 and prior years, respectively.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, a home loan, excluding PCI loans which are reported separately, is not classified as impaired unless it is a TDR. Once such a loan has been designated as a TDR, it is then individually assessed for impairment. Home loan TDRs are measured primarily based on the net present value of the estimated cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, as discussed in the paragraph below. If the carrying value of a TDR exceeds this amount, a specific allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Alternatively, home loan TDRs that are considered to be dependent solely on the collateral for repayment (e.g., due to the lack of income verification or as a result of being discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy) are measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral and a charge-off is recorded if the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral. Home loans that reached 180 days past due prior to modification were charged off to their net realizable value before they were modified as TDRs in accordance with established policy. Therefore, modifications of home loans that are 180 or more days past due as TDRs do not have an impact on the allowance for loan and lease losses nor are additional charge-offs required at the time of modification. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the collateral after a loan has reached 180 days past due are recorded as charge-offs. Fully-insured loans are protected against principal loss, and therefore, the Corporation does not record an allowance for loan and lease losses on the outstanding principal balance, even after such loans have been modified in a TDR.


185

Table of Contents

The net present value of the estimated cash flows is based on model-driven estimates of projected payments, prepayments, defaults and loss-given-default (LGD). Using statistical modeling methodologies, the Corporation estimates the probability that a loan will default prior to maturity based on the attributes of each loan. The factors that are most relevant to the probability of default are the refreshed LTV, or in the case of a subordinated lien, refreshed CLTV, borrower credit score, months since origination (i.e., vintage) and geography. Each of these factors is further broken down by present collection status (whether the loan is current, delinquent, in default or in bankruptcy). Severity (or LGD) is estimated based on the refreshed LTV for first mortgages or CLTV for subordinated liens. The estimates are based on the Corporation’s historical experience, but are adjusted to reflect an assessment of environmental factors that may not be reflected in the historical data, such as changes in real estate values, local and national economies, underwriting standards and the regulatory environment. The probability of default models also incorporate recent experience with modification programs, a loan’s default history prior to modification and the change in borrower payments post-modification.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a home loan TDR were immaterial. Home loan foreclosed properties totaled $799 million and $2.0 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The table below presents impaired loans in the Corporation’s Home Loans portfolio segment at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 and includes primarily loans managed by Legacy Assets & Servicing within Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES). Certain impaired home loans do not have a related allowance as the current valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the carrying value.

Impaired Loans - Home Loans
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
18,243

 
$
13,863

 
n/a

 
$
10,907

 
$
8,168

 
n/a

Home equity
 
 
 
 
3,119

 
1,151

 
n/a

 
1,747

 
479

 
n/a

Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 
468

 
261

 
n/a

 
421

 
240

 
n/a

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
12,202

 
$
11,156

 
$
1,203

 
$
12,296

 
$
11,119

 
$
1,295

Home equity
 
 
 
 
1,257

 
1,024

 
464

 
1,551

 
1,297

 
622

Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 
161

 
121

 
22

 
213

 
159

 
29

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
30,445

 
$
25,019

 
$
1,203

 
$
23,203

 
$
19,287

 
$
1,295

Home equity
 
 
 
 
4,376

 
2,175

 
464

 
3,298

 
1,776

 
622

Discontinued real estate
 
 
 
 
629

 
382

 
22

 
634

 
399

 
29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
11,364

 
$
86

 
$
6,280

 
$
54

 
$
9,501

 
$
233

 
$
5,778

 
$
170

Home equity
819

 
13

 
407

 
6

 
603

 
32

 
437

 
16

Discontinued real estate
242

 
2

 
210

 
2

 
233

 
6

 
218

 
6

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
11,303

 
$
96

 
$
9,547

 
$
88

 
$
11,217

 
$
300

 
$
9,042

 
$
235

Home equity
1,095

 
12

 
1,384

 
9

 
1,186

 
34

 
1,375

 
24

Discontinued real estate
132

 
1

 
101

 
2

 
144

 
5

 
150

 
5

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
22,667

 
$
182

 
$
15,827

 
$
142

 
$
20,718

 
$
533

 
$
14,820

 
$
405

Home equity
1,914

 
25

 
1,791

 
15

 
1,789

 
66

 
1,812

 
40

Discontinued real estate
374

 
3

 
311

 
4

 
377

 
11

 
368

 
11

(1) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.
n/a = not applicable

186

Table of Contents

The table below presents the September 30, 2012 and 2011 unpaid principal balance, carrying value, and average pre- and post-modification interest rates of home loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and net charge-offs that were recorded during the period in which the modification occurred. The following Home Loans portfolio segment tables include loans that were initially classified as TDRs during the period and also loans that had previously been classified as TDRs and were modified again during the period. These TDRs are managed by Legacy Assets & Servicing within CRES.

Home Loans - TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (1)
 
September 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying Value
 
Pre-Modification Interest Rate
 
Post-Modification Interest Rate
 
Net Charge-offs
Residential mortgage
$
7,731

 
$
6,201

 
5.67
%
 
4.31
%
 
$
123

Home equity
1,570

 
689

 
4.69

 
4.54

 
479

Discontinued real estate
92

 
49

 
5.30

 
3.90

 
6

Total
$
9,393

 
$
6,939

 
5.51

 
4.34

 
$
608

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Residential mortgage
$
2,792

 
$
2,409

 
5.82
%
 
4.95
%
 
$
54

Home equity
261

 
144

 
6.44

 
5.41

 
60

Discontinued real estate
37

 
25

 
7.25

 
6.05

 
2

Total
$
3,090

 
$
2,578

 
5.89

 
5.00

 
$
116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home Loans - TDRs Entered into During the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (1)
 
September 30, 2012
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
Residential mortgage
$
9,962

 
$
8,123

 
5.62
%
 
4.29
%
 
$
267

Home equity
1,759

 
785

 
4.69

 
4.32

 
577

Discontinued real estate
102

 
56

 
5.46

 
4.08

 
10

Total
$
11,823

 
$
8,964

 
5.48

 
4.30

 
$
854

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Residential mortgage
$
10,154

 
$
8,826

 
5.89
%
 
4.88
%
 
$
200

Home equity
907

 
489

 
6.54

 
4.80

 
227

Discontinued real estate
119

 
75

 
6.64

 
4.73

 
7

Total
$
11,180

 
$
9,390

 
5.96

 
4.87

 
$
434

(1)  
TDRs entered into during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 include principal forgiveness as follows: residential mortgage modifications of $283 million and $447 million, home equity mortgage modifications of $2 million and $5 million and discontinued real estate modifications of $11 million and $15 million.


187

Table of Contents

The following table presents the September 30, 2012 and 2011 carrying value for home loans that were modified in a TDR during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 by type of modification.

Home Loans - Modification Programs
 
TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Residential Mortgage
 
 Home Equity
 
 Discontinued Real Estate
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
81

 
$
21

 
$
2

 
$
104

Principal and/or interest forbearance
19

 
11

 
1

 
31

Other modifications (1)
2

 

 

 
2

Total modifications under government programs
102

 
32

 
3

 
137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
1,150

 
15

 
3

 
1,168

Capitalization of past due amounts
58

 

 

 
58

Principal and/or interest forbearance
121

 
5

 
3

 
129

Other modifications (1)
28

 
6

 

 
34

Total modifications under proprietary programs
1,357

 
26

 
6

 
1,389

Trial modifications
1,887

 
43

 
18

 
1,948

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
2,855

 
588

 
22

 
3,465

Total modifications
$
6,201

 
$
689

 
$
49

 
$
6,939

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
162

 
$
26

 
$
2

 
$
190

Principal and/or interest forbearance
55

 
8

 

 
63

Other modifications (1)
3

 
1

 
1

 
5

Total modifications under government programs
220

 
35

 
3

 
258

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
817

 
36

 
5

 
858

Capitalization of past due amounts
102

 

 

 
102

Principal and/or interest forbearance
346

 
14

 
3

 
363

Other modifications (1)
164

 
7

 

 
171

Total modifications under proprietary programs
1,429

 
57

 
8

 
1,494

Trial modifications
760

 
52

 
14

 
826

Total modifications
$
2,409

 
$
144

 
$
25

 
$
2,578

(1) 
Includes other modifications such as term or payment extensions and repayment plans.
(2) 
Includes loans newly classified as TDRs in accordance with new regulatory guidance on loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that was issued during the three months ended September 30, 2012.


188

Table of Contents

Home Loans - Modification Programs (continued)
 
TDRs Entered into During the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Residential Mortgage
 
 Home Equity
 
 Discontinued Real Estate
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
155

 
$
61

 
$
2

 
$
218

Principal and/or interest forbearance
29

 
24

 
1

 
54

Other modifications (1)
18

 

 

 
18

Total modifications under government programs
202

 
85

 
3

 
290

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
2,050

 
28

 
4

 
2,082

Capitalization of past due amounts
95

 

 

 
95

Principal and/or interest forbearance
244

 
9

 
4

 
257

Other modifications (1)
62

 
13

 

 
75

Total modifications under proprietary programs
2,451

 
50

 
8

 
2,509

Trial modifications
2,615

 
62

 
23

 
2,700

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
2,855

 
588

 
22

 
3,465

Total modifications
$
8,123

 
$
785

 
$
56

 
$
8,964

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs Entered into During the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
957

 
$
183

 
$
9

 
$
1,149

Principal and/or interest forbearance
181

 
36

 
2

 
219

Other modifications (1)
61

 
5

 

 
66

Total modifications under government programs
1,199

 
224

 
11

 
1,434

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
3,148

 
85

 
18

 
3,251

Capitalization of past due amounts
414

 

 
1

 
415

Principal and/or interest forbearance
758

 
37

 
8

 
803

Other modifications (1)
362

 
25

 
2

 
389

Total modifications under proprietary programs
4,682

 
147

 
29

 
4,858

Trial modifications 
2,945

 
118

 
35

 
3,098

Total modifications
$
8,826

 
$
489

 
$
75

 
$
9,390

(1) 
Includes other modifications such as term or payment extensions and repayment plans.
(2) 
Includes loans newly classified as TDRs in accordance with new regulatory guidance on loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that was issued during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.



189

Table of Contents

The table below presents the carrying value of loans that entered into payment default during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 and that were modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding payment default. A payment default for home loan TDRs is recognized when a borrower has missed three monthly payments (not necessarily consecutively) since modification. Payment defaults on trial modifications where the borrower has not yet met the terms of the agreement are included in the table below if the borrower is 90 days or more past due three months after the offer to modify was made.

Home Loans - TDRs Entering Payment Default That Were Modified During the Preceding Twelve Months
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
 Residential Mortgage
 
Home Equity
 
 Discontinued Real Estate
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
$
27

 
$
2

 
$

 
$
29

Modifications under proprietary programs
133

 
2

 
2

 
137

Trial modifications
662

 
7

 
9

 
678

Total modifications
$
822

 
$
11

 
$
11

 
$
844

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
$
61

 
$
2

 
$

 
$
63

Modifications under proprietary programs
573

 
7

 
1

 
581

Trial modifications
17

 

 
1

 
18

Total modifications
$
651

 
$
9

 
$
2

 
$
662

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
Modifications under government programs
$
165

 
$
6

 
$
2

 
$
173

Modifications under proprietary programs
747

 
11

 
6

 
764

Trial modifications
952

 
16

 
11

 
979

Total modifications
$
1,864

 
$
33

 
$
19

 
$
1,916

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Modifications under government programs
$
163

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
166

Modifications under proprietary programs
1,490

 
37

 
8

 
1,535

Trial modifications
41

 
2

 
1

 
44

Total modifications
$
1,694

 
$
41

 
$
10

 
$
1,745


Credit Card and Other Consumer

The Credit Card and Other Consumer portfolio segment includes impaired loans that have been modified as TDRs. The Corporation seeks to assist customers that are experiencing financial difficulty by modifying loans while ensuring compliance with federal laws and guidelines. Substantially all of the Corporation’s credit card and other consumer loan modifications involve reducing the interest rate on the account and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months, all of which are considered TDRs. In all cases, the customer’s available line of credit is canceled. The Corporation makes loan modifications directly with borrowers for debt held only by the Corporation (internal programs). Additionally, the Corporation makes loan modifications for borrowers working with third-party renegotiation agencies that provide solutions to customers’ entire unsecured debt structures (external programs).

All credit card and other consumer loans not secured by real estate, including modified loans, remain on accrual status until the loan is either charged off or paid in full. The allowance for impaired credit card loans is based on the present value of projected cash flows, which incorporates the Corporation's historical payment default and loss experience on modified loans, discounted using the portfolio’s average contractual interest rate, excluding promotionally priced loans, in effect prior to restructuring. Prior to modification, credit card and other consumer loans are included in homogeneous pools which are collectively evaluated for impairment. For these portfolios, loss forecast models are utilized that consider a variety of factors including but not limited to historical loss experience, delinquencies, economic trends and credit scores.


190

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation's renegotiated TDR portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The renegotiated TDR portfolio is considered impaired and had a related allowance as shown below.

Impaired Loans - Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
(1)
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
(1)
 
Related
Allowance
With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
$
3,341

 
$
3,360

 
$
947

 
$
5,272

 
$
5,305

 
$
1,570

Non-U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
338

 
343

 
219

 
588

 
597

 
435

Direct/Indirect consumer
 
 
 
 
781

 
784

 
257

 
1,193

 
1,198

 
405

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
$
3,727

 
$
58

 
$
6,727

 
$
102

 
$
4,380

 
$
204

 
$
7,637

 
$
344

Non-U.S. credit card
447

 
2

 
777

 
2

 
509

 
7

 
794

 
5

Direct/Indirect consumer
864

 
12

 
1,502

 
20

 
1,003

 
41

 
1,675

 
67

(1) 
Includes accrued interest and fees.
(2) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.

The table below provides information on the Corporation's primary modification programs for the renegotiated TDR portfolio at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs by Program Type
 
Internal Programs
 
External Programs
 
Other
 
Total
 
Percent of Balances Current or
Less Than 30 Days Past Due
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
U.S. credit card
$
2,265

$
3,788

 
$
1,057

$
1,436

 
$
38

$
81

 
$
3,360

$
5,305

 
81.22
%
78.97
%
Non-U.S. credit card
109

218

 
43

113

 
191

266

 
343

597

 
45.01

54.02

Direct/Indirect consumer
502

784

 
273

392

 
9

22

 
784

1,198

 
82.08

80.01

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
2,876

$
4,790

 
$
1,373

$
1,941

 
$
238

$
369

 
$
4,487

$
7,100

 
78.60

77.05


At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a renegotiated TDR portfolio of $4.5 billion and $7.1 billion of which $3.5 billion was current or less than 30 days past due under the modified terms at September 30, 2012. The renegotiated TDR portfolio is excluded from nonperforming loans as the Corporation generally does not classify consumer loans not secured by real estate as nonperforming. Instead, these loans are charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due.


191

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation’s renegotiated TDR portfolio including the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, along with charge-offs that were recorded during the calendar quarter in which the modification occurred. The table also presents the average pre- and post-modification interest rate.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Three Months September 30, 2012 and 2011
 
September 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying Value (1)
 
Pre-Modification Interest Rate
 
Post-Modification Interest Rate
 
Net Charge-offs
U.S. credit card
$
102

 
$
105

 
17.37
%
 
6.32
%
 
$
2

Non-U.S. credit card
90

 
94

 
26.13

 
0.77

 
4

Direct/Indirect consumer
14

 
14

 
15.40

 
3.90

 
2

Total
$
206

 
$
213

 
21.13

 
3.70

 
$
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
220

 
$
227

 
18.84
%
 
6.25
%
 
$
2

Non-U.S. credit card
153

 
162

 
25.92

 
0.60

 
7

Direct/Indirect consumer
41

 
42

 
15.48

 
4.51

 

Total
$
414

 
$
431

 
21.17

 
3.96

 
$
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
 
September 30, 2012
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
U.S. credit card
$
342

 
$
346

 
17.73
%
 
6.37
%
 
$
23

Non-U.S. credit card
194

 
204

 
26.18

 
1.05

 
111

Direct/Indirect consumer
50

 
51

 
15.40

 
4.14

 
3

Total
$
586

 
$
601

 
20.40

 
4.38

 
$
137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
798

 
$
812

 
19.02
%
 
6.20
%
 
$
62

Non-U.S. credit card
336

 
354

 
26.07

 
0.78

 
167

Direct/Indirect consumer
186

 
187

 
15.62

 
5.43

 
13

Total
$
1,320

 
$
1,353

 
20.40

 
4.68

 
$
242

(1) 
Includes accrued interest and fees.


192

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation's primary modification programs for the renegotiated TDR portfolio for loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Credit Card and Other Consumer - Renegotiated TDRs by Program Type
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Internal Programs
 
External Programs
 
Other
 
Total
U.S. credit card
$
64

 
$
41

 
$

 
$
105

Non-U.S. credit card
51

 
43

 

 
94

Direct/Indirect consumer
9

 
5

 

 
14

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
124

 
$
89

 
$

 
$
213

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
122

 
$
103

 
$
2

 
$
227

Non-U.S. credit card
83

 
79

 

 
162

Direct/Indirect consumer
22

 
20

 

 
42

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
227

 
$
202

 
$
2

 
$
431

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
U.S. credit card
$
221

 
$
125

 
$

 
$
346

Non-U.S. credit card
109

 
95

 

 
204

Direct/Indirect consumer
34

 
17

 

 
51

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
364

 
$
237

 
$

 
$
601

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
U.S. credit card
$
454

 
$
355

 
$
3

 
$
812

Non-U.S. credit card
179

 
174

 
1

 
354

Direct/Indirect consumer
107

 
79

 
1

 
187

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
740

 
$
608

 
$
5

 
$
1,353


Credit card and other consumer loans are deemed to be in payment default during the quarter in which a borrower misses the second of two consecutive payments. Payment defaults are one of the factors considered when projecting future cash flows in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses for impaired credit card and other consumer loans. At September 30, 2012, the allowance for loan and lease losses on the Corporation's renegotiated portfolio was 31.71 percent of the carrying value of these loans. Loans that entered into payment default during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 that had been modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding payment default were $40 million and $173 million for U.S. credit card, $69 million and $228 million for non-U.S. credit card and $6 million and $31 million for direct/indirect consumer. Loans that entered into payment default during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and that had been modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding payment default were $150 million and $749 million for U.S. credit card, $113 million and $316 million for non-U.S. credit card and $33 million and $155 million for direct/indirect consumer.

Commercial Loans

Impaired commercial loans, which include nonperforming loans and TDRs (both performing and nonperforming) are primarily measured based on the present value of payments expected to be received, discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate. Commercial impaired loans may also be measured based on observable market prices or, for loans that are solely dependent on the collateral for repayment, the estimated fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell. If the carrying value of a loan exceeds this amount, a specific allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Modifications of loans to commercial borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty are designed to reduce the Corporation's loss exposure while providing the borrower with an opportunity to work through financial difficulties, often to avoid foreclosure or bankruptcy. Each modification is unique and reflects the individual circumstances of the borrower. Modifications that result in a TDR may include extensions of maturity at a concessionary (below market) rate of interest, payment forbearances or other actions designed to benefit the customer while mitigating the Corporation's risk exposure. Reductions in interest rates are rare. Instead, the interest rates are typically increased, although the increased rate may not represent a market rate of interest. Infrequently, concessions may also include principal forgiveness in connection with foreclosure, short sale or other settlement agreements leading to termination or sale of the loan.

193

Table of Contents

At the time of restructuring, the loans are remeasured to reflect the impact, if any, on projected cash flows resulting from the modified terms. If there was no forgiveness of principal and the interest rate was not decreased, the modification may have little or no impact on the allowance established for the loan. If a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible, a charge-off may be recorded at the time of restructuring. Alternatively, a charge-off may already have been recorded in a previous period such that no charge-off is required at the time of modification. For information concerning modifications for the U.S. small business commercial portfolio, see Credit Card and Other Consumer in this Note.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a commercial loan TDR were immaterial. Commercial foreclosed properties totaled $425 million and $612 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The table below presents impaired loans in the Corporation's Commercial loan portfolio segment at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Certain impaired commercial loans do not have a related allowance as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the carrying value, which is net of previously recorded charge-offs.

Impaired Loans - Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
1,446

 
$
1,138

 
n/a

 
$
1,482

 
$
985

 
n/a

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
1,194

 
1,106

 
n/a

 
2,587

 
2,095

 
n/a

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
132

 
131

 
n/a

 
216

 
101

 
n/a

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 

 

 
n/a

 

 

 
n/a

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
1,897

 
$
1,361

 
$
135

 
$
2,654

 
$
1,987

 
$
232

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
2,305

 
1,554

 
127

 
3,329

 
2,384

 
135

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
416

 
45

 
20

 
308

 
58

 
6

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 
399

 
379

 
109

 
531

 
503

 
172

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
3,343

 
$
2,499

 
$
135

 
$
4,136

 
$
2,972

 
$
232

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
3,499

 
2,660

 
127

 
5,916

 
4,479

 
135

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
548

 
176

 
20

 
524

 
159

 
6

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 
399

 
379

 
109

 
531

 
503

 
172

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
1,113

 
$
9

 
$
870

 
$

 
$
1,078

 
$
26

 
$
638

 
$
1

Commercial real estate
1,318

 
4

 
2,041

 
1

 
1,661

 
12

 
1,913

 
3

Non-U.S. commercial
140

 
1

 
96

 

 
130

 
1

 
83

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
1,457

 
$
7

 
$
2,176

 
$
4

 
$
1,727

 
$
25

 
$
2,543

 
$
7

Commercial real estate
1,552

 
3

 
3,013

 
10

 
1,865

 
13

 
3,505

 
14

Non-U.S. commercial
50

 
1

 
72

 
3

 
56

 
2

 
97

 
3

U.S. small business commercial (1)
392

 
3

 
616

 
5

 
433

 
10

 
713

 
18

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
2,570

 
$
16

 
$
3,046

 
$
4

 
$
2,805

 
$
51

 
$
3,181

 
$
8

Commercial real estate
2,870

 
7

 
5,054

 
11

 
3,526

 
25

 
5,418

 
17

Non-U.S. commercial
190

 
2

 
168

 
3

 
186

 
3

 
180

 
3

U.S. small business commercial (1)
392

 
3

 
616

 
5

 
433

 
10

 
713

 
18

(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial renegotiated TDR loans and related allowance.
(2) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.
n/a = not applicable

194

Table of Contents

The table below presents the September 30, 2012 and 2011 unpaid principal balance and carrying value of commercial loans that were modified as TDRs during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, along with charge-offs that were recorded during the calendar quarter in which the modification occurred.

Commercial - TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
 
September 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying Value
 
Net Charge-offs
U.S. commercial
$
152

 
$
143

 
$

Commercial real estate
373

 
350

 
5

Non-U.S. commercial
22

 
22

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
5

 
6

 
1

Total
$
552

 
$
521

 
$
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
U.S. commercial
$
417

 
$
320

 
$
19

Commercial real estate
652

 
525

 
58

Non-U.S. commercial

 

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
14

 
14

 

Total
$
1,083

 
$
859

 
$
77

 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial - TDRs Entered into During the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
 
September 30, 2012
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
U.S. commercial
$
558

 
$
534

 
$
15

Commercial real estate
737

 
695

 
12

Non-U.S. commercial
87

 
87

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
20

 
20

 
3

Total
$
1,402

 
$
1,336

 
$
30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
U.S. commercial
$
1,250

 
$
1,087

 
$
49

Commercial real estate
1,760

 
1,444

 
129

Non-U.S. commercial
49

 
49

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
53

 
55

 
11

Total
$
3,112

 
$
2,635

 
$
189

(1) 
U.S. small business commercial TDRs are comprised of renegotiated small business card loans.

A commercial TDR is generally deemed to be in payment default when the loan is 90 days or more past due, including delinquencies that were not resolved as part of the modification. U.S. small business commercial TDRs are deemed to be in payment default during the quarter in which a borrower misses the second of two consecutive payments. Payment defaults are one of the factors considered when projecting future cash flows, along with observable market prices or fair value of collateral, when measuring the allowance for loan losses. TDRs that were in payment default at September 30, 2012 and 2011 had a carrying value of $129 million and $145 million for U.S. commercial, $390 million and $627 million for commercial real estate and $28 million and $58 million for U.S. small business commercial.


195

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Loans

The table below shows activity for the accretable yield on Countrywide Financial Corporation (Countrywide) PCI loans. Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference primarily result when there is a change in expected cash flows due to various factors, including changes in interest rates on variable-rate loans and prepayment assumptions. Changes in the prepayment assumption affect the expected remaining life of the portfolio which results in a change to the amount of future interest cash flows.

(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
Accretable yield, beginning of period
$
4,833

$
4,990

Accretion
(253
)
(787
)
Disposals/transfers
(21
)
(46
)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference
68

470

Accretable yield, September 30
$
4,627

$
4,627


See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on PCI loans and Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses herein for the carrying value and valuation allowance for Countrywide PCI loans.

Loans Held-for-sale

The Corporation had LHFS of $16.4 billion and $13.8 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Proceeds from sales, securitizations and paydowns of LHFS were $37.9 billion and $127.6 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Amounts used for originations and purchases of LHFS were $40.4 billion and $103.6 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, $8.1 billion of non-U.S. credit card loans related to the Canadian credit card portfolio were transferred to LHFS as a result of the announced sale of the Canadian consumer card business.


196

Table of Contents

NOTE 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses

The table below summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Home Loans
 
Credit Card
and Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
 
Total
Allowance for loan and lease losses, July 1
$
19,964

 
$
7,024

 
$
3,300

 
$
30,288

Loans and leases charged off
(2,480
)
 
(1,721
)
 
(492
)
 
(4,693
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
137

 
294

 
140

 
571

Net charge-offs
(2,343
)
 
(1,427
)
 
(352
)
 
(4,122
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
617

 
960

 
233

 
1,810

Write-off of home equity PCI loans
(1,705
)
 

 

 
(1,705
)
Other (1)
1

 
(36
)
 
(3
)
 
(38
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, September 30
16,534

 
6,521

 
3,178

 
26,233

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, July 1

 

 
574

 
574

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(36
)
 
(36
)
Other (2)

 

 
(20
)
 
(20
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, September 30

 

 
518

 
518

Allowance for credit losses, September 30
$
16,534

 
$
6,521

 
$
3,696

 
$
26,751

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses, July 1
$
20,953

 
$
10,931

 
$
5,428

 
$
37,312

Loans and leases charged off
(2,325
)
 
(2,813
)
 
(810
)
 
(5,948
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
220

 
443

 
199

 
862

Net charge-offs
(2,105
)
 
(2,370
)
 
(611
)
 
(5,086
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
1,958

 
1,508

 
8

 
3,474

Other (1)
(74
)
 
(544
)
 

 
(618
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, September 30
20,732

 
9,525

 
4,825

 
35,082

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, July 1

 

 
897

 
897

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(67
)
 
(67
)
Other (2)

 

 
(40
)
 
(40
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, September 30

 

 
790

 
790

Allowance for credit losses, September 30
$
20,732

 
$
9,525

 
$
5,615

 
$
35,872

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
Allowance for loan and lease losses, January 1
$
21,079

 
$
8,569

 
$
4,135

 
$
33,783

Loans and leases charged off
(6,256
)
 
(5,983
)
 
(1,645
)
 
(13,884
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
400

 
1,131

 
549

 
2,080

Net charge-offs
(5,856
)
 
(4,852
)
 
(1,096
)
 
(11,804
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
3,061

 
2,893

 
153

 
6,107

Write-off of home equity PCI loans
(1,705
)
 

 

 
(1,705
)
Other (1)
(45
)
 
(89
)
 
(14
)
 
(148
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, September 30
16,534

 
6,521

 
3,178

 
26,233

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, January 1

 

 
714

 
714

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(142
)
 
(142
)
Other (2)

 

 
(54
)
 
(54
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, September 30

 

 
518

 
518

Allowance for credit losses, September 30
$
16,534

 
$
6,521

 
$
3,696

 
$
26,751

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Allowance for loan and lease losses, January 1
$
19,252

 
$
15,463

 
$
7,170

 
$
41,885

Loans and leases charged off
(7,187
)
 
(9,789
)
 
(2,475
)
 
(19,451
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
585

 
1,409

 
678

 
2,672

Net charge-offs
(6,602
)
 
(8,380
)
 
(1,797
)
 
(16,779
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
8,155

 
3,016

 
(521
)
 
10,650

Other (1)
(73
)
 
(574
)
 
(27
)
 
(674
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, September 30
20,732

 
9,525

 
4,825

 
35,082

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, January 1

 

 
1,188

 
1,188

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(174
)
 
(174
)
Other (2)

 

 
(224
)
 
(224
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, September 30

 

 
790

 
790

Allowance for credit losses, September 30
$
20,732

 
$
9,525

 
$
5,615

 
$
35,872

(1) 
Represents primarily the impact of portfolio sales, deconsolidations and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(2) 
Represents primarily accretion of the Merrill Lynch purchase accounting adjustment and the impact of funding previously unfunded positions.

197

Table of Contents

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, for the PCI loan portfolios, the Corporation recorded a benefit of $166 million and expense of $327 million in the provision for credit losses with a corresponding change in the valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. This compared to no provision for credit losses and expense of $2.0 billion for the same periods in 2011. In addition, there were $1.7 billion of write-offs in the home equity PCI portfolio primarily due to $1.6 billion of home equity loans fully forgiven in connection with the National Mortgage Settlement with a corresponding decrease in the PCI valuation allowance. These write-offs had no impact on the provision for credit losses as these loans were fully reserved. The valuation allowance associated with the PCI loan portfolios was $7.1 billion and $8.5 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The table below presents the allowance and the carrying value of outstanding loans and leases by portfolio segment at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Allowance and Carrying Value by Portfolio Segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Home Loans
 
Credit Card
and Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
 
Total
Impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses (2)
$
1,689

 
$
1,423

 
$
391

 
$
3,503

Carrying value (3)
27,576

 
4,487

 
5,714

 
37,777

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value
6.12
%
 
31.71
%
 
6.84
%
 
9.27
%
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
7,764

 
$
5,098

 
$
2,787

 
$
15,649

Carrying value (3, 4)
314,052

 
187,113

 
318,607

 
819,772

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
2.47
%
 
2.72
%
 
0.87
%
 
1.91
%
Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
$
7,081

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
$
7,081

Carrying value gross of valuation allowance
27,848

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
27,848

Valuation allowance as a percentage of carrying value
25.43
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
25.43
%
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
16,534

 
$
6,521

 
$
3,178

 
$
26,233

Carrying value (3, 4)
369,476

 
191,600

 
324,321

 
885,397

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
4.47
%
 
3.40
%
 
0.98
%
 
2.96
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses (2)
$
1,946

 
$
2,410

 
$
545

 
$
4,901

Carrying value (3)
21,462

 
7,100

 
8,113

 
36,675

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value
9.07
%
 
33.94
%
 
6.71
%
 
13.36
%
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
10,674

 
$
6,159

 
$
3,590

 
$
20,423

Carrying value (3, 4)
344,821

 
202,010

 
302,089

 
848,920

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
3.10
%
 
3.05
%
 
1.19
%
 
2.41
%
Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
$
8,459

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
$
8,459

Carrying value gross of valuation allowance
31,801

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
31,801

Valuation allowance as a percentage of carrying value
26.60
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
26.60
%
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
21,079

 
$
8,569

 
$
4,135

 
$
33,783

Carrying value (3, 4)
398,084

 
209,110

 
310,202

 
917,396

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
5.30
%
 
4.10
%
 
1.33
%
 
3.68
%
(1) 
Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans and all TDRs, including both commercial and consumer TDRs. Impaired loans exclude nonperforming consumer loans unless they are TDRs, and all consumer and commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Commercial impaired allowance for loan and lease losses includes $109 million and $172 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 related to U.S. small business commercial renegotiated TDR loans.
(3) 
Amounts are presented gross of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
(4) 
Outstanding loan and lease balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option of $7.6 billion and $8.8 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
n/a = not applicable

198

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities

The Corporation utilizes VIEs in the ordinary course of business to support its own and its customers’ financing and investing needs. The Corporation routinely securitizes loans and debt securities using VIEs as a source of funding for the Corporation and as a means of transferring the economic risk of the loans or debt securities to third parties. The assets are transferred into a trust or other securitization vehicle such that the assets are legally isolated from the creditors of the Corporation and are not available to satisfy its obligations. These assets can only be used to settle obligations of the trust or other securitization vehicle. The Corporation also administers, structures or invests in other VIEs including CDOs, investment vehicles and other entities. For additional information on the Corporation’s utilization of VIEs, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The tables within this Note present the assets and liabilities of consolidated and unconsolidated VIEs at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, in situations where the Corporation has continuing involvement with transferred assets or if the Corporation otherwise has a variable interest in the VIE. The tables also present the Corporation’s maximum loss exposure at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 resulting from its involvement with consolidated VIEs and unconsolidated VIEs in which the Corporation holds a variable interest. The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure is based on the unlikely event that all of the assets in the VIEs become worthless and incorporates not only potential losses associated with assets recorded on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet but also potential losses associated with off-balance sheet commitments such as unfunded liquidity commitments and other contractual arrangements. The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure does not include losses previously recognized through write-downs of assets.

The Corporation invests in asset-backed securities (ABS) issued by third-party VIEs with which it has no other form of involvement. These securities are included in Note 2 – Trading Account Assets and Liabilities and Note 4 – Securities. In addition, the Corporation uses VIEs such as trust preferred securities trusts in connection with its funding activities. For additional information, see Note 13 – Long-term Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Corporation also uses VIEs in the form of synthetic securitization vehicles to mitigate a portion of the credit risk on its residential mortgage loan portfolio, as described in Note 5 – Outstanding Loans and Leases. The Corporation uses VIEs, such as cash funds managed within Global Wealth & Investment Management, to provide investment opportunities for clients. These VIEs, which are not consolidated by the Corporation, are not included in the tables within this Note.

Except as described below and in Note 8 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Corporation did not provide financial support to consolidated or unconsolidated VIEs during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 or the year ended December 31, 2011 that it was not previously contractually required to provide, nor does it intend to do so.

Mortgage-related Securitizations

First-lien Mortgages

As part of its mortgage banking activities, the Corporation securitizes a portion of the first-lien residential mortgage loans it originates or purchases from third parties, generally in the form of MBS guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises, FNMA and FHLMC (collectively the GSEs), or GNMA in the case of Federal Housing Administration (FHA)-insured and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-guaranteed mortgage loans. Securitization usually occurs in conjunction with or shortly after loan closing or purchase. In addition, the Corporation may, from time to time, securitize commercial mortgages it originates or purchases from other entities. The Corporation typically services the loans it securitizes. Further, the Corporation may retain beneficial interests in the securitization trusts including senior and subordinate securities and equity tranches issued by the trusts. Except as described below and in Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees, the Corporation does not provide guarantees or recourse to the securitization trusts other than standard representations and warranties.


199

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes select information related to first-lien mortgage securitizations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

First-lien Mortgage Securitizations
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
 
 
 
Agency
 
Non-Agency
 
Commercial Mortgage
 
Three Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Cash proceeds from new securitizations (1)
$
12,461

$
31,481

 
$

$
36

 
$
335

$
1,667

Loss on securitizations, net of hedges (2)
(89
)
(281
)
 


 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Cash proceeds from new securitizations (1)
$
27,688

$
128,457

 
$

$
36

 
$
660

$
3,468

Loss on securitizations, net of hedges (2)
(151
)
(336
)
 


 


(1) 
The Corporation sells residential mortgage loans to GSEs in the normal course of business and receives MBS in exchange which may then be sold into the market to third-party investors for cash proceeds.
(2) 
Substantially all of the first-lien residential mortgage loans securitized are initially classified as LHFS and accounted for under the fair value option. As such, gains are recognized on these LHFS prior to securitization. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation recognized $563 million and $1.3 billion of gains on these LHFS compared to $636 million and $2.5 billion for the same periods in 2011, net of hedges.

In addition to cash proceeds as reported in the table above, the Corporation received securities with an initial fair value of $1 million and $22 million in connection with first-lien mortgage securitizations, principally residential agency securitizations, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, and $91 million and $546 million for the same periods in 2011. All of these securities were initially classified as Level 2 assets within the fair value hierarchy. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no changes to the initial classification.

The Corporation recognizes consumer MSRs from the sale or securitization of first-lien mortgage loans. Servicing fee and ancillary fee income on consumer mortgage loans serviced, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $1.1 billion and $3.6 billion during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1.4 billion and $4.5 billion for the same periods in 2011. Servicing advances on consumer mortgage loans, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $23.7 billion and $26.0 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Corporation may have the option to repurchase delinquent loans out of securitization trusts, which reduces the amount of servicing advances it is required to make. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, $2.5 billion and $5.2 billion of loans were repurchased from first-lien securitization trusts as a result of loan delinquencies or in order to perform modifications compared to $447 million and $8.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. The majority of these loans repurchased were FHA-insured mortgages collateralizing GNMA securities. In addition, the Corporation has retained commercial MSRs from the sale or securitization of commercial mortgage loans. Servicing advances on commercial mortgage loans, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $177 million and $152 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.


200

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes select information related to first-lien mortgage securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

First-lien VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Agency
 
 
 
Agency
 
Prime
 
Subprime
 
Alt-A
 
Commercial Mortgage
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
December 31
2011
Unconsolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
32,493

$
37,519

 
$
2,141

$
2,375

 
$
280

$
289

 
$
395

$
506

 
$
728

$
981

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior securities held (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
314

$
8,744

 
$
8

$
94

 
$
7

$
3

 
$
2

$
343

 
$
10

$
21

AFS debt securities
28,271

28,775

 
1,467

2,001

 
202

174

 
130

163

 
589

846

Subordinate securities held (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets


 


 
3

30

 


 
25

3

AFS debt securities


 
22

26

 
10

30

 


 


Residual interests held


 
13

8

 

9

 


 
41

43

All other assets
3,908


 
72


 
1


 
263


 


Total retained positions
$
32,493

$
37,519

 
$
1,582

$
2,129

 
$
223

$
246

 
$
395

$
506

 
$
665

$
913

Principal balance outstanding (3)
$
881,359

$
1,198,766

 
$
50,297

$
61,207

 
$
60,870

$
73,949

 
$
84,342

$
101,622

 
$
57,718

$
76,645

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
48,065

$
50,648

 
$
101

$
450

 
$
406

$
419

 
$

$

 
$

$

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases
$
47,417

$
50,159

 
$
294

$
1,298

 
$
907

$
892

 
$

$

 
$

$

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(4
)
(6
)
 


 


 


 


Loans held-for-sale


 


 
670

622

 


 


All other assets
652

495

 
4

63

 
51

59

 


 


Total assets
$
48,065

$
50,648

 
$
298

$
1,361

 
$
1,628

$
1,573

 
$

$

 
$

$

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
$

$

 
$

$

 
$
687

$
650

 
$

$

 
$

$

Long-term debt


 
220

1,360

 
921

911

 


 


All other liabilities


 


 

57

 


 


Total liabilities
$

$

 
$
220

$
1,360

 
$
1,608

$
1,618

 
$

$

 
$

$

(1) 
Maximum loss exposure excludes the liability for representations and warranties obligations and corporate guarantees and also excludes servicing advances and MSRs. For more information, see Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.
(2) 
As a holder of these securities, the Corporation receives scheduled principal and interest payments. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no OTTI losses recorded on those securities classified as AFS debt securities.
(3) 
Principal balance outstanding includes loans the Corporation transferred with which the Corporation has continuing involvement, which may include servicing the loans.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation deconsolidated several prime residential mortgage trusts with total assets of $1.2 billion following the transfer of servicing to a third party.


201

Table of Contents

Home Equity Loans

The Corporation retains interests in home equity securitization trusts to which it transferred home equity loans. These retained interests include senior and subordinate securities and residual interests. In addition, the Corporation may be obligated to provide subordinate funding to the trusts during a rapid amortization event. The Corporation also services the loans in the trusts. Except as described below and in Note 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees, the Corporation does not provide guarantees or recourse to the securitization trusts other than standard representations and warranties. There were no securitizations of home equity loans during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. All of the home equity trusts have entered the rapid amortization phase, and accordingly, there were no collections reinvested in revolving period securitizations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

The table below summarizes select information related to home equity loan securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Home Equity Loan VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
VIEs
 
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Total
 
Consolidated
VIEs
 
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
2,120

 
$
6,949

 
$
9,069

 
$
2,672

 
$
7,563

 
$
10,235

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$

 
$
4

 
$
4

 
$

 
$
5

 
$
5

AFS debt securities

 
14

 
14

 

 
13

 
13

Loans and leases
2,303

 

 
2,303

 
2,975

 

 
2,975

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(183
)
 

 
(183
)
 
(303
)
 

 
(303
)
Total
$
2,120

 
$
18

 
$
2,138

 
$
2,672

 
$
18

 
$
2,690

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
2,476

 
$

 
$
2,476

 
$
3,081

 
$

 
$
3,081

All other liabilities
85

 

 
85

 
66

 

 
66

Total
$
2,561

 
$

 
$
2,561

 
$
3,147

 
$

 
$
3,147

Principal balance outstanding
$
2,303

 
$
13,148

 
$
15,451

 
$
2,975

 
$
14,422

 
$
17,397

(1) 
For unconsolidated VIEs, the maximum loss exposure includes outstanding trust certificates issued by trusts in rapid amortization, net of recorded reserves, and excludes the liability for representations and warranties obligations and corporate guarantees.

Included in the table above are consolidated and unconsolidated home equity loan securitizations that have entered a rapid amortization period and for which the Corporation is obligated to provide subordinated funding. During this period, cash payments from borrowers are accumulated to repay outstanding debt securities and the Corporation continues to make advances to borrowers when they draw on their lines of credit. For additional information, see Note 8 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, home equity loan securitization transactions in rapid amortization for which the Corporation has a subordinated funding obligation, including both consolidated and unconsolidated trusts, had $9.4 billion and $10.7 billion of trust certificates outstanding. This amount is significantly greater than the amount the Corporation expects to fund. The charges that will ultimately be recorded as a result of the rapid amortization events depend on the undrawn available credit on the home equity lines, which totaled $297 million and $460 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as well as performance of the loans, the amount of subsequent draws and the timing of related cash flows. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the reserve for losses on expected future draw obligations on the home equity loan securitizations in rapid amortization for which the Corporation has a subordinated funding obligation was $57 million and $69 million.

The Corporation has consumer MSRs from the sale or securitization of home equity loans. The Corporation recorded $14 million and $45 million of servicing fee income related to home equity loan securitizations during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $16 million and $49 million for the same periods in 2011. The Corporation repurchased $22 million and $60 million of loans from home equity securitization trusts in order to perform modifications during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $6 million and $11 million for the same periods in 2011.

202

Table of Contents

Credit Card Securitizations

The Corporation securitizes originated and purchased credit card loans. The Corporation’s continuing involvement with the securitization trusts includes servicing the receivables, retaining an undivided interest (seller’s interest) in the receivables, and holding certain retained interests including senior and subordinate securities, discount receivables, subordinate interests in accrued interest and fees on the securitized receivables, and cash reserve accounts. The seller’s interest in the trusts, which is pari passu to the investors’ interest, and the discount receivables are classified in loans and leases.

The table below summarizes select information related to credit card securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Credit Card VIEs
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
40,070

 
$
38,282

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
Derivative assets
$
355

 
$
788

Loans and leases (1)
66,294

 
74,793

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(3,616
)
 
(4,742
)
Loans held-for-sale
550

 

All other assets (2)
927

 
723

Total
$
64,510

 
$
71,562

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
$
232

 
$

Long-term debt
24,125

 
33,076

All other liabilities
83

 
204

Total
$
24,440

 
$
33,280

Trust loans
$
66,844

 
$
74,793

(1) 
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, loans and leases included $31.1 billion and $28.7 billion of seller’s interest and $240 million and $1.0 billion of discount receivables.
(2) 
At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, all other assets included restricted cash and short-term investment accounts and unbilled accrued interest and fees.

The Corporation holds subordinate securities with a notional principal amount of $10.4 billion and a stated interest rate of zero percent issued by certain credit card securitization trusts. In addition, during 2010 and 2009, the Corporation elected to designate a specified percentage of new receivables transferred to the trusts as “discount receivables” such that principal collections thereon are added to finance charges which increases the yield in the trust. Through the designation of newly transferred receivables as discount receivables, the Corporation subordinated a portion of its seller's interest to the investors' interest. These actions were taken to address the decline in the excess spread of the U.S. and U.K. credit card securitization trusts.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation transferred $553 million of credit card receivables to a third- party sponsored securitization vehicle. The Corporation holds the senior interest in the vehicle and services the receivables. Accordingly, the Corporation is the primary beneficiary and consolidates the vehicle.


203

Table of Contents

Other Asset-backed Securitizations

Other asset-backed securitizations include resecuritization trusts, municipal bond trusts, and automobile and other securitization trusts. The table below summarizes select information related to other asset-backed securitizations in which the Corporation held a variable interest at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Other Asset-backed VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resecuritization Trusts
 
Municipal Bond Trusts
 
Automobile and Other
Securitization Trusts
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
 
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Unconsolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
21,596

 
$
31,140

 
$
3,388

 
$
3,752

 
$
90

 
$
93

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior securities held (1, 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
1,715

 
$
2,595

 
$
72

 
$
228

 
$

 
$

AFS debt securities
19,707

 
27,616

 

 

 
78

 
81

Subordinate securities held (1, 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AFS debt securities
77

 
544

 

 

 

 

Residual interests held (3)
97

 
385

 

 

 

 

All other assets

 

 

 

 
12

 
12

Total retained positions
$
21,596

 
$
31,140

 
$
72

 
$
228

 
$
90

 
$
93

Total assets of VIEs (4)
$
45,810

 
$
60,459

 
$
5,299

 
$
5,964

 
$
2,117

 
$
668

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
557

 
$

 
$
2,867

 
$
3,901

 
$
1,268

 
$
1,087

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
1,385

 
$

 
$
2,867

 
$
3,901

 
$

 
$

Loans and leases

 

 

 

 
3,007

 
4,923

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

 

 
(3
)
 
(7
)
All other assets

 

 

 

 
313

 
168

Total assets
$
1,385

 
$

 
$
2,867

 
$
3,901

 
$
3,317

 
$
5,084

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other short-term borrowings
$

 
$

 
$
2,761

 
$
5,127

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt
828

 

 

 

 
2,046

 
3,992

All other liabilities

 

 

 

 
102

 
90

Total liabilities
$
828

 
$

 
$
2,761

 
$
5,127

 
$
2,148

 
$
4,082

(1) 
As a holder of these securities, the Corporation receives scheduled principal and interest payments. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no OTTI losses recorded on those securities classified as AFS debt securities.
(2) 
The retained senior and subordinate securities were valued using quoted market prices or observable market inputs (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy).
(3) 
The retained residual interests are carried at fair value which was derived using model valuations (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy).
(4) 
Total assets include loans the Corporation transferred with which the Corporation has continuing involvement, which may include servicing the loan.


204

Table of Contents

Resecuritization Trusts

The Corporation transfers existing securities, typically MBS, into resecuritization vehicles at the request of customers seeking securities with specific characteristics. The Corporation may also resecuritize securities within its investment portfolio for purposes of improving liquidity and capital, and managing credit or interest rate risk. Generally, there are no significant ongoing activities performed in a resecuritization trust and no single investor has the unilateral ability to liquidate the trust.

The Corporation resecuritized $12.2 billion and $36.5 billion of securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $4.2 billion and $28.3 billion for the same periods in 2011. All of the securities transferred into resecuritization vehicles during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 were classified as trading account assets. As such, changes in fair value were recorded in trading account profits prior to the resecuritization and no gain or loss on sale was recorded. Gains on sale of $173 million and $909 million were recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. The Corporation consolidates a resecuritization trust if it has sole discretion over the design of the trust, including the identification of securities to be transferred in and the structure of securities to be issued, and also retains a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the trust. If one or a limited number of third-party investors share responsibility for the design of the trust and purchase a significant portion of securities, including subordinate securities issued by non-agency trusts, the Corporation does not consolidate the trust.

Municipal Bond Trusts

The Corporation administers municipal bond trusts that hold highly-rated, long-term, fixed-rate municipal bonds. A majority of the bonds are rated AAA or AA and some benefit from insurance provided by third parties. The trusts obtain financing by issuing floating-rate trust certificates that reprice on a weekly or other basis to third-party investors. The Corporation may serve as remarketing agent and/or liquidity provider for the trusts. The floating-rate investors have the right to tender the certificates at specified dates, often with as little as seven days’ notice. Should the Corporation be unable to remarket the tendered certificates, it is generally obligated to purchase them at par under standby liquidity facilities unless the bond’s credit rating has declined below investment-grade or there has been an event of default or bankruptcy of the issuer and insurer.

The Corporation also provides credit enhancement to investors in certain municipal bond trusts whereby the Corporation guarantees the payment of interest and principal on floating-rate certificates issued by these trusts in the event of default by the issuer of the underlying municipal bond. If a customer holds the residual interest in a trust, that customer typically has the unilateral ability to liquidate the trust at any time, while the Corporation typically has the ability to trigger the liquidation of that trust if the market value of the bonds held in the trust declines below a specified threshold. This arrangement is designed to limit market losses to an amount that is less than the customer’s residual interest, effectively preventing the Corporation from absorbing losses incurred on assets held within that trust.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation was the transferor of assets into unconsolidated municipal bond trusts and received cash proceeds from new securitizations of $69 million and $268 million compared to $182 million and $597 million for the same periods in 2011. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the principal balance outstanding for unconsolidated municipal bond securitization trusts for which the Corporation was transferor was $2.2 billion and $2.5 billion.

The Corporation’s liquidity commitments to unconsolidated municipal bond trusts, including those for which the Corporation was transferor, totaled $3.3 billion and $3.5 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The weighted-average remaining life of bonds held in the trusts at September 30, 2012 was 8.8 years. There were no material write-downs or downgrades of assets or issuers during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Automobile and Other Securitization Trusts

The Corporation transfers automobile and other loans into securitization trusts, typically to improve liquidity or manage credit risk. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation transferred automobile loans into an unconsolidated automobile trust, receiving cash proceeds of $2.4 billion and recording a loss on sale of $7 million. At September 30, 2012, the Corporation serviced assets or otherwise had continuing involvement with automobile and other securitization trusts with outstanding balances of $5.4 billion, including trusts collateralized by automobile loans of $4.1 billion, student loans of $1.0 billion and other loans of $303 million. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation serviced assets or otherwise had continuing involvement with automobile and other securitization trusts with outstanding balances of $5.8 billion, including trusts collateralized by automobile loans of $3.9 billion, student loans of $1.2 billion and other loans of $668 million.


205

Table of Contents

Collateralized Debt Obligation Vehicles

CDO vehicles hold diversified pools of fixed-income securities, typically corporate debt or ABS, which they fund by issuing multiple tranches of debt and equity securities. Synthetic CDOs enter into a portfolio of CDS to synthetically create exposure to fixed-income securities. CLOs, which are a subset of CDOs, hold pools of loans, typically corporate loans or commercial mortgages. CDOs are typically managed by third-party portfolio managers. The Corporation transfers assets to these CDOs, holds securities issued by the CDOs and may be a derivative counterparty to the CDOs, including a CDS counterparty for synthetic CDOs. The Corporation has also entered into total return swaps with certain CDOs whereby the Corporation absorbs the economic returns generated by specified assets held by the CDO. The Corporation receives fees for structuring CDOs and providing liquidity support for super senior tranches of securities issued by certain CDOs. No third parties provide a significant amount of similar commitments to these CDOs.

The table below summarizes select information related to CDO vehicles in which the Corporation held a variable interest at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

CDO Vehicle VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
 
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure
$
2,212

 
$
1,563

 
$
3,775

 
$
1,695

 
$
2,272

 
$
3,967

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
2,025

 
$
312

 
$
2,337

 
$
1,392

 
$
461

 
$
1,853

Derivative assets
187

 
380

 
567

 
452

 
678

 
1,130

All other assets

 
79

 
79

 

 
96

 
96

Total
$
2,212

 
$
771

 
$
2,983

 
$
1,844

 
$
1,235

 
$
3,079

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities
$

 
$
7

 
$
7

 
$

 
$
11

 
$
11

Long-term debt
2,839

 
2

 
2,841

 
2,712

 
2

 
2,714

Total
$
2,839

 
$
9

 
$
2,848

 
$
2,712

 
$
13

 
$
2,725

Total assets of VIEs
$
2,212

 
$
27,648

 
$
29,860

 
$
1,844

 
$
32,903

 
$
34,747


The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure of $3.8 billion at September 30, 2012 included $187 million of super senior CDO exposure, $2.2 billion of exposure to CDO financing facilities and $1.4 billion of other non-super senior exposure. This exposure is calculated on a gross basis and does not reflect any benefit from insurance purchased from third parties. The CDO financing facilities, which are consolidated, obtain funding from third parties for CDO positions which are principally classified in trading account assets on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The CDO financing facilities’ long-term debt at September 30, 2012 totaled $2.8 billion, all of which has recourse to the general credit of the Corporation. For unconsolidated CDO vehicles in the table above, the Corporation’s maximum loss exposure is significantly less than the total assets of the VIEs because the Corporation typically has exposure to only a portion of the total assets.

At September 30, 2012, the Corporation had $1.6 billion of aggregate liquidity exposure to CDOs. This amount includes $116 million of commitments to CDOs to provide funding for super senior exposures and $1.5 billion notional amount of derivative contracts with unconsolidated VIEs, principally CDO vehicles, which hold non-super senior CDO debt securities or other debt securities on the Corporation’s behalf. See Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies for additional information. The Corporation's liquidity exposure to CDOs at September 30, 2012 is included in the table above to the extent that the Corporation sponsored the CDO vehicle or the liquidity exposure is more than insignificant compared to total assets of the CDO vehicle. Liquidity exposure included in the table is reported net of previously recorded losses.


206

Table of Contents

Customer Vehicles

Customer vehicles include credit-linked and equity-linked note vehicles, repackaging vehicles and asset acquisition vehicles, which are typically created on behalf of customers who wish to obtain market or credit exposure to a specific company or financial instrument.

The table below summarizes select information related to customer vehicles in which the Corporation held a variable interest at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Customer Vehicle VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
 
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure
$
2,632

 
$
1,960

 
$
4,592

 
$
3,264

 
$
2,116

 
$
5,380

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
3,666

 
$
283

 
$
3,949

 
$
3,302

 
$
211

 
$
3,513

Derivative assets

 
659

 
659

 

 
905

 
905

Loans and leases
176

 

 
176

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale
838

 

 
838

 
907

 

 
907

All other assets
798

 

 
798

 
1,452

 

 
1,452

Total
$
5,478

 
$
942

 
$
6,420

 
$
5,661

 
$
1,116

 
$
6,777

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities
$
24

 
$
51

 
$
75

 
$
4

 
$
42

 
$
46

Other short-term borrowings
192

 

 
192

 

 

 

Long-term debt
3,796

 

 
3,796

 
3,912

 

 
3,912

All other liabilities
1

 
431

 
432

 
1

 
448

 
449

Total
$
4,013

 
$
482

 
$
4,495

 
$
3,917

 
$
490

 
$
4,407

Total assets of VIEs
$
5,478

 
$
4,571

 
$
10,049

 
$
5,661

 
$
5,302

 
$
10,963


Credit-linked and equity-linked note vehicles issue notes which pay a return that is linked to the credit or equity risk of a specified company or debt instrument. The vehicles purchase high-grade assets as collateral and enter into CDS or equity derivatives to synthetically create the credit or equity risk to pay the specified return on the notes. The Corporation is typically the counterparty for some or all of the credit and equity derivatives and, to a lesser extent, it may invest in securities issued by the vehicles. The Corporation may also enter into interest rate or foreign currency derivatives with the vehicles. The Corporation also had other liquidity commitments, including written put options and collateral value guarantees, with unconsolidated credit-linked and equity-linked note vehicles of $745 million and $824 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Repackaging vehicles issue notes that are designed to incorporate risk characteristics desired by customers. The vehicles hold debt instruments such as corporate bonds, convertible bonds or ABS with the desired credit risk profile. The Corporation enters into derivatives with the vehicles to change the interest rate or foreign currency profile of the debt instruments. If a vehicle holds convertible bonds and the Corporation retains the conversion option, the Corporation is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and consolidates the vehicle.

Asset acquisition vehicles acquire financial instruments, typically loans, at the direction of a single customer and obtain funding through the issuance of structured liabilities to the Corporation. At the time the vehicle acquires an asset, the Corporation enters into total return swaps with the customer such that the economic returns of the asset are passed through to the customer. The Corporation is exposed to counterparty credit risk if the asset declines in value and the customer defaults on its obligation to the Corporation under the total return swaps. The Corporation’s risk may be mitigated by collateral or other arrangements. The Corporation consolidates these vehicles because it has the power to manage the assets in the vehicles and holds all of the structured liabilities issued by the vehicles.

The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure from customer vehicles includes the notional amount of credit or equity derivatives to which the Corporation is a counterparty, net of losses previously recorded, and the Corporation’s investment, if any, in securities issued by the vehicles. It has not been reduced to reflect the benefit of offsetting swaps with the customers or collateral arrangements.


207

Table of Contents

Other Variable Interest Entities

Other consolidated VIEs primarily include investment vehicles and leveraged lease trusts. Other unconsolidated VIEs primarily include investment vehicles and real estate vehicles.

The table below summarizes select information related to other VIEs in which the Corporation held a variable interest at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Other VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
 
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure
$
5,704

 
$
6,933

 
$
12,637

 
$
7,429

 
$
7,286

 
$
14,715

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
16

 
$

 
$
16

 
$

 
$

 
$

Derivative assets
4

 
432

 
436

 
394

 
440

 
834

AFS debt securities

 
43

 
43

 

 
62

 
62

Loans and leases
4,645

 
215

 
4,860

 
5,154

 
357

 
5,511

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
 
(8
)
 
(1
)
 
(9
)
Loans held-for-sale
107

 
426

 
533

 
106

 
598

 
704

All other assets
1,009

 
5,813

 
6,822

 
1,809

 
5,823

 
7,632

Total
$
5,776

 
$
6,929

 
$
12,705

 
$
7,455

 
$
7,279

 
$
14,734

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities
$

 
$
9

 
$
9

 
$

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt
804

 

 
804

 
10

 

 
10

All other liabilities
330

 
1,818

 
2,148

 
694

 
1,705

 
2,399

Total
$
1,134

 
$
1,827

 
$
2,961

 
$
704

 
$
1,705

 
$
2,409

Total assets of VIEs
$
5,776

 
$
10,451

 
$
16,227

 
$
7,455

 
$
11,055

 
$
18,510


Investment Vehicles

The Corporation sponsors, invests in or provides financing to a variety of investment vehicles that hold loans, real estate, debt securities or other financial instruments and are designed to provide the desired investment profile to investors or the Corporation. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s consolidated investment vehicles had total assets of $1.2 billion and $2.6 billion. The Corporation also held investments in unconsolidated vehicles with total assets of $4.8 billion and $5.5 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Corporation’s maximum loss exposure associated with both consolidated and unconsolidated investment vehicles totaled $2.5 billion and $4.4 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 comprised primarily of on-balance sheet assets less non-recourse liabilities.

Leveraged Lease Trusts

The Corporation’s net investment in consolidated leveraged lease trusts totaled $4.5 billion and $4.8 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The trusts hold long-lived equipment such as rail cars, power generation and distribution equipment, and commercial aircraft. The Corporation structures the trusts and holds a significant residual interest. The net investment represents the Corporation’s maximum loss exposure to the trusts in the unlikely event that the leveraged lease investments become worthless. Debt issued by the leveraged lease trusts is non-recourse to the Corporation. The Corporation has no liquidity exposure to these leveraged lease trusts.


208

Table of Contents

Real Estate Vehicles

The Corporation held investments in unconsolidated real estate vehicles of $5.5 billion and $5.4 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, which primarily consisted of investments in unconsolidated limited partnerships that finance the construction and rehabilitation of affordable rental housing and commercial real estate. An unrelated third party is typically the general partner and has control over the significant activities of the partnership. The Corporation earns a return primarily through the receipt of tax credits allocated to the real estate projects. The Corporation’s risk of loss is mitigated by policies requiring that the project qualify for the expected tax credits prior to making its investment. The Corporation may from time to time be asked to invest additional amounts to support a troubled project. Such additional investments have not been and are not expected to be significant.

Other Asset-backed Financing Arrangements

The Corporation transferred pools of securities to certain independent third parties and provided financing for up to 75 percent of the purchase price under asset-backed financing arrangements. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s maximum loss exposure under these financing arrangements was $3.9 billion and $4.7 billion, substantially all of which were classified as loans on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. All principal and interest payments have been received when due in accordance with their contractual terms. These arrangements are not included in the Other VIEs table because the purchasers are not VIEs.

NOTE 8 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees
 
Background

The Corporation securitizes first-lien residential mortgage loans generally in the form of MBS guaranteed by the GSEs or by GNMA in the case of FHA-insured, VA-guaranteed and Rural Housing Service-guaranteed mortgage loans. In addition, in prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations (in certain of these securitizations, monolines or financial guarantee providers insured all or some of the securities) or in the form of whole loans. In connection with these transactions, the Corporation or certain of its subsidiaries or legacy companies make or have made various representations and warranties. These representations and warranties, as set forth in the agreements, related to, among other things, the ownership of the loan, the validity of the lien securing the loan, the absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loan, the process used to select the loan for inclusion in a transaction, the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria, including underwriting standards, and the loan’s compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws. Breaches of these representations and warranties may result in the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or to otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to the GSEs, HUD with respect to FHA-insured loans, VA, whole-loan investors, securitization trusts, monoline insurers or other financial guarantors (collectively, repurchases). In all such cases, the Corporation would be exposed to any credit loss on the repurchased mortgage loans after accounting for any mortgage insurance (MI) or mortgage guarantee payments that it may receive.

Subject to the requirements and limitations of the applicable sales and securitization agreements, these representations and warranties can be enforced by the GSEs, HUD, VA, the whole-loan investor, the securitization trustee or others as governed by the applicable agreement or, in certain first-lien and home equity securitizations where monoline insurers or other financial guarantee providers have insured all or some of the securities issued, by the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor. In the case of loans sold to parties other than the GSEs or GNMA, the contractual liability to repurchase typically arises only if there is a breach of the representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor, or investors, in the loan, or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable). Contracts with the GSEs do not contain equivalent language, while GNMA generally limits repurchases to loans that are not insured or guaranteed as required. The Corporation believes that the longer a loan performs prior to default, the less likely it is that an alleged underwriting breach of representations and warranties would have a material impact on the loan’s performance. Historically, most demands for repurchase have occurred within the first several years after origination, generally after a loan has defaulted. However, the time horizon in which repurchase claims are typically brought has lengthened primarily due to a significant increase in GSE claims related to loans where the borrower made at least 25 payments and to loans that had defaulted more than 18 months prior to the claim.

The Corporation’s credit loss would be reduced by any recourse it may have to organizations (e.g., correspondents) that, in turn, had sold such loans to the Corporation based upon its agreements with these organizations. When a loan is originated by a correspondent or other third party, the Corporation typically has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that originator. Many of the correspondent originators of loans in 2004 through 2008 are no longer in business, or are in a weakened condition, and the Corporation’s ability to recover on valid claims is therefore impacted, or eliminated accordingly. In the event a loan is originated and underwritten by a correspondent who obtains FHA insurance, even if they are no longer in business, any breach of FHA guidelines is the direct obligation of the correspondent, not the Corporation. Generally the volume of unresolved repurchase claims from the FHA and VA for loans in GNMA-guaranteed securities is not significant because the requests are limited in number and are typically resolved quickly. At September 30, 2012, approximately 27 percent of the outstanding repurchase claims relate to loans purchased from correspondents or

209

Table of Contents

other parties compared to approximately 28 percent at December 31, 2011. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation experienced an increase in recoveries from correspondents and other parties; however, the actual recovery rate may vary from period to period based upon the underlying mix of correspondents and other parties.

The estimate of the liability for representations and warranties exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss is based upon currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of factors, including those discussed under Liability for Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees in this Note, that are subject to change. Changes to any one of these factors could significantly impact the estimate of the liability and could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation's results of operations for any particular period. Given that these factors vary by counterparty, the Corporation analyzes representations and warranties obligations based on the specific counterparty, or type of counterparty, with whom the sale was made. For additional information, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Settlement Actions

The Corporation has vigorously contested any request for repurchase when it concludes that a valid basis for repurchase does not exist and will continue to do so in the future. However, in an effort to resolve these legacy mortgage-related issues, the Corporation has reached bulk settlements, or agreements for bulk settlements, including settlement amounts which have been material, with counterparties in lieu of a loan-by-loan review process. The Corporation may reach other settlements in the future if opportunities arise on terms it believes to be advantageous. However, there can be no assurance that the Corporation will reach future settlements or, if it does, that the terms of past settlements, such as the Syncora Settlement discussed below, can be relied upon to predict the terms of future settlements. For a summary of the larger bulk settlement actions beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, including the settlement with Bank of New York Mellon (the BNY Mellon Settlement), as trustee (Trustee) for 525 legacy Countrywide first-lien and five second-lien non-GSE securitization trusts (the Covered Trusts), the settlement with Assured Guaranty Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Assured Guaranty Settlement) and the December 31, 2010 agreements with the GSEs to resolve repurchase claims (the GSE Agreements), see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Settlement with the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee

With regard to the BNY Mellon Settlement, an investor opposed to the settlement removed the proceeding to federal district court, and the federal district court denied the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court. On February 27, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals issued an opinion reversing the district court denial of the Trustee's motion to remand the proceeding to state court and ordered that the proceeding be remanded to state court. On April 24, 2012, a hearing was held on threshold issues, at which the court denied the objectors' motion to convert the proceeding to a plenary proceeding. Several status hearings on discovery and other case administration matters have taken place. On August 10, 2012, the court issued an order setting a schedule for discovery and other proceedings, and setting May 2, 2013 as the date for the final court hearing on the settlement to begin. The Corporation is not a party to the proceeding.

Syncora Settlement

On July 17, 2012, the Corporation, including certain of its affiliates, entered into an agreement with Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Holdings, Ltd. (Syncora) to resolve all of the monoline insurer's outstanding and potential claims related to alleged representations and warranties breaches involving eight first- and six second-lien private-label securitization trusts where Syncora provided financial guarantee insurance. The agreement, among other things, also resolves historical loan servicing issues and other potential liabilities to Syncora with respect to these trusts. The agreement covers the five second-lien private-label securitization trusts that were the subject of litigation and nine other first- and second-lien private-label securitization trusts, which had an original principal balance of first-lien mortgages of approximately $9.6 billion and second-lien mortgages of approximately $7.7 billion. As of June 30, 2012, $3.0 billion of loans in these first-lien trusts and $1.4 billion of loans in these second-lien trusts had defaulted or were 180 days or more past due (severely delinquent). The agreement provided for a cash payment of $375 million to Syncora. In addition, the parties entered into securities transfers and purchase transactions in connection with the settlement in order to terminate certain other relationships among the parties. The total cost to the Corporation was approximately $400 million and was fully accrued by the Corporation at June 30, 2012.


210

Table of Contents

Unresolved Repurchase Claims

Unresolved representations and warranties repurchase claims represent the notional amount of repurchase claims made by counterparties, typically the outstanding principal balance or the unpaid principal balance at the time of default. In the case of first-lien mortgages, the claim amount is often significantly greater than the expected loss amount due to the benefit of collateral and, in some cases, mortgage insurance or mortgage guarantee payments. Claims received from a counterparty remain outstanding until the underlying loan is repurchased, the claim is rescinded by the counterparty, or the claim is otherwise resolved. When a claim is denied and the Corporation does not receive a response from the counterparty, the claim remains in the unresolved claims balance until resolution.

The table below presents unresolved repurchase claims at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The unresolved claims include only claims where the Corporation believes that the counterparty has a basis to submit claims. For additional information, see Whole Loan Sales and Private-label Securitizations Experience in this Note and Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies herein. These repurchase claims do not include any repurchase claims related to the BNY Mellon Settlement regarding the Covered Trusts.

Unresolved Repurchase Claims by Counterparty and Product Type
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
By counterparty (1, 2)
 
 
 
GSEs
$
12,322

 
$
6,258

Monolines
2,629

 
3,082

Whole-loan investors, private-label securitization trustees and other
10,511

 
3,267

Total unresolved repurchase claims by counterparty
$
25,462

 
$
12,607

By product type (1, 2)
 
 
 
Prime loans
$
7,846

 
$
3,925

Alt-A
4,882

 
2,286

Home equity
2,319

 
2,872

Pay option
5,726

 
1,993

Subprime
3,039

 
891

Other
1,650

 
640

Total unresolved repurchase claims by product type
$
25,462

 
$
12,607

(1) 
Excludes certain MI rescission notices. However, at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, included $2.2 billion and $1.2 billion of repurchase requests received from the GSEs that have resulted solely from MI rescission notices. For additional information, see Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices in this Note.
(2) 
At both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, unresolved repurchase claims did not include repurchase demands of $1.7 billion where the Corporation believes the claimants have not satisfied the contractual thresholds as noted on page 212.

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation received $5.0 billion in new repurchase claims, including $2.7 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $1.0 billion from whole-loan investors, primarily third-party securitization sponsors, $983 million submitted by private-label securitization trustees and $237 million submitted by monolines. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, $2.2 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs and through the Syncora Settlement. Of the claims resolved, $1.9 billion were resolved through rescissions and $322 million were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation received $17.9 billion in new repurchase claims, including $10.1 billion submitted by the GSEs for both legacy Countrywide originations not covered by the GSE Agreements and legacy Bank of America originations, $6.2 billion submitted by private-label securitization trustees, $1.3 billion from whole-loan investors, primarily third-party securitization sponsors, and $295 million submitted by monolines. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $5.0 billion in claims were resolved, primarily with the GSEs and through the Syncora Settlement. Of the claims resolved, $3.5 billion were resolved through rescissions and $1.5 billion were resolved through mortgage repurchases and make-whole payments.

The Corporation expects unresolved repurchase claims to continue to increase due to, among other things, its differences with FNMA regarding its interpretation of the governing contracts, ongoing litigation with monoline insurers, the continuing submission of claims related to private-label securitizations, combined with the quality of such claims, and the lack of an established process to resolve disputes related to such claims.


211

Table of Contents

The notional amount of unresolved GSE repurchase claims totaled $12.3 billion at September 30, 2012. The Corporation continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA, including claims related to loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments) and, to a lesser extent, loans which defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Unresolved claims from FNMA totaled $11.5 billion at September 30, 2012, including $8.6 billion of claims related to loans on which the borrower has made at least 25 payments. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation received $8.7 billion of claims from FNMA, including $7.1 billion of claims related to loans originated between 2005 and 2007. For the claims related to originations between 2005 and 2007, $5.8 billion were related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments, including $2.9 billion related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 37 payments. Historically, for those claims that have been approved for repurchase from the GSEs, the Corporation's loss severity rate on loans originated between 2004 and 2008 has averaged approximately 55 percent of the claim amount, which may or may not be predictive of future loss severity rates. The Corporation continues to believe that its interpretation of the governing contracts is consistent with past practices between the parties and its contractual obligations. For further discussion of the Corporation's experience with the GSEs, see Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience in this Note.

The notional amount of unresolved monoline repurchase claims totaled $2.6 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease in unresolved claims was driven by resolution of claims through the Syncora Settlement. The Corporation has had limited loan-level repurchase claims experience with monoline insurers due to ongoing litigation. The Corporation has reviewed and declined to repurchase $2.4 billion of the unresolved claims at September 30, 2012 based on an assessment of whether a breach exists that materially and adversely affected the insurer's interest in the mortgage loan and is still in the process of reviewing the remaining $183 million of these claims. Further, in the Corporation's experience, the monolines have been generally unwilling to withdraw repurchase claims, regardless of whether and what evidence was offered to refute a claim. Substantially all of the unresolved monoline claims pertain to second-lien loans and are currently the subject of litigation. For further discussion of the Corporation's practices regarding litigation accruals and range of possible loss for litigation and regulatory matters, which includes the status of its monoline litigation, see Estimated Range of Possible Loss in this Note.

The notional amount of unresolved claims from private-label securitization trustees, third-party securitization sponsors, whole-loan investors and others increased to $10.5 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase in the notional amount of unresolved claims is primarily due to increases in the submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees and a third-party securitization sponsor, claim quality and the lack of an established process to resolve disputes related to these claims. The Corporation anticipated an increase in aggregate non-GSE claims at the time of the BNY Mellon Settlement in June 2011, and such increase in aggregate non-GSE claims was taken into consideration in developing the increase in the Corporation's representations and warranties liability at that time. The Corporation expects unresolved repurchase claims related to private-label securitizations to continue to increase as claims continue to be submitted by private-label securitization trustees and third-party securitization sponsors and there is not an established process for the ultimate resolution of claims on which there is a disagreement. For further discussion of the Corporation's experience with whole loans and private-label securitizations, see Whole Loan Sales and Private-label Securitizations Experience in this Note.

In addition to the claims above, the Corporation has received repurchase demands from private-label securitization investors and a master servicer where it believes the claimants have not satisfied the contractual thresholds to direct the securitization trustee to take action and/or that these demands are otherwise procedurally or substantively invalid. The total amounts outstanding of such demands were $1.7 billion at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the $1.7 billion of demands outstanding were related to the BNY Mellon Settlement of which $1.4 billion were subsequently resolved through the dismissal of a lawsuit as discussed below. At September 30, 2012, the outstanding demands were comprised of $1.4 billion in claims received during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and approximately $300 million related to the BNY Mellon Settlement. The Corporation does not believe that the $1.7 billion in demands outstanding at September 30, 2012 are valid repurchase claims, and therefore it is not possible to predict the resolution with respect to such demands.

A claimant, Walnut Place (11 entities with the common name Walnut Place, including Walnut Place LLC, and Walnut Place II LLC through Walnut Place XI LLC) had filed two lawsuits against the Corporation relating to $1.4 billion of the $1.7 billion in demands outstanding at December 31, 2011. Following determination by the courts that the governing agreements bar repurchase claims by certificateholders and the consequent dismissal of Walnut Place's first lawsuit, the parties stipulated in July 2012 to the dismissal of Walnut Place's second lawsuit (and these demands were accordingly removed from the outstanding demands balance). For more information on the litigation with Walnut Place, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012 and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. If the BNY Mellon Settlement is approved by the court, the remaining repurchase demands related to loans underlying securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement will be resolved by the settlement.

212

Table of Contents

Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices

In addition to repurchase claims, the Corporation receives notices from mortgage insurance companies of claim denials, cancellations or coverage rescission (collectively, MI rescission notices) and the amount of such notices has remained elevated. When there is disagreement with the mortgage insurer as to the resolution of a MI rescission notice, meaningful dialogue and negotiation between the parties are generally necessary to reach a resolution on an individual notice. The level of engagement of the mortgage insurance companies varies and ongoing litigation involving some of the mortgage insurance companies over individual and bulk rescissions or claims for rescission limits the ability of the Corporation to engage in constructive dialogue leading to resolution. For loans sold to GSEs or private-label securitization trusts (including those wrapped by the monoline bond insurers), a MI rescission may give rise to a claim for breach of the applicable representations and warranties, depending on the governing sales contracts. In those cases where the governing contract contains MI-related representations and warranties, which upon rescission requires the Corporation to repurchase the affected loan or indemnify the investor for the related loss, the Corporation realizes the loss without the benefit of MI. If the Corporation is required to repurchase a loan or indemnify the investor as a result of a different breach of representations and warranties and there has been a MI rescission, or if the Corporation holds the loan for investment, it realizes the loss without the benefit of MI. In addition, mortgage insurance companies have in some cases asserted the ability to curtail MI payments as a result of alleged foreclosure delays, which in these cases would reduce the MI proceeds available to reduce the loss on the loan. While a legitimate MI rescission may constitute a valid basis for repurchase or other remedies under the GSE agreements and a small number of private-label securitizations, and a MI rescission notice may result in a repurchase request, the Corporation believes MI rescission notices do not, in and of themselves, give rise to valid repurchase requests. FNMA's stated policy, however, is to view a MI rescission notice as a breach of the lender's representations and warranties, permitting FNMA to require the lender to repurchase the mortgage loan or promptly remit a make-whole payment covering FNMA's loss even if the lender is contesting the MI rescission notice. The Corporation has informed FNMA that it does not agree with this policy.

The Corporation’s pipeline of unresolved repurchase claims from the GSEs resulting solely from MI rescission notices increased to $2.2 billion at September 30, 2012 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011. If it is required to abide by the terms of FNMA's stated policy regarding MI rescission notices, the amount of loans the Corporation is required to repurchase could increase, and if they do, the Corporation’s representations and warranties liability will increase. For additional information on the FNMA policy, see Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At September 30, 2012, the Corporation had approximately 111,000 open MI rescission notices compared to 90,000 at December 31, 2011. As of September 30, 2012, 29 percent of the MI rescission notices received have been resolved. Of those resolved, 21 percent were resolved through the Corporation's acceptance of the MI rescission, 54 percent were resolved through reinstatement of coverage or payment of the claim by the mortgage insurance company, and 25 percent were resolved on an aggregate basis through settlement, policy commutation or similar arrangement. As of September 30, 2012, 71 percent of the MI rescission notices the Corporation has received have not yet been resolved. Of those not yet resolved, 44 percent are implicated by ongoing litigation where no loan-level review is currently contemplated nor required to preserve the Corporation's legal rights. In this litigation, the litigating mortgage insurance companies are also seeking bulk rescission of certain policies, separate and apart from loan-by-loan denials or rescissions. The Corporation is in the process of reviewing 37 percent of the remaining open MI rescission notices, and it has reviewed and is contesting the MI rescission with respect to 63 percent of these remaining open MI rescission notices. Of the remaining open MI rescission notices, 37 percent are also the subject of ongoing litigation; although, at present, these MI rescissions are being processed in a manner generally consistent with those not affected by litigation.


213

Table of Contents

Cash Settlements

As presented in the table below, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation paid $396 million and $1.4 billion to resolve $431 million and $1.7 billion of repurchase claims through repurchase or reimbursement to the investor or securitization trust for losses they incurred, resulting in a loss on the related loans at the time of repurchase or reimbursement of $231 million and $640 million. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Corporation paid $2.2 billion and $4.4 billion to resolve $2.6 billion and $5.2 billion of repurchase claims through repurchase or reimbursement to the investor or securitization trust for losses they incurred, resulting in a loss on the related loans at the time of repurchase or reimbursement of $1.6 billion and $3.0 billion. Cash paid for loan repurchases includes the unpaid principal balance of the loan plus past due interest. The amount of loss for loan repurchases is reduced by the fair value of the underlying loan collateral. The repurchase of loans and indemnification payments related to first-lien and home equity repurchase claims generally resulted from material breaches of representations and warranties related to the loans’ material compliance with the applicable underwriting standards, including borrower misrepresentation, credit exceptions without sufficient compensating factors and non-compliance with underwriting procedures. The actual representations and warranties made in a sales transaction and the resulting repurchase and indemnification activity can vary by transaction or investor. A direct relationship between the type of defect that causes the breach of representations and warranties and the severity of the realized loss has not been observed. Transactions to repurchase or indemnification payments related to first-lien residential mortgages primarily involved the GSEs while transactions to repurchase or indemnification payments for home equity loans primarily involved the monoline insurers. The table below presents first-lien and home equity loan repurchases and indemnification payments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Loan Repurchases and Indemnification Payments
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Cash Paid
for
Repurchases
 
Loss
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Cash Paid
for
Repurchases
 
Loss
First-lien
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
$
239

 
$
261

 
$
98

 
$
1,034

 
$
1,183

 
$
560

Indemnification payments
183

 
126

 
126

 
1,600

 
1,057

 
1,057

Total first-lien
422

 
387

 
224

 
2,634

 
2,240

 
1,617

Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
2

 
2

 

 
3

 
3

 

Indemnification payments
7

 
7

 
7

 
7

 
6

 
6

Total home equity
9

 
9

 
7

 
10

 
9

 
6

Total first-lien and home equity
$
431

 
$
396

 
$
231

 
$
2,644

 
$
2,249

 
$
1,623

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
First-lien
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
$
989

 
$
1,065

 
$
313

 
$
2,228

 
$
2,516

 
$
1,112

Indemnification payments
647

 
298

 
298

 
2,892

 
1,756

 
1,756

Total first-lien
1,636

 
1,363

 
611

 
5,120

 
4,272

 
2,868

Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
18

 
18

 

 
21

 
21

 
14

Indemnification payments
32

 
29

 
29

 
92

 
93

 
93

Total home equity
50

 
47

 
29

 
113

 
114

 
107

Total first-lien and home equity
$
1,686

 
$
1,410

 
$
640

 
$
5,233

 
$
4,386

 
$
2,975



214

Table of Contents

Liability for Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees

The liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related provision is included in mortgage banking income. The liability for representations and warranties is established when those obligations are both probable and reasonably estimable.

The Corporation's estimated liability at September 30, 2012 for obligations under representations and warranties given to the GSEs and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss considers, and is necessarily dependent on, and limited by, a number of factors, including the Corporation's experience related to actual defaults, projected future defaults, historical loss experience, estimated home prices and other economic conditions. The methodology also includes the Corporation's understanding of its agreements with the GSEs and considers such factors as the number of payments made by the borrower prior to default as well as certain other assumptions and judgmental factors. The Corporation has continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA. The Corporation has repurchased and continues to repurchase loans to the extent required under the contracts that govern its relationships with the GSEs. Over time, the criteria and processes by which FNMA is ultimately willing to resolve claims have changed in ways that are unfavorable to the Corporation. While the Corporation is seeking to resolve its differences with FNMA, whether it will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms and the timing and cost thereof continues to be subject to significant uncertainty. Due to this uncertainty, the Corporation has not previously been able to reasonably estimate the range of possible loss in excess of the recorded liability for GSE loans. However, as a result of continued dialogue and discussions with FNMA, the Corporation has obtained additional information from which it is able to determine a reasonable estimate of a range of possible loss for representations and warranties exposures in excess of its recorded representations and warranties liability for the GSEs as of September 30, 2012.

In the case of private-label securitizations, the Corporation's estimate of the representations and warranties liability and the corresponding range of possible loss considers, among other things, repurchase experience based on the settlement with the Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, adjusted to reflect differences between the 525 legacy Countrywide first-lien and five second-lien non-GSE securitization trusts and the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations, and assumes that the conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement will be met. Since the non-GSE securitization trusts that were included in the BNY Mellon Settlement differ from those that were not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement, the Corporation adjusted the repurchase experience implied in the settlement in order to determine the estimated non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding range of possible loss. The judgmental adjustments made include consideration of the differences in the mix of products in the subject securitizations, loan originator, likelihood of claims expected, the differences in the number of payments that the borrower has made prior to default and the sponsor of the securitizations. Where relevant, the Corporation also takes into account more recent experience, such as increased claims and other facts and circumstances, such as bulk settlements, as the Corporation believes appropriate.

Additional factors that impact the non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the portion of the estimated range of possible loss corresponding to non-GSE representations and warranties exposures include: (1) contractual material adverse effect requirements, (2) the representations and warranties provided and (3) the requirement to meet certain presentation thresholds. The first factor is based on the Corporation's belief that a non-GSE contractual liability to repurchase a loan generally arises only if the counterparties prove there is a breach of representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor or all investors, or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable), in a securitization trust and, accordingly, the Corporation believes that the repurchase claimants must prove that the alleged representations and warranties breach was the cause of the loss. The second factor is based on the differences in the types of representations and warranties given in non-GSE securitizations from those provided to the GSEs. The Corporation believes the non-GSE securitizations' representations and warranties are less rigorous and actionable than the explicit provisions of comparable agreements with the GSEs without regard to any variations that may have arisen as a result of dealings with the GSEs. The third factor is related to certain presentation thresholds that need to be met in order for any repurchase claim to be asserted on the initiative of investors under the non-GSE agreements. A securitization trustee may investigate or demand repurchase on its own action, and most agreements contain a presentation threshold, for example 25 percent of the voting rights per trust, that allows investors to declare a servicing event of default under certain circumstances or to request certain action, such as requesting loan files, that the trustee may choose to accept and follow, exempt from liability, provided the trustee is acting in good faith. If there is an uncured servicing event of default and the trustee fails to bring suit during a 60-day period, then, under most agreements, investors may file suit. In addition to this, most agreements also allow investors to direct the securitization trustee to investigate loan files or demand the repurchase of loans if security holders hold a specified percentage, for example, 25 percent, of the voting rights of each tranche of the outstanding securities. Although the Corporation continues to believe that presentation thresholds are a factor in the determination of probable loss, given the BNY Mellon Settlement, the estimated range of possible loss assumes that the presentation threshold can be met for all of the non-GSE securitization transactions. The population of private-label securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement encompasses almost all legacy Countrywide first-lien private-label securitizations including loans originated principally between 2004 and 2008. For the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations, other claimants have come forward and the Corporation believes it is probable that other claimants in certain types of securitizations may continue to come forward with claims that meet the requirements of the terms of the securitizations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation has seen an increase in repurchase claims from certain private-label securitization trustees and a third-party securitization sponsor.

215

Table of Contents

The table below presents a rollforward of the liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees.

Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees, beginning of period
$
15,943

 
$
17,780

 
$
15,858

 
$
5,438

Additions for new sales
8

 
3

 
19

 
13

(Charge-offs)/Recoveries
11

 
(1,790
)
 
(592
)
 
(4,508
)
Provision
307

 
278

 
984

 
15,328

Liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees, September 30
$
16,269

 
$
16,271

 
$
16,269

 
$
16,271


For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the representations and warranties and corporate guarantees provision was $307 million and $984 million compared to $278 million and $15.3 billion for the same periods in 2011. The provision in the three months ended September 30, 2012 included provision related to non-GSE exposures where it was determined that the loss was probable based on recent activity with certain counterparties and, to a lesser extent, GSE exposures. The decrease in the provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to a higher provision in the prior-year period attributable to the BNY Mellon Settlement, other non-GSE exposures, and to a lesser extent, GSE exposures.

Estimated Range of Possible Loss

The Corporation believes that its representations and warranties liability recorded as of September 30, 2012 provides for a substantial portion of the Corporation's representations and warranties exposures. However, it is reasonably possible that future representations and warranties losses may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for these exposures. In addition, as discussed below, the Corporation has not recorded any representations and warranties liability for certain potential private-label securitization and whole-loan exposures where it has little to no claim experience. The Corporation currently estimates that the range of possible loss for all representations and warranties exposures could be up to $6 billion over accruals at September 30, 2012 compared to $5 billion over accruals at June 30, 2012 for only non-GSE representations and warranties exposures. The increase in the range of possible loss from June 30, 2012 is the net impact of, among other changes, updated assumptions, the inclusion of GSE representations and warranties exposures and other developments. The estimated range of possible loss related to these representations and warranties exposures does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of assumptions, including those set forth below, that are subject to change.

Future provisions and/or ranges of possible loss for representations and warranties may be significantly impacted if actual experiences are different from the Corporation’s assumptions in its predictive models, including, without limitation, those regarding continued differences with FNMA concerning each party's interpretation of the requirements of the governing contracts, ultimate resolution of the BNY Mellon Settlement, estimated repurchase rates, economic conditions, estimated home prices, consumer and counterparty behavior, and a variety of other judgmental factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the assumptions underlying the liability for representations and warranties and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss could result in significant increases to future provisions and/or the estimated range of possible loss. For example, if courts, in the context of claims brought by private-label securitization trustees, were to disagree with the Corporation’s interpretation that the underlying agreements require a claimant to prove that the representations and warranties breach was the cause of the loss, it could significantly impact the estimated range of possible loss. For additional information, see Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, if court rulings related to monoline litigation, including one related to the Corporation, that have allowed sampling of loan files instead of requiring a loan-by-loan review to determine if a representations and warranties breach has occurred, are followed generally by the courts, private-label securitization counterparties may view litigation as a more attractive alternative compared to a loan-by-loan review. Finally, although the Corporation believes that the representations and warranties typically given in non-GSE transactions are less rigorous and actionable than those given in GSE transactions, the Corporation does not have significant experience resolving loan-level claims in non-GSE transactions to measure the impact of these differences on the probability that a loan will be required to be repurchased.

The liability for obligations and representations and warranties exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss do not consider any losses related to litigation matters, including litigation brought by monoline insurers, disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies herein, nor do they include any separate foreclosure costs and related costs, assessments and compensatory fees or any other possible losses related to potential claims for breaches of performance of servicing obligations (except as such losses are included as potential costs of the BNY Mellon Settlement), potential securities law or fraud claims or potential indemnity or other claims

216

Table of Contents

against the Corporation, including claims related to loans insured by the FHA. The Corporation is not able to reasonably estimate the amount of any possible loss with respect to any such servicing, securities law, fraud or other claims against the Corporation, except to the extent reflected in the aggregate range of possible loss for litigation and regulatory matters disclosed in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies herein; however, such loss could be material.

Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience

Generally, the Corporation first becomes aware that a GSE is evaluating a particular loan for repurchase when the Corporation receives a request from a GSE to review the underlying loan file (file request). Upon completing its review, the GSE may submit a repurchase claim to the Corporation. As soon as practicable after receiving a repurchase claim from a GSE, the Corporation evaluates the claim and takes appropriate action. Claim disputes are generally handled through loan-level negotiations with the GSEs and the Corporation seeks to resolve the repurchase claim within 90 to 120 days of the receipt of the claim although claims remain open beyond this timeframe. Disputes include reasonableness of stated income, occupancy, undisclosed liabilities, and the validity of MI claim rescissions in the vintages with the highest default rates.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries have an established history of working with the GSEs on repurchase claims. However, FNMA's repurchase requests, standards for rescission of repurchase requests and resolution processes have become increasingly inconsistent with their prior conduct and the Corporation’s interpretation of the parties' contractual obligations. The Corporation continued to experience elevated levels of new claims from FNMA, including claims on loans on which borrowers have made a significant number of payments (e.g., at least 25 payments) and, to a lesser extent, loans which defaulted more than 18 months prior to the repurchase request. Over time the criteria and the processes by which FNMA is ultimately willing to resolve claims have changed in ways that are unfavorable to the Corporation. In light of its disagreements with FNMA, the Corporation has adopted repurchase guidelines in order to be more consistent with past practices between the parties and with its understanding of its contractual obligations. These developments have resulted in an increase in claims outstanding from the GSEs to $12.3 billion at September 30, 2012 from $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011. Outstanding claims related to loans on which the borrower had made at least 25 payments totaled $9.2 billion at September 30, 2012 compared to $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011. The Corporation expects outstanding claims to continue to increase until it has resolved its differences with FNMA. While the Corporation is seeking to resolve its differences with FNMA, whether it will be able to achieve a resolution of these differences on acceptable terms, and the timing and cost thereof, continues to be subject to significant uncertainty. For additional information, see Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices on page 213.

Monoline Insurers Experience

The Corporation has had limited representations and warranties repurchase claims experience with the monoline insurers, due to ongoing litigation against legacy Countrywide and/or Bank of America. To the extent the Corporation received repurchase claims from the monolines that are properly presented, it generally reviews them on a loan-by-loan basis. Where a breach of representations and warranties given by the Corporation or subsidiaries or legacy companies is confirmed on a given loan, settlement is generally reached as to that loan within 60 to 90 days.

For the monolines that have instituted litigation against legacy Countrywide and/or Bank of America, when claims from these counterparties are denied, the Corporation does not indicate its reason for denial as it is not contractually obligated to do so. In the Corporation's experience, the monolines have been generally unwilling to withdraw repurchase claims, regardless of whether and what evidence was offered to refute a claim. When a claim has been denied and there has not been communication with the counterparty for six months, the Corporation views these claims as inactive; however, they remain in the outstanding claims balance until resolution.

To the extent there are repurchase claims based on valid identified loan defects and the Corporation determined that there is a breach of a representation and warranty and that any other requirements for repurchase have been met, a liability for representations and warranties is established. Outside of the standard quality control process that is an integral part of the Corporation's loan origination process, it does not generally review loan files until a repurchase claim is received, including with respect to monoline exposures. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of those repurchase claims where a valid defect has not been identified or in predicting future claim requests and the related outcome in the case of unasserted claims to repurchase loans from the securitization trusts in which these monolines have insured all or some of the related bonds, the Corporation cannot reasonably estimate the eventual outcome through the repurchase process. As a result, a liability for representations and warranties has not been established related to repurchase claims where a valid defect has not been identified, or in the case of any unasserted claims to repurchase loans from the securitization trusts in which such monolines have insured all or some of the related bonds. For additional information related to the monolines, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies herein and Note 9 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


217

Table of Contents

At September 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the unpaid principal balance of loans related to unresolved monoline repurchase claims was $2.6 billion. The Corporation has reviewed and declined to repurchase $2.4 billion based on an assessment of whether a material breach exists and is still in the process of reviewing the remaining $183 million of these claims. As noted above, a portion of the repurchase claims that are initially denied are ultimately resolved through bulk settlement, repurchase or make-whole payments, after additional dialogue and negotiation with the monoline insurer. At September 30, 2012, the unpaid principal balance of loans in these vintages for which the monolines had requested loan files for review but for which no repurchase claim had been received was $5.3 billion, excluding loans that had been paid in full or resolved through settlements. There will likely be additional requests for loan files in the future leading to repurchase claims. Such claims may relate to loans that are currently in securitization trusts or loans that have defaulted and are no longer included in the unpaid principal balance of the loans in the trusts. However, it is unlikely that a repurchase claim will be received for every loan in a securitization or every file requested or that a valid defect exists for every loan repurchase claim. In addition, amounts paid on repurchase claims from a monoline are paid to the securitization trust and are applied in accordance with the terms of the governing securitization documents which may include use by the securitization trust to repay any outstanding monoline advances or reduce future advances from the monolines. To the extent that a monoline has not advanced funds or does not anticipate that it will be required to advance funds to the securitization trust, the likelihood of receiving a repurchase claim from a monoline may be reduced as the monoline would receive limited or no benefit from the payment of repurchase claims. Moreover, some monolines are not currently performing their obligations under the financial guarantee policies they issued which may, in certain circumstances, impact their ability to present repurchase claims, although in those circumstances, investors may be able to bring claims if contractual thresholds are met.

Whole Loan Sales and Private-label Securitizations Experience

At September 30, 2012, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims submitted by private-label securitization trustees and whole-loan investors was $10.1 billion. The Corporation has performed an initial review with respect to $9.4 billion of these claims and does not believe a valid basis for repurchase has been established by the claimant and is still in the process of reviewing the remaining $662 million of these claims.

The majority of the repurchase claims that the Corporation has received and resolved outside of those from the GSEs and monolines are from third-party whole-loan investors. The Corporation provided representations and warranties and the whole-loan investors may retain those rights even when the loans were aggregated with other collateral into private-label securitizations sponsored by the whole-loan investors. The Corporation reviews properly presented repurchase claims for these whole loans on a loan-by-loan basis. If, after the Corporation’s review, it does not believe a claim is valid, it will deny the claim and generally indicate a reason for the denial. When the whole-loan investor agrees with the Corporation’s denial of the claim, the whole-loan investor may rescind the claim. When there is disagreement as to the resolution of the claim, meaningful dialogue and negotiation between the parties are generally necessary to reach a resolution on an individual claim. Generally, a whole-loan investor is engaged in the repurchase process and the Corporation and the whole-loan investor reach resolution, either through loan-by-loan negotiation or at times, through a bulk settlement. As of September 30, 2012, 22 percent of the whole-loan claims that the Corporation initially denied have subsequently been resolved through repurchase or make-whole payments and 43 percent have been resolved through rescission or repayment in full by the borrower. Although the timeline for resolution varies, once an actionable breach is identified on a given loan, settlement is generally reached as to that loan within 60 to 90 days. When a claim has been denied and the Corporation does not have communication with the counterparty for six months, the Corporation views these claims as inactive; however, they remain in the outstanding claims balance until resolution. In the case of private-label securitization trustees and third-party sponsors, there is currently no established process in place for the parties to reach a conclusion on an individual loan if there is a disagreement on the resolution of the claim.

In private-label securitizations, certain presentation thresholds need to be met in order for investors to direct a trustee to assert repurchase claims. Recent increases in new private-label claims are primarily related to repurchase requests received from trustees and third-party sponsors for private-label securitization transactions not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement, including claims related to first-lien third-party sponsored securitizations that include monoline insurance. Over time, there has been an increase in requests for loan files from certain private-label securitization trustees, as well as requests for tolling agreements to toll the applicable statutes of limitation relating to representations and warranties claims, and the Corporation believes it is likely that these requests will lead to an increase in repurchase claims from private-label securitization trustees with standing to bring such claims. The representations and warranties, as governed by the private-label securitization agreements, generally require that counterparties have the ability to both assert a claim and actually prove that a loan has an actionable defect under the applicable contracts. While the Corporation believes the agreements for private-label securitizations generally contain less rigorous representations and warranties and place higher burdens on investors seeking repurchases than the express provisions of comparable agreements with the GSEs, without regard to any variations that may have arisen as a result of dealings with the GSEs, the agreements generally include a representation that underwriting practices were prudent and customary. For additional information on repurchase demands, see Unresolved Repurchase Claims on page 211.


218

Table of Contents

NOTE 9 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill

The table below presents goodwill by business segment at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation changed its basis of presentation from six to five segments. For more information on this realignment, see Note 19 – Business Segment Information. The reporting units utilized for goodwill impairment tests are the operating segments or one level below. For more information, see Note 10 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Goodwill
(Dollars in millions)
September 30
2012
 
December 31
2011
Consumer & Business Banking
$
29,986

 
$
29,986

Global Banking
24,802

 
24,802

Global Markets
4,450

 
4,441

Global Wealth & Investment Management
9,928

 
9,928

All Other
810

 
810

Total goodwill
$
69,976

 
$
69,967


There was no goodwill in CRES at September 30, 2012, June 30, 2012 or December 31, 2011. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2012 for all applicable reporting units. Based on the results of step one of the annual goodwill impairment test, the Corporation determined that step two was not required for any of the reporting units as their fair value exceeded their carrying value indicating there was no impairment.

Intangible Assets

The table below presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for intangible assets at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Intangible Assets (1)
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Carrying Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Gross
Carrying Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Purchased credit card relationships
$
6,177

 
$
4,378

 
$
6,948

 
$
4,775

Core deposit intangibles
3,592

 
2,797

 
3,903

 
2,915

Customer relationships
4,042

 
1,788

 
4,081

 
1,532

Affinity relationships
1,571

 
1,056

 
1,569

 
966

Other intangibles
2,283

 
616

 
2,476

 
768

Total intangible assets
$
17,665

 
$
10,635

 
$
18,977

 
$
10,956

(1) 
Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, none of the intangible assets were impaired. Amortization of intangibles expense was $315 million and $955 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $377 million and $1.1 billion for the same periods in 2011. The Corporation estimates aggregate amortization expense will be approximately $310 million for the fourth quarter of 2012, and $1.1 billion, $980 million, $920 million, $770 million and $670 million for 2013 through 2017, respectively.


219

Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into a number of off-balance sheet commitments. These commitments expose the Corporation to varying degrees of credit and market risk and are subject to the same credit and market risk limitation reviews as those instruments recorded on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For additional information on commitments and contingencies, see Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Credit Extension Commitments

The Corporation enters into commitments to extend credit such as loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Credit Extension Commitments table includes the notional amount of unfunded legally binding lending commitments net of amounts distributed (e.g., syndicated) to other financial institutions of $24.1 billion and $27.1 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. At September 30, 2012, the carrying amount of these commitments, excluding commitments accounted for under the fair value option, was $541 million, including deferred revenue of $23 million and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $518 million. At December 31, 2011, the comparable amounts were $741 million, $27 million and $714 million, respectively. The carrying amount of these commitments is classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet. The table below also includes the notional amount of commitments of $20.5 billion and $25.7 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 that are accounted for under the fair value option. However, the table below excludes fair value adjustments of $635 million and $1.2 billion on these commitments, which are classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities. For information regarding the Corporation’s loan commitments accounted for under the fair value option, see Note 16 – Fair Value Option.

Credit Extension Commitments
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Expire in
One Year
or Less
 
Expire After
One Year Through
Three Years
 
Expire After Three Years Through
Five Years
 
Expire After Five Years
 
Total
Notional amount of credit extension commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan commitments
$
101,289

 
$
79,744

 
$
128,455

 
$
17,350

 
$
326,838

Home equity lines of credit
2,120

 
12,136

 
22,910

 
25,338

 
62,504

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees (1)
28,959

 
13,467

 
4,499

 
221

 
47,146

Letters of credit
2,019

 
75

 
10

 
915

 
3,019

Legally binding commitments
134,387

 
105,422

 
155,874

 
43,824

 
439,507

Credit card lines (2)
424,328

 

 

 

 
424,328

Total credit extension commitments
$
558,715

 
$
105,422

 
$
155,874

 
$
43,824

 
$
863,835

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Notional amount of credit extension commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan commitments
$
96,291

 
$
85,413

 
$
120,770

 
$
15,009

 
$
317,483

Home equity lines of credit
1,679

 
7,765

 
20,963

 
37,066

 
67,473

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees (1)
26,965

 
18,932

 
6,433

 
5,505

 
57,835

Letters of credit
2,828

 
27

 
5

 
383

 
3,243

Legally binding commitments
127,763

 
112,137

 
148,171

 
57,963

 
446,034

Credit card lines (2)
449,097

 

 

 

 
449,097

Total credit extension commitments
$
576,860

 
$
112,137

 
$
148,171

 
$
57,963

 
$
895,131

(1) 
The notional amounts of standby letters of credit and financial guarantees classified as investment grade and non-investment grade based on the credit quality of the underlying reference name within the instrument were $33.4 billion and $13.0 billion at September 30, 2012, and $39.2 billion and $17.8 billion at December 31, 2011. Amounts include consumer standby letters of credit of $725 million and $859 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
(2) 
Includes business card unused lines of credit.

Legally binding commitments to extend credit generally have specified rates and maturities. Certain of these commitments have adverse change clauses that help to protect the Corporation against deterioration in the borrower’s ability to pay.


220

Table of Contents

Other Commitments

Global Principal Investments and Other Equity Investments

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had unfunded equity investment commitments of $315 million and $772 million. In light of proposed Basel regulatory capital changes related to unfunded commitments, over the past two years, the Corporation has actively reduced these commitments in a series of sale transactions involving its private equity investments.

Other Commitments

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had commitments to purchase loans (e.g., residential mortgage and commercial real estate) of $1.7 billion and $2.5 billion, which upon settlement will be included in loans or LHFS.

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Corporation had commitments to enter into forward-dated resale and securities borrowing agreements of $98.9 billion and $67.0 billion and commitments to enter into forward-dated repurchase and securities lending agreements of $56.4 billion and $42.0 billion. All of these commitments expire within the next 12 months.

The Corporation is a party to operating leases for certain of its premises and equipment. Commitments under these leases are approximately $790 million, $2.9 billion, $2.3 billion, $1.9 billion and $1.6 billion for the remainder of 2012 and the years through 2016, respectively, and $7.2 billion in the aggregate for all years thereafter.

The Corporation has entered into agreements with providers of market data, communications, systems consulting and other office-related services. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the minimum fee commitments over the remaining terms of these agreements totaled $1.6 billion and $1.9 billion.

Other Guarantees

Bank-owned Life Insurance Book Value Protection

The Corporation sells products that offer book value protection to insurance carriers who offer group life insurance policies to corporations, primarily banks. The book value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate investment-grade fixed-income securities and is intended to cover any shortfall in the event that policyholders surrender their policies and market value is below book value. These guarantees are recorded as derivatives and carried at fair value in the trading portfolio. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of these guarantees totaled $15.9 billion and $15.8 billion and the Corporation’s maximum exposure related to these guarantees totaled $3.4 billion at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 with estimated maturity dates between 2030 and 2040. As of September 30, 2012, the Corporation had not made a payment under these products. The possibility of surrender or other payment associated with these guarantees exists. The Corporation is in discussions with certain counterparties regarding potential early termination. The net fair value including the fee receivable associated with these guarantees was $35 million and $48 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and reflects the probability of surrender as well as the multiple structural protection features in the contracts.

Employee Retirement Protection

The Corporation sells products that offer book value protection primarily to plan sponsors of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) governed pension plans, such as 401(k) plans and 457 plans. The book value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate/short-term investment-grade fixed-income securities and is intended to cover any shortfall in the event that plan participants continue to withdraw funds after all securities have been liquidated and there is remaining book value. The Corporation retains the option to exit the contract at any time. If the Corporation exercises its option, the purchaser can require the Corporation to purchase high-quality fixed-income securities, typically government or government-backed agency securities, with the proceeds of the liquidated assets to assure the return of principal. To manage its exposure, the Corporation imposes significant restrictions and constraints on the timing of the withdrawals, the manner in which the portfolio is liquidated and the funds are accessed, and the investment parameters of the underlying portfolio. These constraints, combined with structural protections, are designed to provide adequate buffers and guard against payments even under extreme stress scenarios. These guarantees are recorded as derivatives and carried at fair value in the trading portfolio. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of these guarantees totaled $20.2 billion and $28.8 billion with estimated maturity dates up to 2015 if the exit option is exercised on all deals. As of September 30, 2012, the Corporation had not made a payment under these products.


221

Table of Contents

Merchant Services

In accordance with credit and debit card association rules, the Corporation sponsors merchant processing servicers that process credit and debit card transactions on behalf of various merchants. In connection with these services, a liability may arise in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. If the merchant defaults on its obligation to reimburse the cardholder, the cardholder, through its issuing bank, generally has until six months after the date of the transaction to present a chargeback to the merchant processor, which is primarily liable for any losses on covered transactions. However, if the merchant processor fails to meet its obligation to reimburse the cardholder for disputed transactions, then the Corporation, as the sponsor, could be held liable for the disputed amount. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the sponsored entities processed and settled $153.9 billion and $442.7 billion of transactions and recorded losses of $3 million and $7 million. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the sponsored entities processed and settled $128.2 billion and $323.1 billion of transactions and recorded losses of $2 million and $8 million. A significant portion of this activity was processed by a joint venture in which the Corporation holds a 49 percent ownership. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the sponsored merchant processing servicers held as collateral $210 million and $238 million of merchant escrow deposits which may be used to offset amounts due from the individual merchants.

The Corporation believes the maximum potential exposure for chargebacks would not exceed the total amount of merchant transactions processed through Visa, MasterCard and Discover for the last six months, which represents the claim period for the cardholder, plus any outstanding delayed-delivery transactions. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the maximum potential exposure for sponsored transactions totaled $256.4 billion and $236.0 billion. However, the Corporation believes that the maximum potential exposure is not representative of the actual potential loss exposure and does not expect to make material payments in connection with these guarantees.

Other Derivative Contracts

The Corporation funds selected assets, including securities issued by CDOs and CLOs, through derivative contracts, typically total return swaps, with third parties and VIEs that are not consolidated on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the total notional amount of these derivative contracts was $3.1 billion and $3.2 billion with commercial banks and $1.5 billion and $1.8 billion with VIEs. The underlying securities are senior securities and substantially all of the Corporation’s exposures are insured. Accordingly, the Corporation’s exposure to loss consists principally of counterparty risk to the insurers. In certain circumstances, generally as a result of ratings downgrades, the Corporation may be required to purchase the underlying assets, which would not result in additional gain or loss to the Corporation as such exposure is already reflected in the fair value of the derivative contracts.

Other Guarantees

The Corporation has entered into additional guarantee agreements and commitments, including lease-end obligation agreements, partial credit guarantees on certain leases, real estate joint venture guarantees, sold risk participation swaps, divested business commitments and sold put options that require gross settlement. The maximum potential future payment under these agreements was approximately $3.2 billion and $3.7 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The estimated maturity dates of these obligations extend up to 2033. The Corporation has made no material payments under these guarantees.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation periodically guarantees the obligations of its affiliates in a variety of transactions including ISDA-related transactions and non ISDA-related transactions such as commodities trading, repurchase agreements, prime brokerage agreements and other transactions.

Payment Protection Insurance Claims Matter

In the U.K., the Corporation previously sold payment protection insurance (PPI) through its international card services business to credit card customers and consumer loan customers. PPI covers a consumer's loan or debt repayment if certain events occur such as loss of job or illness. In response to an elevated level of customer complaints across the industry, heightened media coverage and pressure from consumer advocacy groups, the U.K. Financial Services Authority (FSA) investigated and raised concerns about the way some companies have handled complaints related to the sale of these insurance policies. In connection with this matter, the Corporation established a reserve for PPI. The reserve was $410 million and $476 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Corporation recorded expense of $267 million and $467 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $77 million for the nine-month period in 2011.


222

Table of Contents

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

The following supplements the disclosure in Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 10 - Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended June 30, 2012 and March 31, 2012 (the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure).
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to many pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. These actions and proceedings are generally based on alleged violations of consumer protection, securities, environmental, banking, employment, contract and other laws. In some of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are also subject to regulatory examinations, information gathering requests, inquiries, investigations, threatened legal actions and proceedings. Certain subsidiaries of the Corporation are registered broker/dealers or investment advisors and are subject to regulation by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the New York Stock Exchange, the FSA and other domestic, international and state securities regulators. In connection with formal and informal inquiries by those agencies, such subsidiaries receive numerous requests, subpoenas and orders for documents, testimony and information in connection with various aspects of their regulated activities.
In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such litigation and regulatory matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the Corporation generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be.
In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Corporation establishes an accrued liability for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. In such cases, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of any amounts accrued. When a loss contingency is not both probable and estimable, the Corporation does not establish an accrued liability. As a litigation or regulatory matter develops, the Corporation, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, evaluates on an ongoing basis whether such matter presents a loss contingency that is probable and estimable. If, at the time of evaluation, the loss contingency related to a litigation or regulatory matter is not both probable and estimable, the matter will continue to be monitored for further developments that would make such loss contingency both probable and estimable. Once the loss contingency related to a litigation or regulatory matter is deemed to be both probable and estimable, the Corporation will establish an accrued liability with respect to such loss contingency and record a corresponding amount of litigation-related expense. The Corporation continues to monitor the matter for further developments that could affect the amount of the accrued liability that has been previously established. Excluding expenses of internal or external legal service providers, litigation-related expense of $1.6 billion and $3.3 billion was recognized for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $566 million and $3.8 billion for the same periods in 2011.
For a limited number of the matters disclosed in this Note, and in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible in future periods, whether in excess of a related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, the Corporation is able to estimate a range of possible loss. In determining whether it is possible to provide an estimate of loss or range of possible loss, the Corporation reviews and evaluates its material litigation and regulatory matters on an ongoing basis, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, in light of potentially relevant factual and legal developments. These may include information learned through the discovery process, rulings on dispositive motions, settlement discussions, and other rulings by courts, arbitrators or others. In cases in which the Corporation possesses sufficient appropriate information to develop an estimate of loss or range of possible loss, that estimate is aggregated and disclosed below. There may be other disclosed matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but such an estimate may not be possible. For those matters where an estimate is possible, management currently estimates the aggregate range of possible loss is $0 to $2.8 billion in excess of the accrued liability (if any) related to those matters. This estimated range of possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, and known and unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from the current estimate. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are not included within this estimated range. Therefore, this estimated range of possible loss represents what the Corporation believes to be an estimate of possible loss only for certain matters meeting these criteria. It does not represent the Corporation's maximum loss exposure. Information is provided below, or in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, regarding the nature of all of these contingencies and, where specified, the amount of the claim associated with these loss contingencies. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that loss

223

Table of Contents

contingencies arising from pending matters, including the matters described herein, and in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation. However, in light of the inherent uncertainties involved in these matters, some of which are beyond the Corporation's control, and the very large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to the Corporation's results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period.

FIRREA and False Claims Act Litigation

On October 24, 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice filed a complaint against the Corporation, Countrywide and certain related entities. The action is entitled United States of America, ex rel, Edward O'Donnell, appearing Qui Tam v. Bank of America Corp et al., and was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint asserts certain fraud claims in connection with the sale of loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac by a Countrywide business division known as Full Spectrum Lending from 2006 continuing through 2009 and asserts successor liability against the Corporation. Plaintiff seeks, among other relief, civil penalties pursuant to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) and treble damages pursuant to the False Claims Act.

Interchange and Related Litigation

Defendants and class plaintiffs in In Re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant Discount Anti-Trust Litigation executed a settlement agreement, and on October 19, 2012, class plaintiffs filed the settlement agreement and a motion for preliminary approval of the settlement with the court.

On July 13, 2012, a purported class filed an action in the Court of Queen's Bench in Alberta entitled 1023986 Alberta Ltd. v. Bank of America Corporation et al. The claims and damages asserted are identical to those in Canada Heater and are similar to those in Watson, Bancroft-Snell and Quebec Inc.
Merrill Lynch Matters
Derivative Actions
On July 13, 2012, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in In re Bank of America Securities, Derivative and Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) Litigation granted preliminary approval to the settlement of the derivative action and scheduled a final settlement hearing for January 11, 2013.
Securities Actions
On September 27, 2012, the parties in In re Bank of America Securities, Derivative and Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) Litigation agreed in principle to settle the securities claims (referred to as the Merrill Lynch Class Action Settlement). The Corporation has agreed to pay $2.4 billion, an amount that was fully accrued as of September 30, 2012, and institute and/or continue certain corporate governance enhancements until January 1, 2015, including those relating to majority voting in director elections, annual disclosure of noncompliance with stock ownership guidelines, policies for a board committee regarding future acquisitions, the independence of the Board's compensation committee and its compensation consultants, and conducting an annual “say-on-pay” vote by shareholders. In exchange, Securities Plaintiffs will release their claims against all defendants. The agreement is subject to execution of a written settlement agreement and court approval.
Mortgage-backed Securities Litigation
The Corporation and its affiliates, Countrywide entities and their affiliates, and/or Merrill Lynch entities and their affiliates have been named as defendants in a number of cases relating to their various roles as issuer, originator, seller, depositor, sponsor, underwriter and/or controlling entity in MBS offerings, pursuant to which the MBS investors were entitled to a portion of the cash flow from the underlying pools of mortgages. These cases generally include purported class action suits and actions by individual MBS purchasers. Although the allegations vary by lawsuit, these cases generally allege that the registration statements, prospectuses and prospectus supplements for securities issued by securitization trusts contained material misrepresentations and omissions, in violation of Sections 11, 12 and/or 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, Sections 10(b) and/or 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and/or state securities laws and other state statutory and common laws.

224

Table of Contents

These cases generally involve allegations of false and misleading statements regarding: (i) the process by which the properties that served as collateral for the mortgage loans underlying the MBS were appraised; (ii) the percentage of equity that mortgage borrowers had in their homes; (iii) the borrowers' ability to repay their mortgage loans; (iv) the underwriting practices by which those mortgage loans were originated; (v) the ratings given to the different tranches of MBS by rating agencies; and/or (vi) the validity of each issuing trust's title to the mortgage loans comprising the pool for that securitization (collectively, MBS Claims). Plaintiffs in these cases generally seek unspecified compensatory damages, unspecified costs and legal fees and, in some instances, seek rescission. A number of other entities (including the National Credit Union Administration) have threatened legal actions against the Corporation and its affiliates, Countrywide entities and their affiliates, and/or Merrill Lynch entities and their affiliates concerning MBS offerings.
On August 15, 2011, the Judicial Panel on Multi-district Litigation ordered multiple federal court cases involving Countrywide MBS consolidated for pretrial purposes in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, in a multi-district litigation entitled In re Countrywide Financial Corp. Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation (the Countrywide RMBS MDL).
AIG Litigation
On August 31, 2012, in the Countrywide RMBS MDL proceeding, AIG filed an amended complaint, which added claims against the Corporation and certain related entities for constructive fraudulent conveyance and intentional fraudulent conveyance. The amended complaint also revised various factual allegations, added claims concerning certain transactions and deleted claims concerning other transactions.
Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch (Countrywide) Litigation
On September 27, 2012, the case was settled for an amount not material to the Corporation's results of operations.

Dexia Litigation
On September 27, 2012, the case was settled for an amount not material to the Corporation's results of operations.
FHFA Litigation
On August 14, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted the UBS defendants' application for an interlocutory appeal in FHFA v. UBS Americas, Inc., et al.
On October 18, 2012, in FHFA v. Countrywide Financial Corporation, et al., pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California as part of the Countrywide RMBS MDL, the court dismissed as untimely FHFA's Section 11 claims as to 24 of the 86 MBS allegedly purchased by FNMA and FHLMC, but otherwise denied the motion to dismiss on statute of limitations and statute of repose grounds. 

Luther Litigation and Related Actions
On August 31, 2012, the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California denied the plaintiffs' motions to remand Luther v. Countrywide Financial Corporation, et al. and Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Trust Fund v. Countrywide Financial Corporation, et al. to the California Superior Court.
Sealink Litigation
On September 27, 2012, the case was settled for an amount not material to the Corporation's results of operations.
Ocala Litigation
In the bankruptcy proceeding filed by Ocala Funding, LLC (Ocala), on August 23, 2012, the court approved an agreement among the parties pursuant to which BANA in its representative capacities as indenture trustee, depositary, custodian and collateral agent assigned certain claims to the Ocala bankruptcy estate.
In exchange, the estate assigned certain claims against BANA relating to the alleged conversion of mortgage loans and other assets allegedly owned by Ocala to BNP Paribas Mortgage Corporation and Deutsche Bank AG, the plaintiffs in the 2009 Actions. The remainder of the parties' proposed bankruptcy plan remains subject to approval by the bankruptcy court.


225

Table of Contents

NOTE 11 – Shareholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock

The table below presents the declared quarterly cash dividends on common stock during 2012 and through November 2, 2012.

Declaration Date
Record Date
Payment Date
Dividend Per Share
October 24, 2012
December 7, 2012
December 28, 2012
 
$
0.01

 
July 11, 2012
September 7, 2012
September 28, 2012
 
0.01

 
April 11, 2012
June 1, 2012
June 22, 2012
 
0.01

 
January 11, 2012
March 2, 2012
March 23, 2012
 
0.01

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation entered into various agreements with certain preferred and trust preferred security holders pursuant to which the Corporation and the security holders, in aggregate, agreed to exchange shares of various series of non-convertible preferred stock with a carrying value of $296 million and trust preferred securities with a carrying value of $760 million for approximately 50 million shares of the Corporation's common stock with a fair value of $412 million and $398 million in cash. The $246 million difference between the carrying value of the preferred and trust preferred securities retired and the fair value of consideration issued was recorded in retained earnings as a $44 million reduction to preferred stock dividends and a $202 million gain in noninterest income.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, in connection with employee stock plans, the Corporation issued approximately 295 million shares and repurchased approximately 104 million shares of common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations. At September 30, 2012, the Corporation had reserved 1.9 billion unissued shares of common stock for future issuances under employee stock plans, common stock warrants, convertible notes and preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012, the dividends declared on preferred stock were $369 million, $365 million and $373 million or a total of $1.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

NOTE 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The table below presents the changes in accumulated OCI after-tax for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

(Dollars in millions)
Available-for-sale Debt Securities
 
Available-for-sale
Marketable
Equity Securities
 
Derivatives
 
Employee
Benefit Plans
 
Foreign
Currency (1)
 
Total
Balance, December 31, 2010
$
714

 
$
6,659

 
$
(3,236
)
 
$
(3,947
)
 
$
(256
)
 
$
(66
)
Net change
3,571

 
(4,975
)
 
(830
)
 
204

 
25

 
(2,005
)
Balance, September 30, 2011
$
4,285

 
$
1,684

 
$
(4,066
)
 
$
(3,743
)
 
$
(231
)
 
$
(2,071
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
$
3,100

 
$
3

 
$
(3,785
)
 
$
(4,391
)
 
$
(364
)
 
$
(5,437
)
Net change (2)
2,645

 
326

 
535

 
1,106

 
14

 
4,626

Balance, September 30, 2012
$
5,745

 
$
329

 
$
(3,250
)
 
$
(3,285
)
 
$
(350
)
 
$
(811
)
(1) 
Net change in fair value represents the impact of changes in spot foreign exchange rates on the Corporation’s net investment in non-U.S. operations and related hedges.
(2) 
As a result of freezing the Qualified Pension Plans, a curtailment was triggered and a remeasurement of the qualified pension obligations and plan assets occurred as of January 24, 2012 resulting in the current period net change. For more information, see Note 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans.


226

Table of Contents

The table below presents the before- and after-tax changes in accumulated OCI for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in millions)
Before-tax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
 
Before-tax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
Available-for-sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
$
5,576

 
$
(2,024
)
 
$
3,552

 
$
7,669

 
$
(2,860
)
 
$
4,809

Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
(1,439
)
 
532

 
(907
)
 
(1,965
)
 
727

 
(1,238
)
Net change
4,137

 
(1,492
)
 
2,645

 
5,704

 
(2,133
)
 
3,571

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
542

 
(200
)
 
342

 
(4,289
)
 
1,608

 
(2,681
)
Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
(25
)
 
9

 
(16
)
 
(3,641
)
 
1,347

 
(2,294
)
Net change
517

 
(191
)
 
326

 
(7,930
)
 
2,955

 
(4,975
)
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
123

 
(46
)
 
77

 
(2,670
)
 
988

 
(1,682
)
Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
726

 
(268
)
 
458

 
1,352

 
(500
)
 
852

Net change
849

 
(314
)
 
535

 
(1,318
)
 
488

 
(830
)
Employee benefit plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
371

 
(135
)
 
236

 
325

 
(121
)
 
204

Settlements and curtailments
1,381

 
(511
)
 
870

 

 

 

Net change
1,752

 
(646
)
 
1,106

 
325

 
(121
)
 
204

Foreign currency:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI
(340
)
 
354

 
14

 
135

 
(115
)
 
20

Net realized (gains) losses reclassified into earnings
2

 
(2
)
 

 
14

 
(9
)
 
5

Net change
(338
)
 
352

 
14

 
149

 
(124
)
 
25

Other comprehensive income
$
6,917

 
$
(2,291
)
 
$
4,626

 
$
(3,070
)
 
$
1,065

 
$
(2,005
)


227

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – Earnings Per Common Share

The calculation of earnings per common share (EPS) and diluted EPS for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 is presented below. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on the calculation of EPS.

 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information; shares in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2012

2011
Earnings (loss) per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
340

 
$
6,232

 
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
Preferred stock dividends
(373
)
 
(343
)
 
(1,063
)
 
(954
)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
(33
)
 
$
5,889

 
$
2,393

 
$
(1,499
)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

 
(30
)
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders
$
(33
)
 
$
5,859

 
$
2,391

 
$
(1,500
)
Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,776,173

 
10,116,284

 
10,735,461

 
10,095,859

Earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.00

 
$
0.58

 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.15
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
$
(33
)
 
$
5,922

 
$
2,393

 
$
(1,499
)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

 
(29
)
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders
$
(33
)
 
$
5,893

 
$
2,391

 
$
(1,500
)
Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,776,173

 
10,116,284

 
10,735,461

 
10,095,859

Dilutive potential common shares (1)

 
348,111

 
91,042

 

Total diluted average common shares issued and outstanding
10,776,173

 
10,464,395

 
10,826,503

 
10,095,859

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.00

 
$
0.56

 
$
0.22

 
$
(0.15
)
(1) 
Includes incremental shares from RSUs, restricted stock, stock options and warrants.

Due to the net loss applicable to common shareholders for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, no dilutive potential common shares were included in the calculation of diluted EPS because they would have been antidilutive.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, average options to purchase 159 million and 166 million shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of EPS because they were antidilutive under the treasury stock method compared to 213 million and 219 million for the same periods in 2011. For both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, average warrants to purchase 272 million shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of EPS because they were antidilutive under the treasury stock method. For both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, 62 million average dilutive potential common shares associated with the 7.25% Non-cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series L were not included in the diluted share count because the result would have been antidilutive under the “if-converted” method compared to 67 million for the same periods in 2011. For both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, 700 million average dilutive potential common shares associated with the Series T Preferred Stock were not included in the diluted share count because the result would have been antidilutive under the "if-converted" method. For the three months ended September 30, 2011, 228 million average dilutive potential common shares associated with the Series T Preferred Stock were included in the computation of diluted EPS. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, 77 million average dilutive potential common shares associated with the Series T Preferred Stock were not included in the diluted share count because the result would have been antidilutive under the "if-converted" method.


228

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 – Pension, Postretirement and Certain Compensation Plans
 
Pension and Postretirement Plans

The Corporation sponsors noncontributory trusteed pension plans that cover substantially all officers and employees, a number of noncontributory nonqualified pension plans, and postretirement health and life plans. Additional information on these plans is presented in Note 19 – Employee Benefit Plans to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In connection with a redesign of the Corporation's retirement plans, on January 24, 2012, the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board approved amendments to freeze benefits earned in the Qualified Pension Plans effective June 30, 2012. As a result of acquisitions, the Corporation assumed the obligations related to the pension plans of certain legacy companies. These acquired pension plans have been merged into a separate defined benefit pension plan which, together with the Bank of America Pension Plan, are referred to as the Qualified Pension Plans. As a result of freezing the Qualified Pension Plans, a curtailment was triggered and a remeasurement of the qualified pension obligations and plan assets occurred as of January 24, 2012. As of the remeasurement date, the plan assets had increased in value from the prior measurement date resulting in an increase in the funded status of the plan of approximately $431 million. Additionally, the curtailment impact reduced the projected benefit obligation by approximately $889 million. The combined impact resulted in a $1.3 billion increase to the net pension assets recognized in other assets and a corresponding decrease in unrecognized losses in accumulated OCI of $1.3 billion ($832 million after-tax). The impact of the immediate recognition of the prior service cost of $58 million was recorded in personnel expense as a curtailment loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. All economic assumptions were consistent with the prior year end including the weighted-average discount rate of 4.95 percent used for remeasurement of the qualified pension plans.


229

Table of Contents

Net periodic benefit cost of the Corporation’s plans for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 included the following components.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Qualified Pension Plans
 
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
 
Nonqualified and Other Pension Plans (1)
 
Postretirement
Health and Life
Plans
Service cost
$
5

 
$
10

 
$

 
$
3

Interest cost
170

 
25

 
34

 
19

Expected return on plan assets
(313
)
 
(36
)
 
(38
)
 
(3
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
15

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

 
2

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
116

 
(2
)
 
2

 
(21
)
Net periodic benefit cost
$
(22
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Service cost
$
105

 
$
12

 
$
1

 
$
4

Interest cost
187

 
27

 
39

 
20

Expected return on plan assets
(323
)
 
(31
)
 
(36
)
 
(3
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
8

Amortization of prior service cost (credits)
5

 

 
(2
)
 
1

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
96

 

 
4

 
(4
)
Net periodic benefit cost
$
70

 
$
8

 
$
6

 
$
26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
Service cost
$
236

 
$
30

 
$

 
$
10

Interest cost
511

 
74

 
104

 
55

Expected return on plan assets
(934
)
 
(105
)
 
(114
)
 
(6
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
31

Amortization of prior service cost (credits)
9

 

 
(4
)
 
4

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
354

 
(6
)
 
7

 
(31
)
Recognized loss due to settlements and curtailments
58

 

 
4

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
234

 
$
(7
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Service cost
$
317

 
$
33

 
$
2

 
$
11

Interest cost
560

 
75

 
115

 
60

Expected return on plan assets
(972
)
 
(87
)
 
(106
)
 
(7
)
Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 
24

Amortization of prior service cost (credits)
15

 

 
(6
)
 
3

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
290

 

 
12

 
(13
)
Recognized loss due to settlements and curtailments

 

 
3

 

Net periodic benefit cost
$
210

 
$
21

 
$
20

 
$
78

(1) 
Includes nonqualified pension plans and the terminated Merrill Lynch U.S. pension plan.

The Corporation's best estimate of its contributions to be made to the Non-U.S. Pension Plans, Nonqualified and Other Pension Plans, and Postretirement Health and Life Plans in 2012 is $114 million, $124 million and $115 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation contributed $104 million, $90 million and $87 million, respectively, to these plans. The Corporation has not made and does not expect to make a contribution to the Qualified Pension Plans in 2012.


230

Table of Contents

Certain Compensation Plans

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation issued 289 million RSUs to certain employees under the Key Associate Stock Plan. Certain awards are earned based on the achievement of specified performance criteria. Vested RSUs may be settled in cash or in shares of common stock depending on the terms of the applicable award. Seven million of these RSUs were authorized to be settled in shares of common stock with the remainder in cash only. Certain awards contain clawback provisions which permit the Corporation to cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. The compensation cost for cash-settled awards and awards subject to certain clawback provisions, which in the aggregate represent substantially all of the awards in 2012, is accrued over the vesting period and adjusted to fair value based upon changes in the share price of the Corporation's common stock. The Corporation hedges a portion of the RSUs using a combination of economic and cash flow hedges as described in Note 3 – Derivatives.

NOTE 15 – Fair Value Measurements

Under applicable accounting guidance, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Corporation determines the fair values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under applicable accounting guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There are three levels of inputs used to measure fair value. The Corporation conducts a review of its fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Transfers into or out of fair value hierarchy classifications are made if the significant inputs used in the financial models measuring the fair values of the assets and liabilities became unobservable or observable, respectively, in the current marketplace. These transfers are considered to be effective as of the beginning of the quarter in which they occur. For more information regarding the fair value hierarchy and how the Corporation measures fair value, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Corporation accounts for certain financial instruments under the fair value option. For more information, see Note 16 – Fair Value Option.

Valuation Processes and Techniques

The Corporation has various processes and controls in place to ensure that fair value is reasonably estimated. A model validation policy governs the use and control of valuation models used to estimate fair value. This policy requires review and approval of models by personnel who are independent of the front office, and periodic re-assessments of models to ensure that they are continuing to perform as designed. In addition, detailed reviews of trading gains and losses are conducted on a daily basis by personnel who are independent of the front office. A price verification group, which is also independent of the front office, utilizes available market information including executed trades, market prices and market-observable valuation model inputs to ensure that fair values are reasonably estimated. The Corporation performs due diligence procedures over third-party pricing service providers in order to support their use in the valuation process. Where market information is not available to support internal valuations, independent reviews of the valuations are performed and any material exposures are escalated through a management review process.

While the Corporation believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, there were no changes to the Corporation's valuation techniques that had, or are expected to have, a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Level 1, 2 and 3 Valuation Techniques

Financial instruments are considered Level 1 when the valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 financial instruments are valued using quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or models using inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques, and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable and when determination of the fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.


231

Table of Contents

Trading Account Assets and Liabilities and Available-for-Sale Debt Securities

The fair values of trading account assets and liabilities are primarily based on actively traded markets where prices are based on either direct market quotes or observed transactions. The fair values of AFS debt securities are generally based on quoted market prices or market prices for similar assets. Liquidity is a significant factor in the determination of the fair values of trading account assets and liabilities and AFS debt securities. Market price quotes may not be readily available for some positions, or positions within a market sector where trading activity has slowed significantly or ceased. Some of these instruments are valued using a discounted cash flow model, which estimates the fair value of the securities using internal credit risk, interest rate and prepayment risk models that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment rates. Principal and interest cash flows are discounted using an observable discount rate for similar instruments with adjustments that management believes a market participant would consider in determining fair value for the specific security. Other instruments are valued using a net asset value approach which considers the value of the underlying securities. Underlying assets are valued using external pricing services, where available, or matrix pricing based on the vintages and ratings. Situations of illiquidity generally are triggered by the market’s perception of credit uncertainty regarding a single company or a specific market sector. In these instances, fair value is determined based on limited available market information and other factors, principally from reviewing the issuer’s financial statements and changes in credit ratings made by one or more rating agencies.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities traded in the OTC market are determined using quantitative models that utilize multiple market inputs including interest rates, prices and indices to generate continuous yield or pricing curves and volatility factors to value the position. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third-party pricing services. When third-party pricing services are used, the methods and assumptions used are reviewed by the Corporation. Estimation risk is greater for derivative asset and liability positions that are either option-based or have longer maturity dates where observable market inputs are less readily available, or are unobservable, in which case, quantitative-based extrapolations of rate, price or index scenarios are used in determining fair values. The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities include adjustments for market liquidity, counterparty credit quality and other instrument-specific factors, where appropriate. In addition, the Corporation incorporates within its fair value measurements of OTC derivatives a valuation adjustment to reflect the credit risk associated with the net position. Positions are netted by counterparty, and fair value for net long exposures is adjusted for counterparty credit risk while the fair value for net short exposures is adjusted for the Corporation’s own credit risk. An estimate of severity of loss is also used in the determination of fair value, primarily based on market data.

Loans and Loan Commitments

The fair values of loans and loan commitments are based on market prices, where available, or discounted cash flow analyses using market-based credit spreads of comparable debt instruments or credit derivatives of the specific borrower or comparable borrowers. Results of discounted cash flow calculations may be adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect other market conditions or the perceived credit risk of the borrower.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair values of MSRs are determined using models that rely on estimates of prepayment rates, the resultant weighted-average lives of the MSRs and the option adjusted spread (OAS) levels. For more information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

Loans Held-for-Sale

The fair values of LHFS are based on quoted market prices, where available, or are determined by discounting estimated cash flows using interest rates approximating the Corporation’s current origination rates for similar loans adjusted to reflect the inherent credit risk.

Other Assets

The fair values of AFS marketable equity securities are generally based on quoted market prices or market prices for similar assets. However, non-public investments are initially valued at the transaction price and subsequently adjusted when evidence is available to support such adjustments.


232

Table of Contents

Securities Financing Agreements

The fair values of certain reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions are determined using quantitative models, including discounted cash flow models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates and spreads to generate continuous yield or pricing curves, and volatility factors. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third-party pricing services.

Deposits and Other Short-term Borrowings

The fair values of deposits and other short-term borrowings are determined using quantitative models, including discounted cash flow models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates and spreads to generate continuous yield or pricing curves, and volatility factors. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third-party pricing services. The Corporation considers the impact of its own credit spreads in the valuation of these liabilities. The credit risk is determined by reference to observable credit spreads in the secondary cash market.

Long-term Debt

The Corporation issues structured liabilities that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. The fair values of these structured liabilities are estimated using valuation models for the combined derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable and, in some instances, unobservable inputs including security prices, interest rate yield curves, option volatility, currency, commodity or equity rates and correlations between these inputs. The Corporation considers the impact of its own credit spreads in the valuation of these liabilities. The credit risk is determined by reference to observable credit spreads in the secondary bond market.

Asset-backed Secured Financings

The fair values of asset-backed secured financings are based on external broker bids, where available, or are determined by discounting estimated cash flows using interest rates approximating the Corporation’s current origination rates for similar loans adjusted to reflect the inherent credit risk.


233

Table of Contents

Recurring Fair Value

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, including financial instruments which the Corporation accounts for under the fair value option, are summarized in the following tables.
 
September 30, 2012
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1 (1)
 
Level 2 (1)
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustments (2)
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$

 
$
104,494

 
$

 
$

 
$
104,494

Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
42,933

 
24,606

 

 

 
67,539

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
1,137

 
28,602

 
4,173

 

 
33,912

Equity securities
26,366

 
11,886

 
573

 

 
38,825

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
41,291

 
12,624

 
303

 

 
54,218

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
11,690

 
4,906

 

 
16,596

Total trading account assets
111,727

 
89,408

 
9,955

 

 
211,090

Derivative assets (3)
2,857

 
1,456,794

 
9,983

 
(1,411,769
)
 
57,865

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and agency securities
21,815

 
2,980

 

 

 
24,795

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
204,043

 

 

 
204,043

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations

 
40,147

 

 

 
40,147

Non-agency residential

 
10,001

 
1

 

 
10,002

Non-agency commercial

 
4,104

 
23

 

 
4,127

Non-U.S. securities
3,322

 
2,426

 

 

 
5,748

Corporate/Agency bonds

 
1,990

 
93

 

 
2,083

Other taxable securities
20

 
7,056

 
5,121

 

 
12,197

Tax-exempt securities

 
1,746

 
1,061

 

 
2,807

Total AFS debt securities
25,157

 
274,493

 
6,299

 

 
305,949

Loans and leases

 
5,385

 
2,253

 

 
7,638

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
5,087

 

 
5,087

Loans held-for-sale

 
7,764

 
3,313

 

 
11,077

Other assets
18,651

 
10,923

 
2,978

 

 
32,552

Total assets
$
158,392

 
$
1,949,261

 
$
39,868

 
$
(1,411,769
)
 
$
735,752

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices
$

 
$
2,449

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,449

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

 
53,635

 

 

 
53,635

Trading account liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
18,055

 
596

 

 

 
18,651

Equity securities
19,901

 
2,459

 

 

 
22,360

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
21,036

 
1,165

 

 

 
22,201

Corporate securities and other
403

 
8,399

 
165

 

 
8,967

Total trading account liabilities
59,395

 
12,619

 
165

 

 
72,179

Derivative liabilities (3)
2,625

 
1,441,542

 
7,023

 
(1,399,821
)
 
51,369

Other short-term borrowings

 
4,046

 
232

 

 
4,278

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
16,999

 
1,272

 
9

 

 
18,280

Long-term debt

 
47,622

 
2,290

 

 
49,912

Total liabilities
$
79,019

 
$
1,563,185

 
$
9,719

 
$
(1,399,821
)
 
$
252,102

(1) 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $1.7 billion and $350 million of assets and liabilities were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2, and $785 million and $40 million of assets and liabilities were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1. Of the asset transfers from Level 1 to Level 2, $640 million were due to a restriction that became effective for a private equity investment during the first quarter of 2012, while $535 million of the transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 were due to the lapse of this restriction during the second quarter of 2012. The remaining transfers were the result of additional information associated with certain equities, derivative contracts and private equity investments.
(2) 
Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties.
(3) 
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 3 – Derivatives.

234

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1 (1)
 
Level 2 (1)
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustments (2)
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$

 
$
87,453

 
$

 
$

 
$
87,453

Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
30,540

 
22,073

 

 

 
52,613

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
1,067

 
28,624

 
6,880

 

 
36,571

Equity securities
17,181

 
5,949

 
544

 

 
23,674

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
33,667

 
8,937

 
342

 

 
42,946

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
9,826

 
3,689

 

 
13,515

Total trading account assets
82,455

 
75,409

 
11,455

 

 
169,319

Derivative assets (3)
2,186

 
1,865,310

 
14,366

 
(1,808,839
)
 
73,023

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and agency securities
39,389

 
3,475

 

 

 
42,864

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
142,526

 
37

 

 
142,563

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations

 
44,999

 

 

 
44,999

Non-agency residential

 
13,907

 
860

 

 
14,767

Non-agency commercial

 
5,482

 
40

 

 
5,522

Non-U.S. securities
1,664

 
3,256

 

 

 
4,920

Corporate/Agency bonds

 
2,873

 
162

 

 
3,035

Other taxable securities
20

 
8,593

 
4,265

 

 
12,878

Tax-exempt securities

 
1,955

 
2,648

 

 
4,603

Total AFS debt securities
41,073

 
227,066

 
8,012

 

 
276,151

Loans and leases

 
6,060

 
2,744

 

 
8,804

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
7,378

 

 
7,378

Loans held-for-sale

 
4,243

 
3,387

 

 
7,630

Other assets
18,963

 
13,886

 
4,235

 

 
37,084

Total assets
$
144,677

 
$
2,279,427

 
$
51,577

 
$
(1,808,839
)
 
$
666,842

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices
$

 
$
3,297

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,297

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

 
34,235

 

 

 
34,235

Trading account liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
19,120

 
1,590

 

 

 
20,710

Equity securities
13,259

 
1,335

 

 

 
14,594

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
16,760

 
680

 

 

 
17,440

Corporate securities and other
829

 
6,821

 
114

 

 
7,764

Total trading account liabilities
49,968

 
10,426

 
114

 

 
60,508

Derivative liabilities (3)
2,055

 
1,850,804

 
8,500

 
(1,801,839
)
 
59,520

Other short-term borrowings

 
6,558

 

 

 
6,558

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
13,832

 
1,897

 
14

 

 
15,743

Long-term debt

 
43,296

 
2,943

 

 
46,239

Total liabilities
$
65,855

 
$
1,950,513

 
$
11,571

 
$
(1,801,839
)
 
$
226,100

(1) 
Gross transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011 were not significant.
(2) 
Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties.
(3) 
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 3 – Derivatives.


235

Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, including net realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and accumulated OCI.

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
July 1
2012
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance September 30
2012
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$
4,459

$
69

$

$
750

$
(848
)
$

$
(101
)
$
158

$
(314
)
$
4,173

Equity securities
597

15


43

(12
)

(9
)
5

(66
)
573

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
389

7


30

(112
)

(4
)

(7
)
303

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
4,818

111


380

(279
)

(124
)
3

(3
)
4,906

Total trading account assets
10,263

202


1,203

(1,251
)

(238
)
166

(390
)
9,955

Net derivative assets (3)
4,601

(256
)

78

(211
)

(918
)
(350
)
16

2,960

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential
1









1

Non-agency commercial
24






(1
)


23

Corporate/Agency bonds
93









93

Other taxable securities
4,558


28

600



(65
)


5,121

Tax-exempt securities
1,140

7

(7
)

(63
)

(16
)


1,061

Total AFS debt securities
5,816

7

21

600

(63
)

(82
)


6,299

Loans and leases (2, 4)
1,635

69


317

(150
)

(65
)
450

(3
)
2,253

Mortgage servicing rights (4)
5,708

(360
)


(15
)
100

(346
)


5,087

Loans held-for-sale (2)
2,741

86


596

(19
)

(104
)
13


3,313

Other assets (5)
3,136

24


40

(183
)

(39
)


2,978

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(143
)
4


17

(45
)



2

(165
)
Other short-term borrowings (2)





(232
)



(232
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(2
)




(7
)



(9
)
Long-term debt (2)
(2,388
)
(91
)

70


(115
)
391

(531
)
374

(2,290
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $10.0 billion and derivative liabilities of $7.0 billion.
(4) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(5) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of net monoline exposure to a single counterparty and private equity investments.

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the transfers into Level 3 included $166 million of trading account assets, $350 million of net derivative assets, $450 million of loans and leases, and $531 million of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets primarily related to decreased liquidity for certain corporate loans. Transfers into Level 3 for net derivative assets primarily related to decreased price observability for certain long-dated equity derivative liabilities due to a lack of independent pricing. Transfers into Level 3 for loans and leases were driven by updated information related to certain commercial loans. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the transfers out of Level 3 included $390 million of trading account assets and $374 million of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets primarily related to increased price observability for certain corporate loans due to improved liquidity in the secondary markets. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.

236

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
July 1
2011
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance September 30
2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$
7,452

$
(219
)
$

$
1,084

$
(757
)
$

$
(561
)
$
635

$
(142
)
$
7,492

Equity securities
608

(8
)

103

(92
)

(25
)
11


597

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
391

(17
)

3

(3
)


1


375

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
5,519

(112
)

97

(1,378
)

(80
)
18

(293
)
3,771

Total trading account assets
13,970

(356
)

1,287

(2,230
)

(666
)
665

(435
)
12,235

Net derivative assets (3)
5,418

3,211


154

(200
)

(2,950
)
285

374

6,292

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency



13






13

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
55









55

Non-agency residential
1,094

(41
)
52

9

(3
)

(32
)
1


1,080

Non-agency commercial
18



17






35

Non-U.S. securities
88








(88
)

Corporate/Agency bonds
224

(4
)
(1
)
162

(9
)



(8
)
364

Other taxable securities
10,374

(25
)
(42
)
2,068

(2,187
)

(846
)


9,342

Tax-exempt securities
1,609

8

(9
)
2,179

(7
)

(234
)

(673
)
2,873

Total AFS debt securities
13,462

(62
)

4,448

(2,206
)

(1,112
)
1

(769
)
13,762

Loans and leases (2, 4)
9,597

(209
)



451

(194
)

(4,345
)
5,300

Mortgage servicing rights (4)
12,372

(3,860
)


(218
)
251

(665
)


7,880

Loans held-for-sale (2)
4,012

(142
)

15

(200
)

(112
)
61

(4
)
3,630

Other assets (5)
4,549

54


1,703

(290
)

(266
)


5,750

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(63
)
2


18

(3
)


(24
)

(70
)
Other short-term borrowings (2)
(744
)
58





19



(667
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(777
)





3


761

(13
)
Long-term debt (2)
(3,324
)
388


125

(17
)
(218
)
366

(679
)
702

(2,657
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $16.0 billion and derivative liabilities of $9.8 billion.
(4) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(5) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of AFS marketable equity securities.

During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the transfers into Level 3 included $665 million of trading account assets and $679 million of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were driven by decreased price observability for certain corporate loans and bonds. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the transfers out of Level 3 included $769 million of AFS debt securities, $4.3 billion of loans and leases, $761 million of accrued expenses and other liabilities, and $702 million of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for AFS debt securities were driven by increased use of observable inputs in pricing certain municipal securities. Transfers out of Level 3 for loans and leases, and accrued expenses and other liabilities were driven by increased observable inputs, primarily liquid comparables, for certain corporate loans and unfunded loan commitments (included in other liabilities) accounted for under the fair value option. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.


237

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
January 1
2012
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance September 30
2012
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2, 3)
$
6,880

$
192

$

$
1,995

$
(3,498
)
$

$
(846
)
$
315

$
(865
)
$
4,173

Equity securities
544

24


167

(159
)

27

38

(68
)
573

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
342

5


338

(359
)

(4
)

(19
)
303

Mortgage trading loans and ABS (3)
3,689

194


1,747

(915
)

(386
)
745

(168
)
4,906

Total trading account assets
11,455

415


4,247

(4,931
)

(1,209
)
1,098

(1,120
)
9,955

Net derivative assets (4)
5,866

17


791

(833
)

(2,228
)
(283
)
(370
)
2,960

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
37






(4
)

(33
)

Non-agency residential
860

(69
)
19


(305
)

(2
)

(502
)
1

Non-agency commercial
40




(11
)

(6
)


23

Corporate/Agency bonds
162

(2
)

(2
)


(38
)

(27
)
93

Other taxable securities
4,265

7

51

1,558



(551
)

(209
)
5,121

Tax-exempt securities
2,648

61

18


(132
)

(1,534
)


1,061

Total AFS debt securities
8,012

(3
)
88

1,556

(448
)

(2,135
)

(771
)
6,299

Loans and leases (2, 5)
2,744

284


317

(1,308
)

(229
)
450

(5
)
2,253

Mortgage servicing rights (5)
7,378

(1,297
)


(113
)
268

(1,149
)


5,087

Loans held-for-sale (2)
3,387

265


606

(40
)

(330
)
57

(632
)
3,313

Other assets (6)
4,235

(110
)

89

(950
)

(275
)

(11
)
2,978

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(114
)
4


72

(114
)


(65
)
52

(165
)
Other short-term borrowings (2)





(232
)



(232
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(14
)
4


5


(7
)


3

(9
)
Long-term debt (2)
(2,943
)
(239
)

188

(33
)
(253
)
1,099

(1,569
)
1,460

(2,290
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, approximately $900 million was reclassified from Trading account assets - Corporate securities, trading loans and other to Trading account assets - Mortgage trading loans and ABS. In the table above, this reclassification is presented as a sale of Trading account assets - Corporate securities, trading loans and other and as a purchase of Trading account assets - Mortgage trading loans and ABS.
(4) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $10.0 billion and derivative liabilities of $7.0 billion.
(5) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(6) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of net monoline exposure to a single counterparty and private equity investments.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the transfers into Level 3 included $1.1 billion of trading account assets, $283 million of net derivative assets, $450 million of loans and leases, and $1.6 billion of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of decreased market liquidity for certain corporate loans and additional information related to certain CLOs. Transfers into Level 3 for net derivative assets primarily related to decreased price observability for certain long-dated equity derivative liabilities due to a lack of independent pricing. Transfers into Level 3 for loans and leases were driven by updated information related to certain commercial loans. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the transfers out of Level 3 included $1.1 billion of trading account assets, $370 million of net derivative assets, $771 million of AFS debt securities, $632 million of LHFS and $1.5 billion of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets primarily related to increased market liquidity for certain corporate loans and loans backed by commercial real estate. Transfers out of Level 3 for net derivative assets primarily related to increased price observability (i.e., market comparables for the referenced instruments) for certain total return swaps and foreign exchange swaps. Transfers out of Level 3 for AFS debt securities primarily related to increased price observability for certain non-agency RMBS and ABS. Transfers out of Level 3 for LHFS primarily related to increased observable inputs, primarily liquid comparables. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.

238

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
January 1
2011
Consolidation of VIEs
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance September 30
2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$
7,751

$

$
456

$

$
4,664

$
(5,294
)
$

$
(1,080
)
$
1,450

$
(455
)
$
7,492

Equity securities
557


57


278

(284
)

(140
)
131

(2
)
597

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
243


68


125

(18
)

(3
)
4

(44
)
375

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
6,908


530


1,929

(4,624
)

(308
)
19

(683
)
3,771

Total trading account assets
15,459


1,111


6,996

(10,220
)

(1,531
)
1,604

(1,184
)
12,235

Net derivative assets (3)
7,745


5,456


1,040

(1,460
)

(7,010
)
625

(104
)
6,292

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
4




13





(4
)
13

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations




56



(1
)


55

Non-agency residential
1,468


(86
)
24

11

(293
)

(321
)
277


1,080

Non-agency commercial
19




17



(1
)


35

Non-U.S. securities
3








88

(91
)

Corporate/Agency bonds
137


(2
)
(2
)
248

(16
)


7

(8
)
364

Other taxable securities
13,018


27

20

3,518

(2,240
)

(5,001
)
2

(2
)
9,342

Tax-exempt securities
1,224


14

(42
)
2,862

(79
)

(471
)
38

(673
)
2,873

Total AFS debt securities
15,873


(47
)

6,725

(2,628
)

(5,795
)
412

(778
)
13,762

Loans and leases (2, 4)
3,321

5,194



21

(376
)
3,118

(1,638
)
5

(4,345
)
5,300

Mortgage servicing rights (4)
14,900


(6,060
)


(452
)
1,502

(2,010
)


7,880

Loans held-for-sale (2)
4,140


43


138

(443
)

(704
)
502

(46
)
3,630

Other assets (5)
6,922


356


1,875

(1,486
)

(659
)
375

(1,633
)
5,750

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(7
)

2


94

(135
)


(24
)

(70
)
Other short-term borrowings (2)
(706
)

(24
)




63



(667
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)
(828
)

64



(4
)
(9
)
3


761

(13
)
Long-term debt (2)
(2,986
)

245


340

(72
)
(467
)
754

(1,709
)
1,238

(2,657
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase / (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) / decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Amounts represent items that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(3) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $16.0 billion and derivative liabilities of $9.8 billion.
(4) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole loan sales.
(5) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of AFS marketable equity securities.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the transfers into Level 3 included $1.6 billion of trading account assets and $1.7 billion of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily certain CLOs, corporate loans and bonds that were transferred into Level 3 due to a lack of price transparency. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the transfers out of Level 3 included $1.2 billion of trading account assets, $4.3 billion of loans and leases, $1.6 billion of other assets and $1.2 billion of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily driven by increased price observability on certain RMBS, commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) and consumer ABS portfolios. Transfers out of Level 3 for loans and leases were driven by increased observable inputs, primarily liquid comparables, for certain corporate loans. Transfers out of Level 3 for other assets were the result of an initial public offering of an equity investment. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.

239

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize gains (losses) due to changes in fair value, including both realized and unrealized gains (losses), recorded in earnings for Level 3 assets and liabilities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. These amounts include gains (losses) on loans, LHFS, loan commitments and structured liabilities that are accounted for under the fair value option.

Level 3 – Total Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Earnings
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
69

 
$

 
$

 
$
69

Equity securities

 
15

 

 

 
15

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
7

 

 

 
7

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
111

 

 

 
111

Total trading account assets

 
202

 

 

 
202

Net derivative assets

 
(1,214
)
 
958

 

 
(256
)
AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities

 

 

 
7

 
7

Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
69

 
69

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(360
)
 

 
(360
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
10

 
76

 
86

Other assets
39

 

 
(15
)
 

 
24

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
4

 

 

 
4

Long-term debt (2)

 
(45
)
 

 
(46
)
 
(91
)
Total
$
39

 
$
(1,053
)
 
$
593

 
$
106

 
$
(315
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
(219
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(219
)
Equity securities

 
(8
)
 

 

 
(8
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
(17
)
 

 

 
(17
)
Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
(112
)
 

 

 
(112
)
Total trading account assets

 
(356
)
 

 

 
(356
)
Net derivative assets

 
2,056

 
1,155

 

 
3,211

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(41
)
 
(41
)
Corporate/Agency bonds

 

 

 
(4
)
 
(4
)
Other taxable securities

 
4

 

 
(29
)
 
(25
)
Tax-exempt securities

 

 

 
8

 
8

Total AFS debt securities

 
4

 

 
(66
)
 
(62
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
(209
)
 
(209
)
Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(3,860
)
 

 
(3,860
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
(90
)
 
(52
)
 
(142
)
Other assets
(72
)
 

 
(32
)
 
158

 
54

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
2

 

 

 
2

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
58

 

 
58

Long-term debt (2)

 
344

 

 
44

 
388

Total
$
(72
)
 
$
2,050

 
$
(2,769
)
 
$
(125
)
 
$
(916
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

240

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Total Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Earnings
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
192

 
$

 
$

 
$
192

Equity securities

 
24

 

 

 
24

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
5

 

 

 
5

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
194

 

 

 
194

Total trading account assets

 
415

 

 

 
415

Net derivative assets

 
(2,358
)
 
2,375

 

 
17

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(69
)
 
(69
)
Corporate/Agency bonds

 

 

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Other taxable securities

 

 

 
7

 
7

Tax-exempt securities

 

 

 
61

 
61

Total AFS debt securities

 

 

 
(3
)
 
(3
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
284

 
284

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(1,297
)
 

 
(1,297
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
105

 
160

 
265

Other assets
28

 

 
(57
)
 
(81
)
 
(110
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
4

 

 

 
4

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 

 

 
4

 
4

Long-term debt (2)

 
(104
)
 

 
(135
)
 
(239
)
Total
$
28

 
$
(2,043
)
 
$
1,126

 
$
229

 
$
(660
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
456

 
$

 
$

 
$
456

Equity securities

 
57

 

 

 
57

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
68

 

 

 
68

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
530

 

 

 
530

Total trading account assets

 
1,111

 

 

 
1,111

Net derivative assets

 
2,153

 
3,303

 

 
5,456

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(86
)
 
(86
)
Corporate/Agency bonds

 

 

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Other taxable securities

 
16

 

 
11

 
27

Tax-exempt securities

 
(3
)
 

 
17

 
14

Total AFS debt securities

 
13

 

 
(60
)
 
(47
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 
(13
)
 
13

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(6,060
)
 

 
(6,060
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
(101
)
 
144

 
43

Other assets
242

 

 
(44
)
 
158

 
356

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
2

 

 

 
2

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
(24
)
 

 
(24
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 
(10
)
 
74

 

 
64

Long-term debt (2)

 
242

 

 
3

 
245

Total
$
242

 
$
3,511

 
$
(2,865
)
 
$
258

 
$
1,146

(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.


241

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize changes in unrealized gains (losses) recorded in earnings during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 for Level 3 assets and liabilities that were still held at September 30, 2012 and 2011. These amounts include changes in fair value on loans, LHFS, loan commitments and structured liabilities that are accounted for under the fair value option.

Level 3 – Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at Reporting Date
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
36

 
$

 
$

 
$
36

Equity securities

 
13

 

 

 
13

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
8

 

 

 
8

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
89

 

 

 
89

Total trading account assets

 
146

 

 

 
146

Net derivative assets

 
(1,202
)
 
691

 

 
(511
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
71

 
71

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(552
)
 

 
(552
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
17

 
68

 
85

Other assets
115

 

 
(14
)
 
4

 
105

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (2)

 

 

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Long-term debt (2)

 
(46
)
 

 
(46
)
 
(92
)
Total
$
115

 
$
(1,102
)
 
$
142

 
$
95

 
$
(750
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
(251
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(251
)
Equity securities

 
(20
)
 

 

 
(20
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
16

 

 

 
16

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
(136
)
 

 

 
(136
)
Total trading account assets

 
(391
)
 

 

 
(391
)
Net derivative assets

 
1,998

 
616

 

 
2,614

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(42
)
 
(42
)
Corporate/Agency bonds

 

 

 
(6
)
 
(6
)
Other taxable securities

 
(2
)
 

 
(44
)
 
(46
)
Total AFS debt securities

 
(2
)
 

 
(92
)
 
(94
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
(208
)
 
(208
)
Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(4,112
)
 

 
(4,112
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
(88
)
 
(73
)
 
(161
)
Other assets
(265
)
 

 
(32
)
 
158

 
(139
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
2

 

 

 
2

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
50

 

 
50

Long-term debt (2)

 
331

 

 
44

 
375

Total
$
(265
)
 
$
1,938

 
$
(3,566
)
 
$
(171
)
 
$
(2,064
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

242

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at Reporting Date
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Equity
Investment
Income
(Loss)
 
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
95

 
$

 
$

 
$
95

Equity securities

 
24

 

 

 
24

Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
16

 

 

 
16

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
119

 

 

 
119

Total trading account assets

 
254

 

 

 
254

Net derivative assets

 
(2,526
)
 
1,624

 

 
(902
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
242

 
242

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(1,804
)
 

 
(1,804
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
76

 
127

 
203

Other assets
90

 

 
(54
)
 
(78
)
 
(42
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
3

 

 

 
3

Long-term debt (2)

 
(105
)
 

 
(134
)
 
(239
)
Total
$
90

 
$
(2,374
)
 
$
(158
)
 
$
157

 
$
(2,285
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other (2)
$

 
$
(13
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(13
)
Equity securities

 
(84
)
 

 

 
(84
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt

 
86

 

 

 
86

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
104

 

 

 
104

Total trading account assets

 
93

 

 

 
93

Net derivative assets

 
2,037

 
1,232

 

 
3,269

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS

 

 

 
(140
)
 
(140
)
Corporate/Agency bonds

 

 

 
(6
)
 
(6
)
Other taxable securities

 
(2
)
 

 
(44
)
 
(46
)
Total AFS debt securities

 
(2
)
 

 
(190
)
 
(192
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 

 
(105
)
 
(105
)
Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
(7,129
)
 

 
(7,129
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 
3

 
(135
)
 
10

 
(122
)
Other assets
(132
)
 

 
(43
)
 
158

 
(17
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other

 
2

 

 

 
2

Other short-term borrowings (2)

 

 
(11
)
 

 
(11
)
Long-term debt (2)

 
229

 

 
(9
)
 
220

Total
$
(132
)
 
$
2,362

 
$
(6,086
)
 
$
(136
)
 
$
(3,992
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.


243

Table of Contents

The following tables present information about significant unobservable inputs related to the Corporation's material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities at September 30, 2012. The level of aggregation and span of products disclosed result in certain ranges of inputs being wide and unevenly distributed across asset and liability categories.

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Ranges of Inputs
Loans and Securities (1)
 
 
 
 
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
5,405

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
2% to 25%
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
789

Prepayment speed
1% to 30% CPR
Loans and leases
1,517

Default rate
0% to 57% CDR
Loans held-for-sale
3,099

Loss severity
6% to 80%
Instruments backed by commercial real estate assets
$
2,121

Discounted cash flow
Yield
4% to 13%
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
246

Loss severity
22% to 100%
Loans held-for-sale
214

 
 
Other assets
1,661

 
 
Commercial loans, debt securities and other
$
11,028

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
0% to 20%
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
2,564

Enterprise value/EBITDA multiple
3x to 7x
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
3,871

Prepayment speed
5% to 25%
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
3,857

Default rate
1% to 5%
Loans and leases
736

Loss severity
25% to 40%
Auction rate securities
$
3,934

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Discount rate
1% to 10%
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
1,609

Projected tender price/Re-financing level
50% to 100%
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
1,264

 
AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities
1,061

 
 
Structured liabilities
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
(2,290
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Equity correlation
30% to 97%
 
 
Long-dated volatilities
20% to 70%
 
 


(1) 
The categories are aggregated based upon product type which differs from financial statement classification. The following is a reconciliation to the line items in the table on page 236: Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other of $4.2 billion, Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS of $4.9 billion, AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities of $5.1 billion, AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities of $1.1 billion, Loans and leases of $2.3 billion, LHFS of $3.3 billion and Other assets of $1.7 billion.
(2) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes.
CPR = Constant Prepayment Rate
CDR = Constant Default Rate
EBITDA = Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization



244

Table of Contents

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Ranges of Inputs
Net derivatives assets
 
 
 
 
Credit derivatives
$
3,729

Discounted cash flow, Stochastic recovery correlation model
Yield
2% to 25%
 
 
Credit spreads
71 bps to 600 bps
 
 
Upfront points
30 points to 99 points
 
 
Spread to index
-1,874 bps to 2,708 bps
 
 
Credit correlation
30% to 80%
 
 
Prepayment speed
5% to 30% CPR
 
 
Default rate
1% to 5% CDR
 
 
Loss severity
25% to 75%
Equity derivatives
$
(1,047
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (1)
Equity correlation
30% to 97%
 
 
Long-dated volatilities
20% to 70%
 
 


Commodity derivatives
$
(1
)
Discounted cash flow
Long-term natural gas basis curve
-$0.27 to $0.31
Interest rate derivatives
$
279

Industry standard derivative pricing (1)
Correlation (IR/IR)
15% to 99%
 
 
Correlation (FX/IR)
-65% to 50%
 
 
Long-dated inflation rates
1% to 3%
 
 
Long-dated inflation volatilities
0% to 2%
 
 
Long-dated volatilities (FX)
5% to 36%
 
 
Long-dated swap rates
3% to 10%
Total net derivative assets
$
2,960

 
 
 
(1) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation, Black-Scholes and other methods that model the joint dynamics of interest, inflation and foreign exchange rates.
CPR = Constant Prepayment Rate
CDR = Constant Default Rate
IR = Interest Rate
FX = Foreign Exchange

In the tables above, instruments backed by residential and commercial real estate assets include RMBS, CMBS, whole loans, mortgage CDOs and net monoline exposure. Commercial loans, debt securities and other includes corporate CLOs and CDOs, commercial loans and bonds, and securities backed by non-real estate assets. Structured liabilities primarily includes equity-linked notes that are accounted for under the fair value option.

In addition to the instruments in the tables above, the Corporation holds $1.3 billion of instruments consisting primarily of certain direct private equity investments and private equity funds that are classified as Level 3 and reported within other assets. Valuations of direct private equity investments are prepared internally based on the most recent company financial information. Inputs generally include market and acquisition comparables, entry level multiples, as well as other variables. The Corporation selects a valuation methodology (e.g., market comparables) for each investment and, in certain instances, multiple inputs are weighted to derive the most representative value. Discounts are applied as appropriate to consider the lack of liquidity and marketability versus publicly-traded companies. For private equity funds, fair value is determined using the net asset value as provided by the individual fund's general partner.

For information on the inputs and techniques used in the valuation of MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

The Corporation uses multiple market approaches in valuing certain of its Level 3 financial instruments. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows are used together. For a given product, such as corporate debt securities, market comparables may be used to estimate some of the unobservable inputs and then these inputs are incorporated into a discounted cash flow model. Therefore, the balances disclosed encompass both of these techniques.

The level of aggregation and diversity within the products disclosed in the table result in certain ranges of inputs being wide and unevenly distributed across asset and liability categories. For instruments backed by residential real estate assets, diversity in the portfolio is reflected in a wide range for loss severity due to varying levels of default. The lower end of the range represents high performing loans with a low probability of default while the higher end of the range relates to more distressed loans with a greater risk of default.

For credit derivatives, the range of credit spreads represents positions with varying levels of risk. The lower end of the credit spread range typically represents shorter-dated instruments and those with better perceived credit risk. The higher end of the range comprises longer-dated instruments and those referencing nonperforming or impaired reference issuers. Similarly, the spread to index can vary significantly based on the risk of the instrument. The spread will be positive for instruments that have a higher risk of default than the index (which is based on a weighted average of its components) and negative for instruments that have a lower risk of default than the index.

245

Table of Contents

For interest rate derivatives, the diversity in the portfolio is reflected in wide ranges of inputs because varying currencies and tenors result in the use of numerous foreign exchange and interest rate curves. Since foreign exchange and interest rate correlations are measured between curves and across the various tenors on the same curve, the range of potential values can include both negative and positive values.

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurements to Changes in Unobservable Inputs

Loans and Securities

For instruments backed by residential real estate assets, commercial real estate assets, and commercial loans, debt securities and other, a significant increase in market yields, default rates or loss severities would result in a significantly lower fair value for long positions. Short positions would be impacted in a directionally opposite way. The impact of changes in prepayment speeds would have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument and, in the case of CLOs, whether prepayments can be reinvested.

For closed-end auction rate securities (ARS), a significant increase in discount rates would result in a significantly lower fair value. For student loan and municipal ARS, a significant increase in projected tender price/refinancing levels would result in a significantly higher fair value.

Structured Liabilities and Derivatives

For credit derivatives, a significant increase in market yield, including spreads to indices, upfront points (i.e., a single upfront payment made by a protection buyer at inception), credit spreads, default rates or loss severities would result in a significantly lower fair value for protection sellers and higher fair value for protection buyers. The impact of changes in prepayment speeds would have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument and, in the case of CLOs, whether prepayments can be reinvested.

Structured credit derivatives, which include tranched portfolio CDS and derivatives with derivative product company (DPC) and monoline counterparties, are impacted by credit correlation, including default and wrong-way correlation. Default correlation is a parameter that describes the degree of dependence among credit default rates within a credit portfolio that underlies a credit derivative instrument. The sensitivity of this input on the fair value varies depending on the level of subordination of the tranche. For senior tranches that are net purchases of protection, a significant increase in default correlation would result in a significantly higher fair value. Net short protection positions would be impacted in a directionally opposite way. Wrong-way correlation is a parameter that describes the probability that as exposure to a counterparty increases, the credit quality of the counterparty decreases. A significantly higher degree of wrong-way correlation between a DPC counterparty and underlying derivative exposure would result in a significantly lower fair value.

For equity derivatives, equity-linked long-term debt (structured liabilities) and interest rate derivatives, a significant change in long-dated rates and volatilities and correlation inputs (e.g., the degree of correlation between an equity security and an index, between two different interest rates, or between interest rates and foreign exchange rates) would result in a significant impact to the fair value; however, the magnitude and direction of the impact depends on whether the Corporation is long or short the exposure.


246

Table of Contents

Nonrecurring Fair Value

The Corporation holds certain assets that are measured at fair value, but only in certain situations (for example, impairment) and these measurements are referred to herein as nonrecurring. These assets primarily include LHFS, certain loans and leases, and foreclosed properties. The amounts below represent only balances measured at fair value during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and still held as of the reporting date.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Gains (Losses)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
3,551

 
$
1,006

 
$
1

 
$
6

Loans and leases (1)
16

 
8,576

 
(1,548
)
 
(3,422
)
Foreclosed properties (2)
64

 
1,436

 
(23
)
 
(179
)
Other assets
32

 
111

 
9

 
11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2011
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Gains (Losses)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
9,284

 
$
1,465

 
$
(85
)
 
$
(19
)
Loans and leases (1)
6

 
10,368

 
(1,445
)
 
(4,153
)
Foreclosed properties (2)

 
2,556

 
(87
)
 
(233
)
Other assets
20

 
861

 
(20
)
 
(43
)
(1) 
Losses represent charge-offs on real estate-secured loans.
(2) 
Amounts are included in other assets on the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet and represent fair value and related losses on foreclosed properties that were written down subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed properties.

The table below presents information about significant unobservable inputs related to the Corporation's nonrecurring Level 3 financial assets and liabilities at September 30, 2012.

Quantitative Information about Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Ranges of Inputs
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
9,277

Discounted cash flows, Market comparables
Yield
3% to 6%
Loans held-for-sale
701

Prepayment speed
2% to 27%
Loans and leases
8,576

Default rate
0% to 67%
 
 
Loss severity
6% to 72%
 
 
OREO discount
0% to 29%
 
 
Cost to sell
8%
Instruments backed by commercial real estate assets
$
305

Discounted cash flows
Yield
4% to 13%
Loans held-for-sale
305

Loss severity
22% to 100%

Instruments backed by residential real estate assets represent residential mortgages where the loan has been written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral or, in the case of LHFS, are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.

In addition to the instruments disclosed in the table above, the Corporation holds foreclosed residential properties where the fair value is based on unadjusted third-party appraisals or broker price opinions. Appraisals are conducted every 90 days. Factors considered in determining the fair value include geographic sales trends, the value of comparable surrounding properties as well as the condition of the property.


247

Table of Contents

NOTE 16 – Fair Value Option

The Corporation elects to account for certain financial instruments under the fair value option. For additional information on the primary financial instruments for which the fair value option elections have been made, see Note 23 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The table below provides information about the fair value carrying amount and the contractual principal outstanding of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Fair Value Option Elections
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
 
Contractual
Principal
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Less Unpaid
Principal
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
 
Contractual
Principal
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Less Unpaid
Principal
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
1,395

 
$
2,345

 
$
(950
)
 
$
1,151

 
$
2,371

 
$
(1,220
)
Trading inventory - other
1,071

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,173

 
n/a

 
n/a

Consumer and commercial loans
7,638

 
8,287

 
(649
)
 
8,804

 
10,823

 
(2,019
)
Loans held-for-sale
11,077

 
12,194

 
(1,117
)
 
7,630

 
9,673

 
(2,043
)
Securities financing agreements
158,129

 
157,757

 
372

 
121,688

 
121,092

 
596

Other assets
159

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
251

 
n/a

 
n/a

Long-term deposits
2,449

 
2,202

 
247

 
3,297

 
3,035

 
262

Asset-backed secured financings
687

 
1,199

 
(512
)
 
650

 
1,271

 
(621
)
Unfunded loan commitments
635

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
1,249

 
n/a

 
n/a

Other short-term borrowings
3,591

 
3,591

 

 
5,908

 
5,909

 
(1
)
Long-term debt (1)
49,912

 
52,841

 
(2,929
)
 
46,239

 
55,854

 
(9,615
)
(1) 
The majority of the difference between the fair value carrying amount and contractual principal outstanding at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 relates to the impact of the Corporation's credit spreads as well as the fair value of the embedded derivative, where applicable.
n/a = not applicable


248

Table of Contents

The table below provides information about where changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option are included in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
64

 
$

 
$

 
$
64

Consumer and commercial loans
3

 

 
185

 
188

Loans held-for-sale
20

 
680

 
87

 
787

Securities financing agreements
13

 

 
(4
)
 
9

Other assets

 

 
1

 
1

Long-term deposits

 

 
(20
)
 
(20
)
Asset-backed secured financings

 
(54
)
 

 
(54
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
313

 
313

Other short-term borrowings
(1
)
 

 

 
(1
)
Long-term debt (1)
(1,113
)
 

 
(1,289
)
 
(2,402
)
Total
$
(1,014
)
 
$
626

 
$
(727
)
 
$
(1,115
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
(29
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(29
)
Consumer and commercial loans

 

 
(448
)
 
(448
)
Loans held-for-sale
(9
)
 
1,349

 
(104
)
 
1,236

Securities financing agreements

 

 
206

 
206

Other assets

 

 
132

 
132

Long-term deposits

 

 
(48
)
 
(48
)
Asset-backed secured financings

 
58

 

 
58

Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
(559
)
 
(559
)
Other short-term borrowings
214

 

 

 
214

Long-term debt (1)
2,404

 

 
4,506

 
6,910

Total
$
2,580

 
$
1,407

 
$
3,685

 
$
7,672

(1) 
The majority of the net gains (losses) in trading account profits (losses) relate to the embedded derivative in structured liabilities and are offset by gains (losses) on derivatives and securities that economically hedge these liabilities. The net gains (losses) in other income (loss) relate to the impact of structured liabilities for changes in the Corporation's credit spread.

249

Table of Contents

Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
198

 
$

 
$

 
$
198

Consumer and commercial loans
8

 

 
430

 
438

Loans held-for-sale
69

 
1,629

 
167

 
1,865

Securities financing agreements
36

 

 
(94
)
 
(58
)
Other assets

 

 
8

 
8

Asset-backed secured financings

 
(109
)
 

 
(109
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
605

 
605

Other short-term borrowings
18

 

 

 
18

Long-term debt (1)
(1,086
)
 

 
(4,665
)
 
(5,751
)
Total
$
(757
)
 
$
1,520

 
$
(3,549
)
 
$
(2,786
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
Loans reported as trading account assets
$
44

 
$

 
$

 
$
44

Consumer and commercial loans

 

 
(320
)
 
(320
)
Loans held-for-sale
(7
)
 
3,732

 
148

 
3,873

Securities financing agreements

 

 
193

 
193

Other assets

 

 
162

 
162

Long-term deposits

 

 
(83
)
 
(83
)
Asset-backed secured financings

 
(24
)
 

 
(24
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
(503
)
 
(503
)
Other short-term borrowings
307

 

 

 
307

Long-term debt (1)
2,291

 

 
4,134

 
6,425

Total
$
2,635

 
$
3,708

 
$
3,731

 
$
10,074

(1) 
The majority of the net gains (losses) in trading account profits (losses) relate to the embedded derivative in structured liabilities and are offset by gains (losses) on derivatives and securities that economically hedge these liabilities. The net gains (losses) in other income (loss) relate to the impact of structured liabilities for changes in the Corporation's credit spread.

NOTE 17 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of financial instruments and their classifications within the fair value hierarchy have been derived using methodologies described in Note 22 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following disclosures include financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was carried at fair value on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Short-term Financial Instruments

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, time deposits placed and other short-term investments, federal funds sold and purchased, resale and certain repurchase agreements, customer and other receivables, customer payables (within accrued expenses and other liabilities), and other short-term borrowings approximates the fair value of these instruments. These financial instruments generally expose the Corporation to limited credit risk and have no stated maturities or have short-term maturities and carry interest rates that approximate market. The Corporation elected to account for certain repurchase agreements under the fair value option.

Under the fair value hierarchy, cash and cash equivalents are classified as Level 1. Time deposits placed and other short-term investments, such as U.S. government securities and short-term commercial paper, are classified as Level 1 and Level 2. Federal funds sold and purchased are classified as Level 2. Resale and repurchase agreements are classified as Level 2 because they are generally short-dated and/or variable-rate instruments collateralized by U.S. government or agency securities. Customer and other receivables primarily consist of margin loans, servicing advances and other accounts receivable and are classified as Level 2 and Level 3. Customer payables (within accrued expenses and other liabilities) and other short-term borrowings are classified as Level 2.


250

Table of Contents

Held-to-maturity Debt Securities

HTM debt securities, which consist of U.S. agency debt securities, are classified as Level 2 using the same methodologies as AFS U.S. agency debt securities. For additional information on HTM debt securities, see Note 4 – Securities.

Loans

Fair values were generally determined by discounting both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected using a discount rate for similar instruments with adjustments that the Corporation believes a market participant would consider in determining fair value. The Corporation estimates the cash flows expected to be collected using internal credit risk, interest rate and prepayment risk models that incorporate the Corporation’s best estimate of current key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds for the life of the loan. The carrying value of loans is presented net of the applicable allowance for loan losses and excludes leases. The Corporation elected to account for certain large commercial loans that exceeded the Corporation’s single name credit risk concentration guidelines by an amount that would require hedging under the fair value option.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Commercial and residential reverse MSRs, which are carried at the lower of cost or market value and accounted for using the amortization method, are classified as Level 3. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

Deposits

The fair value for certain deposits with stated maturities was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities. The carrying value of non-U.S. time deposits approximates fair value. For deposits with no stated maturities, the carrying value was considered to approximate fair value and does not take into account the significant value of the cost advantage and stability of the Corporation’s long-term relationships with depositors. The Corporation accounts for certain long-term fixed-rate deposits that are economically hedged with derivatives under the fair value option.

Long-term Debt

The Corporation uses quoted market prices, when available, to estimate fair value for its long-term debt. When quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated based on current market interest rates and credit spreads for debt with similar terms and maturities. The Corporation accounts for certain structured liabilities under the fair value option.


251

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values and fair values by fair value hierarchy of certain financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance was carried at fair value are presented in the table below.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
 
 
Fair Value
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying
Value
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
844,028

 
$
108,849

 
$
750,085

 
$
858,934

Loans held-for-sale
16,436

 
11,817

 
4,565

 
16,382

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
1,063,307

 
1,063,737

 

 
1,063,737

Long-term debt
286,534

 
286,723

 
2,290

 
289,013


The carrying values and fair values of certain financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance was carried at fair value are presented in the table below.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying
 Value
 
Fair
Value
Financial assets
 
 
 
Loans
$
870,520

 
$
843,392

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits
1,033,041

 
1,033,248

Long-term debt
372,265

 
343,211


Commercial Unfunded Lending Commitments

Fair values were generally determined using a discounted cash flow valuation approach which is applied using market-based CDS or internally developed benchmark credit curves. The Corporation accounts for certain loan commitments under the fair value option.

The carrying values and fair values of the Corporation's commercial unfunded lending commitments were $1.2 billion and $4.9 billion at September 30, 2012, and $2.0 billion and $7.1 billion at December 31, 2011. Commercial unfunded lending commitments are primarily classified as Level 3. The carrying amount of these commitments is classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Corporation does not estimate the fair values of consumer unfunded lending commitments because, in many instances, the Corporation can reduce or cancel these commitments by providing notice to the borrower. For additional information on commitments, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies.



252

Table of Contents

NOTE 18 – Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Corporation accounts for consumer MSRs at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income in mortgage banking income. The Corporation economically hedges these MSRs with certain derivatives and securities including MBS and U.S. Treasuries. The securities that economically hedge the MSRs are classified in other assets with changes in the fair value of the securities and the related interest income recorded in mortgage banking income.

The table below presents activity for residential first-lien MSRs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Commercial and residential reverse MSRs, which are carried at the lower of cost or market value and accounted for using the amortization method, totaled $155 million and $132 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and are not included in the tables in this Note.

Rollforward of Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Balance, beginning of period
$
5,708

 
$
12,372

 
$
7,378

 
$
14,900

Additions
100

 
251

 
268

 
1,502

Sales
(15
)
 
(218
)
 
(113
)
 
(452
)
Impact of customer payments (1)
(346
)
 
(665
)
 
(1,149
)
 
(2,010
)
Impact of changes in interest rates and other market factors (2)
(280
)
 
(4,471
)
 
(1,022
)
 
(4,856
)
Model and other cash flow assumption changes: (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected cash flows, primarily due to (increases) decreases in costs to service loans (4)
113

 
(243
)
 
506

 
(2,272
)
Impact of changes in the Home Price Index
(62
)
 

 
(42
)
 
434

Impact of changes to the prepayment model

 
1,470

 
342

 
1,596

Other model changes
(131
)
 
(616
)
 
(1,081
)
 
(962
)
Balance, September 30
$
5,087

 
$
7,880

 
$
5,087

 
$
7,880

Mortgage loans serviced for investors (in billions)
$
1,142

 
$
1,512

 
$
1,142

 
$
1,512

(1) 
Represents the change in the market value of the MSR asset due to the impact of customer payments received during the period.
(2) 
These amounts reflect the changes in modeled MSR fair value primarily due to observed changes in interest rates, volatility, spreads and the shape of the forward swap curve.
(3) 
These amounts reflect periodic adjustments to the valuation model as well as changes in certain cash flow assumptions such as cost to service and ancillary income per loan.
(4) 
As part of the MSR fair value estimation process, the Corporation increased its estimated cost to service during 2011 due to higher costs expected from foreclosure delays and procedures, the implementation of various loan modification programs, and compliance with new banking regulations. During 2012, the Corporation has continued to refine its estimates of cost to service and ancillary income to be consistent with market participants' view which resulted in a decrease to the estimated cost to service.

The Corporation uses an OAS valuation approach which factors in prepayment risk to determine the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows under multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Corporation refined the OAS assumptions used in the MSR valuation model to reflect returns commensurate with market participants' view, considering current and pending capital rules, including the impact of Basel 3, and other factors. The increases in OAS levels resulted in a decrease in MSR value, which is included in the Other model changes line item in the table above.


253

Table of Contents

The significant economic assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented below.

Significant Economic Assumptions
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
Weighted-average OAS
5.80
%
 
8.79
%
 
2.80
%
 
5.61
%
Weighted-average life, in years
3.52

 
2.01

 
3.78

 
2.10


The table below presents the sensitivity of the weighted-average lives and fair value of MSRs to changes in modeled assumptions. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the amounts indicate, changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of MSRs that continue to be held by the Corporation is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The below sensitivities do not reflect any hedge strategies that may be undertaken to mitigate such risk.

Sensitivity Impacts
 
September 30, 2012
 
Change in Weighted-average Lives
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Change in
Fair Value
Prepayment rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 10% decrease
0.31

 
years
 
0.19

 
years
 
$
496

Impact of 20% decrease
0.66

 
 
 
0.42

 
 
 
1,063

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 10% increase
(0.27
)
 
 
 
(0.17
)
 
 
 
(438
)
Impact of 20% increase
(0.50
)
 
 
 
(0.31
)
 
 
 
(826
)
OAS level
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 100 bps decrease
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
230

Impact of 200 bps decrease
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
479

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 100 bps increase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(214
)
Impact of 200 bps increase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(413
)


254

Table of Contents

NOTE 19 – Business Segment Information

The Corporation reports the results of its operations through five business segments: Consumer & Business Banking (CBB), Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES), Global Banking, Global Markets and Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2012, the Corporation changed the basis of presentation from six to the above five segments. The former Deposits and Card Services segments, as well as Business Banking which was included in the former Global Commercial Banking segment, are now reflected in CBB. The former Global Commercial Banking segment was combined with the Global Corporate and Investment Banking business, which was included in the former Global Banking & Markets (GBAM) segment, to form Global Banking. The remaining global markets business of GBAM is now reported as a separate Global Markets segment. In addition, certain management accounting methodologies and related allocations were refined. Prior period results have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Consumer & Business Banking

CBB offers a diversified range of credit, banking and investment products and services to consumers and businesses. CBB product offerings include traditional savings accounts, money market savings accounts, CDs and IRAs, noninterest- and interest-bearing checking accounts, investment accounts and products as well as credit and debit cards in the U.S. to consumers and small businesses. CBB also offers a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions through a network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners to U.S. based companies generally with annual sales of $1 million to $50 million. CBB results are impacted by the migration of clients and their deposit and loan balances between CBB and other client-managed businesses. Subsequent to the date of migration, the associated net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business to which the clients migrated.

Consumer Real Estate Services

CRES provides an extensive line of consumer real estate products and services to customers nationwide. CRES products include fixed- and adjustable-rate first-lien mortgage loans for home purchase and refinancing needs, home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and home equity loans. First mortgage products are either sold into the secondary mortgage market to investors, while retaining MSRs and the Bank of America customer relationships, or are held on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in All Other for ALM purposes. HELOC and home equity loans are retained on the CRES balance sheet. CRES services mortgage loans, including those loans it owns, loans owned by other business segments and All Other, and loans owned by outside investors.

The financial results of the on-balance sheet loans are reported in the business segment that owns the loans or All Other. CRES is not impacted by the Corporation’s first mortgage production retention decisions as CRES is compensated for loans held for ALM purposes on a management accounting basis, with a corresponding offset recorded in All Other, and for servicing loans owned by other business segments and All Other. CRES also includes the impact of transferring customers and their related loan balances between GWIM and CRES based on client segmentation thresholds. Subsequent to the date of transfer, the associated net interest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business segment to which loans were transferred.

Global Banking

Global Banking provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients, underwriting and advisory services through the Corporation's network of offices and client relationship teams along with various product partners. Global Banking's lending products and services include commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade finance, real estate lending, asset-based lending and indirect consumer loans. Global Banking's treasury solutions business includes treasury management, foreign exchange and short-term investing options. Global Banking also works with clients to provide investment banking products such as debt and equity underwriting and distribution, and merger-related and other advisory services. The economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Banking and Global Markets based on the contribution by, and involvement of each segment. Global Banking clients include middle-market companies, commercial real estate firms, auto dealerships, federal and state governments and municipalities, leasing clients, and large global corporations.


255

Table of Contents

Global Markets

Global Markets offers sales and trading services, including research, to institutional clients across fixed-income, credit, currency, commodity and equity businesses. Global Markets product coverage includes securities and derivative products in both the primary and secondary markets. Global Markets provides market-making, financing, securities clearing, settlement and custody services globally to institutional investor clients in support of their investing and trading activities. Global Markets also works with commercial and corporate clients to provide risk management products using interest rate, equity, credit, currency and commodity derivatives, foreign exchange, fixed-income and mortgage-related products. As a result of market-making activities in these products, Global Markets may be required to manage risk in government securities, equity and equity-linked securities, high-grade and high-yield corporate debt securities, commercial paper, MBS, commodities and ABS. The economics of certain investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Markets and Global Banking based on the activities performed by each segment.

Global Wealth & Investment Management

GWIM provides comprehensive wealth management solutions to a broad base of clients from emerging affluent to the ultra-wealthy. These services include investment and brokerage services, estate and financial planning, fiduciary portfolio management, cash and liability management, and specialty asset management. GWIM also provides retirement and benefit plan services, philanthropic management and asset management to individual and institutional clients. GWIM results are impacted by the migration of clients and their deposit and loan balances between GWIM and other client-managed businesses. Subsequent to the date of migration, the associated net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business to which the clients migrated.

All Other

All Other consists of ALM activities, equity investments, liquidating businesses and other. ALM activities encompass the whole-loan residential mortgage portfolio and investment securities, interest rate and foreign currency risk management activities including the residual net interest income allocation, gains/losses on structured liabilities, and the impact of certain allocation methodologies and accounting hedge ineffectiveness. Additionally, All Other includes certain residential mortgage and discontinued real estate loans that are managed by CRES.

Basis of Presentation

The management accounting and reporting process derives segment and business results by utilizing allocation methodologies for revenue and expense. The net income derived for the businesses is dependent upon revenue and cost allocations using an activity-based costing model, funds transfer pricing, and other methodologies and assumptions management believes are appropriate to reflect the results of the business.

Total revenue, net of interest expense, includes net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis and noninterest income. The adjustment of net interest income to a FTE basis results in a corresponding increase in income tax expense. The segment results also reflect certain revenue and expense methodologies that are utilized to determine net income. The net interest income of the businesses includes the results of a funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. For presentation purposes, in segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, the Corporation allocates assets to match liabilities. Net interest income of the business segments also includes an allocation of net interest income generated by the Corporation’s ALM activities.

The Corporation’s ALM activities include an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of interest rate contracts to manage fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Corporation’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings and capital. The majority of the Corporation’s ALM activities are allocated to the business segments and fluctuate based on performance. ALM activities include external product pricing decisions including deposit pricing strategies, the effects of the Corporation’s internal funds transfer pricing process and the net effects of other ALM activities.

Certain expenses not directly attributable to a specific business segment are allocated to the segments. The most significant of these expenses include data and item processing costs and certain centralized or shared functions. Data processing costs are allocated to the segments based on equipment usage. Item processing costs are allocated to the segments based on the volume of items processed for each segment. The costs of certain centralized or shared functions are allocated based on methodologies that reflect utilization.


256

Table of Contents

The following tables present total revenue, net of interest expense, on a FTE basis, and net income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and total assets at September 30, 2012 and 2011 for each business segment, as well as All Other.
.
Business Segments
 
 
 
 
At and for the Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1)
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
Consumer Real Estate Services
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
10,167

 
$
10,739

 
$
4,651

 
$
5,149

 
$
729

 
$
922

Noninterest income
10,490

 
17,963

 
2,419

 
2,978

 
2,367

 
1,900

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
20,657

 
28,702

 
7,070

 
8,127

 
3,096

 
2,822

Provision for credit losses
1,774

 
3,407

 
970

 
1,132

 
264

 
918

Amortization of intangibles
315

 
377

 
156

 
191

 

 

Other noninterest expense
17,229

 
17,236

 
3,905

 
4,156

 
4,224

 
3,826

Income (loss) before income taxes
1,339

 
7,682

 
2,039

 
2,648

 
(1,392
)
 
(1,922
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
999

 
1,450

 
754

 
984

 
(515
)
 
(801
)
Net income (loss)
$
340

 
$
6,232

 
$
1,285

 
$
1,664

 
$
(877
)
 
$
(1,121
)
Period-end total assets
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,219,628

 
$
540,260

 
$
520,125

 
$
139,366

 
$
188,769

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
2,264

 
$
2,323

 
$
846

 
$
925

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
1,883

 
1,628

 
2,260

 
2,369

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
4,147

 
3,951

 
3,106

 
3,294

Provision (benefit) for credit losses
 
 
 
 
68

 
(182
)
 
21

 
3

Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
20

 
29

 
16

 
16

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
2,003

 
2,188

 
2,529

 
2,950

Income before income taxes
 
 
 
 
2,056

 
1,916

 
540

 
325

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
761

 
710

 
899

 
878

Net income (loss)
 
 
 
 
$
1,295

 
$
1,206

 
$
(359
)
 
$
(553
)
Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
355,417

 
$
341,100

 
$
583,203

 
$
552,772

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth &
Investment Management
 
All Other
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
1,458

 
$
1,412

 
$
219

 
$
8

Noninterest income (loss)
 
 
 
 
2,820

 
2,826

 
(1,259
)
 
6,262

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
4,278

 
4,238

 
(1,040
)
 
6,270

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
61

 
162

 
390

 
1,374

Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
102

 
108

 
21

 
33

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
3,253

 
3,392

 
1,315

 
724

Income (loss) before income taxes
 
 
 
 
862

 
576

 
(2,766
)
 
4,139

Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
320

 
214

 
(1,220
)
 
(535
)
Net income (loss)
 
 
 
 
$
542

 
$
362

 
$
(1,546
)
 
$
4,674

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
283,949

 
$
280,897

 
$
263,967

 
$
335,965

(1) 
There were no material intersegment revenues.



257

Table of Contents

Business Segments
 
 
 
 
At and for the Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1)
 
Consumer & Business Banking
 
Consumer Real Estate Services
(Dollars in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
31,002

 
$
34,629

 
$
14,436

 
$
16,299

 
$
2,218

 
$
2,398

Noninterest income (loss)
34,342

 
34,651

 
7,383

 
8,975

 
6,073

 
(8,828
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
65,344

 
69,280

 
21,819

 
25,274

 
8,291

 
(6,430
)
Provision for credit losses
5,965

 
10,476

 
2,978

 
2,193

 
957

 
3,523

Amortization of intangibles
955

 
1,144

 
472

 
573

 

 
11

Goodwill impairment

 
2,603

 

 

 

 
2,603

Other noninterest expense
52,778

 
57,005

 
12,200

 
12,718

 
11,678

 
14,608

Income (loss) before income taxes
5,646

 
(1,948
)
 
6,169

 
9,790

 
(4,344
)
 
(27,175
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
2,190

 
(1,403
)
 
2,276

 
3,586

 
(1,558
)
 
(9,152
)
Net income (loss)
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
 
$
3,893

 
$
6,204

 
$
(2,786
)
 
$
(18,023
)
Period-end total assets
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,219,628

 
$
540,260

 
$
520,125

 
$
139,366

 
$
188,769

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
6,847

 
$
7,181

 
$
2,294

 
$
2,819

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
6,035

 
6,130

 
8,370

 
10,161

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
12,882

 
13,311

 
10,664

 
12,980

Provision (benefit) for credit losses
 
 
 
 
(283
)
 
(862
)
 
(13
)
 
(38
)
Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
61

 
79

 
48

 
49

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
6,303

 
6,669

 
8,285

 
9,294

Income before income taxes
 
 
 
 
6,801

 
7,425

 
2,344

 
3,675

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
2,509

 
2,716

 
1,444

 
1,922

Net income
 
 
 
 
$
4,292

 
$
4,709

 
$
900

 
$
1,753

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
355,417

 
$
341,100

 
$
583,203

 
$
552,772

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth &
Investment Management
 
All Other
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
4,482

 
$
4,555

 
$
725

 
$
1,377

Noninterest income (loss)
 
 
 
 
8,472

 
8,674

 
(1,991
)
 
9,539

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
12,954

 
13,229

 
(1,266
)
 
10,916

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
154

 
280

 
2,172

 
5,380

Amortization of intangibles
 
 
 
 
313

 
331

 
61

 
101

Other noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
9,888

 
10,371

 
4,424

 
3,345

Income (loss) before income taxes
 
 
 
 
2,599

 
2,247

 
(7,923
)
 
2,090

Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
960

 
823

 
(3,441
)
 
(1,298
)
Net income (loss)
 
 
 
 
$
1,639

 
$
1,424

 
$
(4,482
)
 
$
3,388

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
283,949

 
$
280,897

 
$
263,967

 
$
335,965

(1) 
There were no material intersegment revenues.


258

Table of Contents

The tables below present a reconciliation of the five business segments’ total revenue, net of interest expense, on a FTE basis, and net income to the Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Income, and total assets to the Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet. The adjustments presented in the following tables include consolidated income, expense and asset amounts not specifically allocated to individual business segments.

Business Segment Reconciliations
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Segments’ total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
$
21,697

 
$
22,432

 
$
66,610

 
$
58,364

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities
 
(930
)
 
5,286

 
(1,623
)
 
6,193

Equity investment income
 
165

 
1,380

 
519

 
3,935

Liquidating businesses
 
271

 
521

 
1,173

 
2,285

FTE basis adjustment
 
(229
)
 
(249
)
 
(670
)
 
(714
)
Other
 
(546
)
 
(917
)
 
(1,335
)
 
(1,497
)
Consolidated revenue, net of interest expense
 
$
20,428

 
$
28,453

 
$
64,674

 
$
68,566

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segments’ net income (loss)
 
$
1,886

 
$
1,558

 
$
7,938

 
$
(3,933
)
Adjustments, net-of-taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities
 
(1,157
)
 
2,578

 
(3,210
)
 
632

Equity investment income
 
104

 
869

 
327

 
2,479

Liquidating businesses
 
8

 
(241
)
 
219

 
(67
)
Merger and restructuring charges
 

 
(111
)
 

 
(338
)
Other
 
(501
)
 
1,579

 
(1,818
)
 
682

Consolidated net income (loss)
 
$
340

 
$
6,232

 
$
3,456

 
$
(545
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
Segments’ total assets
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,902,195

 
$
1,883,663

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities, including securities portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
634,209

 
653,131

Equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
5,521

 
14,737

Liquidating businesses
 
 
 
 
 
27,166

 
38,136

Elimination of segment excess asset allocations to match liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
(538,980
)
 
(489,548
)
Other
 
 
 
 
 
136,051

 
119,509

Consolidated total assets
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,166,162

 
$
2,219,628



259

Table of Contents

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

See Litigation and Regulatory Matters in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference in this Item 1, for litigation and regulatory disclosure that supplements the disclosure in Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies of the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as updated by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2012 to reflect reclassified business segment information and in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There are no material changes from the risk factors set forth under Part 1, Item 1A. Risk Factors in the Corporation’s 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The table below presents share repurchase activity for the three months ended September 30, 2012. The common shares repurchased were acquired by the Corporation in connection with satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on vested restricted stock or restricted stock units and certain forfeitures and terminations of employment-related awards under equity incentive plans. The primary source of funds for cash distributions by the Corporation to its shareholders is dividends received from its banking subsidiaries. Each of the banking subsidiaries is subject to various regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums. All of the Corporation’s preferred stock outstanding has preference over the Corporation’s common stock with respect to the payment of dividends.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remaining Buyback Authority
(Dollars in millions, except per
share information; shares in thousands)
Common Shares
Repurchased
 
Weighted-Average
Per Share Price
 
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Programs
 
Amounts
 
Shares
July 1-31, 2012
90

 
$
8.09

 

 
$

 

August 1-31, 2012
230

 
7.28

 

 

 

September 1-30, 2012
6

 
7.52

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012
326

 
7.51

 
 
 
 
 
 

The Corporation did not have any unregistered sales of its equity securities during the three months ended September 30, 2012.



260

Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of registrant's Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (File No. 1-6523) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 filed on November 3, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of registrant's 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-6523) filed on February 25, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 11
 
Earnings Per Share Computation – included in Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share to the Consolidated Financial Statements (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 12
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)
(1) 
Included herewith



261

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
Bank of America Corporation
Registrant
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
November 2, 2012
 
/s/ Neil A. Cotty  
 
 
 
 
Neil A. Cotty 
Chief Accounting Officer
 


262

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation
Form 10-Q
Index to Exhibits

Exhibit
 
Description
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of registrant's Quarterly Report on Form10-Q (File No. 1-6523) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 filed on November 3, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of registrant's 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-6523) filed on February 25, 2011
 
 
 
Exhibit 11
 
Earnings Per Share Computation – included in Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share to the Consolidated Financial Statements (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 12
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)
(1) 
Included herewith


263